Religious tourism: 7 tips for a tranquil temple visit during crowded times | Travel

No Comments

Visiting temples should be an essential practice of our daily lives it keeps us rooted in our culture. Apart from visiting the main holy pilgrims like Char-Dham, Vaishnodevi, Ashtavinayak, 12 jyotirlingas, Tirupati Balaji and others devotees can also explore the temples locally and take divine blessings. Devotees should maintain personal devotional discipline and they should try and visit at least one new temple every month to stay rooted in the culture.

As sacred temples draw crowds, navigating the serenity of a spiritual visit can be a challenge during peak times. (Pexels)

Also, an interesting fact recently is that the audience between the age group of 21 to 32 years are keen on visiting temples and exploring their spiritual experiences along with a keen interest in the history of gods and goddesses, and important temple places. Most of the temples especially the main Hindu pilgrim spots such as Kedarnath, Vaishnodevi, Ashtavinayak, 12 Jyotirlingas and Tirupati Balaji are crowded especially during any festive season or auspicious days. (Also read: Temple tourism: 10 tips and tricks for planning your next spiritual getaway in India )

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Tips for a safe temple visit

Giresh Kulkarni, Founder of Temple Connect and International Temples Convention and Expo (ITCX) shared with HT Lifestyle 7 tips for a smooth temple visit during crowded times:

1. Prefer visiting during less crowd and off-seasons

If at all feasible, schedule your temple visit during a time when there are fewer tourists and pilgrims. This has an opportunity to greatly improve how tranquil your visit is. To stay out of the crowd, opt to visit the shrine at non-peak hours. Weekdays and early mornings are frequently calmer, making for a more peaceful and reflective experience. Your temple visit should commence at the beginning of the day. If you are there before the crowd, the surroundings will be peaceful and quiet which makes it easier for you to connect with the divine.

2. Respect the privacy of devotees and temples

Whenever a huge number of devotees are present, try to respect their privacy. Be conscious of devotees’ privacy and act with decorum. This will help nurture a positive atmosphere at the temple. To enhance your spiritual experience, spend some time meditating or reflecting in a peaceful spot.

3. Take advantage of express entry options

Check further to see if the temple accepts special permits or priority access, especially during periods of high demand. This can be a wonderful option if you want to shorten the time it takes to get through the course. Some temples have faster access. You can utilize those to save time if you’re a traveller who wants to see a lot of sites quickly. Consult with the temple staff for more details on the best times to visit and any other recommendations for a peaceful experience.

4. Check peak hours

Determine in advance if the temple is very crowded before you go. You can carefully schedule your visit so that you arrive at a less crowded time by using this information. If you are aware of the peak tourist seasons, it will be simpler for you to plan your vacation during these quieter periods.

5. Adopt technological advancements

Numerous temples feature web-based programs with real-time crowd levels, online ticket sales for Darshan, the ability to make donations online, and the ability to seek Prasad seva. Utilize these tools to organize your trip.

6. Maintain morality

While packed temples could try your patience, it’s crucial to remain composed. Remember that everyone is looking for benefits, so have patience. Make sure you stay hydrated when visiting a religious site that involves physical exertion, such as climbing a cliff or a lot of steps, in order to preserve your physical and emotional well-being. Relative to the main rites, maintain a fair distance to avoid congestion during religious celebrations. Be mindful of other people when shooting photos and take care not to disrupt the serene mood. However, since many temples prohibit photography, visitors are required to respect the site’s etiquette.

7. Explore lesser-known temples

Consider going to any lesser-known or smaller-scale temples in the area. When the main temple is crowded, these spots are a great option because they usually offer a more quiet and private atmosphere.

In conclusion, thorough planning as well as awareness can ensure that a trip to the temple is calm and spiritually enlightening even during busy periods. Using these pointers will assist you in moving through the crowd with ease and divinity while maintaining a profound sense of peace and reverence.

Best Christmas movies for those dealing with a broken family this festive period | Films | Entertainment

No Comments

Some classic Christmas films have deeper meanings (Image: Youtube)

Although Christmas is known as a time when families come together to participate in time-honored traditions and make new and lasting memories, that’s not always the case for everyone.

Whether that be because of a parental divorce, a family fallout, or even long distances, for many families, this time of the year is the time when what can go wrong does go wrong, and it’s no different in the movies.

With the big day just around the corner, The Daily Express has decided to round up some of the best festive films that depict a realistic family Christmas – with the hope of giving viewers, who may be living with a broken or dysfunctional family, the comfort of realising their family troubles and tribulations are in fact “normal”.

Read on to find out what Christmas classics had us laughing at our own family dramas…

Vince and Reese in Four Christmases

Vince Vaughn and Reese Witherspoon starring in Four Christmases (Image: YouTube)

Four Christmases

Starring Hollywood stars, Reese Witherspoon and Vince Vaughn, Four Christmases follows a happily unmarried, childless couple Brad and Kate as they attempt to jet off on their annual holiday getaway to Fiji to avoid their two sets of divorced parents.

But when their flights out get cancelled due to bad weather and a news crew exposes that they’re stuck at home, they’re forced to make the rounds at all four households.

In the course of meeting each other’s eccentric family members, the one-distant couple gets to know each other more deeply, for better and sometimes for worse.

They’re made to reconsider their cosmopolitan, child-free lifestyle, but also whether they’re so alike after all.

This could be a good movie for those also in the same situation as both Brad and Kate and may want to laugh at the similarity in their current situation or even possibly learn a thing or two from the characters’ stories.

Macaulay Culkin in Home Alone in 1990

Macaulay Culkin starring as Kevin McCallister in Home Alone in 1990 (Image: YouTube)

Home Alone

This film became a Christmas classic when it landed in movie theaters in 1990 and is still loved by fans today.

Home Alone launched Macaulay Culkin’s career with his iconic role as Kevin McCallister, who was accidentally neglected by his family over Christmas and forced to fight off robbers with his mind-boggling booby-trapping skills as his family tried their best to scramble home.

While the film’s opening scenes of bickering, bullying, and sibling quarrels are classic Christmas fare, we can only hope it’s rare that the youngest child of the family accidentally gets left home alone.

Nevertheless, the movie truly reflects the chaos that can occur during this period and the lengths families will go to ensure they’re together for the big day.

Become an Express Premium member
  • Support fearless journalism
  • Read The Daily Express online, advert free
  • Get super-fast page loading

Mila Kunis Kristen Bell and Kathryn Hahn

Mila Kunis and Kristen Bell and Kathryn Hahn in A Bad Moms Christmas (Image: YouTube)

A Bad Moms Christmas

Starring the likes of Mila Kunis, Kristen Bell and Kathryn Hahn – A Bad Moms Christmas doesn’t leave a stone unturned when it comes to broken family dramas.

The movie, which is 2017 a spin-off of Bad Moms from the year before, follows three single mums as the gear up for Christmas day, all while juggling a family, a broken relationship, and the chaos of the festive period.

Things ramp up for the trio of single moms when their own mothers pay them a visit unexpectedly, which results in the three women rebelling against the huge burden of meeting their mothers’ expectations.

In the end, with festive stresses aside, the characters all realise the true meaning of Christmas, being togetherness, despite their situations.

Will Ferrell as Buddy the Elf

Will Ferrell starring as Buddy the Elf (Image: YouTube)

Elf

Starring the talented Will Ferrell, Elf follows a young child who was put up for adoption by his parents but ended up escaping his orphanage via Father Christmas’ present sack.

As a result, Buddy is brought back to the North Pole where he is raised by Santa’s little helpers, but when he gets to big for the elves’ grotto Papa Elf (played by Bob Newhart) urges him to find his birth parents.

After finding out his mother, Susan, had passed away due to her ill health, Buddy’s focus turns to his father, Walter (James Caan) as he tries to win his heart over and raise the Christmas spirit around him.

In the end, Walter finally gives in to Buddy and lets him into his family home and they become a blended family with his new wife Emily (Mary Steenburgen), and their other son. Buddy also welcomes a child of his own, with Jovie (Zooey Deschanel).

Jim Carey as The Grinch

Jim Carey as The Grinch (Image: YouTube)

How The Grinch Stole Christmas

His heart may be “two sizes too small” but The Grinch, famously portrayed by Jim Carey in 2000, also gives fans something to laugh about this Christmas, while also teaching them the importance of togetherness.

For those who haven’t watched this festive classic bases on the book written by Dr. Seuss’, viewers get to know the people of Whoville, who were nothing but sweet and did not have one evil thought in their collective minds – unlike the Grinch.

The Whovillians’ positive outlook on life irked the green and mean Grinch, who sought ways to destroy their happiness and he planned to steal Christmas.

With a heart that small, there would be no chance that the Grinch would find any room for happiness but as the film progresses fans watch on as Cindy Lou Who (Taylor Momsen) teaches him what Christmas is really about and he finally changes his ways.

In the end, the Grinches heart grows “three times bigger” and he learns he doesn’t need to be miserable all year round and builds a strong relationship with his newfound friends in Whoville.

John C. Reilly and Will Ferrell in Step Brothers

John C. Reilly and Will Ferrell in Step Brothers (Image: YouTube)

Step Brothers 

Another Will Ferrell classic, that sees him team up with Mary Steenburgen once again with the help of John C. Reilly and Robert Doback

While this film isn’t a Christmas classic, over the years it has become a firm favourite to watch at this time of the year.

Brennan (Will Ferrell) and Dale (John C. Reilly), are two middle-aged men who still live with their parents and are forced to stay under the same roof together when Brennan’s mother marries Dale’s father – which ignites a bitter sibling rivalry.

Towards the end of the film, Brendan, Dale and their family celebrate Christmas together.

After a particularly eventful night of sleep-walking and sleep-destroying presents, Brendan and Dale’s parents announce that they are getting a divorce and put it down to Brendan and Dale.

Now, Brendan and Dale have even more of a reason to hate each other, but both must put aside their differences and grow up if they want to put their dysfunctional family back together.

Many families, who have a blended family or who are going through a divorce, will likely be able to relate to the characters and their hilarious – but realistic – storylines.

Follow Daily Express US

Daily Express US

Follow Daily Express US on Facebook and X (Image: EXPRESS)

Get all the latest news, entertainment, sport and lifestyle updates from our dedicated American team.

Follow Daily Express US on Facebook and Twitter @ExpressUSNews

What is novated leasing, and how does it work?

No Comments

There are more ways to keep yourself in nice cars than paying outright or taking out a secured loan. One increasingly talked-about method is the novated lease.

A novated lease is a three-way agreement between you, your employer, and a finance or leasing company that can significantly reduce your tax obligations.

It’s a form of salary sacrificing, whereby your new (or occasionally used) vehicle payments are deducted from your pay before the tax office takes its cut. This lowers your tax obligations.

While this technically means your employer is paying your lease before taking it back from you, it still allows 100 per cent personal use of the vehicle. This fact also means you should skirt paying GST because your employer can claim an input tax credit before billing you.

Most novated leases you see advertised are ‘fully maintained’ with a set lease period and a pre-determined expected annual mileage. This means vehicle payments are bundled up with running costs such as insurance, servicing, fuelling or charging, tyres, registration and all the rest.

For many buyers who aren’t necessarily car enthusiasts keen on modifying their ride, this is ideal. A single payment at predictable intervals, with no surprise rego or insurance bills.

Say, for example, you earn $100,000 per year before tax. And say the annual payments over the fully maintained novated lease are $10,000 per year. This would reduce your taxable income to $90,000.

According to the ATO, a pre-tax salary of $100,000 will be taxed roughly $23,000, whereas a $90,000 salary will be taxed around $19,700. Making lease payments before tax is deducted reduces your obligations by $3300 per annum or $16,500 over a five-year lease period.

While five years is the period chosen in this example, generally novated lease providers let you opt for three- or four-year leases if you prefer. Regardless, that certainly helps offset the vehicle lease cost.

There are some less obvious considerations of course. Because a novated lease is considered a fringe benefit, your employer needs to pay fringe-benefits tax (FBT), which it would generally pass onto you. FBT is charged at 47 per cent, with the taxable value being 20 per cent of the car’s cost.

But the good news is if you’re willing to buy an electric car or plug-in hybrid you need not worry about this, with the government having made these cars (and their running costs) exempt from FBT obligations in a bid to increase uptake, so long as they cost less than the luxury car tax threshold ($89,332).

Without going into all the numbers, this could save you many more thousands of dollars. To give it some context, one novated leasing calculator we used said the monthly payments on a fully maintained Tesla Model 3 EV from a $100,000 salary would be ballpark those on a low-grade Mazda CX-5 petrol.

The policy is clearly working as intended, with one major leasing company telling investors that about half of all its novated leases are now EVs or PHEVs, compared to market-wide sales uptake of 7.5 per cent.

Now, we haven’t quite detailed all the costs yet. There’s a residual or balloon payment due at the end of the lease, which on a five-year lease is about 28 per cent of the vehicle price.

You can either pay this and keep the car, refinance the amount, or trade-in the car and trade-up into another lease.

You may also be wondering what happens if you leave your job, since a novated lease requires the cooperation of your employer.

Novated leases are transferable should your new employer be willing to take it on – perhaps bring this up in your job interview – or alternatively you can start making the lease payments directly without the salary packaging element. Or you can just pay out the remaining lease obligations, the residual, and potentially exit fees.

So, should you consider a novated lease? The boring answer is, as ever, that we aren’t offering definitive financial advice and would encourage you to do your due diligence and seek your own financial advice about novated leasing specific to your situation.

But no matter the car you want this can be a convenient way to procure it, especially if you add running costs into the salary sacrificing equation. Where this sort of lease truly shines is if you’re keen on an EV or PHEV, because those FBT savings add up. Tax breaks are only useful if you use them!

Attention Shifts to Cardano (ADA) & RebelSatoshi ($RBLZ)

No Comments

The cryptocurrency market is ablaze with anticipation as Ripple’s XRP flaunts a potential bull flag, signalling a promising surge to $25. Yet, amid these bullish prospects, the spotlight has shifted to Cardano (ADA) and Rebel Satoshi ($RBLZ). In this dynamic landscape, crypto enthusiasts are at the crossroads of diverse investment opportunities.

Bull Flag Unfurled for XRP

The recent buzz surrounding Ripple’s XRP centres on a bullish pattern known as a bull flag. This technical analysis points to a potential breakout, with an impressive $25 target. Analyst FieryTrading sees a triangle pattern forming, suggesting that XRP’s consolidation may culminate in a bullish move, especially with the halving event looming in 2024.

Cardano’s (ADA) Potential 6000% Rally

Simultaneously, Cardano (ADA) has emerged as a compelling contender for investors seeking substantial gains. Many analysts have established that it is one crypto to buy today for the long term. Analyst Tyler Strejilevich’s speculation echoes the sentiment of a 6000% price surge for ADA, projecting a staggering $33 in the coming year. Strejilevich parallels ADA’s historical performance, emphasizing a bullish cross on moving averages as a precursor to significant price increases. 

Cardano’s bullish momentum is attributed to increased network activity, DeFi Total Value Locked (TVL) rise, and the evolution of blockchain in smart contract functionality. ADA, currently trading at $0.5754, showcases a 48.43% increase over a 7-day timeframe, contributing to the optimism surrounding its potential upward trajectory.

Rebel Satoshi’s ($RBLZ) Disruptive Presence

Amidst the bullish forecasts for established cryptocurrencies, Rebel Satoshi ($RBLZ) has carved a disruptive niche in the crypto landscape. The Rebel Satoshi project challenges established norms, rallying for decentralization and uniting the community under its banner. The ongoing presale, marked by substantial success, is a testament to the project’s potential for significant growth.

Investment Recommendation

In conclusion, while the crypto market resonates with bullish signals, Rebel Satoshi emerges as a standout player poised to outperform its counterparts. As XRP sets its sights on $25 and ADA gears up for a potential 6000% rally, Rebel Satoshi invites investors to partake in its presale success story. With its foundation on the Ethereum network and robust community backing, Rebel Satoshi is one of the top crypto coins to buy today.

Invest in Rebel Satoshi ($RBLZ)

The Rebel Satoshi presale has witnessed overwhelming success, with over 54,169,981 $RBLZ tokens already sold. This presents a compelling opportunity for crypto enthusiasts to invest in a project that challenges conventions and fosters community engagement. Built on the Ethereum network, one of the most secure blockchains, Rebel Satoshi ensures the safety of smart contracts validated by a top auditing firm, Source Hat. The fact that it is safe makes it one of the best meme coins to invest in.

Crypto investments come with inherent risks, and individuals are advised to conduct thorough research and consider their risk tolerance before making investment decisions. For the latest updates and detailed information, visit the official Rebel Satoshi Presale Website or connect with Rebel Red via Telegram.

As the crypto market continues its dynamic journey, investors are encouraged to explore the multifaceted opportunities presented by XRP, ADA, and the revolutionary Rebel Satoshi.

For the latest updates and more information, be sure to visit the official Rebel Satoshi Presale Website or contact Rebel Red via Telegram

Before You Start an AI Strategy, Make the Case To Stop

No Comments

By Robert Rose

Synthetic voice and sound recording created by Everlit based on the voice of Robert Rose (with his permission). 

Helping clients get ready to integrate generative AI, I’ve noticed something interesting.

After walking through use cases and how the technology could impact the workflow across business functions, I find generative AI doesn’t reduce their need for resources. Instead, AI more likely adds new capabilities to the team – things the team usually doesn’t have time to do because they spend so much effort on content creation.

For example, generative AI can assemble useful topic maps and structured taxonomies for an existing corpus of content. These maps work extraordinarily well for auto-tagging future content and spotting holes in existing content categories. Since the team typically hasn’t made such a map, AI’s integration doesn’t make their existing work more efficient. It just makes a new task possible.

The integration of generative AI really requires a new commitment of time, making the initial challenge different.

Given adding new resources is an exceedingly rare option, the real question to answer is: “What are you going to stop doing to start doing the other thing?” 

Building the ‘stop’ business case

If you ever want to prove to your boss that marketing is the hardest thing to do in business, tell them it’s the only function built on the ability to change into unknown things.

Imagine if the finance group’s operational strategy changed from quarter to quarter. One quarter, they use Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) standards to recognize revenue. For the next 90 days, they switch to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The quarter after that, they must switch to a newly invented standard. How might their ability to change be measured?

Marketing and content are functions built on a foundation of change. The activities have been – and always will be – fluid. Marketing success can’t follow the “right” path. It must come from the new best direction as the old paths end. Those intersections make the most interesting parts of being a marketer.

A funny thing happens at the end of almost every advisory session – after the group has spent the day talking about a new marketing initiative or the impact of the road mapping generative AI’s integration into the workflow. Someone (usually someone who has been quiet, though sometimes it’s me) says something like this: “Um, we should probably align our expectations with reality.”

The room becomes quiet. Heads nod. The realization sets in: This is going to be hard. Real people will have to do all this stuff. As the heads nod, the inevitable objections arise:

  • “We still have to support the sales team with the materials they need.”
  • “We still have to publish those four newsletters every week.”
  • “We still have to update the customer resource website.”
  • “We still have to launch that new product website next quarter.”

Having watched these arcs of realization over and over, I start these sessions – before ever getting into the new initiative – by asking about all the things the content team does. Then, I ask why they do each thing and list their juicy rationalizations.

Near the end of the day, when the heads nod about expectations and reality, I trot out their list and ask, “Which of these things can you stop doing?” People look at each other. Uncomfortable laughter ensues as someone says, “None of it. Senior management will want us to keep doing it all.”

The business case you must build isn’t why you should do the new thing. It’s why you should stop doing the old thing. The ‘stop’ business case is just as important as the ‘start’ business case.

Business professor Michael Porter famously says, “The essence of strategy is choosing what not to do.” Whenever you tackle a new marketing initiative – the integration of AI, a new content hub, a resource center, a customer help publication – you ensure you won’t do it if you don’t address what you’ll stop doing.

You can learn from media companies

When it comes to content-driven marketing strategies, you can learn once again from media companies.

Media companies understand two important things about launching content products: 1. It’s exceedingly difficult to know what will succeed with audiences, and 2. You must be willing to stop something as easily as you start it.

Think about the TV pilot season. Major television networks invest in at least one episode with A-level talent for 12 to 20 shows. The goal is to see if sample audiences respond positively. Only about 20% of pilots ever air on a network.

These days, the competition for audiences is fierce. Something like 599 scripted television series aired in the United States in 2022. Of those, about 150 will be canceled in a year. Another 50 or so might be viable for the long run. Few will run more than a few seasons.

And no one knows which, if any, of the shows will be winners.

Media companies aren’t investing millions of dollars to throw the proverbial spaghetti against the wall. They understand tomorrow’s mega-hit may come from surprising origins. They do the research, dive in with creative talent, and take the time to develop and test the product.

That’s the opposite of how most businesses develop bigger content or marketing properties. Too many companies strategize, come up with ideas, winnow them based on budget, and invest in the story or format available resources can support.

Imagine if a media company developed a TV show based on budget, not the idea. They’d check what talent would fit the budget. Then, they’d figure out what kind of show their cameras and technology would allow them to shoot. Only then could they figure out the story.

That approach doesn’t produce the opportunity for a hit.

More importantly, though, the shows would be designed to start and stop easily.

Compare that to a common scenario in today’s product marketing world.

Recently, a marketing leader at a large technology company told me they decided to add a new content platform. They sought recommendations on the technology to create its content, including the topic and related blog posts. They needed AI to drive it because the content platform would be another responsibility for the already busy team.

I asked him about their 10-year-old blog with declining traffic, search results, and editorial quality. I asked why they would continue that and add this new thing.

The marketing leader explained: “While my team creates the content for that platform, the demand-generation group manages the platform itself, and they want to keep their platform. So we have to support both.”

You can see this story is destined not to end well.

Few companies have the resources or checkbooks to develop multiple blog platforms or produce unlimited content. But brands can develop and decommission content products.

But to do that, you must ask better questions: “Do we really need to implement that new hub or resource center into our enterprise CMS system before we launch a prototype and test it?” Or “What activity is producing results that, if it ended tomorrow, no one would really notice?” “Can we redirect the creative talent to something cool and innovative instead of more infographics for sales?” Or “How can we build a better, more efficient production studio approach for testing stories, formats, and audience engagement?”

It’s no one’s fault when the story, platform, or format stops resonating with audiences (or never gets started). As Captain Jean-Luc Picard once said in Star Trek: The Next Generation, “You can commit no mistakes and still lose. That is not weakness. That is life.”

Why not free yourself and your team to stop doing things that aren’t working?

What will you stop in the new year?

In the new year, you likely will be asked – or take it upon yourself – to figure out how to integrate generative AI into your marketing. I strongly advise you not to look at it as an opportunity to figure out how much more you can do of the stuff you already do.

Rather, look for opportunities to use generative AI to create something new, build a more efficient process, add research capabilities, or bring on a virtual team member to create derivative content. In almost all these scenarios, you’ll need more time, more resources, and different skill sets. This is fantastic. But before you add those things to your existing plate, just figure out what you’re going to STOP doing.

It’s your story. Tell it well.

Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week. 

There’s so much more to learn from the voices of experience in content marketing. Click the orange subscribe button at the top of any page on the CMI website to subscribe to daily or weekly updates. 

HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

FedEx grants IIT Madras $5 million to pioneer sustainable logistics advancements

No Comments

Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT Madras) is collaborating with FedEx Express (FedEx), a subsidiary of FedEx Corp. and one of the world’s largest express transportation companies, to establish the ‘FedEx Centre of Excellence (CoE) for Smart and Sustainable Supply Chains’.

This initiative, supported by a five-year grant from FedEx, aims to drive sustainability through digital intelligence, technological advancements, talent, and collaboration. The CoE will be an industry-academia bridge, in the logistics sector with a focus on environmental and social sustainability via research and development in digital transformation.

Smarter supply chains

Raj Subramaniam, President and CEO of FedEx Corporation, underscored the significance of this initiative, stating, “At FedEx, we aspire to make supply chains smarter for everyone. Beyond reshaping the logistics landscape, we are also committed to making a meaningful contribution in our communities. We know our collaboration with these esteemed institutions will be important in achieving those goals.”

The CoE will actively seek Grand Challenges and research-driven projects, encouraging innovative ideas from the ecosystem outside IIT Madras. In addition to funding these initiatives, it will also foster start-ups in the logistics sector. Furthermore, the CoE aims to forge robust collaborations between industry and academia, solidifying its role as a catalyst for impactful advancements in the logistics domain, says a release.

V. Kamakoti, Director, IIT Madras, said, “In collaboration with FedEx, we are committed to establishing a hub where technology and talent converge to drive sustainable logistics. With a specialized focus on operations research and network planning, we aim to spearhead developments that optimize efficiency, enhance strategic planning, and contribute to the broader landscape of sustainable logistics advancements.”

UN SDG 13

This CoE will work towards delivering models, tools, and frameworks addressing environment sustainability aligned with UN SDG Goal 13 (Climate action) and conducting capacity development programs with specific training modules for shippers, carriers, 3PLs, and MSMEs in logistics.

Mahesh Panchagnula, Dean (Alumni and Corporate Relations), IIT Madras, said, “Through this Centre and the collaboration with multiple stakeholders, including FedEx, we aim to bring digital intelligence that will create more sustainable supply chains, benefitting the country.”

At present, the logistics ecosystem involves multiple stakeholders including major corporations, service providers, policymakers, and academia. The FedEx CoE at IIT Madras, aims to revolutionize the global logistics and supply chain landscape. This initiative is set to bring substantial benefits, not only for consumers but also for the betterment of communities at large.

Best Board Game Deals: Save on 10 Amazing RPGs, Strategy Games, Card Games and More

No Comments

Best deals right now

Azul is one of those classic board games that’s all about strategy and is very similar to Five Tribes. It involves picking up tiles and placing them in a mosaic that gives you the most points. It’s not quite that simple, though, since you can end up placing too many tiles and losing points, so you have to strategically place your tiles down.

Details

I know that I’m supposed to say my hobby is playing board games, but that isn’t true. My real hobby is buying board games that look awesome and trying to play them with my family. That’s what makes these deals so enticing: There are so many discounts you can swell your game library for far less than normal.

There are a lot of great card games, strategy games and everything in between, but it all boils down to the fact that there’s a lot of fun to be had if you can find the bargains.

My family and I love board games, so I’m always on the lookout for the best board game deals. I’ll never be a rich man: Every board game deal I see, I end up buying for my gaming table. Now you too can enjoy the feeling of having more board games than you’ll ever need. You’re welcome. Keep scrolling to check out our roundup of the best board game bargains available, and we’ll keep updating the list as we find newer and better deals.

Board game deals

Azul is one of those classic board games that’s all about strategy and is very similar to Five Tribes. It involves picking up tiles and placing them in a mosaic that gives you the most points. It’s not quite that simple, though, since you can end up placing too many tiles and losing points, so you have to strategically place your tiles down.

Details

The Fox in the Forest is a simple trick-taking game with a few special cards mixed into the traditional format — but unlike almost any other trick-taking game, it’s built for two players. 

In many ways, The Fox in the Forest is a fairly traditional, simple game. But it’s well-balanced and the perfect length to pick up and play for 20 or 30 minutes.

Details

Haunted Mansion is one of my family’s favorite Disneyland rides and movie, and now it’s one of our favorite board games too. The game itself is a card management game where you try and get as many of certain types of cards as possible while trying to avoid being haunted by the traveling ghost.

Details

What better way to spend the winter months than to hunker down with a great game? This is a fantastic price on one of the most popular board games out there. If you haven’t played Catan before, you’re in for a treat. And it’s incredibly easy for newbies to pick up, so it’s a great choice for group play or family game night.

Details

You’ve probably heard about Cards Against Humanity, a party game that’s often too rude for young kids to play. Kids Against Maturity takes the same game premise — the person who makes the judge laugh the most wins the hand — but makes it just a little naughty instead. 

This is a great entry to family night and lets your kids feel like they’re getting away with something they shouldn’t be doing, but with your guidance and consent. It’s a lot of fun for everyone. Just be sure to activate the instant coupon on the product page to get the full discount. 

Details

Splendor is known as an engine-generation game that uses gems as its currency. To that end, a large portion of the game is about making sure you’re generating more and more gems so you can afford higher-cost items that give you more points. It’s a fun and straightforward strategy game that can get pretty deep if you want it to.

Details

Villainous is a game about being the baddie and defeating the heroes or using the heroes to fulfill your own objectives. It’s great, and the Star Wars version is even better and has many different mechanics to spice up your game time. There are even expansions that you can add to the game to make it playable by more people.

Details

If you’re looking for a light-hearted game you can play with up to five friends, Camel Up has you pitted against a set of camels controlled by dice. As the dice are rolled, the camels will randomly move up and down a track, and you all bet to see who will win, so it requires some strategy. There are five rounds, after which the person with the most points gained through correct guesses wins.

Details

Windward is a newer and fairly lighthearted strategy game that’s earned a spot on our list of the best strategy games for 2023. Designed for up to five players, you play as the captain of a flying ship navigating the unpredictable winds of the gas planet Celus. Build your crew and compete against other captains as you attempt to outmaneuver each other and be the first to bring gas back to your city.

Details

Mansions of Madness is our favorite co-op mystery game on the market right now, and is a great pick if want a more complex game that’s designed for older players. This second edition of the game uses a companion app as the “keeper” so that all players (up to five) can work together as they explore the sprawling mansion, solve puzzles and battle eldritch horrors.

Details

Where’s the best place for board game deals?

While Amazon might be the obvious choice for board games, there are still plenty of other places you can find great deals. Target tends to have a good selection of board game deals, often giving discounts such as “buy one, get one 50% off,” though we haven’t seen any of those this holiday season.

What makes a good board game deal?

Remember, a product’s list price doesn’t always tell you the real value, especially as retailers have started offering Day 1 deals on products. Often the list price is artificially inflated to make the deal look more attractive, so you’ll want to check around and see what the true value of a product is. You might also want to install CNET’s Shopping plug-in to give you a bit of help with all of that.

Matthew Perry’s cause of death, the year’s biggest drug approvals, and holiday stress busters

No Comments

DEADLY DRUG – Here’s what to know about ketamine, the drug linked to actor Matthew Perry’s death. Continue reading…

EXTRA ZZZZs – Sleeping in on the weekends could improve heart health, a new study found. Learn more about the benefits. Continue reading…

HOME FOR THE HOLIDAYS – A therapist shares tips for combating tensions during family gatherings this season. Continue reading…

family greet at the door during holidays

For some people, being around family members that they only see once a year or with whom they don’t have the strongest relationship can be anxiety-inducing. (iStock)

NOT-SO-SMART SNACKING – You may be surprised by how many calories U.S. adults consume in snacking each day. Continue reading…

MOVING THE NEEDLE – Tech experts share the 6 most groundbreaking AI health innovations of 2023. Continue reading… 

ART AND SOUL: A Canadian artist is helping seniors capture their memories in priceless works of art. Continue reading…

Erin Finley split

Award-winning artist Erin Finley (right) urges nursing home residents to express creativity while boosting brain power. (Erin Finley)

HEADACHE CULPRIT – Here’s the likely cause of the dreaded red wine headache, according to a new study. Continue reading…

SEASONAL SADNESS – Try these 9 therapist-recommended strategies for handling grief during the holidays. Continue reading…

PHARMACISTS’ PICKS – These were the 9 most notable drug and vaccine approvals of 2023, according to GoodRx Health. Continue reading…

FDA approval

Each year, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approves hundreds of new drugs and therapeutic products for use by the American public. (iStock)

FOLLOW FOX NEWS ON SOCIAL MEDIA

Facebook

Instagram

YouTube

Twitter

LinkedIn

SIGN UP FOR OUR NEWSLETTERS

Fox News First

Fox News Opinion

Fox News Lifestyle

Fox News Health

Fox News Autos

Fox News Entertainment (FOX411)

DOWNLOAD OUR APPS

Fox News

Fox Business

Fox Weather

Fox Sports

Tubi

WATCH FOX NEWS ONLINE

Fox News Go

STREAM FOX NATION

Fox Nation

“Moye Moye Rasgulla Chai” Gets Over 11 Million Views. Internet Disapproves

No Comments

If you haven’t felt the wind of Moye Moye, you are honestly living under a rock. Saying that this crazy viral trend has set the internet ablaze, will truly be an understatement. This viral sensation originated from the chorus of the Serbian song Dzanum by Teya Dora. While it has amassed over 60 million views on YouTube, it is crucial to note that the original words are Moje More (pronounced as moye more). The words, which the internet has mistaken for Moye Moye, roughly translates to “My sea.” The internet is obsessed with this trend—so much so that viral bizarre food videos are shared along with the Moye Moye music in the background. We say this, as now the internet has brought forth a video of “Moye Moye rasgulla chai.” The now-viral clip was shared by an Instagram food page. It begins with a person keeping a rasgulla inside a kulhad. The moment he adds piping hot tea on top of the rasgulla, the music in the background croons Moje More—Moye Moye. Wondering how this rasgulla chai is sipped? The clip concludes with the man taking out the rasgulla using a cup, making us believe that he ate the rasgulla first and then sipped the tea.

Also Read: Watch: Street Vendor Makes Bizarre Bread Rasgulla, Internet Says, “No Thanks”

The clip has left the internet agitated. Several users flooded the comments section by stating their disapproval. A comment read, “Only reel that has disappointed India & England together.”

A user hilariously said, “Rasgulla is asking for justice.”

Many Bengalis expressed their disappointment, as one commented, “It’s illegal as a Bengali to see this… why did I open Instagram…”

“Being a Bengali it hurts,” commented a user.

Another said, “Some food experiments should not be entertained. It’s the same as making pizza with chocolate toppings.”

“Just because you can do it doesn’t mean it should be done,” said a user.

Would you like to try out this rasgulla chai? So far the video has been viewed more than 11 million times.

International Migrants Day overshadowed by Mediterranean shipwrecks

No Comments

Syrian survivor Mohammad, 18, was rescued with other refugees and migrants at open sea off Greece after their boat capsized in June. But thousands of migrants haven’t been as lucky./Reuters/Stelios Misinas.

Syrian survivor Mohammad, 18, was rescued with other refugees and migrants at open sea off Greece after their boat capsized in June. But thousands of migrants haven’t been as lucky./Reuters/Stelios Misinas.

International Migrants Day recognizes people who have left their homes in search of a better life after fleeing conflict, discrimination or poverty. ‌But this year’s celebration, on December 18, has been overshadowed by a series of shipwrecks in the Mediterranean, that have claimed thousands of lives. 

The UN’s International Organisation for Migration estimates that over 2,200 people have drowned while attempting the crossing in 2023. ‌In June, at least 80 migrants drowned and 104 were rescued after their overloaded boat capsized and sank off the coast of Greece. Reports suggested that close to 700 people were on board. 

READ MORE

How is Europe dealing with bird flu outbreaks?

Serbia: Who will win the next election?

RAZOR: How scientists are trying to solve Long-COVID puzzle

‌A similar tragedy also took place just two days ago off the coast of Libya, where at least 61 people are thought to have drowned. Thousands of people also make the journey on foot and face many dangers along the way. 

‌The head of Greece’s Refugee Council suggests the number of migrant deaths would fall if Europe adopted better legal migration policies. He says better integration policies are also needed. 

“Greece is lucky because it’s a little bit behind other countries and we can see what works and can choose which options would be better and more effective for Greece to integrate migrants with our way of life.”

Head of Hellenic Refugee Council, Lefteris Papagianakis told CGTN. “Many other countries have done it and it seems to be working, but we haven’t done this at all, We haven’t put a plan together, we haven’t even discussed it,” he added. 

‌However, Greek authorities want to see more action on an EU-wide level to deal with the issue of migrants arriving illegally on the shores of Europe. 
‌ 
“We have received funds to combat this issue, but we need more solidarity,” Greek Vice Minister of Migration, Sofia Voultepsi told CGTN. “To exist, there must be a common European framework for asylum, returns, and integration. As long as this does not exist, we are doing what we have to do to carry out our humanitarian duty and protect our country,” she added. 

‌So far this year, hundreds of thousands of people have attempted to cross into Europe via land and sea, hoping to start a new life. Some, like Narsudin, have been successful. He considers himself fortunate, but thousands of others are unlucky. Their dreams of a fresh start in a safe country are lost along a dangerous journey.

International Migrants Day overshadowed by Mediterranean shipwrecks

Subscribe to Storyboard: A weekly newsletter bringing you the best of CGTN every Friday

A Cake Maker’s Unusual Approach Emphasizes the Passage of Time

No Comments

A decade ago, Jasmine Rae de Lung, a San Francisco-based cake maker, wanted to test out some new decorating elements. She headed to Clement Street in the Richmond, a neighborhood with several Asian markets. Her haul that day included some rice paper sheets, typically used to form Vietnamese spring rolls.

Back in her Mission District kitchen, de Lung realized the sheets wouldn’t work for draping on a cake; they became flimsy when wet and shrank and shattered when refrigerated. The diaphanous material offered greater potential, though, in detailing: Cut into pieces, dyed, dried and attached to wire, the rice paper resembled delicate flowers.

But de Lung also learned the paper couldn’t be commanded; it curled and changed in unexpected ways. Instead, she had to create multiple versions and choose which ones worked best with the cake. “You have to let it be the beauty that it wants to form,” she said.

De Lung, whose business is named Jasmine Rae Cakes, embraces this sort of serendipity. Her artistry, she said, “is rooted in the natural process, how time changes things, surrendering to what’s going on as opposed to designing and creating every last detail.”

She never trained professionally as a baker, or even baked as a hobby. But with the encouragement of her boyfriend at the time, de Lung began her business in 2006 as an outlet for creative experimentation. (She’s drawn to unusual flavors, like calamansi and osmanthus tea, and roasted apricots and almonds.) At first she baked items for local cafes, but decided in 2010 to focus exclusively on cakes, and now primarily makes them for weddings.

Her approach to cake making is heavily informed by her training in both art and psychology. De Lung attended an arts magnet high school before studying cognitive science in college. She had already been baking for a few years when she pursued a masters in psychology, which, she said, helped her hone “the tool of yourself and who you are.”

Working in an edible medium is inherently ephemeral. De Lung can spend anywhere from 12 to 200 hours on a cake, but her creation, meant to be eaten and enjoyed, doesn’t last long.

On a late autumn day, the shifting seasons felt acutely personal: Her mother has a terminal illness, which has centered de Lung’s focus on change, aging and death. For that day’s decorating, she drew inspiration from dried flowers, a symbol of the passage of time.

“What’s interesting about a dried flower is you cut it off from its life source, but it still has fluid and life in it for a little while,” she said. “It’s not like it freezes in time. It continues to move. And then as it dries, it curls more and continues to develop and change until at some point it just stays still.”

She’s developed and adopted other distinctive elements that reflect similar themes, like “elephant skin” — dried out and cracked fondant. Once de Lung realized she couldn’t stop it from happening in her low-humidity kitchen, she decided to see the beauty in the texture and use it in her work.

“And then I really fell in love,” she said. “I could never have designed that.” De Lung has become known for her cakes’ sculptural forms and techniques, such as rough stone, torn paper ruffles and what she calls “crawling ridges,” which emphasize surface and movement.

In the last few years, she’s become interested in creating a “billowing and undulating and unfolding” motion produced by carving her cakes with a knife before decorating them.

After carving a stack of cakes as a sculptor might shape a block of marble, de Lung applied buttercream to the shape before turning to the fondant, which she colored by kneading in dye.

She then rolled the fondant out to an almost translucent thinness, and tore it into nonuniform pieces and placed them on the cake, her hand warming the buttercream frosting, making it more adhesive. She assembled the rice paper flowers and added some to the cake. In the end, everything visible but the wires holding up the petals was edible — “the highest form of integrity in cake making,” she said.

To finish her decorating demonstration within the day, de Lung left more elements incomplete than she would leave for a commissioned cake. As the sun began to set, she assessed her creation, welcoming the “uncertainty of how it would continue to bloom.”

Her cakes typically cost between $5,000 and $10,000 for local weddings, though clients have hired her to travel and bake cakes for weddings around the world; the most she’s charged is between $30,000 and $40,000. She also offers workshops for other cake makers.

De Lung’s somewhat freethinking, fluid approach might seem at odds with the meticulous planning typical for weddings. She offers rough sketches to clients with the caveat that, while she can promise to employ certain techniques and keep them and their specific story in mind, the cake may evolve as she works on and responds to it.

With her cakes, she said, “you’re buying the process, not the product.”

Q&A With Christoph Bug, Vice President of Global Medical at Veeva

No Comments

Data will continue to grow in importance in 2024.

Many of the biggest stories in 2023 were related to technological advancements in the life sciences industry. These advancements have increased the importance of having high-quality data. Christoph Bug, vice president of global medical at Veeva, spoke with Pharmaceutical Executive about the trends he sees coming for medical affairs teams in 2024.

Pharmaceutical Executive: How will medical affairs teams focus on data in 2024?

Christoph Bug: Where would I start? Medical affairs is a slow moving beast. Some trends that I see coming over to 2024, and potentially even further, is around data and data-driven decision-making. This is from the operation side of data-driven decision-making, such as the availability of operational metrics and measuring medical impact. For me, these are the big topics. What does it mean?

If we start on the difficult end, the key question is how medical affairs measures its impact. What are the key responsibilities of medical affairs in a cross-functional setting? How does the role of medical affairs support the pharmaceutical industry? Lastly, how can that impact be measured in a compliant way? Those are the key challenges for medical affairs. They haven’t been solved in the last 10 years, and now the question is will they be solved next year. Maybe it takes a bit longer, but what I’m seeing is that there’s a lot of interest in the industry on that topic.

We have put out data and, for the first time, correlated medical activity (interactions with KOLs and treatment starts). This was the first time there was evidence for something that we believed had an impact. This has stirred new discussions and new interests. Wherever I am, talking to senior medical leaders and operational medical workers, this topic of measuring our impact and substantiated our contribution is big. We don’t have the ultimate solution, but there are a lot of little initiatives and people start to approach it from direction involving smaller steps.

This is one things that I’m expecting for 2024, that this journey of getting quantitively measuring the impact of medical affairs will continue.

PE: What are some of the new technologies impacting how people are collecting and analyzing data?

Bug: Technology-wise, I would say that the big technological platforms for data in medical affairs are something like a CRM system, or a system that’s essentially a hub where all of the information flows in. This includes documentation of interactions, insights, sentiment of customers, where customers are on a journey, and other data points.

Of course, functions have to use that system to get that data and be able to analyze and come to insights. Examples of this includes which customers haven’t been seen in the last six months, who’s lagging behind on expectations, how is the productivity of the teams, are enough medical insights being captured, and up to what does this do to the impact of the organization.

Also, tools that manage content are important. That would be my second pick. These are tools that get right content in the most efficient way to the right customer at the right moment. We know that access to physicians is declining because they have less time and can’t spend as much time with the industry. They need information at their fingertips, and it must be trustable, efficient, and come via the correct channel. Managing this process in an efficient way is extremely important. We see that 70% of the content that is created across pharma is never used. We have the data, but there’s a lot of value lost because money is spent on agencies to create content that is never used.

My third pick is external data. This would include 360-customer data. You must make sure that you pick the right customers and don’t leave customers out that are important. You must have the right topics to approach them and what their preferred channel is, specifically for medical affairs. You must know what customers are saying about your product, who do they work with, what are their key interests, and more.

PE: How important is the need for a singular platform to corral all this data? Are they more important than technologies that get more attention, like AI?

Bug: There is a lot of discussion around AI, and there’s not a single meeting where you don’t hear AI when you talk to people. AI is the recipe, but you still need the ingredients and someone that can cook.

Data is very fragmented and the quality needs to be high and controlled in order for AI to work. If you have uncontrolled, low-quality data, even the greatest algorithm will still return a result that’s less-than desired. Poor data can also make AI less reliable. Our strategy is to ensure that we control the data and that the quality is high.

A Vet & Cat Approved Guide: Why Insurance Is A Necessity for Most Felines

No Comments

Have you ever found yourself with a case of indigestion after eating, say, a foot of Christmas tinsel? Or how about being unable to resist a quick chew or two of that shiny sewing needle with two feet of thread? Yeah, me neither. But, many of us likely know someone who has. A furry someone. That ate something, or sometimes many things. The holidays are a time to be merry, after all?

When Problems Arise, Money Talks

Pica (the eating of inappropriate objects) is just one behavior exhibited by furry troublemakers. Cats get into all sorts of mischief!

Cat fight abscesses are so popular in vet clinics that they have garnered their own initialism: CFA. In fact, vets have these initialisms and acronyms for all sorts of unpleasant situations pets get into: Hit By Car (HBC), Hyperthyroidism (HT4), and Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD) just to name a few.

In Alaska, we had a fairly unique initialism for the sled dogs that found themselves on the wrong end of a moose: KBM (Kicked By Moose).

But what do these experiences, or rather illnesses, have in common? In short, they are all rather pricey to diagnose and treat, and unfortunately all too common when it comes to our feline friends. (Well, maybe not KBM…)

Understanding Pet Insurance

Image by Rawpixel.com, Shutterstock

Pet insurance market penetration varies hugely by country. In the US, current estimates are that less than half of pets have insurance coverage, though when broken down by species, it’s estimated that fewer than 25% of pet cats have pet insurance.

Arguments certainly exist against pet insurance. Concerns include the ethical implications of potentially guiding treatment based on insurance status, as well as the increased cost of care associated with diagnostics that can be afforded with insurance. Others voice similar issues seen in the human healthcare industry, which may be attributed to insurance.

But in reality, veterinary care is no different than human medical care. We have complicated procedures like CT, MRI, advanced surgical and professional training, all done in appropriate conditions with trained medical teams.

It takes money to run and maintain these skill sets and facilities.

Understanding Veterinary Medicine

Yet veterinary care is often underrated or appreciated compared to its bigger brother. While human healthcare workers strive for better pay or favorable working hours, veterinarians and vet nurses work similar hours and similarly unsociable schedules for far less.

And worse, veterinary professionals often are put into situations with no choice but to subsidize the cost of pet care out of their own pockets, by charging less or offering discounted services, when care is needed but funds are simply not available..

It’s no wonder that with burnout, a high rate of suicide, and a lack of incoming trained professional staff, that the veterinary profession is becoming concerningly unbalanced. While insurance is not an answer for every issue faced by the profession, it may offer some small steps in the right direction. Certainly, when recommended treatment is not dictated by financial means, both owners, cats and the people providing their medical care should all see positive outcomes.

Case Study: Dougie

Dougie outside Photo Courtesy Kim Sear
Dougie outside | Photo Courtesy Kim Sear

Going back to foreign bodies, I’d like to present Dougie: a lovely, impish, young dude of a cat. He loves long walks outside with his mom, and keeps things entertaining, finding various ways to get onto neighbors’ rooftops, or more recently attempting to stuff his own Christmas stocking with an entire plastic container of cat treats that he chewed multiple holes into, then sprinkled all over his stocking that he tore off a door. So, in short, he’s a Siamese that seems to have garnered a love of living life on the edge.

Dougie is 5. He’s had surgery to remove a foreign body, been diagnosed with inflammatory bowel disease through biopsies, had repeated bouts of laryngitis, and underwent a 3-month treatment for coronavirus (with weekly medications often costing hundreds of dollars). As his mom says lovingly, he might not be here if it wasn’t for insurance.

Starting to see the benefit of cat insurance?

Why Insurance Is A Necessity for Most Cats

Dougie sleeping outside after an adventure Photo Courtesy Kim Sear
Dougie sleeping outside after an adventure | Photo Courtesy Kim Sear

Admittedly, Dougie is a bit of an extreme example. However, if nothing else, getting insurance that will cover for something like dental care, including extractions, is a strong consideration. Many pets will need multiple dental procedures in their life, as cavities and calculus lead to common dental issues.

Because these procedures require anesthetic to be safe for your pet and medically effective, and include a period of hospital stay for the day, x-rays the same as you or I would have, professional assessment of the dental health, IV fluids, bloodwork, and dental surgery time, these procedures can quickly become financially intensive.

Things To Consider When Researching Pet Insurance

  • What is the policy excess?
  • Is the policy an annual policy, or a lifetime policy?
  • Are there any exclusions for coverage?
  • What do you need to do annually to maintain coverage?
  • What is the amount of coverage you need?
  • Alternatives To Insurance
  • Personal savings: Some people set aside a health savings account for their pet, annually or monthly
  • Clinic wellness plans: Insurance doesn’t generally cover wellness care such as vaccines, or nail trims, or annual exams. Often, prescription foods aren’t covered, either. Some clinics offer various forms of wellness plans or subscriptions, which can offer significant savings on some of these other pet necessities. While not a true replacement for insurance, they are a similar topic for consideration

Dougie Approves

In the end, as a veterinarian, I can’t recommend a specific insurance company. But I can tell you that most of us who work in clinics, have our own pets insured. It helps on those days you can’t find your Apple Airpod, only to find that suddenly, your cat (or dog) makes a ringing noise when someone calls your mobile…

So pet insurance definitely gets Dougie’s stamp of approval. And if you are going to get it, don’t wait until after your cat is ill! Of course, there are additional barriers when it comes to cats: cats are great at hiding disease, and cats are viewed as more challenging to take into the vet clinic, and therefore have less visits. (Easy tips and fixes can help address both these topics! Maybe to be covered here in the future!)

But we need to start somewhere. And if Dougie approves, it’s hard to argue with him.

Featured Image Credit: visivastudio, Shutterstock

hBits expects ₹1500-2000 cr investments from Gujarat

No Comments

hBits, a fractional ownership platform for commercial real estate, expects investments worth ₹1500-2000 Crore from Gujarat-based HNIs and investors through its platform over the next 3 to 4 years, stated the company in an official release here Wednesday.

“Gujarat has always been one of our key markets with so far almost 20 percent of the investors on our platform being from this state. The investors from Gujarat are known for their versatility, and opting for fractional ownership further diversifies their portfolio by enabling them to invest in Grade A commercial assets spread across India. Amid the positive sentiments in the sector, we aim to further enhance our investor base from the state and scale up their investment value. The HNI population of the state remains our key target audience and we will be actively reaching out to them over the next few quarters,” stated Shiv Parekh, Founder and CEO of the company.

Gujarat Market

hBits allows investments in Grade A commercial real estate across key markets in India through its fractional ownership model.

Also read: Blackstone offloads entire stake in Embassy REIT for ₹7,100 crore

Ahmedabad ranks among the top six cities in India with a huge population of high net worth (HNI) individuals. Among other cities in Gujarat, Surat and Rajkot also have a high HNI base. hBits offers innovative opportunities for the HNIs to invest in Grade-A commercial properties such as offices, warehouses, etc. spread across India through fractional ownership and earn an average rental yield of up to 10 per cent with an IRR of up to 18 per cent, the statement added.

Ahmedabad has over 4.6 million square feet of Grade A commercial office spaces. The company is expanding its portfolio, engaging in negotiations with prominent developers in Ahmedabad and other key cities like Surat and Rajkot to acquire assets of comparable caliber.

The 5 Most Asked Questions About Dating That Can Help You Find Love

No Comments

There are a few questions I get asked repeatedly when it comes to dating and timing. I thought it’d be helpful to share some of these questions and answers.

When am I ready to start dating again (after a breakup/divorce)?

If you’re waiting for the moment where you wake up and suddenly feel 100% ready to date, the reality is, that day is not coming. 

You can still miss your ex, and a part of you might still feel sad about what happened. That doesn’t mean your heart is closed for business. There is no perfect timeline where the emotions from one relationship end in one neat and tidy finale.

Online dating is exhausting and I’m ready to give up. If it’s this hard, isn’t this a sign to stop?


To answer this question, I want you to think about that trip you’ve dreamt of taking. Let’s say it’s Bali. To get to Bali, you need to pack, go through customs, and fly a grueling overnight flight. Not to mention the 2 hours of traffic you’ll go through once you leave the airport. You take these steps because it takes you to your destination. You don’t expect it to be fun. You just do it as part of the process.

The same mentality needs to be applied to dating. You go on dates, you go through the ups and downs, and the commit to the process – because you’re doing it as a step to your ultimate destination which is your relationship goal (however that goal looks like is personal and unique to you).

So don’t stop because it’s hard and uncomfortable. It’s supposed to be. But do learn how to get more skilled in dating, because once you do, it becomes a lot more enjoyable and effective.

Dating is so hard at my age, in my city, <insert excuse here>

Dating is a skill. If you never learned how to do it, it can feel like navigating an obstacle course.

But you can learn the tools, psychology, and tried-and-tested methods that have helped thousands of others create healthy love.

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

Mali kućanski uređaji sniženi su do 50%. Pogledajte ostale akcije

No Comments

Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.

DOK smo listali kataloge i pretraživali ponudu za Indexovu prehrambenu šoping-listu, primijetili smo odlična sniženja na proizvode za čišćenje, njegu i higijenu, kao i na kućanske artikle i aparate, ili smo ih pronašli po povoljnim cijenama.

Izdvojili smo najpovoljnije ponude i proizvode s odličnim cijenama u svakoj trgovini. Tommy, Lidl, Kaufland, Konzum, Plodine, Eurospin, Spar i Interspar dostupni su u svim većim mjestima diljem Hrvatske, a ispod možete vidjeti našu šoping-listu za ovaj tjedan.

>> Ususret blagdanima trgovine su srezale cijene i do 51%. Evo što se isplati kupiti

Konzum

Konzumov katalog vrijedi od četvrtka, 14. 12., do srijede, 27. 12., ili do prodaje zaliha. Za pojedine popuste potrebna je MultiPlus kartica. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje


Kaufland

Kauflandov katalog vrijedi od srijede, 20. 12., do srijede, 27. 12., ili do prodaje zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje, a za ostvarenje pojedinih dodatnih popusta potrebna vam je Kauflandova kartica.


Lidl

Lidlov katalog vrijedi od ponedjeljka, 18. 12., do subote, 23. 12., ili do prodaje zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Katalog možete prolistati ovdje, a za ostvarenje pojedinih popusta potrebna vam je mobilna aplikacija Lidl Plus.


Plodine

Katalog Plodina vrijedi od ponedjeljka, 18. 12., do nedjelje, 24. 12., ili do isteka zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.


Spar

Novi katalozi Spara i Interspara vrijede od srijede, 20. 12., do nedjelje, 24. 12., ili do prodaje zaliha za prehrambene namirnice, kozmetiku, proizvode za osobnu higijenu i sredstva za čišćenje. Pojedini popusti vrijede samo u trgovinama Spar i Interspar, ovisno o dostupnosti proizvoda na akciji u tim trgovinama. Aktualne kataloge možete prolistati ovdje.


Eurospin

Katalog Eurospina vrijedi od četvrtka, 21. 12., do srijede, 27. 12., ili do isteka zaliha. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje


Tommy

Tommyjev akcijski katalog vrijedi od četvrtka, 14. 12., do srijede, 24. 12. Katalog možete prolistati ovdje

*Cijene su izražene u eurima.

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

LAFC 2024 schedule: LAFC to play one of MLS’ toughest slates

No Comments

LAFC will meet the cross-town rival Galaxy three times in 2024, including a renewal of last season’s July 4 game at the Rose Bowl, which drew an MLS-record 82,110 fans.

Coming off it second consecutive trip to the MLS Cup final, LAFC will open the 2024 season Feb. 24, hosting the Seattle Sounders. The team, which finished 2023 by losing to Columbus in the title game, will report to training camp in the middle of January.

Because the 29-team league is unbalanced, with 14 teams in the Western Conference and 15 in the Eastern Conference, each team in the west will play two conference opponent three times. For LAFC, those opponents are the Galaxy and San Jose, with the first match against the Earthquakes to be played May 4 at Levi’s Stadium in Santa Clara, home of the NFL’s 49ers.

LAFC will host the Galaxy at BMO Stadium on April 6 and will visit Dignity Health Sports Park in Carson on Sept. 14 in addition to the Rose Bowl game.

LAFC’s home schedule also includes a rematch of this month’s MLS Cup final with Columbus, with the Crew visiting BMO Stadium on July 13. That makes LAFC’s 34-game schedule among the league’s toughest because in addition to facing all 13 Western Conference opponents at least twice, it will also play the top three teams in the East in Columbus, the reigning league champion; Cincinnati, the Supporters’ Shield winner; and Orlando City, which finished second in the overall table in 2023.

LAFC played a league-record 53 games last season, eight of them coming in the CONCACAF Champions League. LAFC didn’t qualify for that tournament in 2024 but its calendar will be crowded nonetheless, with the team scheduled to play 13 times with fewer than five days rest between matches.

2024 LAFC schedule

Feb. 24: vs. Seattle, 1:30 p.m.

March 2: at Real Salt Lake, 11 a.m.; 9: vs. Sporting K.C., 7:30 p.m.; 16: at Minnesota, 5:30 p.m.; 23: vs. Nashville, 7:30 p.m.; 30: at Colorado, 1 p.m.

April 6: vs. Galaxy, 4:30 p.m.; 13: at Portland, 1:30 p.m.; 20: vs. N.Y. Red Bulls, 7:30 p.m.; 27: vs. Portland, 7:30 p.m.

May 4: vs. San Jose at Levi’s Stadium, 4:30 p.m.; 11: vs. Vancouver, 7:30 p.m.; 15: at St. Louis, 5:30 p.m.; 25: at Atlanta, 4:30 p.m.; 29: vs. Minnesota, 7:30 p.m.

June: 1: vs. Dallas, 7:30 p.m.; 15: at Orlando, 4:30 p.m.; 19: at Austin, 5:30 p.m.; 22: vs. San Jose, 7:30 p.m.; 29: vs. Colorado, 7:30 p.m.

July: 4: vs. Galaxy at the Rose Bowl, 7:30 p.m.; 7: at Houston, 5:30 p.m.; 13: vs. Columbus, 7:30 p.m.; 17: vs. Real Salt Lake, 7:30 p.m.; 20: at Seattle, 7:30 p.m.

Aug, 24: at Vancouver, TBD; 31: vs. Houston, 7:30 p.m.

Sept. 14: at Galaxy, 7:30 p.m.; 18: vs. Austin, 7:30 p.m.; 21: at Dallas, 5:30 p.m.; 28: at Cincinnati, 4:30 p.m.

Oct: 2: vs. St. Louis, 7:30 p.m.; 6: at Sporting K.C., 5:30 p.m.; 19: vs. San Jose, 6 p.m.

— All times Pacific

Apple brings roadside assistance via satellite on iPhone 14, 15 in US

No Comments

Apple has brought roadside assistance via satellite feature on iPhone 14, iPhone 14 Pro, iPhone 15, or iPhone 15 Pro devices for users in the US. Users can text for roadside assistance when they are off the grid with no cellular and Wi-Fi coverage. “If you need help with car trouble while off the grid — for example, if you’re locked out, have a flat tire, or run out of fuel or charge — you can contact a roadside service provider via satellite to request roadside assistance,” Apple wrote on its support page. “To connect to a satellite with your iPhone, you need to be outside with a clear view of the sky and horizon. When you use a satellite connection, the experience is different than sending or receiving a message via cellular,” it added.

To use this feature, iPhone users need iOS 17 or later to connect to AAA for roadside assistance or iOS 17.2 or later and a Verizon SIM to connect to Verizon for roadside assistance. To request roadside assistance via satellite on your device, go to Messages, tap the New Message button to start a conversation, and then in the address field, type “Roadside”.

When you’re off the grid with no cellular and Wi-Fi coverage, you’ll see the option to request roadside assistance via satellite. Now tap “roadside assistance” and follow the onscreen instructions to connect to a satellite and request help. In addition, the company mentioned that international travellers who visit the US can use the feature while visiting, except if they bought their iPhone in certain countries or regions.
 

Here’s what Japan’s post-pandemic tourists are spending on | Travel

No Comments

Post-pandemic tourists to Japan are increasingly snapping up folk crafts and jewellery, while sales of cosmetics and medicines has waned, reflecting the changing demographics of visitors as more people from Europe show up and China’s citizens stay at home.

Here’s what Japan’s post-pandemic tourists are spending on (REUTERS/Issei Kato)

Average spending on traditional handicrafts per visitor was ¥13,338 ($92) in the July-September quarter, up 80% from the same period in 2019, according to the Japan Tourism Agency, extending a trend that started in early 2023. Sales of cosmetics shrank 30% over the same timeframe.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Although inbound tourism has been one of the few bright spots in Japan’s patchy economic recovery, drugstores and retailers can no longer count on busloads of travelers from China clearing out shelves, a common sight up until 2019. Fewer spenders from the mainland also reflect the slowing economy there, despite the weaker yen making tours to the archipelago more affordable.

“I wanted something Japanese and found this store on the internet,” Daniel Forrester, visiting from New York, said as he paid ¥90,000 for a lacquered box at Traditional Crafts Aoyama Square. “I’m going to use this to store pens in my office.”

Duty-free sales at the shop during April through October are up about 20% from pre-pandemic levels, according to Kazuhiko Asakawa, the store’s manager. On the shelves holding 7,000 to 8,000 items are iron kettles, ceramics and other hand-made merchandise. “We’re seeing more travelers from places such as Mexico, Brazil and Poland since around the end of 2022,” he said.

Chinese tourists now make up about 10% of the total number of visitors, compared with 30% in 2019, according to the Japan National Tourism Organization. Travelers from the US, Canada, Germany and other countries, meanwhile, have increased.

Some product categories are enjoying a boom, thanks to the changing tourism demographics. Ito-ya Ltd., which operates a storied shop in Ginza selling pens, notebooks and other stationery, has seen duty-free sales more than double from before the pandemic. Many customers discover the store the via social media, according to manager Atsushi Fujiki. “We seem to be becoming a destination,” he said.

Sinduja Venkat, who was recently visiting from India with her family, was among the shoppers at Ito-ya looking at at pens, sketchbooks and other products. “I want to buy stationery for my children to use at school,” she said.

Despite the growth of consumption by tourists in Japan, the country still lags behind others in the region when it comes to total spending per visitor, which stood at $2,411 in 2022, according to the UN World Tourism Organization. That compares with $5,524 per tourist in Hong Kong and $6,526 in Australia, which stands at the top of the list.

“Japan is losing ground to other countries when it comes to entertainment and services,” said Noriko Yagasaki, professor at Tokyo Woman’s Christian University. There’s a lack of guides who can accompany tourists, with demand outstripping labor supply, she said.

Spending by visitors can be boosted by focusing not just on selling good, but providing experiences, Yagasaki said.

Even if spending remains low, there’s also the view that more tourists will help lift economic activity anyway. But that’s also difficult, given the labor shortage in the industry. The Japanese inn and hotel sector reported the highest-ever level of staffing shortages, according to an October survey by Teikoku Databank.

“While the number of visitors is important, it could become unmanageable,” Yagasaki said. “There’s a need to focus on improving the quality of services in the coming years.”

Diablo 4 FREE items – Hurry to claim your free in-game rewards | Gaming | Entertainment

No Comments

Diablo 4 fans have been treated to a selection of free in-game items to celebrate Christmas. With the festive Midwinter Blight event in full swing, fans can redeem the free Dragoon’s Path mount armour for their horse, as well as an additional two mount trophies. The free items are available until 6pm GMT UK time on December 26, so you’d better hurry if you want to grab the bonus rewards.

The news was announced by Blizzard on X (formerly Twitter): “Tis the season for dark gifts, Wanderer. Claim the Dragoon’s Path mount armor and two mount trophies in the Free Gifts section of the shop now.

“Available to all Diablo IV players until December 26th at 10AM PT.”

As you can see from the tweet below, the mount armour is particularly flashy, and well worth redeeming.

The items are available during the seasonal Midwinter Blight event, which tasks players with making Sanctuary that little bit more festive.

Players can access the event by visiting Midwinter Square in Kyovashad and speaking with Gileon, the bard. Gileon will send players on a quest to defeat enemies in order to collect loot and upgrade the square with festive decorations.

Blizzard explains more: “Even in Sanctuary, festivities require a proper venue, and Gileon has set you off on the right path. There’s just one problem—the Midwinter Square begins without decorations.

“It will be up to you to reinvigorate the square with that special holiday essence (and warmth) by upgrading it to its full potential.

As part of the event, players will visit Fractured Peaks and defeat pale blue Blightfiends in order to collect their Blighted Fragments.

You’ll also need to defeat Frigid Husks to recover Lost Heirlooms, all the while putting an end to the Blighted Revelry.

2024 Toyota RAV4 XSE Hybrid review

No Comments

The Toyota RAV4 Hybrid is still hot property, but it’s becoming easier to get in Australia.

Wait times for the electrified SUV hit between 18 and 24 months during the COVID pandemic, and are currently sitting at around 12 months – but come the middle of 2024, the brand expects that figure to be closer to six months.

Provided it can make good on its promise, the influx of supply means it might finally be time for the mid-sized SUV shopper to have a close look at the RAV4 again.

Hybrid power is offered across the RAV4 line-up, but the RAV4 XSE on test here is the only model that can’t be had with pure petrol power: it’s a hybrid only affair.

This variant was added to the range in 2022 to help meet outsized demand for high-end hybrid variants.

Now there’s a chance of getting one in a reasonable time the question remains – is the XSE Hybrid the RAV4 to buy?

How does the Toyota RAV4 fare vs its competitors?

View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota RAV4 against similarly sized vehicles.

Toyota RAV4 cutout image

Toyota

RAV4

How much does the Toyota RAV4 cost?

Toyota RAV4 pricing:

  • Toyota RAV4 GX 2WD: $39,760
  • Toyota RAV4 GX 2WD Hybrid: $42,260
  • Toyota RAV4 GX AWD Hybrid: $45,260
  • Toyota RAV4 GXL 2WD: $43,310
  • Toyota RAV4 GXL 2WD Hybrid: $45,810
  • Toyota RAV4 GXL AWD Hybrid: $48,810
  • Toyota RAV4 XSE 2WD Hybrid: $49,585
  • Toyota RAV4 XSE AWD Hybrid: $52,585
  • Toyota RAV4 2WD Cruiser: $48,910
  • Toyota RAV4 Cruiser 2WD Hybrid: $51,410
  • Toyota RAV4 Cruiser AWD Hybrid: $54,410
  • Toyota RAV4 Edge AWD: $56,230
  • Toyota RAV4 Edge AWD Hybrid: $58,360

Prices are before on-road costs

The Toyota RAV4 is a best-seller in one of Australia’s most competitive new car segments. To see how it shapes up against its rivals, use our comparison tool.

What is the Toyota RAV4 like on the inside?

The RAV4 is a quality item inside, with lots of thoughtful touches that make it feel a bit special.

Along with the electric blue prevalent in this XSE model, things like the rubberised door pulls and climate controls play nicely into the rugged, soft-road promise of the exterior.

The fundamentals are excellent, too. The driver and passenger sit in generously padded seats with leather bolsters and cloth inserts, and everything you touch feels high quality.

We’ve accused the smaller Corolla Cross of being a bit bare-bones, but that’s not something you could label the bigger RAV4.

Toyota has also dramatically improved the technology, which was previously a weak spot.

The new infotainment screen is a huge step forward from what was offered previously, and makes the display in the pre-update model look tiny. It’s easy to use, with slick graphics and wireless smartphone mirroring that connects quickly and doesn’t drop out.

The digital instrument binnacle is clean and simple, with more customisation options than the oversized trip computer display that previously featured; although, it’s not a patch on what you get in the latest Volkswagen Group products.

Storage up front is good. There are two cupholders, along with a wireless phone charger beneath the dashboard that is shaped to keep your phone in place. The underarm bin is deep, and the door pockets have space for big bottles.

A single USB-A port is on hand for anyone who wants to phone mirror with a cable, and there are two USB-C ports hidden away up front for fast charging. There are two more USB-C ports in the rear.

The rear seats in the RAV4 are among the best in class, although they’re not quite as versatile as those in the Honda CR-V. The rear doors also don’t open quite as wide as the 90-degree units in the Honda, making it slightly harder to load in bulky items like a child seat.

Legroom behind taller drivers is good, and there’s plenty of headroom thanks to the upright profile. As is the case in the Honda, there are rear air vents and a fold-down central armrest back there. ISOFIX points feature on the outboard rear seats, and there’s a trio of top-tether points.

Boot space is a claimed 580 litres with the rear seats in place, and the rear bench folds 60:40 – but doesn’t slide like those in some rivals. Points to Toyota for putting a remote release for those folding seats in the boot.

What’s under the bonnet?

Model Toyota RAV4 2WD Hybrid
Engine 2.5L 4-cyl petrol + 1 x electric motor
Power 131kW + 88kW – 160kW combined
Torque 221Nm + 202Nm
Transmission e-CVT
Driven wheels Front-wheel drive
Weight 1690kg (kerb)
Fuel economy (claim) 4.7L/100km
Fuel economy (observed) 5.5L/100km
Fuel tank size 55L
Fuel requirement 91 RON

How does the Toyota RAV4 drive?

The RAV4 will feel instantly familiar to anyone who’s driven a Toyota hybrid.

It starts up in electric mode and generally leans on the e-motor between standstill and around 20km/h, at which point the petrol engine kicks in to keep you rolling. The handover between electric and petrol power is smooth, but it’s still noticeable when the petrol engine does kick in.

Really put your foot down and there’s a surprising amount of punch, as the two power sources combine to deliver more performance than the petrol engine can on its own.

That means it feels more confident accelerating uphill with family on board, or overtaking at highway speeds. Although it’s not as powerful as the all-wheel drive model, this front-drive XSE doesn’t feel any slower in the real world.

Part of the RAV4’s enduring appeal is how easy it is to live with in the city. Its steering is light and direct, and the elevated driving position relative to a passenger car – or a smaller SUV like a Corolla Cross – makes it easy to place.

Ride quality is excellent, nicely isolating occupants from sharp bumps in the city.

It’s a relaxed cruiser at highway speeds, too. Insulation from the outside world is excellent, and the petrol engine hums away quietly in the background at a cruise. It won’t flick into EV mode as often as newer hybrids from Honda, but downhill or when you’re coasting down to a lower speed limit, the engine will turn off to save fuel.

Australia is small in the context of Toyota’s empire, but Toyota is a big player here. Its experience shows on coarse-chip highways, where the RAV4 does a great job muting road roar that would otherwise sneak into the cabin of rivals.

Toyota’s driver assists are less prone to inane beeping than before, and the adaptive cruise control does a good job maintaining a gap to the car in front.

The lane-keeping assist stays hands-off for the most part, only intervening if you stray towards the white lines, but the lane-centring system is a bit too grabby for my liking.

We’ve heaped praise on the latest TNGA-underpinned Toyota products for feeling more engaging if you actually enjoy driving, and the RAV4 remains a pretty nice SUV to hustle along.

The steering is fluid, and it doesn’t want to fall over when you tip into a corner. Neither of those are things that could’ve been said about the previous model.

What do you get?

RAV4 GX highlights:

  • Parabolic LED headlights with auto-levelling
  • Front LED fog lights
  • Automatic high-beam
  • Automatic headlights
  • Rain-sensing wipers
  • 17-inch alloy wheels
  • Heated, power-folding exterior mirrors
  • 8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
  • Satellite navigation
  • DAB+ radio
  • Wireless Apple CarPlay, Wired Android Auto
  • Six-speaker sound system
  • 7.0-inch instrument cluster screen
  • 60/40 split-fold rear seats and centre armrest
  • Dual-zone climate control (hybrid only)
  • Keyless start
  • Leatherette-wrapped steering wheel
  • Front/rear carpet mats
  • Space saver spare tyre
  • Electronic parking brake
  • LED interior lighting 
  • LED daytime running lights
  • Rear mudflaps
  • Resin rear spoiler
  • Rear passenger air vents
  • 2x front and 2x rear cup holders
  • 3x front and 2x rear USB ports
  • 12-month subscription to Connected Services

RAV4 GXL adds:

  • 18-inch alloy wheels
  • ‘Premium’ grille and bumper combo
  • Rear privacy glass
  • Leatherette-wrapped shifter
  • Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
  • Dual-zone climate control
  • Proximity entry
  • Wireless phone charging
  • Front mudflaps
  • Roof rails
  • Illuminated interior door switches
  • Two-level boot floor
  • Parabolic LED headlights with auto-levelling (petrol) or projector LED headlights (hybrid)

RAV4 XSE adds:

  • Black exterior accents
  • Black two-tone roof finish
  • 18-inch alloy wheels in gloss black
  • Black headliner and pillar garnish
  • Leather-accented door trims
  • Ambient lighting (model-specific)
  • Softex ‘premium’ seat upholstery
  • Heated front seats
  • 10-way power adjustment with lumbar support (driver)
  • 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
  • 10.5-inch infotainment display
  • Power tailgate
  • Navigation with Toyota Connected Services subscription
  • Projector LED headlights

Is the Toyota RAV4 safe?

The Toyota RAV4 wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on tests conducted by Euro NCAP in 2019.

It scored 93 per cent for adult occupant protection, 89 per cent for child occupant protection, 85 per cent for vulnerable road user protection, and 83 per cent for safety assist.

The following safety features are standard across the range:

  • Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
    • Pedestrian/daytime cyclist detection
    • Intersection Turn Assist
  • Adaptive cruise control
  • Blind-spot monitoring
  • Lane departure warning
  • Lane Tracing Assist
  • Rear cross-traffic alert
  • Reversing camera
  • Front, rear parking sensors
  • Traffic sign recognition
  • Trailer sway control
  • Emergency Steering Assist
  • Hill-start Assist Control
  • 7 airbags incl. driver’s knee

A 360-degree camera is available on Cruiser and Edge models, while the Edge alone has active rear cross-traffic assist and low-speed reverse AEB.

How much does the Toyota RAV4 cost to run?

The Toyota RAV4 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty like the broader range.

That extends to seven years on the powertrain if you service on time within the Toyota Australia dealer network. The hybrid battery is guaranteed for up to 10 years under the same conditions.

Service intervals are every 12 months or 15,000 kilometres, whichever comes first. Each visit is capped at $230 for the first five years, which is amongst the most affordable in the segment.

CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota RAV4

Toyota finally thinks it’s up to the task of delivering enough RAV4 Hybrids to meet demand.

If that is the case, the main hurdle stopping us from recommending it to mid-sized SUV buyers has been removed. If it’s not the class leader, it’s still very close to it – aided by Toyota’s latest technology update, which has improved the infotainment system significantly.

The XSE is a smart pick if you’re set on hybrid power, bringing a number of high-end bits of standard equipment absent on the GXL below it in the range, but without the hefty price tag that comes with the RAV4 Cruiser or Edge.

We’d also say; however, if you’re set on a hybrid SUV it’s worth test driving the Honda CR-V e:HEV, and keeping in mind the fact more options are coming from Kia and Hyundai in 2024.

Toyota remains the hybrid king, but the challengers are coming for its crown.

Click the images for the full gallery

MORE: Buy a Toyota RAV4
MORE: Everything Toyota RAV4

Bonk and Gorilla Drop Over 10% as New Meme Coin Sponge V2 Emerges as One to Watch

No Comments

Despite many meme coins rising, two of this month’s most trending projects, Bonk and Gorilla, have seen selloffs today.

However, traders remain highly bullish on the new Sponge V2 launch, which market participants can acquire through its Stake-to-Earn mechanism.

Bonk and Gorilla’s Momentum Fall After Strong Uptrend

After Bonk was listed on Binance and Coinbase earlier this week, the project saw an immense uptrend.

Seven days ago, the price was $0.00001019, but shortly after the announcements, it rallied to highs of $0.00003419, more than a 3x growth, catapulting its market cap above $2 billion.

However, a subsequent sell-off pushed the price to lows of $0.0001768, over a 10% dip from its price 24 hours ago.

This has formed a bearish price chart pattern with lower lows and lower highs since its ATH.

Analyst IncomeSharks noted that Bonk “Keeps breaking through supports.”

“When a meme loses momentum, it falls hard. The ride up is great, but if you don’t realize profits and get greedy, the ride down can be painful,” said the trader.

trading-view

However, prominent analyst Marius.capital believes Bonk will make a second run.

In a recent tweet, Marius said, “I think $Bonk will have a second run towards 0.00004 in a few days if #Btc holds after Xmas.” 

He then explained that Shiba Inu underwent a similar trajectory in 2021, selling off after Binance and Coinbase listings “before full sending.”

Moving to Gorilla, the project rose to prominence in November, appearing at the top of CoinMarketCap’s trending list multiple times. 

After an initial pump, the price pulled back but has started to rally again. However, has begun to sink after peaking at $0.018 earlier today.

Currently, it is trading at $0.013, down 27% from its daily high.

cmc-chart

Despite this, the project has again appeared on CoinMarketCap’s trending list, currently in third place after Bonk and Injective.

The reason it is trending is that prominent exchange Gate.io announced that it would list the token yesterday.

This is the fourth CEX to list Gorilla, with the others being MEXC, BitMart, and ExMarkets.

However, while Bonk and Gorilla have experienced bearish momentum, new meme coin Sponge V2 is gathering massive hype after its launch was announced on Monday.

Analysts Back Stake-to-Bridge Sponge V2 to 100X

Sponge V2 is the new iteration of the iconic Sponge token, which rose to prominence in May amid the rise of Pepe and the broader meme coin frenzy.

The original Sponge token netted early investors a 100x, reaching a staggering $100 million market cap at its peak with over 13K holders and listings on more than ten exchanges.

sponge-v2

Furthermore, the project generated massive social hype, amassing over 30K followers in its opening days. However, the team looks to carry that momentum forth with the compelling release of Sponge V2.

This rendition comes with new utility and revamped tokenomics. While the original Sponge merely paid homage to SpongeBob SquarePants, Sponge V2 features an immersive P2E racing game, enabling users to earn crypto while boosting $SPONGEV2’s utility.

This newfound utility, crossed with its successful track record, hints at notable upside potential. As such, YouTuber Crypto World Daily believes it could 100x, and Dutch YouTuber Corné Marchand is also bullish, predicting it could 100x. 

But the exciting thing about Sponge V2 is that you cannot buy it from exchanges yet. Those who want to acquire it must visit the Sponge.vip website and buy and stake Sponge or existing Sponge V1 holders can stake their tokens in the V2 dashboard.

Users can redeem their Sponge V2 once the staking phase is complete.

7 Generative AI Prompts To Help Your Content Marketing Workflows

No Comments

By Connie Smart and Alli Berry

Synthetic voice and sound recording created by Everlit. 

This article was co-written by Alli Berry.

Like it or not, generative AI tools generated (pun intended) a nauseating amount of attention this year, but not without merit.

These powerful tools can make your content marketing team more efficient without replacing humans. Here are seven ways to make generative AI work for your marketing.

1. Train AI to learn your brand and author voices

Before you use a generative AI tool for something related to writing content, teach it the brand voice detailed in your style guide. You can do it quickly.

For example, if you use ChatGPT, simply feed it a couple of articles from an author or your website and ask it to learn the voice. It’s a two-part prompt:

Prompt one: “Can you learn the voice of [name] using these articles [insert article URLs]?

Example prompt:

Can you learn Alli Berry’s voice using this article [pasted text of article]?

ChatGPT response:

Based on the provided content, Alli Berry seems to have a straightforward and informative writing style. She emphasizes the importance of content audits and highlights common mistakes, providing practical insights and actionable advice. Her tone is professional and focused on helping readers understand the key elements of a successful content strategy.

Prompt two: “Can you use [name’s] voice to create [detail marketing asset]?”

Example prompt:

Great! Now, can you use Alli Berry’s voice to create a marketing landing page about content audits?

ChatGPT response:

Absolutely, let’s give it a shot:

🚀 Maximize Your Online Impact with Expert Content Audits

Unlock the full potential of your website with Alli Berry’s proven strategies in content auditing. Our in-depth analysis goes beyond the surface, revealing key insights to drive your content strategy forward.

✨ Why Choose Our Content Audits?

🔍 Comprehensive Insights: We don’t just scratch the surface. Dive deep into your content landscape to identify strengths, weaknesses, and untapped opportunities.

📈 Strategic Recommendations: Receive actionable advice tailored to your business goals. From clear calls-to-action to a well-rounded customer journey, we’ve got you covered.

💡 Learn from the Best: Benefit from Alli Berry’s expertise, as showcased in her extensive work in content marketing and SEO. Transform your content with insights from one of the industry’s leading voices.

🌐 Stay Relevant Locally: If location matters to your business, we guide you on making your content locally relevant. Capture your audience’s attention with content that speaks directly to their needs.

🛠️ Avoid Common Pitfalls: Learn from the most common mistakes highlighted by Alli Berry, ensuring your content strategy doesn’t miss a beat.

👉 Ready to Elevate Your Content Strategy?

Take the first step towards a more impactful online presence. Partner with us for a content audit that goes beyond the ordinary. Alli Berry’s expertise is just a click away.

📆 Schedule Your Content Audit Now

[Get Started] [Learn More]

📞 Have Questions? Contact Us

[Email] [Phone]

With those two prompts, the generative AI tool is already working for you. While the content will need some human finessing to make it sound less fluffy, the draft sounds like your brand.

2. Turn features into benefits for marketing

If you write marketing copy for products or services, you know the difficulty in developing compelling benefits that connect with your audience’s wants and needs. Generative AI can’t write those benefits from scratch, but it can translate features into emotional benefits with relative ease.

Prompt: Detail your product’s features.

Example prompt:

Here are two features for a product:

  • Real-time trade alerts so you can make the same stock trades in your own portfolio
  • Members-only monthly calls with analysis of every stock in the portfolio

Can you turn these features into standard and emotional benefits?

ChatGPT response:

Standard

“Stay updated on market moves without constant monitoring.”

“Minimize missed opportunities by acting on real-time information.”

Emotional

“Peace of mind knowing you’re not missing out on key market events.”

“A sense of being ‘in the loop’ and part of an exclusive group.”

Are these perfect? No. But the concepts are developed. It’s easier to finesse language than it is to come up with them from scratch.

3. Pick up the pace on article planning

Speed and convenience never trump accuracy. Always, always, always verify the validity of the generative AI content. You certainly don’t want the content, company, or you to become an AI cautionary tale.

That said, AI can be a helpful research assistant for topics in which you’re not well versed or when you need to track down the latest and greatest information. Some AI tools, like Copy.ai, will even list the sources to make fact-checking more efficient. 

Prompt: I’m going to give you a question. I need you to summarize the most current information from reputable sources to help answer it. The question is: What should [describe audience] consider when [action you want them to take] today?

Example prompt:

What should content marketers consider when choosing an AI tool today?

Copy.ai response:

Content marketers should consider several factors when choosing an AI tool today. First, they should identify their needs and goals and choose a tool that aligns with them. Second, they should consider the tool’s ease of use and integration with their existing marketing technology stack. Third, they should ensure the tool is backed by reputable vendors who prioritize transparency and ethical AI practices [1].

Additionally, content marketers should choose AI tools that are designed to enhance their content creation processes, personalize content for improved customer engagement, and automate routine tasks like social media scheduling and email marketing campaigns [2].

Finally, content marketers should look for AI tools with robust analytics capabilities to track and measure the impact of their content marketing efforts, understand customer behavior, and identify opportunities for optimization [3].

Sources:

  • https://www.cmswire.com/digital-marketing/how-to-choose-the-right-ai-tool-for-your-content-marketing-strategy/
  • https://marketingaiinstitute.com/blog/how-to-choose-an-ai-content-marketing-tool
  • https://neilpatel.com/blog/ai-tools-to-make-your-smb-marketing-more-effective/

Now, you can confirm the accuracy and relevance of the AI output to your audience. A human subject matter expert would be a solid go-to for this.

After you make the necessary refinements, ask your AI tool to create an outline for your article using this validated research.

Prompt: Using this research, create an outline for an article.

Example prompt:

I’m going to give you some summarized research. Can you use it to create an outline for a blog article about “5 things a content marketer should consider when choosing an AI tool”?

Copy.ai response:

I. Introduction

  • Briefly explain the rise of AI in content marketing
  • State the main purpose of the blog post: to identify five factors content marketers should consider when choosing an AI tool

II. Identify Your Needs and Goals

  • Explain the importance of defining your content marketing objectives
  • Provide examples of common goals for content marketing (e.g., lead generation, brand awareness, thought leadership)
  • Offer suggestions for how to align AI tools with your specific needs and goals

III. Consider Ease of Use and Integration

  • Emphasize the importance of choosing an AI tool that is easy to use
  • Describe the benefits of seamless integration with your existing marketing technology stack
  • Provide examples of tools that have strong integration capabilities

IV. Choose a Reputable Vendor

  • Explain the potential risks associated with unethical AI practices
  • Offer criteria for evaluating the reputability of AI vendors (e.g., transparent practices, compliance certifications)
  • Provide examples of leading AI vendors in content marketing

V. Prioritize Content Creation and Customization

  • Describe how AI tools can enhance content creation processes (e.g., assisting with research, generating topic ideas)
  • Emphasize the importance of personalized content for improving customer engagement
  • Give examples of how AI can be used for content customization

VI. Use Robust Analytics

  • Stress the importance of data-driven strategies in content marketing
  • Describe how AI can collect and analyze large amounts of data to inform decision-making
  • Offer examples of metrics that can be tracked with AI tools (e.g., engagement rates, conversion rates)

VII. Conclusion

  • Summarize the five main factors content marketers should consider when choosing an AI tool
  • Provide closing thoughts on the importance of using AI tools in content marketing
  • Encourage readers to consider implementing AI in their content marketing strategies

The next steps might include modifying the outline to better meet your content objectives, identifying additional points to research, or formulating interview questions to ask a subject matter expert so you can include some human quotes in the finished article.

4. Spice up your sentences

Avoid sending readers into a snoozefest by asking your AI tool to assist with wordsmithing favorites like synonyms, analogies, and metaphors. And that’s not all – get more punch from your prompt by requesting suggestions that are specific to your industry or topic.

Prompt: Can you give me a synonym for [word] that is related to [industry or topic]?

Example prompt:

Can you give me a synonym for growth that is related to business finance?

Copy.ai response:

A synonym for growth in business finance could be “expansion”[1]. In the context of business finance, expansion refers to the increase in a company’s operations, profitability, and market reach[1]. It entails expanding product offerings, entering new markets, and increasing revenues and profits[1]. The term “expansion” is often used to describe the financial growth of a business[1].

Sources:

Power Thesaurus – Synonyms for Business Growth

Prompt: I’d like you to give me an analogy that compares two things. Those two things are (thing 1) and (thing 2). I’d like this analogy to relate to (theme, topic, industry, etc.). Do you understand?

Example prompt:

I’d like you to give me an analogy that compares two things. Those two things are life and a garden. I’d like this analogy to relate to the importance of family. Do you understand?

From Copy.ai:

Life is like a garden, and family is the nurturing soil that allows us to grow and flourish. Just as plants need fertile soil to thrive, we need the love, support, and connection that family provides to truly thrive in life.

In a garden, different plants have different needs and flourish in different environments. Similarly, each member of a family has unique strengths, passions, and challenges. It is within the family, like the diverse garden, that we find the acceptance, understanding, and encouragement to embrace our individuality and blossom into our true selves.

A well-tended garden requires care, attention, and maintenance. Similarly, strong family bonds require investment, effort, and active participation. Just as you water your plants and remove weeds to ensure their growth, in a family, we nurture relationships through communication, quality time, and shared experiences. This constant cultivation of family relationships fosters a strong support system, providing us with emotional nourishment and a sense of belonging …

Prompt: I’d like you to give me a metaphor. That metaphor is for [object or action]. I’d like this metaphor to relate to [industry or topic]. Do you understand?

Example prompt:

I’d like you to give me a metaphor. That metaphor is for solo traveling. I’d like this metaphor to relate to empowering women. Do you understand?

Copy.ai response:

Solo traveling is like a compass in the hands of a woman, guiding her on a transformative journey of self-discovery, empowerment, and liberation. Just as a compass provides direction and guidance, solo travel empowers women to navigate their own paths, explore unknown territories, and conquer the barriers that limit their freedom.

Like a compass, solo travel equips women with the tools necessary to chart their own course. It enables them to break away from societal expectations and step into a world of independence and self-reliance. By venturing out on their own, women can challenge stereotypes, overcome fears, and discover the immense strength and resilience that lies within …

5. Ignite ideas for images

If you’ve drained the creative well for unique visuals for repetitive topics, let AI help get those juices flowing.

Prompt: Can you give me a suggestion for a compelling photo or other visual that represents [topic, theme, key message]?

Example prompt:

Can you give me a suggestion for a compelling photo or other visual that represents budgeting wisely to buy your first home?

Copy.ai response:

A compelling photo or visual that represents budgeting wisely to buy your first home could be a split-image collage. Here’s a suggestion for the visual layout:

Left image: Show an image of a person or a couple diligently saving money. For example, they could be holding a piggy bank, jar, or envelope labeled “Savings” and placing money inside. This image represents the discipline and commitment required to save for a down payment.

Right image: Display an image of a house or a key symbolizing homeownership and achievement. It could be a close-up shot of a hand holding a house key or a front view of a beautiful home. This image represents the ultimate goal of budgeting wisely – owning a home.

In the center of the split-image collage, include a bold and inspiring text overlay that says something like: “Budgeting Wisely: The Key to Your First Home.”

This visual representation captures the journey of saving and budgeting while highlighting the ultimate goal of homeownership. It showcases the effort and dedication required to achieve the dream of purchasing a home through wise financial management.

When you’re satisfied with the visual concept, put it in a creative brief for your graphic designer or use it for a more successful stock image search. 

6. Repurpose remarkable content rapidly

You’ve produced a prized piece of content (with or without AI help). That content deserves a long, vibrant life or at least a big, glorious one. Use AI to breathe it into fresh formats. Transform an article into infographic copy, a podcast transcript into an article, or web copy into a short video script. Make your reborn content sing by molding and refining the AI results with your unique and creative human touch.

Prompt: I’m going to give you the text from an article. Can you summarize the main ideas into five key points? These points will be used to create an infographic about [topic] that is intended to encourage [audience] to [action].

Prompt example:

I’m going to give you the text from an article. Can you summarize the main ideas into five key points? These points will be used to create an infographic about dog safety in summer that is intended to encourage dog owners to prevent, look for, and act on the warning signs of heat exhaustion.

Copy.ai response:

Here are five key points that can be used to create an infographic about dog safety in summer, focusing on the prevention, recognition, and response to heat exhaustion:

  1. Recognize the signs of heat exhaustion in dogs: Educate dog owners about the warning signs that indicate their dogs may be experiencing heat exhaustion, such as excessive panting, drooling, weakness, and vomiting.
  2. Prevent overheating: Provide tips for dog owners to prevent heat exhaustion by ensuring their dogs have access to shade, cool water, and adequate ventilation. Encourage them to schedule outdoor activities during cooler times of the day.
  3. Avoid hot pavement burns: Highlight the importance of protecting dogs’ paws from hot surfaces by walking them on grass or using booties to prevent burns and discomfort.
  4. Never leave dogs in parked cars: Emphasize the dangers of leaving dogs unattended in hot vehicles, as temperatures can quickly rise to life-threatening levels. Encourage dog owners to take their pets with them or leave them at home in a safe and cool environment.
  5. Take immediate action if heat exhaustion is suspected: Encourage dog owners to take immediate action if they suspect their dog is suffering from heat exhaustion by moving them to a cooler area, providing water to drink and wetting their body with cool water, and seeking veterinary attention if symptoms persist.

These key points can serve as the foundation for an infographic that raises awareness and encourages dog owners to prioritize the prevention, recognition, and prompt response to heat exhaustion in their pets during the summer season.

It’s a decent start, right? Here are some other repurposing prompts:

Prompt: I’m going to give you the transcript from a podcast. Can you rewrite it as a 500-word web article that focuses on [theme]? This web article is intended to inspire [audience] to [action].

Example prompt:

I’m going to give you the transcript from a podcast. Can you rewrite it as a 500-word web article that focuses on the interviewee’s resilience? This web article is intended to inspire young actors to keep following their dreams.

Prompt: I’m going to give you the text from a web page about [product, service, topic]. Can you use it to write a script for a 30-second video? The video is intended to motivate [audience] to [action].

Example prompt:

I’m going to give you the text from a web page about home lawn care services. Can you use it to write a script for a 30-second video? The video is intended to motivate busy homeowners to save time and enjoy a great lawn by hiring our company to do the work for them.

7. Tune your title tags and meta descriptions

The content writer creates an amazing article, but no one reads it. Did it really exist? Here’s where an AI SEO assist can be your friend.

You can ask the AI tool to take your page content and create a title tag or meta description that follows best SEO practices.

But here’s something more interesting: Have your AI tool analyze the title tags and meta descriptions of high-ranking pages about your topic, including those written by your competitors. Ask it to write your title tag or meta description based on what it learned.

TIP: Some AI tools (like Copy.ai Workflows API) allow you to save and apply a title tag formula in bulk so you can create title tags for multiple web pages in one shot. 

Prompt one: I’m going to give you some title tags. I’d like you to tell me what commonalities they have that make them rank well in search for ? Here are the sites: [URLs].

Example prompt:

Copy.ai response:

Let’s analyze the title tags of the provided websites to identify the commonalities that make them rank well in search for the keyword “running magazine”:

https://runningmagazine.ca/

Title Tag: Running Magazine

Commonality: The website’s title tag directly includes the keyword “running magazine”, which is likely to improve its relevance in search engine results.

https://www.runnersworld.com/

Title Tag: Runner’s World – Racing News, Training Advice, Nutrition Tips

Commonality: Although the exact keyword “running magazine” is not present in the title tag, the title tag includes related terms such as “Runner’s World”, “Racing News”, and “Training Advice”. These terms indicate that the website offers content related to running, which helps it rank well for the keyword “running magazine”.

https://www.womensrunning.com/

Title Tag: Women’s Running – Training Advice, Race Calendar, Motivation

Commonality: Similar to the previous website, the exact keyword “running magazine” is not present in the title tag. However, the title tag includes relevant terms such as “Women’s Running”, “Training Advice”, “Race Calendar”, and “Motivation”, which indicate that the website provides content related to running for women. By including these related terms, the website is likely to rank well for the keyword “running magazine”.

In summary, the commonalities among these websites’ title tags that help them rank well for the keyword “running magazine” are the inclusion of related terms, such as the website’s name, “training advice”, “race calendar”, and other terms that indicate their content focuses on running.

With prompts like these, you can reverse-engineer what’s working for your content competitors to create your own title tag – or have an AI tool do it with this next prompt.

Prompt two: Please write a title tag for [page] that uses best SEO practices and is no longer than 60 characters (please give me the character count)? When writing the title tag, please incorporate the commonalities you just learned. Here is the text from my web page: [page text].

Example prompt:

Great! Now, can you please write a title tag for [page] my women’s running page that leverages best SEO practices and is no longer than 60 characters (please give me the character count)? When writing the title tag, please incorporate the commonalities you just learned. Here is the text from my web page.

Copy.ai response:

Based on the provided text, here is an example of a title tag that leverages best SEO practices and is no longer than 60 characters:

Title Tag: Women’s Running Tips | Training Programs | Gear & Apparel

Character Count: 58 characters

This title tag includes important keywords related to the content, such as “women’s running tips”, “training programs”, and “gear & apparel”. By incorporating these keywords, the title tag improves relevance in search engine results and gives a concise overview of the webpage’s content.

You can do the same process to create meta descriptions.

Get more efficient with an AI assist

While AI is a highly trending and evolving topic in content marketing, efficiency is always in style. Give these tips a try. You just may find using AI tools to productively produce content (and get more eyes on it) frees up time for you and your team to play harder in the content spaces you love most.

The tools mentioned in this article were identified by the authors. If you have a tool to suggest, share it on social with the hashtag #CMWorld.

Couldn’t attend Content Marketing World in person this year? Register for the Digital Pass to access on-demand session recordings from the live event through the end of the year. Use promo code BLOG100 to save $100.

You can learn so much more from the voices of experience in content marketing. To subscribe to the daily or weekly updates, visit www.News.ContentInstitute.com/Subscriptions or click the orange subscribe button at the top of any page.

HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

Online learning platform UNIVO welcomes UGC recognition

No Comments

The recent regulatory support from the University Grants Commission for online degrees, establishing equivalence with offline degrees, adds a crucial layer of credibility to the sector, said Siddharth Banerjee, CEO, UNIVO Education.

India is on the cusp of significant growth and innovation, with the UGC’s guidelines fmaking online higher education a mainstream and credible choice for learners across the nation, he said.

The regulatory framework aligns with changing consumer behaviour, as individuals from diverse backgrounds including professionals, athletes and workers embrace online higher education for its flexibility, convenience and affordability. It enables one to pursue a career and simultaneously earn an online degree.

“We are actively forging partnerships with industry partners, contributing to enhancing employability outcomes,” Banerjee said.

India’s technological leap in the last decade, characterised by widespread access to mobile phone data and the India stack of Aadhaar and UPI, have created a conducive environment for internet adoption including online higher education, he said.

The company aims to partner with the choicest of universities to bring quality degrees to learners in India and contribute towards achieving the government’s targeted gross enrolment ratio of 50 per cent by 2035.

The digital-first education company caters to over 81,000 paid learners from 115 countries, with access to a range of universities.

UNIVO Education has evolved as a key player in shaping the future of online higher education in line with the New Education Policy 2020, he said.

UNIVO secured a Series A $76-million funding from Avenu Learning, with a valuation of $220 million. Avenu Learning, backed by Southern New Hampshire University (USA) and Seek Investments (Australia), are the strategic investors in the company. It has a revenue run-rate of over Rs 160 crore in FY24.

The company’s employee count increased from 200 to 1,000-plus and it recently opened a second office in Bangalore for technology and sales operations.

Don’t Miss This Deal on 1 Month of Xbox Game Pass Ultimate for Just $8

No Comments

If an Xbox is on your holiday wishlist or maybe it’s basically already a member of your household, it’s a great time to keep your eye on amazing Xbox deals, with savings on consoles and game passes alike. Right now StackSocial is offering  one-month of Xbox Game Pass Ultimate for $8, a discount of 46% over the usual monthly price of $15. 

Ask any regular Xbox user and they’ll tell you that the Xbox Game Pass Ultimate is where it’s at. You get access to over 100 games on Xbox consoles –Xbox 360, Xbox One, Xbox Series X and S — as well as Windows PCs. The Ultimate membership includes Xbox Live Gold, Games with Gold and console multiplayer, as well as access to EA Play, which offers several dozen additional games from the Electronic Arts catalog. Other free perks include in-game content and being able to play games on your phone or tablet from the cloud (on compatible titles and devices). 

Read more: Best Cloud Gaming Services: Xbox Game Pass, GeForce Now and More

Before you grab the deal, it’s worth noting that for brand new users, Xbox offers a $1, 14-day trial, which is arguably a better deal. However, the StackSocial deal works for new users as well as former subscribers whose pass has expired.The deal is not stackable and your account must new or already expired to redeem. The code must be redeemed within 30 days of use. It’s also key to note that after the one-month period, the subscription will automatically renew at the full monthly price. 

More holiday shopping deals from CNET

St. Louis nursing home closes without warning, leaving 170 residents displaced

No Comments

The sudden closure of a Missouri nursing home on Dec. 15 has left 170 residents and their families surprised — with other ramifications as well.  

The Northview Village Nursing Home in northern St. Louis abruptly ceased operations, according to local reports.

On Dec. 19, family members, care staff, and state and local politicians staged a protest of the nursing home’s closure and its apparent failure to pay employees, as reported by the St. Louis Post-Dispatch.

ARTIST HELPS SENIORS CAPTURE PRECIOUS MEMORIES IN WORKS OF ART: ‘THEY BRING THEIR LIFE EXPERIENCES’

Michele Waller, a receptionist at Northview prior to the closure, told a local news outlet that the owner of the nursing home had known about the closure but failed to disclose the information.

“From my understanding, they say [the owner] had known this for weeks already, probably months,” Waller said.

The Northview Village Nursing Home in northern St. Louis (not pictured) reportedly ceased operations on Dec. 15, just 10 days before Christmas. Some family members of residents learned the news from a Facebook post. (iStock)

Starr Bradford, a St. Louis woman whose mother was a resident of Northview Village for 20 years, said the facility did not notify her about the closure, she told Fox News Digital. 

She was alerted to the situation by a Facebook post from a family member of another resident.

“I had to physically go to the nursing home for answers and two employees cleaning out their office helped me out,” Bradford told Fox News Digital in a text.

When she found her mother at a new nursing home, the director of that facility provided her with a letter that Northview Village had asked them to distribute.

Northview Village letter

Starr Bradford received this letter from the nursing home where her mother was transported after the closure of Northview Village. She shared it with Fox News Digital.  (Starr Bradford)

“I hope everyone else found their loved ones as well, because this was terrifying,” said Bradford.

Fox News Digital attempted to contact Northview Village, the nursing home that closed — but calls went unanswered.

Healthcare Accounting Services, the company that operates the nursing home, told Fox News Digital on Wednesday that “we are not providing any statements at this time.”

PICKLEBALL HELPS BOOST SENIORS’ MENTAL HEALTH, OFFERING ‘ADAPTABILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY,’ SURVEY FINDS

The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services, which regulates the nursing home, was notified of the situation at around 4:15 p.m. on Friday, a spokesperson told Fox News Digital via email.

“The facility operators were working to implement their emergency evacuation plan, and local EMS assisted with the relocation of approximately 170 residents,” the spokesperson said. “Our team remained on site monitoring the evacuation.”

Woman pushed in wheelchair

The sudden closure of the home left 170 residents (not pictured) surprised residents and their families. Residents were relocated to other facilities.  (iStock)

Northview Village was responsible for executing its emergency evacuation plan, the spokesperson told Fox News Digital.

“They relocated the residents to at least 14 other facilities in the St. Louis metro area and worked to contact families,” she said.

The final resident left the facility before 6 a.m. on Saturday, according to the spokesperson. 

MOST SENIORS IN AMERICA CAN’T AFFORD NURSING HOMES OR ASSISTED LIVING, STUDY FINDS

“Our team continued working through the weekend, following up with the receiving facilities to check in on the residents who had been transferred.”

The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services was informed that funding was not in place to pay workers on Friday, which caused the workforce issue, the same group said.

Superior Manor of Downtown Residential Care, another nursing home in the area, was reportedly one of the facilities that received the displaced residents.

Man wheelchair from behind

An abrupt relocation can have significant mental and emotional impacts on seniors — particularly those with dementia, experts say. (iStock)

When contacted by phone, an employee of Superior Manor confirmed to Fox News Digital that some of Northview Village’s residents were there.

“We have two sister facilities, and all together, we took in probably 30 of them,” the employee said.

She also noted that the relocation was very stressful for the residents.

“They’re settling in, but it’s a process,” she said.

Impact of relocation on seniors

An abrupt relocation can have significant mental and emotional impacts on seniors — particularly individuals with dementia, experts said.

“For those with dementia, the familiarity of their living environment and predictable routines can serve to help with their overall functioning,” Dr. Carrie Ditzel, a clinical psychologist and director of geropsychology and neuropsychology at Baker Street Behavioral Health in New Jersey, told Fox News Digital. 

“For those with dementia, the familiarity of their living environment and predictable routines can serve to help with their overall functioning.”

Stability creates a sense of comfort and predictability for aging seniors, Ditzel noted, which can help them manage deficits in skills or memory.

“If the sense of familiarity and predictability is not re-established successfully, the resident may experience things like confusion, behavioral changes and emotional unrest,” she added.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

Amy Morin, a licensed clinical social worker in Florida who has helped seniors find assisted living facilities, agreed that a sudden relocation can be very stressful for a senior. 

“They may be disoriented, homesick and confused,” she told Fox News Digital. “They may struggle to adjust to their new surroundings, especially if it wasn’t their choice to make the move or they weren’t involved in the process.”

Woman outside wheelchair

When residents feel that things are out of their control, they may experience emotional distress, a social worker said. (iStock)

When residents feel that things are out of their control, they may experience emotional distress, said Morin.

“They may be anxious or fearful,” she noted. “They may also ask questions about when they can go home and may not understand if their situation is permanent.”

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

For someone with dementia, a sudden move can worsen symptoms, Morin warned.

“They may struggle to find their way around, may not understand where they are and may be confused by support staff,” she said. “They may not recognize friends and family once they are out of their normal routines.”

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Ditch The Chicken! Chickpea Tikka Masala Is The New Star Of Your Dinner Table (recipe Inside)

No Comments

Full of protein and extremely versatile, Chickpeas are a staple in Indian kitchens. Also known as Chole, this superfood is high in dietary fiber and contains amino acids that are essential for your bodily functions. Including chickpeas in your daily diet is not an unusual thing in India. Chole can be used in salads, raitas, wraps, and even soups. Most commonly, Chickpea is used in a spicy gravy, Chole masala, and often eaten with bhatura or puri. But, if you are looking for a new way to eat chickpeas, or just to try a new recipe, then we have you covered. Try this Chickpea Tikka Masala recipe to spice up your dinner menu!

Also Read: Chickpea Nutrition: Health Benefits Of The Protein-Rich Desi Favourite Chana

What Can You Eat With Chickpea Tikka Masala To Enhance Its Flavour?

Chickpea Tikka Masala is a creamy, flavorful recipe that is one of the most popular dishes from North India. While poori, bhatura, naan, and roti go well with this dish, you can accompany this with other condiments and side dishes as well. Aside from pickled onions, you can eat Chickpea Tikka Masala with cucumber or mint raita, chutneys (mango, green, mint), pickles (lemon, mango, mixed, carrot), salads (mixed greens, cabbage, carrot), and even fried papad. You can also pair Chickpea Tikka Masala with basmati plain rice or jeera rice to complete the meal.

How To Make Chickpea Tikka Masala: Chickpea Tikka Masala Recipe

In a large bowl, take boiled chickpeas and add yogurt, ginger-garlic paste, fenugreek seeds, garam masala, turmeric powder, coriander powder, red chili powder, chaat masala, black pepper powder, and salt. Mix well until the boiled chickpeas are coated well. Cover the bowl and keep it aside for 30 minutes to 1 hour.

In a pan, put some oil/butter and add ginger-garlic paste to it. Now dump the solid spices into the cooked ginger-garlic paste. After they begin to pop, add chopped onions and cook them until they are translucent.

Now put the chopped tomatoes in the pan. Add the rest of the spices – cumin powder, garam masala, turmeric powder, soaked cashews, coriander powder, red chili powder, and salt. Mix well and cover the lid so that the tomatoes become soft and mushy. Switch off the gas burner and let the mixture cool down.

In another pan, take some oil/butter and add the marinated chole. Cook them until they start to smell aromatic. Put off the burner. Now, put the onion-tomato paste in a mixer and blend until it becomes smooth like a paste. Be careful that the blender does not overheat because of the hot onion-tomato mix. Keep opening the lid to let off the steam.

Latest and Breaking News on NDTV

Also Read: This Delicious, Protein-Rich Chickpea Kebab Is All About Guilt-Free Snacking (Recipe Inside)

After the paste is ready, add this to the pan of marinated chickpeas. At this point, you will have to decide the thickness of the gravy. Add 1.5 cups of water and mix everything. Bring it to a boil. Make sure to taste the gravy at this point. Add spices to adjust the taste levels. Now add 1 cup of heavy cream to the chickpea tikka masala. Mix well.

Garnish the chickpea tikka masala with coriander and ginger slivers. And voila! Your chickpea Tikka Masala is ready to serve!

Bonus Tip:

You can also serve this Chickpea Tikka Masala with homemade pita bread or roasted vegetables if you want to skip eating it with naan or roti. If you have leftovers, then you can store this flavorful Chickpea Tikka Masala in airtight containers for up to one week. What’s more, freeze it and reheat it whenever you are on the go!

Read the full recipe here

U.S. and Venezuela reportedly conduct prisoner swap

No Comments

The U.S. has released an ally of Venezuela’s president in a swap for jailed Americans, the Associated Press reported on Wednesday.

Venezuela will release 36 people, including 12 Americans, in exchange for the U.S. release of an ally of Venezuelan president Nicolas Maduro, Reuters news agency reported, citing a source. 

Lift a Pinky. It’s Time for Tea.

No Comments

Phoebe Cheong and Jude Andam, friends who live on opposite coasts, have recently begun a tradition whenever they see each other.

They have tea.

On a recent afternoon, Ms. Andam, a makeup artist in Los Angeles, joined Ms. Cheong, a commercial photographer, at Lady Mendl’s Tea Salon, which occupies the parlor floor of a Georgian townhouse in the Gramercy Park neighborhood of Manhattan.

The two friends might have met for coffee or lunch, but they prefer the more formal experience of tea.

“Coffee shops are casual,” Ms. Andam, 42, said. “You go in there in your athleisure or whatever. This is more of a special occasion.”

Ms. Cheong, 31, noted the maximalist décor at Lady Mendl’s, which includes Victorian fringe lamp shades and gold-leaf on the molding. She also appreciated how the server announced that the topping for their scones was Devonshire cream.

“Here there’s mystery, there’s storytelling,” Ms. Cheong said.

Elaborate afternoon tea service is a main attraction at more than a dozen venues in New York and Los Angeles. At Brooklyn High Low, which has two locations near Prospect Park, it’s $48 for the “Classic” prix fixe tea service, which lasts 75 minutes. At Rose Tree Cottage in Pasadena, Calif., a man in a tuxedo serves cucumber sandwiches and sticky toffee pudding. The three New York locations of Alice’s Tea Cup have an “Alice in Wonderland” theme.

It is a curious fact that, in a decidedly uncivil time, when people have grown accustomed to arguing with strangers on social media and wearing sweats on the plane, this high ritual has made something of a comeback.

A new service in New York, Tea Around Town, hosts afternoon tea aboard a pink and white double-decker bus for those who would like to take in the sights while sipping organic Earl Grey with lavender. The bus’s interior has soft pink banquettes in place of the seating one might find on a Greyhound.

That rolling salon joins longtime standbys known for elaborate tea service — a group of establishments that includes The Peninsula Beverly Hills, the London West Hollywood and The Plaza Hotel. The Palm Court at the Plaza looks much the same as tea salons did in the 1920s, when tables were divided by large palms, creating rooms within a room where guests may be inclined to share their most intimate thoughts.

Bruce Richardson, the master blender at Elmwood Inn Fine Teas in Danville, Ky., and the co-author of “A Social History of Tea,” has been tracking the tea scene for some 30 years.

“I was just in London last month,” Mr. Richardson said. “Boy, every hotel is having afternoon tea again, even more than 20 years ago. There’s a real resurgence of customers looking for that sit-down teatime.”

Mr. Richardson, 70, put forth a theory as to why afternoon tea, which took hold as a tradition among the English gentry in the 1840s, has persevered in the modern world. “In the tea-making ritual,” he said, “we rediscover our humanity, which has become obscured amid a life that is often moving too fast and filled with too much.”

Honey Moon Udarbe, the proprietor of Brooklyn High Low, said that she used to take tea by herself as a kind of escape, and later did so with her daughters and friends, before she opened her first salon in the Prospect Heights neighborhood, in 2020.

Business has been so good that Ms. Udarbe, 47, recently saw fit to open a second teahouse 12 blocks away from the original location. The new salon — called Brooklyn High Low, the Parlor — can be found on the ground floor of a brownstone in Park Slope. She calls it a “speak-teasy,” because she does no advertising.

“I like this nostalgic moment of unplugging and sitting down and chatting with people,” Ms. Udarbe said. She went on to say that a tearoom has much in common with the corner bar, only it manages to encourage a sense of camaraderie “without the booze.”

Mary Fry opened Rose Tree Cottage, a teahouse in Southern California, 50 years ago with her British husband, Edward. They created a time-warp atmosphere not only by having Edward don tux-and-tails whenever he serves customers, but by seeing to it that digital devices have no place at the table.

“Let me just say that we make you turn your phones off,” Ms. Fry said. “You cannot be watching the Dodger game and having tea. It’s a time to calm yourself and enjoy conversation with family and friends and bring yourself down to where your brain should be.”

Perhaps that is why her salon has been bustling lately, and why she has noticed many guests in their twenties and thirties. They arrive wearing fancy hats and fascinators — the formal headpieces popularized by Kate Middleton. In its gift shop, Rose Tree Cottage stocks a variety of elaborate hats and fascinators in pink, yellow, green and blue, along with jackets from the British clothier Barbour.

“My husband called it a sanctuary,” Ms. Fry said. “It’s a sanctuary in a mad, crazy world that’s going on right now. People want to escape with something traditional.”

In a separate interview, Ms. Udarbe made much the same point.

“Really,” she said, “the basis of afternoon tea is time. It’s escaping the iPhone or subway or your job or whatever runs you ragged. I had some lady come in and tell me it really is self-care.”

Proponents of the trend note that a teahouse is quite unlike a cafe or restaurant, in which one might be assaulted by the din of clattering silverware or pop music blasting out of ceiling speakers.

“Someone has taken the time to make this a setting that is conducive to beautiful talk and remembrances,” Mr. Richardson, the tea expert, said. “It could be like going into a cathedral. There’s just a presence that you feel there.”

At Floating Mountain Tea House on the Upper West Side of Manhattan, the tea ceremony has a meditative aspect influenced by Chinese and Japanese tea culture. Guests are asked to remove their shoes upon entering the sparsely furnished room, where they may choose from 67 teas sourced from China. A special service, on Saturdays and Sundays, involves sitting on the floor and drinking tea in silence.

“Customers come here out of curiosity and they experience something they’ve never experienced before,” Elina Medvedeva, the owner, said. “The energy is so serene.”

No food is served. The idea is spiritual nourishment. “The space which I’m providing for you allows you to connect with yourself,” said Ms. Medvedeva, 48.

Though peaceful in its own way, Lady Mendl’s, with its stuffed parlor furniture, upright piano and portrait of Queen Elizabeth, evokes a different mood. Tea service, at $78 per person, begins with a selection of teas, followed by snacks, including finger sandwiches and scones. The salon fairly guarantees an atmosphere conducive to mature discourse through a policy that forbids entry to children under age 12.

While social media channels have lately been brimming with arguments over wars and the election to come, a major debate at the Manhattan salon on a recent afternoon was the age-old question of what to put on one’s scone first: clotted cream or jam. At Lady Mendl’s, it is suggested that the cream go first.

Two women at a back table were celebrating their pregnancies. Ms. Cheong and Ms. Andam, seated at a table near the piano, lingered over cups of Wonderland Rooibos, a tea variety with hints of chocolate. They talked until the 4 p.m. closing time. No hovering staff member pressured them to leave.

“In a coffee shop, everyone is working,” Ms. Andam said as she and her friend stepped out of the tranquil townhouse and into the noise of New York. “When does anyone take time to do this?”

FDA Grants Priority Review to Genentech’s sBLA for Xolair to Treat Food Allergies

No Comments

If approved by the FDA, Xolair would be the first drug indicated to lower allergic reactions to multiple foods after an accidental exposure, including peanut, milk, and egg allergies.

The FDA has granted Priority Review to Genentech’s supplemental Biologics License Application (sBLA) for Xolair (omalizumab) for the treatment of allergic reactions, such as anaphylaxis, that may result from an accidental exposure to one or more foods in patients aged 1 year and older with a food allergy.1 If the FDA approves the application, Xolair would be the first drug indicated to lower allergic reactions to multiple foods after an accidental exposure. Roche said it expects the FDA to decide on the approval in the first quarter of 2024.

“Despite the significant and growing health burden from food allergies, treatment advances have been limited,” said Levi Garraway, MD, PhD, Genentech’s chief medical officer and head of Global Product Development.1 “We are proud to partner with the National Institutes of Health and leading research institutions on this groundbreaking study. The FDA’s Priority Review designation acknowledges the unmet need for these patients, and we hope to make Xolair available to as many people as possible living with food allergies in the US.”

If the FDA approves the sBLA, patients taking Xolair would still need to avoid the foods they are allergic to. Genentech and Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation collaborated to develop and co-promote Xolair in the United States.

Xolair is a monoclonal antibody that binds to and inhibits immunoglobulin E (IgE). IgE is involved in the pathophysiology of the allergic inflammation characteristic of asthma.2 Through this mechanism of action, IgE down-regulates the immune response to help gain control over allergy-driven inflammation.

The acceptance of the sBLA was based on a positive interim analysis of data by an independent Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) from stage one of the National Institutes of Health-sponsored pivotal three-stage, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase III OUtMATCH trial (NCT03881696). The study analyzed Xolair in patients allergic to peanuts and at least two other common foods. The DSMB analyzed data from the first 165 patients aged 1 to 17 years who participated in the first stage of the trial, which showed the study achieved its primary endpoint and key secondary endpoints.

Compared with placebo, Xolair was found to significantly increase the amount of peanuts—the trial’s primary endpoint—and milk, egg, and cashew—the trial’s key secondary endpoints—that it takes to trigger an allergic reaction in participants with food allergies. In terms of safety, adverse events were consistent with the previously established benefit-risk profile of Xolair for its approved indications in prior clinical trials.

OUtMATCH was sponsored and funded by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, supported by Genentech and Novartis, and conducted by the Consortium of Food Allergy Research across 10 clinical sites throughout the United States. OUtMATCH analyzed the safety and efficacy of Xolair in patients from 1 to 55 years of age with allergy to peanuts and at least two other common foods. To date, only stage one of the trial has been completed.

Patients in this stage were randomly assigned to receive placebo or Xolair injections either every two weeks or every four weeks for 16 to 20 weeks. The drug’s dose and dosing interval were determined by total serum IgE level and body weight.

The FDA granted Xolair with Breakthrough Therapy Designation in August 2018 to prevent severe allergic reactions after accidental exposure to one or more foods in people with allergies. Xolair is currently approved to treat moderate to severe persistent allergic asthma, chronic spontaneous urticaria, and chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps.

References

1. FDA Grants Priority Review to Xolair (omalizumab) for Children and Adults With Food Allergies Based on Positive National Institutes of Health Phase III Study Results. Genentech. News release. December 19, 2023. Accessed December 20, 2023. https://www.gene.com/media/press-releases/15016/2023-12-19/fda-grants-priority-review-to-xolair-oma

2. Delimpoura V, Bonstantzoglou C, Liu N, Nenna R. Novel therapies for severe asthma in children and adults. Breathe (Sheff). 2018 Mar;14(1):59-62. Accessed December 20, 2023.

Caring for Clingy Cats: Olga’s Need for Attention (& What I Do About It)

No Comments

Russian Blues aren’t usually considered clingy cats, and during her adolescent years, Olga enjoyed her alone time more. However, even as a kitten, she didn’t like it when I left for work. I made the mistake of saying goodbye and rubbing her head, which would result in her latching onto my arm and biting me. I thought it was funny and endearing, but I ended the practice when I noticed several tiny holes in the sleeves of my winter jacket.

Now, I say goodbye from a distance, but sometimes, she chases me to the door and tries to hit me on the leg. Since I work from home now, Olga becomes more upset when I leave. In the morning, after eating breakfast, she wanders into the guest room (her room) and sleeps under the couch. After two hours, she comes into my office, meows, and jumps in my lap to take a nap.

She naps for a few minutes and then sleeps on the windowsill or chair near my desk. She likes being in the same room but doesn’t need to be constantly touching me like my previous cat. Leaving her alone for short periods isn’t a problem, but she gets stressed when she knows I’m preparing for a trip.

Preparing for Vacations

A great spook! Olga feeling uneasy about this new object in the room.

Besides the vacuum cleaner, the suitcase is one of the objects most despised by felines. In the past, when I pulled my suitcase out, Olga would run under the bed and hide. I’ve learned that keeping my suitcase in the living room for several days before my trip helps. As you can see from one of the photos, Olga kept her distance when she first saw the suitcase.

After I placed her favorite toys near the suitcase, she relaxed and eventually rubbed her head against it. She didn’t seem stressed when I packed the suitcase a few days before my trip, but she used to get upset when I packed it the night before I left.

Olga inspecting my suitcase
Okay, Dad, this isn’t so bad!

Making Time for Olga

If I’m not paying enough attention to Olga, she has several ways of letting me know. She spends most of her day napping, but when she’s ready to play, Olga attacks inanimate objects (or me) if I ignore her. She will run to a window and grab the strings on the blinds or drag one of the paper balls from under the couch and hit it in my direction.

Several months ago, when I was reading a book and ignoring her, she hit me on the head with a paper ball. Usually, she’s not that precise when she dribbles the ball on the floor, but I guess it was a lucky shot. You can’t always stop what you’re doing and play with your cat, but I try to play with her daily, especially when she has a burst of energy.

It makes her happy and keeps my blinds and other belongings from getting destroyed. Although she’s not clingy like a Siamese cat, she’s become more affectionate and needy since I’ve spent more time at home. By setting aside time every day to play with her and being more strategic with my vacation preparations, Olga doesn’t get as stressed or attack me as often.

Blackstone offloads entire stake in Embassy REIT for ₹7,100 crore

No Comments

Blackstone has sold its entire 23.5% stake in Embassy Office Parks REIT for ₹7,100 crore ($850 million) at ₹316.10 a unit, sources said.

The acquirers included existing investors Capital Group, Fidelity, Bain Capital, ICICI Mutual Fund, HDFC Mutual Fund and SBI Mutual Fund, who have become new investors.

The trade price was slightly higher than the floor price of ₹310 but at a discount to the current market price of ₹335.

With this transaction Blackstone has fully exited its investment in Embassy REIT, which was listed on the bourses in 2019 as the first REIT in the country. In 2022 it exited Mindspace Business Parks REIT, where was been one of the sponsors.

The PE firm had been negotiating with Bain Capital earlier this year to sell its stake in Embassy REIT but could not agree on the pricing and valuation.

5 Signs You’re Being Love Bombed By Your Partner

No Comments

It was straight out of a fairy tale.

Flowers. Fancy dinners. Proclamations of how special our connection was.

I was on cloud nine. Sold. I’m in. All in.

Until the messages were less frequent. Then the effort to make plans started to wane.

I found myself crawling out of my skin, waiting with bated breath for him to return my texts, see me, show me that he still cared. I started replaying our interactions if I did something wrong.

Maybe I showed too much interest? Maybe I texted too much? Was it my outfit from the last date? It must be me.

After two weeks of feeling completely anxious, I decided that it must be over and that I had lost my chance with Mr. Perfect. It was time to move on. I stopped texting or trying to make conversation.

And right when I began to pull away, guess who came back in full force?

It was like no time has passed. He was back, dying to see me. Showered me with sweet messages about how happy I made him, how much he missed me.

I was on cloud nine once again.

Until this cycle of hot/cold repeated 7 more times. I now recognize – I was love bombed.

What is love bombing?

Love bombing is the use of excessive affection, grand gestures, and promises for the future as a manipulation tactic. But right when you’re feeling high from all the love and attention, it’s followed by a period of withdrawal, avoidance, or abuse. You are then left wondering what you did wrong or get obsessive about getting that old feeling back.

Love bombing is used by narcissists, who feed off your validation. Once they get their fix – of attention, sex, affection, resources – whatever it is that they’re hungry for, they become cold, distancing, or even mean.

Signs you’re being love bombed

1. The intention is not about authentic connection, it’s to get something from you.

Love bombers use their romantic targets to give them their fix of validation and attention and to gain power over them.  The difference between healthy romantic overtures and love bombing is that the latter is used as a manipulation tactic. The intention is to exert and maintain control and power over you.

2. It’s not love at first sight; it’s projection at first sight.

During the first few dates, it’s impossible for someone to know you enough. The whole point of dating is to build trust and connection over time and experience. There’s no shortcut to that. Someone who barely knows you and makes statements about how you’re the one, or they make grand promises about your future together is a red flag.

3. They are hot and cold.

They come on strong, often with grand gestures such as lavish gifts, fancy dinners, and romantic words. But then they get cold, the daily communication wanes and sometimes they disappear completely. Then, right when you’re about to give up, they come back strong again to reel you back in the cycle of intensity.

4. They treat you like a “Conquest.”

I talk about the concept of ‘conquesting’ in my book, Breakup Bootcamp. I came up with this theory to describe when someone has a plan in their head, perhaps it’s to get a trophy partner, or they really want to get married by X age. They meet you, and if you check enough boxes, they plug you into their plan. You become a means to an end. In the process, they dehumanize you because you’re an object that they plug into their master plan. It’s not about connecting, getting to know you as a human – faults, and flaws included.

How to stop love bombing

1. Use boundaries to stop love bombing in its tracks.

If you’re starting off in a relationship and you notice they are coming on very strong with the romantic overtures, do not just react to the pace they are setting. Have a conversation to let them know that you want to slow things down, and get to know each other through time. If the person is invested in creating a healthy connection – they won’t try to rush you or pressure you into it.

2. Do not make them the center of your world (and schedule) before trust is built.

Don’t cancel on your friends. Don’t change your schedule around to see them. If you don’t have a schedule where you’re doing things that make you feel connected and grounded – you will be more susceptible to filling in the empty spaces with your new love interest. Instead of seeing someone on a healthy cadence, you start to see them 5 times a week. Before you know it, you’re consumed with all things to do with your beloved.

3. Do not outsource your validation to this person (or any romantic partner for that matter).

Yes, it feels amazing when someone sets eyes on you and makes you feel like you’re special, especially if they make it seem like they’re choosing you out of all the other options. The hunger to feel special and gain a sense of self-worth is candy to a narcissist.

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

Donosimo listu od 65 promišljenih darova za božićni šoping u zadnji tren

No Comments

Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.

BOŽIĆ je za manje od tjedan dana, a ako vas je uhvatila panika jer još uvijek nemate sve poklone – ne očajavajte. U svakom slučaju niste jedini, a i nije sve propalo. Trgovine rade sve do subote i imate dovoljno vremena da odete kupiti poklon. A ako trebate ideju što kupiti, možda vam pomogne ovaj popis koji smo sastavili. 

Poklone smo rasporedili po kategorijama tako da smo pokrili gotovo sve koji se mogu naći na vašem popisu – od onih koji vole kuhati do onih koji vole sve vezano uz kozmetiku. Na vama je samo da odredite za koga je koji dar idealan. Krenimo!

Za one koji vole kuhati

Joseph Joseph set zdjela praktičan je poklon i idealan za one koji vole raditi kolače, mijesiti tijesto za pizzu ili kruh i sl. U setu se dobije šest zdjela različitih zapremina koje se mogu slagati jedna na drugu tako da i štedi prostor. 

Friteze na vrući zrak, ali i višenamjenska kuhala idealan su poklon za one koji vole kuhati, ali nemaju uvijek pregršt vremena za to. U ovim uređajima može se pripremiti ukusan obrok za tren oka. Prednost je i što zahtijevaju minimalno ulja. 

Svaki dobar kuhar, bilo amater ili profić, uz sebe mora imati dobar nož ili noževe. Japanski noževi posebno su cijenjeni. Set noževa idealan je poklon jer već dolazi u posebnoj kutiji koju možete lijepo umotati, ali i ne morate. 

Ne znamo tko se ovom aparatu za pripremu tjestenine ne bi obradovao? Svježa domaća tjestenina gotova je u par minuta – u aparat se stave sastojci, a on sve dalje odradi sam. Ultimativni poklon za ljubitelje tjestenine. 


Za kavopije

Aparat za kavu je uvijek super poklon ako ga netko već nema. Trenutno su jako popularni oni na kapsule marke Nespresso, a na stranici još uvijek imaju dobru akciju pa se može proći povoljnije. Naš odabir je CitiZ&milk Cherry Red koji dolazi s pjenilicom mlijeka. 

Ako onaj netko kome poklanjate aparat više voli upotrebljavati kavu u zrnu ili onu mljevenu, ovaj aparat marke DeLonghi mogao bi biti dobar izbor. U njemu se može pripremati nekoliko vrsta kave, a i može se izabrati željena razina pjene. 

Termosica je idealna za sve one koji si kavu vole skuhati kod kuće i ponijeti sa sobom. Lijepi set šalica ili samo jedna unikatna je isto uvijek dobar dar kavoljupcima ili ljubiteljima toplih napitaka i lijepih predmeta. 


Za ljubitelje čaja

Lijepi čajnik odličan je poklon ljubiteljima čaja, ali i neki fini čaj ili npr. dobar poklon-paket koji ima nekoliko opcija za isprobavanje. Sve to možete naći u obližnjim trgovinama do Božića, a mi smo izdvojili par zgodnih opcija ispod. 


Za one koji vole fino jesti

Ručno rađene čokolade, poklon-setovi u kojima mogu probati nešto novo, boca kvalitetnog domaćeg vina… sve su to dobri pokloni za one kod kojih ljubav ide kroz želudac. Izdvojili smo nekoliko ideja ispod. 


Za ljubitelje mode

Ako u svom životu imate one koji se najviše razvesele novom i lijepom komadu odjeće ili obuće, možda će jedan od ovih komada koji smo izdvojili biti za njih idealan ili poslužiti kao inspiracija. Izdvojili smo komade kao što su crvena haljina, čizmice na petu, kožna torba, fini kaput, lijepi džemper i šal. 


Za one koji vole dobro mirisati

Dobar i kvalitetan parfem uvijek je dobrodošao dar. No ako niste sigurni koji pokloniti možda je najbolje pogledati top-liste i najprodavanije parfeme godine te držati se provjerenih marki. Izdvojili smo ih nekoliko ispod. 


Za ljubitelje uređenja interijera

Neke će najviše od svega razveseliti neka sitnica za uređenje doma. Opcija u ovoj kategoriji je pregršt – od lijepe lampe koja može doprinijeti ambijentalnom ugođaju doma do dekorativnih sitnica koje mogu doprinijeti uređenju. Izdvojili smo nekoliko predmeta ispod. 


Za ljubitelje društvenih igara

Društvene igre odlične su za provesti vrijeme s obitelji i prijateljima, a ako među svojim najbližima imate strastvene igrače one mogu biti i super poklon za njih. Izdvojili smo nekoliko zanimljivih ispod. 


Za strastvene čitače

Strastveni čitači zasigurno će se razveseliti ovom daru ispod bora. Nekada je teško pogoditi knjigu onima koji puno čitaju, a u ovakvom jednom daru mogu spremiti tisuće naslova po izboru i ponijeti ih sa sobom kud god pošli. 


Za ljubitelje tech gadgeta

Za ljubitelje techa mogućnosti je pregršt – od pametnog zvučnika ili onog klasičnog, ali prijenosnog, pa sve do ručne konzole za igranje i soundbara za uživanje u zvučnim efektima prilikom gledanja najdražih serija ili filmova. Izdvojili smo nekoliko zgodnih opcija ispod. 


Za ljubitelje kozmetike i uređaja za stiliziranje kose

Mali hladnjak za pohranu kozmetike i idealan je poklon za one koji je imaju puno i traže najbolje rješenje za skladištenje iste. On se može smjestiti u bilo koju prostoriju doma, ne zauzima puno prostora i izgleda šik. 

Ova BaByliss četka za kosu i suši i oblikuje te dolazi s četiri izmjenjiva nastavka. Ova četka nudi dvije postavke temperature i hladan zrak dok rotirajući kabel pruža slobodu pri oblikovanju kose bez obzira na položaj držanja četke.

Šminka je uvijek isto dobrodošao poklon ljubiteljima iste. Neki lijepi ruž koji je ujedno i postojan, ili dobra maskara ili zanimljiv makeup-set mogu biti zgodan poklon. Izdvojili smo par opcija ispod. 

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

UCLA’s home win streak ends with loss to Cal State Northridge

No Comments

The streak is over. The stink is spreading.

Bullied on its home court by Cal State Northridge on Tuesday night, UCLA was softer and sloppier than a fearless opponent from the Big West Conference.

The Bruins’ seasonlong offensive struggles, combined with unusually sagging defense, cost them against what was supposed to be a far lesser foe. The nation’s longest home winning streak ended at 29 games after the Matadors emerged with a 76-72 victory inside Pauley Pavilion.

“We’ve got a fragile group; it showed,” UCLA coach Mick Cronin said, referring to having seven freshmen on his roster. “They’re older, more confident. You know, we don’t have anybody when things go bad to rally the troops.”

It was UCLA’s first home loss since a setback against Oregon in January 2022 and arguably its worst since a defeat against Cal State Fullerton in December 2019. For Northridge, it was a rare moment of glory in a series dominated by the Bruins, who had won nine of 10 previous meetings, their only other stumble coming in November 2000.

“CSUN, credit to them, man,” UCLA sophomore guard Dylan Andrews said after experiencing the first home loss of his college career. “They wanted it more than us.”

Once trailing by 19 points early in the second half, UCLA had its comeback hopes ended after Andrews buried a three-pointer to pull the Bruins (5-5) within 71-67 with 1:45 left. Northridge’s Dionte Bostick buried a turnaround jumper and UCLA’s Adem Bona missed two free throws on a night his team made only 23 of 35 and committed a season-worst 19 turnovers.

It was the sort of loss that makes one reevaluate everything.

Through the season’s first six weeks, UCLA could be characterized as a young team enduring early struggles against quality opponents.

That narrative no longer holds up.

Asked if he questioned the construction of a roster featuring so much youth, Cronin used a baseball free agency analogy while alluding to challenges facing his team in the name, image and likeness space, saying, “We did what we could do. Is your question, ‘Did we try to get older transfers?’ Absolutely. So did the [Cincinnati] Reds, but the Dodgers got them.”

Cronin also shouldered blame on a night his team gave up 17 layups and committed one turnover after another, going 0 for 2 when it came to the game plan.

“We failed as a coaching staff because when you have two points of emphasis,” Cronin said, “your job as a coaching staff is to make sure your team adheres to them.”

Nearly wiping out that huge deficit, the Bruins pulled within 57-56 on Sebastian Mack’s driving layup before the Matadors (8-3) delivered a massive counterpunch. Northridge guard Gianni Hunt’s three-pointer while falling down gave his team a 68-59 advantage with 5:18 left, and the Matadors made enough free throws the rest of the way.

It was Hunt’s first game as a Matador after taking advantage of an NCAA rule clearing the way for players who transferred twice to gain immediate eligibility. Hunt had started his career at Oregon State before spending last season at Sacramento State.

“Obviously, the NCAA, we don’t have any rules anymore,” Cronin said, “so we just let guys get eligible.”

Relentlessly attacking the basket, Mack finished with a career-high 27 points and Andrews added 20. But the Bruins shot 37% and unraveled after back-to-back possessions ending with Mack and Andrews losing the ball for turnovers. Bona (six turnovers) and Andrews (five) were the primary culprits on a night when their team was exceedingly careless.

Playing their first home game in 20 days, the Bruins had the rhythm of a team assembled from a hodgepodge of students at a rec center. They looked completely out of sorts in falling behind by 14 points at halftime.

“It was obviously a horrible first half for us,” said UCLA guard Lazar Stefanovic, who made only three of 14 shots for the game, “but I don’t know what was the reason.”

As if to underscore the urgency of the situation late in the first half, a fan in the upper reaches of Pauley Pavilion yelled, “Come on! It’s Cal State Northridge!”

Indeed it was. The Matadors showed exactly what they were about. So did the Bruins.

AI shows potential to help with chronic care & weight loss: Report

No Comments

Artificial intelligence (AI) technology, which ushered in personalised healthcare, has the potential to greatly enhance patient outcomes and promote preventive actions, according to a report on Tuesday.

AI aids healthcare providers in optimising treatment plans by assessing the efficacy of different interventions and offering suggestions for changes based on individual responses. Image Source: Pixabay

Gujarat Tourism’s pre-Vibrant Summit event focuses to make India adventure spot | Travel

No Comments

As a precursor to the upcoming Vibrant Gujarat Global Summit, the association of adventure tour operators in India has held its 15th annual convention at the Statue of Unity in Kevadiya. (Also Read | 2024 Long Weekends: Best places to travel in India on your long weekends in 2024. See detailed itinerary)

The three-day event of the Adventure Tour Operators Association of India convened on December 16-18 was supported by the Tourism Corporation of Gujarat. (Pexels)

The three-day event of the Adventure Tour Operators Association of India convened on December 16-18 was supported by the Tourism Corporation of Gujarat. The convention has set the direction for India to be amongst the top 10 global destinations for Adventure Tourism.

IPL 2024 Auction is here! Catch all the updates LIVE on HT. Join Now

The three-day convention brought together over 300 adventure tour operators, adventure enthusiasts, travellers and industry leaders from across India.

To keep the commitment to promote sustainable tourism and reduce carbon emissions, a charter was drawn to calculate the carbon emissions for the entire three-day event. To successfully offset the emission, various key sustainable initiatives were implemented.

More than 68 per cent reduction in energy usage was observed by hosting this conference in winter which reduced cooling load as well as diesel consumption. Additionally, the delegates were encouraged to minimize their carbon footprint wherever possible for their in-room consumption.

It was recognised that approximately 4,700 bottles of water per day would be utilized during the event, to eliminate the same a Zero Plastic Waste policy was implemented, which resulted in eliminating 15,000 plastic bottles.

The delegates were encouraged to drink from glass or reusable bottles. Water dispensers were installed at various locations during three days.

To avoid plastic on the badges and tags, about 400 seed papers for badges and luggage tags were provided as a sustainable alternative. Participants were also encouraged to plant their badges.

By going ‘Paperless’ in printing informational material and Itinerary, over 2,000 sheets of paper were estimated to have been saved.

The convention also emphasized reducing food wastage by displaying the amount of food wasted after each meal and encouraging participants to minimize food waste during meals, thus promoting conscious consumption. Further to promote sustainable dining practices during the convention plastic sachets for butter, jam, and sugar were eliminated.

Moreover, in addition to implementing sustainable practices, the tour operators and Gujarat Tourism also focused on knowledge sharing with convention attendees about the importance of sustainable event management. The convention served as a platform to exchange information on eco-friendly practices and their impact on the adventure tourism industry through multiple sessions led by practitioners.

Furthermore, to offset emissions, the adventure tour operators association with Gujarat Tourism and the Forest Department of Gujarat is planting 200 saplings near the event area which will be maintained by the forest department of the region for 15 years.

The tenth edition of the Vibrant Gujarat Global Summit is scheduled from January 10 to January 12, 2024. The Vibrant Gujarat Global Summit was conceptualised in 2003 by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who was then the Chief Minister of Gujarat.

Destiny 2 Legacy Collection FREE giveaway final warning – New Epic Games freebie inbound | Gaming | Entertainment

No Comments

If you haven’t already, then consider this your last chance to pick up your free copy of Destiny 2: The Legacy Collection from the Epic Games Store. Destiny 2: The Legacy Collection is available as a free download until 4pm GMT UK time on the afternoon of December 20. As part of Epic’s countdown to Christmas, Destiny 2 will be replaced by another blockbuster game, although the identity of the next gaming giveaway remains a mystery. Daily Express will update this article when the next game goes live, so keep checking back to find out what else you can download for free.

Destiny 2: The Legacy Collection contains the core game, as well as The Witch Queen, Beyond Light and Shadowkeep expansions.

It usually retails for £49.99, so it’s definitely worth a download, especially with the new expansion launching next year.

Speaking of free games, Epic will give away a copy of Alan Wake Remastered to any customers who purchase a discounted copy of Alan Wake 2 during the sale.

Epic explains more: “Epic Games Store Holiday Sale 2023 has arrived, featuring thousands of discounted games, free cosmetics, and 17 free games for everyone – starting with Destiny 2: Legacy Collection!

“As an added bonus to all of the amazing deals, anyone who buys Alan Wake 2 during our Holiday Sale will receive a digital voucher code for one copy of Alan Wake Remastered on PC.”

In case all that wasn’t enough, Epic will automatically apply a 33% coupon at checkout to any eligible purchases.

This means you’ll get a further third off any purchases over the price of £14.99.

Even better news is that the Epic Games Store Holiday Sale 2023 runs all the way until January 10, so there’s plenty of time to take part.

Ford’s global boss hits the track in inaugural visit to Australia

No Comments

The worldwide boss of Ford, Jim Farley, has made a rapid-fire pre-Christmas visit to Melbourne.

It was his first trip to Australia since he became chief executive officer of the Ford Motor Company in October 2020.

Mr Farley was accompanied on his tour of local facilities by the former head of Ford Australia, Kay Hart, who is now the president of Ford’s International Markets Group.

The worldwide head of Ford Performance, Mark Rushbrook, was also a member of the Farley party on one of his semi-regular visits to Australia as head of the motorsport operation in the USA that includes Supercars in Australia.

Mr Farley managed to combine work with some play, as he jumped behind the wheel of a Supercars racer for hot laps at the Calder Park track on the outskirts of Melbourne.

“Thank goodness we go racing,” Mr Farley said.

His visit included time at the headquarters of Ford Australia, as well as a trip to the remanufacturing facility at Mickleham where RMA Automotive is switching the Ford F-150 pickup to right-hand drive.

Ford’s National Parts Distribution Centre, located next-door to the F-150 facility, was another stop.

He also did an all-staff Town Hall Meeting at Broadmeadows, where Ford Australia still maintains an extensive research and development facility – including a design studio – that works on a range of global projects for Ford including the Ranger pickup that is then manufactured in Thailand.

Mr Farley’s time with Ford’s five Supercars teams included a catch-up with Dick Johnson, as well as Ford Mustang racer Cam Waters, whom he had previously met when the pair were doing individual driver training sessions in the UK.

His rapid-fire immersion at Ford Australia also included players from the Geelong Cats, the AFL football team sponsored by Ford, as well as Ford customers and owners of classic Falcons.

The Ford boss is a keen racer who owns a Ford GT40 classic sports car and a new Ford Mustang GT4, and had previously turned hot laps in the USA in a Supercars’ Mustang shipped from Australia.

This time he rode alongside Mr Waters before taking the wheel of the car, as it had raced to victory at the Adelaide 500 last month in a tribute livery to the late Ken Block and Monster Energy. His early speed was limited by soaking-wet track conditions at Calder but he went progressively quicker as the track dried.

“This is a dream come true for a CEO,” he said.

“That was fun. So much more fun than the modern race cars I’ve driven. It’s all about the driver.

“On the wrong side of the car… ” Mr Farley laughed.

Click an image to view the full gallery.

U.S. Senator Elizabeth Warren’s Letter is a Publicity Stunt, Says Coincenter Chief

No Comments

Senator Elizabeth Warren has intensified her scrutiny of the cryptocurrency industry with a recent letter to key industry players, sparking significant backlash from the community. The letter, sent to several major crypto organizations, including Coin Center, Coinbase, and the Blockchain Association, questions their lobbying practices and expresses concern over the employment of former government officials in the sector.

In her letter dated December 18, 2023, Senator Warren described her apprehension regarding “crypto interests” hiring former defense and national security officials, suggesting that such practices could undermine Congressional and administrative efforts to regulate the industry, particularly regarding crypto’s role in financing terrorist organizations.

Crypto and Terrorism Financing

Warren asserted that cryptocurrencies are increasingly instrumental in Hamas’s operational activities, a claim met with opposition from analytics firms like Elliptic, which stated there is “no evidence” of significant crypto donations to Hamas. She also referenced Binance CEO Changpeng Zhao’s guilty plea for failing to prevent and report suspicious transactions as further evidence.

Coin Center, a crypto advocacy group, publicly rebutted the allegations, insisting that advocating against what they perceive as unconstitutional legislative proposals is a fundamental right. Jerry Brito, Executive Director of Coin Center, branded the Senator’s letter as a “bullying publicity stunt.”

Revolving Door or Constructive Engagement?

The term “revolving door” was used by Senator Warren to describe the transition of government officials to the private sector, which she deems an “appalling misuse” and indicative of significant gaps in U.S. ethics laws. In contrast, Kristin Smith of the Blockchain Association highlighted the group’s commitment to constructive engagement with policymakers in Washington.

Adam Cochran, a prominent crypto influencer, criticized Senator Warren’s stance in a series of tweets, emphasizing the need for clear U.S. regulations to support reputable businesses and prevent the migration of funds to less regulated offshore entities. He also underscored the industry’s desire for standard rules promoting better oversight and custody. He suggests that the industry should not avoid regulators but demonstrate compliance to set positive examples.

Key Trends in Content Marketing 2024: 67 Predictions

No Comments

“Should we even bother with the annual content and marketing predictions piece,” CMI wondered. “AI will just continue to dominate the conversation. Will there be any other visions for 2024?”

Wow, did this group of Content Marketing World speakers, Content Marketing Awards winners, and other community members surprise me.

Sure, you’ll see plenty of artificial intelligence mentions. But the references aren’t about things AI can or will do. They’re about how AI heightens the need for authentic connections and content marketing fundamentals, including less glamorous work like crafting goals, processes, and guidelines.

The predictions also address developments in the industry (like social media turmoil) and the world (international conflict, election cycles, mental health) that affect the work you do – and the people you do it with and for. You’ll also find a healthy dose of confidence and hope.

I’ll get things started with my content marketing forecast for 2024:

“With all the disruption in social media and the increased sensitivity around privacy, brands will work harder and smarter to build and nurture communities — not just to sell to but as a place to foster ideas, networking, and trust.”

Please share your reflections on these predictions (or your own) by email or on our social channels (tag @CMIContent). Oh, and if you’re looking for more 2024 insight, watch the videos. After all, multimedia is an important trend, too.

Table of contents

AI moves to a supporting role

Trust and relationships take center stage

Content and marketing fundamentals have their moment

Turmoil changes the social media content game

Content makes the world a better place

AI moves to a supporting role

You read that right. AI won’t lead content and marketing. Our prognosticators see it in a mostly supportive role in 2024.

Hype gets real

2023 was all about AI hype. We all became budding prompt engineers and spent our time trying to figure out what AI tools we should be using.

2024 is going to be about the marketing methodologies that AI tools make possible. These are methodologies like real-time SEO content, 80/20 marketing, and call-transcript mining.

The way I like to think about it is that human marketers are going to do the thinking. They’ll do the creative thinking once and then use AI tools to expand that thinking across all the campaigns and channels they’re working on. – Dale Bertrand, president, Fire&Spark

This may hurt (for a while)

Everyone and their dog think they can use LLMs (large language models) to create content to drive their sales funnel and build their reputation. 2024 will be the year where we see what happens when they try. It’s going to be rough for a while as businesses cut down on hiring human writers or don’t hire them altogether.

But there will be light at the end of the tunnel when this strategy proves to be a race to the bottom for brands – and customers stop responding to content the way we’re used to. Maybe by the end of 2024, human creators will be even more valuable than ever as a backlash against bad content begins. – Ellen Lichtenstein, senior content specialist, AgentSync

Generative AI can’t handle content without help

In 2024, relying solely on AI for content won’t cut it. If brands want to connect, generate quality leads, and tell their story, AI can assist with 45 to 50% of the job, but human-written content will be essential for impact, connection, and conversion. – Prashant Puri, CEO, AdLift, Inc.

Marketers will welcome AI’s help

As content marketers better understand the virtues of artificial intelligence and its role in supporting their professional success, the marketing community will gradually view AI as a work assistant (shaving hours of minutia from their day-to-day workload) instead of a job assassin.

Peter Loibl, head of sales, Content Marketing Institute

Prompts may make us better human communicators

I think we should prepare to discover how getting better at writing AI prompts helps us get better at communicating with humans. Think about it: You’re giving clear instructions and context, seeking confirmation, being specific, and asking open-ended questions.

Prepare by practicing. Practice making clear, purposeful requests. Practice communicating to be understood. Practice it with AI. Practice it with humans. And see your relationships with both improve. – Connie Smart, content specialist, Canadian Western Bank

AI finds a place outside of creation

AI isn’t just for creation and delivery. By using AI in the earliest stages of research and strategy, marketers can convert existing persona research into interactive AI simulations. Ask them anything, anytime. 

AI personas can support detailed personalization and omnichannel strategies, which helps leverage infrastructure investments and accelerate content planning. – Noz Urbina, omnichannel strategist, Urbina Consulting

The age-old question of influencer value gets settled

A wise person said: To be a thought leader, you have to have a thought. For companies, this remains a challenge worth solving in 2024. For us practitioners, 2024 should bring next-generation solutions using AI. I’m jazzed about:

  • The ability to value content and influencers using propensity modeling
  • Using AI as a “muse” to scale intelligently.

Avinash Kaushik, chief strategy officer, Croud Group

AI drives impact by saving time

Content marketers should be prepared to get more deeply aligned and connected with revenue teams and goals while adopting AI to increase efficiency, enhance personalization, increase and improve targeting, and get automated insights.

Marketing and sales alignment creates tangible benefits, including better retention, higher win rates, and increased revenue. Knowing what the business goals and processes are at each stage of the customer journey will power your ability to make your content drive even greater business outcomes.

Adopting AI will allow content leaders and teams to save time, scale, and focus on more strategic content priorities while driving maximum impact, which will be key to keeping up with the pace of business. – DeAnna Ransom, CEO, Red Monkey Consulting

Grab the AI helm (while you still can)

AI this, AI that, AI, AI (aye yai yai)! Marketers who fear AI’s rising influence should remember: You can’t stop the wheels of progress, but you can – and must – govern how they’ll turn. Set realistic guidelines around AI use in your content efforts and implement sound editorial practices to ensure any AI-enhanced output reflects the best of what your brand has to offer.

The time to act is now (before the robots get sophisticated enough to take the decision-making out of our human hands). – Jodi Harris, director of editorial content strategy, Content Marketing Institute

Get ready to justify your love – of AI and humans

The word on everybody’s lips is not Roxie … it’s AI. But I think with that comes understanding how to strategically build or evolve your tech stack, as every dollar will continue to be scrutinized.

Using AI thoughtfully to speed up proven processes (transcribing, ideation, repurposing pre-approved content) rather than relying on it as a fully functioning member of your team and being prepared to have conversations around the business case for resources. What do humans bring to the table that robots don’t? And why is it so critical to your business? Get these answers ready. – Chloe Thompson, former head of global content strategy and thought leadership, Reward Gateway

Take the lead on generative AI

Generative AI is something content marketers cannot afford to ignore in 2024. If your leadership isn’t providing strategic direction or training opportunities around generative AI in your organization, you have to do the work yourself. Get a group of marketers together and draft your company’s AI policies and ethical [guiding] star.

Set the pace and train yourself and your teams. Be the rising tide that lifts the AI literacy of your organization. Your leadership will thank you, trust me. – Jessica Hreha, founder of VMWare’s marketing AI council and head of global demand content strategy, VMware

AI gets smaller (but more relevant)

Content marketers will be introduced to AI tools that enable them to create small language models with the content they own, giving way to a customized ability to harness AI from their own data lake of content. – Bernie Borges, vice president of global content marketing, iQor

Take the garbage out first

2024 will be all about AI. To prepare, marketers need to make their content AI-ready by first curating the corpus and discarding old and incorrect information. Next, scrub the remaining content to train the AI. This entails fixing ambiguities, eliminating inconsistencies, and structuring the content for ingestion. – Val Swisher, CEO, Content Rules, Inc.

Pare down to make room for experimentation

I foresee a lot of experimenting with generative AI. We’ll learn where GenAI can help us and where it can’t. Curating our existing content is key to success, which means eliminating contradiction, redundancy, and inconsistency wherever we can. Pro tip: That makes our content better for humans, too. – Regina Lynn Preciado, senior director of content strategy solutions, Content Rules, Inc.

Deep breaks

2024 is going to be great. More people will be sharing humanizing content, supplemented with AI to make it more compelling … oh, wait. There’s a war in the Middle East, X (formerly Twitter) has all but gone to hell, and there’s a presidential election in the United States in 2024. The internet is going to be a shit show of deep fakes and propaganda. Good luck. – Ruth Carter, evil genius, Geek Law Firm

Trust and relationships take center stage

Many experts see a marked downstream effect from the AI hype – skepticism from audiences and a heightened need (and opportunity) to build trust-based relationships.

BS-meters rise, search traffic sinks

  1. We’ll see a continued rise in AI-created content, meaning more and more people will develop an “AI-BS meter” (as in, “No, I don’t believe this was written by a human.”) Many brands will create more content than they ever have and at the same time, many of these same brands will feel less human than they’ve ever felt.
  2. Short video will continue to explode. Ultimately, it will completely dominate all the major social media platforms. Because of this, it will become much harder to build a brand on long-form platforms like YouTube. At the same time, short-style video will be seen as a major initiative across the board, with B2B businesses everywhere attempting to jump into the mix.
  3. Search traffic will continue to go down because of ChatGPT. Many businesses will feel the pain of this dip and get much more serious about building brand equity on social media.

Marcus Sheridan, speaker, author of They Ask You Answer, Marcus Sheridan International

Sincerity rises above the algorithms

There’s a trend even more prevalent than AI that’s been going on for so long that it’s barely being addressed in conversations: Audience fragmentation.

We are beholden to algorithms, digital noise, echo chambers, and low attention spans. In 2024, with more internet privacy laws coming due, worldwide conflicts, and a presidential election on the horizon, you can bet that people will be hunkered down in their algorithm-powered internet echo chamber of choice, and it will be even harder to cut through the noise.

There are two things that I think will help marketers prepare for this and weather the storm:

  • Be radically transparent. Honesty and sincerity will always win out over artifice. Don’t look down on your audience or pretend things are A-OK everywhere. If things are hard, it’s OK to address that. Your audience will thank you and will find it refreshing. One caveat, though: Don’t wade into political discourse. That’s always a lose-lose, no matter where you stand.
  • Once your content is sincere, it’s time to work hard to gain ownership of your audience. Despite several obituaries, email is still alive and kicking, and it’s the best way to communicate with people who are interested in your brand. Newsletter open rates are still high, and if you deliver value consistently in their inbox, you’ll gain trust and business. It’s OK to ask people to opt in. If you give them value and sincerity, I promise you they will.

Inbar Yagur, co-founder and CEO, Radical B2B

The secret sauce is people

If there’s one prediction I will hang my hat on, it’s this: The heart and soul of content marketing remains people. Sure, generative AI tools like ChatGPT have transformed the content landscape, giving us AI-powered narratives at the tap of a button.

But – and it’s a big but – nothing replaces the raw, authentic emotion of human-generated content. The real secret sauce in the coming year? It will blend human touchpoints seasoned with AI-powered strategies for ideation, distribution, repurposing, and more.

Don’t think AI can do it all. Use it and benefit from it, but keep your content genuine and grounded. Being future-ready means recognizing that your audience craves relatable, human connections. Pair that with AI’s efficiencies and abilities, and you’ve got a winning strategy. – Cathy McPhillips, chief growth officer, Marketing AI Institute

Pendulum swings back

With the rise of widely accessible generative AI, I expect (and hope) we’ll see the pendulum swing back toward valuing more deeply human content: Content informed by lived experience, containing uniquely human stories using relatable and distinctive voices that can’t be as easily faked. – Melanie Deziel, co-founder, CreatorKitchen.com

Authentic voices resonate

In 2024, as AI-generated content proliferates, the demand and value for conversational content will surge. Consumers will increasingly gravitate toward genuine, human-like interactions over AI-crafted narratives as they seek authenticity and thought leadership. Marketers must amplify the importance of real conversations in their content strategy. – A. Lee Judge, co-founder/CMO, Content Monsta

Successful marketers buck the AI trend

In 2024, content marketers should focus on human storytelling, thought leadership, and ROI to combat the flood of AI-driven sameness.

Authentic narratives, sharing industry expertise, and demonstrating ROI will be key. Content amplification will also take on a bigger role in content plans in 2024. – Michael Brenner, founder, Marketing Insider Group

Storytelling still works

As AI and machine learning technologies continue to shape the content marketing landscape, personalization will be more crucial than ever. In the age of mass content generation, it’s easy to forget that people crave human connection and personalized experiences.

Storytelling provides a powerful way to connect with audiences on a personal level. By gathering and analyzing data on their audience, marketers can tailor their content to create more engaging and custom experiences. – Brittani Sievers, content management specialist, Southland Industries

Ideas differentiate

We’re on the cusp of a generative AI content boom, and much of that content will likely be derivative by virtue of how generative AI sources its input. As such, original, creative thinking will become even more important for content creators to ensure their content and ideas stand out from that which is informed by what already exists.

Thought leadership will become a critical differentiator for brands to ensure their content stands out and articulates something new that doesn’t already exist in the market today. – Dusty DiMercurio, senior director, industry and portfolio marketing, Autodesk

Research helps, too

Original research can keep you a step ahead. AI will play a growing role, but it’s only as good as the information available to it. It’s more important than ever to focus on developing content rooted in original research that your audience can’t find anywhere else. – Hayden Goethe, senior content marketing strategist, WEX

Marketing gets personal

As AI starts to become more ingrained in the content marketer’s daily process, voice and authenticity will become increasingly important. Many marketers have built their communities on trust, and with the growing wave of AI, it will be paramount to maintain that trust. This will lead to an uptick in personal engagement over the next year. – Joseph “JK” Kalinowski, creative director, Content Marketing Institute

Content gets hyper-personal

No change here: Short articles and videos will continue to reign supreme as the most popular content formats. Personalization and hyper-segmentation are becoming increasingly important. Interactivity is another big trend. Omnichannel marketing is still a big thing.

Some changes for 2024: AI-assisted content creation tools will still be mediocre for most, and teams will struggle to find use cases that promote the adoption of these tools at scale.  Authentically human content (live video, podcasts, events) will be in higher demand as the trust erodes from synthetic content.

The scalable automation of hyper-personalized content will emerge, driving more demand for this type of creation and consumption model. – Yadin Porter de León, global executive content marketing lead, VMware

Personalization takes investment

In 2024, personalization will be key in content marketing. Content marketers should invest in AI, marketing automation, and business intelligence to understand audience needs and share hyper-relevant content. This, alongside focused audience building on “owned land,” enriches user experiences and positions the brand as a trusted, valuable source. – Michiel Schoonhoven, managing partner, NXTLI

Relationships generate demand

Content is marketing, just not how most of us define it. In B2B especially, content is a vehicle for ideas, value, expertise, and influence. However, it’s at its most powerful, not as an end in itself — to drive traffic or leads — but rather as a means (a substantive excuse) to build relationships. Content must be accompanied by a distribution strategy at the individual level. This elevates the need for quality production as well as the need for reimagining the role of content in demand generation. – Aaron Orendorff, head of marketing, Recart

Trust trumps tech

Every B2B tech company has been chasing the clicks of performance marketing since the web went mainstream about 20 years ago. They’ve increasingly done so at the expense of investment in any aspect of marketing that’s hard to measure – like brand.

It’s not working anymore because more tech companies are chasing fewer in-market buyers. Consequently, savvy content marketers in B2B will rethink their approach in 2024 in three ways:

  • They will focus on building trust, credibility, and relationships by developing educational content that builds opt-in email subscribers to their content marketing programs.
  • They will favor high-quality content production that’s made for humans and by humans over content produced by generative AI. Generative AI slides down into the proverbial “trough of disillusionment” as content marketers in B2B will come to grips with the fact its regurgitated content merely adds to the “sea of sameness.”
  • They will break open the gates and remove the friction of registration pages – making it easy for customers and prospects to consume and share content.

Frank Strong, founder and president, Sword and the Script Media, LLC

So, get the facts right

Journalistic integrity will reclaim its rightful place atop the heap of commodity content that is already piling up due to AI misuse. Gen Z is savvy — they can tell when creators cut corners. As content marketers, it is our honor and responsibility to balance storytelling with facts, telling the true story without the cliche spin.

Your audience and search engines want unique content that provides insight and solutions. Can you achieve that with AI assistance? Of course. But you should always, always be fact-checking, revising, and checking again.

Don’t waste your audience’s time with half-baked, copied content. They come to you for your answers, not dime-a-dozen paragraphs. – Mariah Obiedzinski, assistant vice president of content marketing, Stamats

Reality rules

Now is the time for actual authenticity. It’s all about being transparent, relatable, and, dare I say, human. There is virtually no difference between who your brand is and how you show up to your audience. Audiences are craving genuine stories, not just content. 

As for steps:

1. Deep dive into understanding your audience like never before. Use data, sure, but also talk to them and engage in real conversations.

2. Hone your brand voice. If you’re not sounding like a person your audience would grab coffee with, it’s time for a rethink.

In 2024 and beyond, embrace change, stay curious, and keep it real. – Ahava Leibtag, president, Aha Media Group

Influencers and private communities stand out

B2B content marketers should brace for a surge in AI-generated content, continued emphasis on influencer marketing, and an increasing interest in private communities.

To stand out, content marketers must prioritize creating unique content, collaborating with influencers, understanding the importance of private communities, and determining whether they should launch one for their company. – Justin Levy, senior director of influencer marketing and head of community, Demandbase

People still want to connect with other people

Prepare to see a drop in organic traffic and an increase in the desire for community, storytelling, and human connections.

Leverage AI tools to repurpose and reimagine your content so you can distribute to more channels and reach your target audience.

Do keyword research to discover what questions and problems your users have. – Brian Piper, director of content strategy and assessment, University of Rochester

Trust wins

Expect ad inventory to be eaten alive in the United States by the election. Expect trust in all content to decline as AI is horrendously abused by malicious parties as part of the election cycle. Trust will be the scarcest commodity for marketers in the year ahead. – Christopher Penn, chief data scientist, Trust Insights

Content and marketing fundamentals have their moment

I won’t say these commenters advocate for a back-to-basics approach because some basics have shifted and expanded. But they see a renewed attention to and value in knuckling down to do the hard work.

Hold the (strategy) line

Same as always! Know your audience. Set your objectives. Create useful and differentiated content. Measure, test, measure. OK, and maybe fool around with AI a little. But mostly, keep to a consistent strategy and avoid shiny objects. You can’t go wrong. – Ali Orlando Wert, senior director, content strategy, Appfire

Get organized from the start

Most will say AI, but the broad adoption of AI and the growing need for content across channels is creating stress on how teams create, manage, and distribute content. For years, marketers have embraced a “we’ll-make-it-work” attitude.

But we’re hitting an inflection point of speed and (content) need that is truly requiring marketers to invest in tools to organize content at the beginning of the content lifecycle. Start looking at tools now and thinking about ways to break down silos that exist between content-distributing channels. – Jill Roberson, vice president of digital marketing, Velir

Get your messaging straight

2024 will be the year marketing leaders recognize the importance of a consistent, well-researched, and customer-focused messaging source document. Humans and AI tools need a starting point to effectively create content and campaigns.

Outsource it, set up a tiger team, or however you create it, make sure you have agreed and approved messaging. – Penny Gralewski, vice president of marketing, STORIES of Space

Map the journey

Content and commerce were converging rapidly in 2023, with shoppable posts and interactive shopping experiences becoming more prevalent on social media and e-commerce platforms.

Preparing involves mapping out the customer journey to identify touchpoints for content, encouraging customers to leave reviews, ratings, and testimonials, incorporating shoppable posts, addressing common questions and concerns through content, and creating content that targets long-tail keywords and addressing customer queries. – Christine Michel Carter, director, content marketing strategy, Lexia

Sales collaboration makes an impact

Many marketing organizations downsized budgets and workforce in anticipation of an economic slowdown in 2023. As we approach 2024, organizations are poised for a marketing “reboot.” This renewal will take various forms.

Some will try to do more by leveraging AI and martech integration. Some may reassess their approaches to fine-tune marketing outreach. Yet, the common thread among them is the critical need to measure the impact of marketing in the context of sales.

Marketers need to work closely with sales and demonstrate marketing ROI via revenue impact. It’s inevitable. – Pam Didner, B2B marketer, speaker, author, and podcaster, Relentless Pursuit

But everything will be harder to measure

2024 will be a tough year for data-driven decisions. As click-through rates go down, attribution gets harder. The use of cookies is getting harder. And Google Analytics 4 isn’t making life easier.

Smart marketers will continue to drive results. Many will continue to embrace weak-attribution channels like social, YouTube, word of mouth, and podcasting. But we’re all going to feel like we’re flying blind a bit more than usual in the new year. – Andy Crestodina, co-founder and CMO, Orbit Media Studios

Explore the science

Marketers must prepare for the AI-generated content onslaught and the subsequent need for content to be more human.

We must embrace the messy ways people decide what to read and when to buy – with their biases, heuristics, and hardwired responses – and create brain-friendly, behavioral science-infused messaging that innately appeals to people, increasing their likelihood to notice and respond. – Nancy Harhut, chief creative officer, author of Using Behavioral Science in Marketing, HBT Marketing

Not surprisingly, delight will still win

Familiar surprises will earn the attention of your audience. In the content-dense environment of 2024, the challenge is for brands to stand out in a likable way. Content marketers who find the threshold for delivering creative work that delights audiences at the edge of their comfort zone will win. – Amanda Driscoll, senior content director, Adams & Knight, Inc.

Get ready to work hard for results

In 2024, professional marketers will have to be the grown-ups in the room. This will be hard because the children will make lots of ruckus about AI, digital transformation, and other broad, impossible-to-pin-down abstractions that dominate conversations without contributing any actual meaning or value. You’ll have to find a polite way of saying, “Earth to client, reality check.”

Illusion: Contemporary technology has found an easy way to achieve your goals on the cheap. Reality: Everyone has access to the same “cheap-and-easy” tools you have.

Unless you’re prepared to apply critical thinking and lots of elbow grease to your challenges, you’re going to get the same mediocre, lackluster results as your competition. Yep, expertise and experience are expensive – but lack of the same will cost you sooooo much more. – Jonathan Kranz, principal, Kranz Communications

Process heats up

Jen Mahoney Photography

In 2024, content marketers should prepare for generative AI to move beyond novelty and hype and become a normal part of our day-to-day workflow.

The implications go far beyond mastery of the perfect prompt: To make the most of the upside potential while mitigating risks, we’ll need to pay just as much – or even more – attention to the unsexy bits like process, policies, and governance. All that time you manage to save with AI can then be reallocated to improve your content structure, metadata, file naming conventions, brand guidelines, and the like. – Carmen Hill, content strategist and writer, Chill Content, LLC

Get proactive

Content. Supply. Chain. These three little words will transform (in a good way) how well content is generated and performs. Proactively managing the content process from ideation to archive will invigorate and positively enable content and content marketing programs for any size organization. – Cathy McKnight, chief problem solver, TCA

Prepare for continued change

Change! There’s no shortage of innovation on the horizon, and your skills in facilitating change could make or break how you feel this time next year.

Figure out how to benchmark team capacity and change fatigue so you can push back on shiny object syndrome. Make sure you have documented commitment from leadership before you spend your valuable time scoping a problem they may not be ready to resource. It’s going to be an amazing year if you’re ready to build better buy-in and lead innovation. – Jenny Magic, founder, Build Better Change

Just go with it

Content marketers should prepare for change in 2024, which will require open-mindedness and adaptability. Technology will displace prior responsibilities, so be proactive in exploring new areas. Have a mindset that change is a constant – the status quo is gone forever. Get ahead of the curve and be the change. This might involve taking on new roles within marketing, going out on your own, or (gasp) leaving marketing entirely. – Dennis Shiao, founder, Attention Retention LLC

Content teams take priority

In 2024, companies will get more serious about creating content teams with specifically skilled members. Possibly even taking resources away from traditional marketing teams because they are starting to see the importance of an end-to-end content function.  – Andi Robinson, content consultant, Hijinx Marketing

Time to learn to market

Honestly, most of us are content creators first and marketers second (or third or fourth). The two words — “content” and “marketing” — are like two legs: If you don’t stand firmly on both, you risk falling over.

In 2024, we should prioritize marketing knowledge and efforts, even if it means reducing content efforts. – Bert van Loon, strategist, CMFF

Get ready to specialize …

We are all in on being specialists. It’s an ongoing trend that’s only going to continue in 2024. It could be by industry, but that’s just the beginning. Someone might be a TikTok specialist, an email specialist, a conversion specialist, etc. We’re going to see fewer one-stop shops. – Tony Gnau, founder and chief storytelling officer, T60 Health

… And do it all exceptionally well

Prepare to be the most innovative and creative human you’ve ever been.

Prepare for the most skeptical, discerning, and least patient consumers of your content (we lovingly call them target audiences) you’ve ever had to engage.

Prepare to obsess about your audience like you’ve never had to before.

Prepare to make unexpected things, launch them in unusual channels, and make them matter in unthinkable ways.

Prepare to compete for attention with human creators and to compete for scale with robots. Spoiler alert: You can’t compete with robots.

So what I’m saying is, prepare to be awesome. That’s what it’ll take in 2024. – Mark Kats, senior vice president of agency growth, Manifest

Perfected pitches wring more from existing content

More companies will see the value in repurposing their owned media (= content) as earned media (= PR). Often, content sits collecting dust on their sites. But by using a PR approach, they can get it in front of more potential customers.

Of course, the content that makes the best fit for this type of approach isn’t AI-generated soundalike content but unique content that features original research, customer success stories and case studies, and true thought leadership. Strong visuals can also help your content to stand out when you pitch it to editors, so don’t overlook the importance of capturing compelling photos and video. – Michelle Garrett, PR consultant and writer, Garrett Public Relations

Up with people

Next year is going to be the year of the personal brand. Companies are going to be leaning more and more into individual thought leaders with a strong personal brand as the differentiator that makes their content unique.

With everybody using AI and having access to this tool that makes developing content easier, it’s going to be the ones that stand out who actually get the attention, even when it comes to Google’s algorithms. – Ryan Brock, chief solution officer, DemandJump

Invest in applied learning

Set aside two hours a week to learn about AI – newsletters, webinars, following industry leaders on LinkedIn – and three hours a week to apply new tools to your job.

Sharpen up your critical thinking and creativity skills. My best advice? Ask Chat GPT. – Jim Sterne, president, Target Marketing of Santa Barbara

Focus on people-powered curation (and enable bingeing)

  1. Generative AI will accelerate the commodification of taste. For all the personalization and ease AI promises, opaque algorithms and a deluge of content will also make organic discovery more difficult. With unique, human recommendations at a premium, marketers will need to become curators as well as creators.
  2. In 2023, streaming eclipsed cable. In 2024, social will come for streaming. Users on TikTok, reels, and shorts already prefer binging content over socializing, and as their consumption continues to soar, social-savvy marketers can achieve the reach and impact of traditional TV spots on significantly smaller media and production budgets.

Molly Jones, associate director, brand strategy, Sparkloft Media

Prepare for video dominance

Content marketers must prepare for a seismic shift towards video-centric SEO, necessitating the mastery of visual storytelling and metadata optimization to ensure discoverability within search engine algorithms. Your website will be 70% short-form videos — get ready now. – Vahag Karayan, co-founder and CEO, BrandLens

Audio rises to boost inclusivity and utility

In 2024, adding audio to sites will be a crucial strategy for brands looking to stay relevant and engage with their audience effectively. With the continuous rise in voice-activated devices and smart speakers, audio content will become integral to how people consume information.

By incorporating audio, you’re making your content more convenient and accessible to a broader audience, including those with visual impairments. You’re also making it easier for readers to consume your content on the go, whether commuting to work, cooking, or working out. It’s a win-win situation: Your brand becomes more inclusive, strengthening its online presence, and your audience gains the freedom to access your content in a way that suits their lifestyle. – Lisa Dougherty, senior manager, blog operations and community, Content Marketing Institute

Interactivity leads to engagement

By 2024, interactive content like quizzes and polls will be critical for content marketers. To achieve their marketing goals, content marketers must create interactive content relevant to their target audience. Use available tools and platforms to create relevant and engaging content that helps achieve your marketing goals. – Lomit Patel, chief growth officer, Tynker

Don’t forget about Web3 …

Web3 deployment will accelerate in 2024 because it promotes decentralization and individual user empowerment, reducing reliance on YouTube, X, TikTok, Netflix, and other third-party content platforms. Content creators will have more control over their data, narrative, and distribution.

Marketers should educate themselves on cryptocurrencies, which will serve as the payment system on Web3 and enable peer-to-peer transactions for content. Non-fungible tokens (NFTs) also will allow creators to own and trade unique digital assets, making Web3 very decentralized and democratized. – Darren Bosik, senior director of data science, APCO Worldwide LLC

… Or publishing 1.0 (aka print)

Everyone is throwing themselves at digital and, at the same time, has forgotten the huge opportunity in print. The web is where we go to get answers, but print is where we go to ask questions.

The print vehicle is still the best medium on the planet for thinking outside the box and asking yourself tough questions based on what you read – it’s lean back versus lean forward. It gives permission to unplug.

Brands that deliver a valuable, compelling, and consistent print magazine to their audiences have a tremendous advantage over the competition. Why? Because there is no competition. Plus, 100 percent deliverability.

I’ve been in the print publishing business for over 20 years, and I’ve never seen an opportunity like this. – Joe Pulizzi, founder, Content Marketing Institute

Changes in the social media landscape will affect content and marketing in strategy, budgets, traffic, and more, according to these experts.

Measuring social media influence gets harder and costlier

When I speak with clients relying on social media in their marketing strategy, I stress the importance of reviewing the influence of their social media platform choices on their referral traffic and conversions.

2023 was particularly volatile, with not only Twitter changing to X and the ascendency of a variety of new choices (led by Threads) but also the rising cost of social media dashboards. Hootsuite eliminated the free version of its dashboard, while TweetDeck has been folded into services X is looking to offer users at a subscription price.

All of this means marketers must dig deeper into identifying the ROI from social media platforms – a task that is also harder now from an analytics perspective. – Pierre DeBois, founder and CEO, Zimana Analytics

Think beyond the link

As social platforms continue to favor linkless content and Google continues to optimize search results for answer delivery, marketers need to pivot their objectives for these platforms from driving direct traffic to a more customer-centric intent of delivering immediate value. – Patty Radford Henderson, founder and CEO, Annum

Social challenges search, and Gen Z challenges everything

As more searches move to platforms like TikTok, organic search will collide with social media in ways it hasn’t in the past.

And Gen Z will age into the marketplace. They have different expectations for how privacy, technology, and causes intersect with brand experiences. Working to balance how to engage with this generation while continuing to drive value for older generations is going to create some interesting problems, especially consumer goods brands.

It’s going to be more important than ever to understand target consumers and personalize their experiences without straying too far from your core brand. I think 2024 is going to be a year of accelerated learning in this space.

Lastly, social media is also evolving rapidly. By the end of 2024, we may see new platforms emerge quickly with more users than formerly tried-and-true platforms. New power plays will emerge. It might be Threads, Blue Sky, or something that we haven’t seen yet, but there’s going to be a realignment in this space. – Tiffany Grinstead, vice president, personal lines marketing, Nationwide

More media, but less social

We will experience a social media marketing collapse. Social media just becomes media. X (aka Twitter) dies or becomes a zombie. And the remaining bigger platforms (Facebook, Instagram, Threads) become media distribution networks like YouTube and TikTok. LinkedIn is the only one remaining, but it will become more of a business content syndication network and less of a social network. – Robert Rose, chief strategy officer, TCA, chief strategy advisor, Content Marketing Institute

It’s TikTok’s time

TikTok becomes the No. 1 search engine for content marketers. Data-driven content marketing on TikTok will become mainstream in three steps:

  • Research keywords on TikTok.
  • Validate ideation by viewing viral videos.
  • Mutate (craft) the message with your brand voice and unique story.

Joanne Sweeney, chief executive officer, Public Sector Marketing Institute

Content helps make the world a better place (we hope)

Everybody wants a brighter future. And some see content playing a role in improving things at a macro or micro level.

Values and authentic participation in causes matter

As we enter 2024, it’s very clear that sustainability and ethics are vital in content marketing. Today’s consumers care a lot about supporting brands that truly live their values. So, businesses need to include eco-friendly and ethical stories in their content.

This could mean storytelling, being open, and talking honestly about the company’s sustainability journey. It’s also about educating your audience, partnering with like-minded organizations, and showing off your eco-friendly products. Don’t forget to lead conversations about sustainability and ethics in your industry, too. And most importantly, get your community of sustainability-focused customers involved.

Think about how you can make creating content more sustainable. Finally, share your progress and impact with your readers and viewers. In short, 2024 is all about using your content to make the world better. – Funbi Afolabi, PR and marketing senior account manager, Transform Communications, Transform Communications

Humor and humility connect people – and lead to hope

Last year, my daughter started having panic attacks. And I felt completely helpless as a father until we finally got help. She’s doing great now, and she’s allowed me to tell her story because she knows other people are struggling with this. Any time we can create something that helps other people see that they’re not alone, it’s a wonderful thing. It’s a great way to connect and earn trust.

And when we can use humor and humility to share our wounds and our brokenness with people, not in a profound way, necessarily, but just talking about how we overcame a struggle at work or having a customer share a story about getting through a dark time during COVID and how they came out on the other side. People love a redemption story because it gives us all hope. – Tim Washer, chief creative officer, Ridiculous Media

Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

ICAI unveils new CA India logo

No Comments

The CA Institute, which is the world’s largest professional body of Chartered Accountants, has unveiled a new logo. 

The logo epitomises the institute’s connection to the India-first approach and as a trusted partner in nation-building.

It was unveiled at a recently held Global Professional Accountants Convention (GloPAC), in Gandhinagar by theVice-President Jagdeep Dhankhar in the presence of Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal. 

The logo consists of the letters ‘CA’ in blue with a tricolour tick mark (upside down) on a white background. 

The blue colour denotes creativity, innovativeness, knowledge, integrity, trust, truth, stability, and depth. The upside-down tick mark in tricolour, typically used by Chartered Accountants during audits, has been included to symbolise the wisdom and value of professionals. ‘India’ is added to the logo, which epitomises the institute’s commitment to the India First approach and its commitment to serve the Indian economy in the public interest, the ICAI said.

Speaking on the occassion, Aniket Sunil Talati, President, ICAI, said, “We take pride in commemorating 75 years of unwavering trust and dedication as we unveil the new CA logo. This is not just a logo, but it represents a proud identity of trust and excellence for members imbibing Indian values, heritage and our commitment to be a steadfast partner in the nation’s progress”.

Ranjeet Kumar Agarwal, Vice-President, ICAI, said, Chartered Accountants are contributing to the growth of the Indian economy like never before. On the global front, Indian Chartered Accountants act as ambassadors of India and help attract investment opportunities in the country. 

The New CA logo will strengthen our vision for promoting the Indian accounting profession worldwide, upholding the highest standards of excellence, independence and integrity.”

Across the world, the new CA logo will be a symbolic representation of being a part of a professional network of  highly skilled, trusted and qualified individuals and proudly identifying oneself as ‘CA India’. It will help create international recognition and give a distinct identity to Indian Chartered Accountants on a global platform. This will ensure that Indian CA qualification stands out in an increasingly competitive global market. 

Best VPN for Gaming in 2023

No Comments

Based on our years of experience in the VPN field and our understanding of what online gamers need from a VPN, these are the most important factors to consider in a VPN for gaming:

Speed

VPN speeds are the No. 1 factor to consider when choosing a VPN for gaming, because slow speeds and high latency can ruin your gaming experience. Your VPN needs to be fast enough to deliver the speeds necessary to keep you in the game, especially in competitive settings. A fast VPN can even help you potentially lower your ping, depending on the VPN server you’re connecting to and the network you’re on. And if you’re experiencing inadequate speeds for gaming, there are things you can try to speed up your VPN connection.   

Privacy

A major consideration for any VPN, regardless of the activity, is privacy. It’s important to have a VPN that can provide the necessary privacy protections to ensure your activity remains hidden and you’re safe from DDoS attacks and other threats from malicious actors while gaming. Make sure the VPN you choose has strong encryption standards and essential privacy features like DNS leak protection, a kill switch and a no-logs policy.

Network

If you want to fully optimize your gaming experience, you’ll want a VPN that has servers in a wide selection of regions around the world. This will help ensure you have a speedy, stable connection regardless of where you are in the world. At the very least, you should make sure that the VPN you choose has servers located near your physical location and close to the servers of any games you play online.

Device compatibility

Of course, you want to make sure that the VPN is compatible with the platform(s) you’re gaming on. All of the VPNs we’ve listed above are compatible with and work well on all major platforms, so either one is a solid option whether you’re gaming on your PC, Mac or mobile device. If you’re a console gamer, you’ll need to make sure that your VPN works well on a router setup because gaming consoles don’t natively support VPN apps.

Help guides/customer support

If you’re having trouble with your VPN or have questions on how to optimize your VPN connection for gaming, it’s helpful to have a VPN that offers a robust help section along with accessible and knowledgeable customer support. Look for a VPN that has easy-to-follow setup guides for multiple platforms (including routers) and 24/7 customer support via live chat. Make sure that you have the appropriate help on hand when you need it, because responsive customer support and helpful guides can help ensure that your gaming session is not unnecessarily impeded upon. 

Brown seaweed consumption could help type 2 diabetes management, study shows

No Comments

Brown seaweed could be a great nutritional supplement for some diabetes patients.

A new South Korean study, published in the journal Nutrients, revealed that eating certain algae could be a promising strategy for blood glucose management.

Researchers at the Seoul National University of Science and Technology, within the Department of Food Science and Biotechnology, investigated how different diets have been recommended for type 2 diabetes management.

DRINKING CARROT JUICE COULD BOOST IMMUNE SYSTEM AND REDUCE INFLAMMATION, SAY RESEARCHERS 

Certain seaweeds contain “various functional components” that have reported benefits related to blood glucose regulation, improved intestinal health and enhanced lipid profiles, according to the study.

Researchers analyzed 23 studies from various databases that explored the effects of brown seaweed and its extracts on various populations, including both healthy participants and those with pre-diabetes and type 2 diabetes.

A new study found that eating brown seaweed could help manage and prevent type 2 diabetes. (iStock)

Among the seaweed-consuming group, the result showed “significant improvements” to levels of post-meal blood glucose, glycated (sugar-linked) hemoglobin (HbA1c) and homeostatic model assessment of insulin resistance (HOMA-IR), which is a measure of insulin resistance.

However, fasting blood glucose and insulin levels did not significantly react with seaweed consumption, the study found.

MEDITERRANEAN DIET COULD HELP REDUCE BELLY FAT AND MUSCLE LOSS CAUSED BY AGING, STUDY FINDS

Higher doses of seaweed — 1,000 mg or more — showed more benefit than lower doses.

Brown seaweeds and algae, including Ecklonia cava, Laminaria digitata, Undaria pinnatifida, Acophyllum nodosum and Fucus vesiculosus, were found to be most effective.

wakame in soup

Brown kelp, also known as Wakame or Undaria pinnatifida, is often used in sushi and other Japanese dishes. (iStock)

“Based on our research, seaweed supplementation appears to be a promising strategy for reducing postprandial blood glucose, HbA1c and HOMA-IR levels, thereby enabling better blood glucose management and leading to a decreased risk of type 2 diabetes,” the researchers concluded in a discussion of the findings.

Fox News Digital reached out to the study authors for additional content.

“Seaweed, being a natural and potentially cost-effective supplement, could offer a complementary approach alongside traditional diabetes treatments.”

California-based emergency medicine physician Dr. Joe Whittington weighed in on the study findings, calling the indication of certain seaweeds “compelling.”

“These results suggest that seaweed could be a valuable addition to dietary strategies aimed at managing or even preventing type 2 diabetes, especially in terms of post-meal blood sugar spikes,” he told Fox News Digital.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

The doctor noted that the effects were more beneficial at higher doses and longer consumption periods, specifically over a 12-week period.

“This information is crucial for anyone considering seaweed as a supplement for diabetes management, as it indicates that both dosage and duration are important factors for effectiveness,” he said.

seaweed in water

Researchers say seaweed supplementation is a “promising strategy for reducing postprandial blood glucose, HbA1c, and HOMA-IR levels.” (iStock)

While the rise in global seaweed consumption is a “positive trend,” Whittington pointed out that there’s still a need for safety assessments of factors, including “concerning iodine levels, heavy metals and other potential contaminants.”

The physician also highlighted some study limitations, including “significant publication bias and a lack of studies on different extraction methods of seaweed.” 

OZEMPIC AND WEGOVY WEIGHT LOSS DRUGS COULD HELP REDUCE ALCOHOL USE DISORDER SYMPTOMS, STUDY SUGGESTS

“Future research should address these gaps, including the comparative effects of brown, red and green algae, to provide a more comprehensive understanding of their potential in diabetes management,” Whittington said.

As a health care professional, Whittington shared his appreciation for the “value of integrating evidence-based dietary interventions into holistic care plans for patients,” as the role of diet in managing chronic conditions is receiving “growing recognition.”

bladder wrack seaweed

While the rise in global seaweed consumption is a “positive trend,” one medical expert pointed out that there’s a need for safety assessments. (iStock)

“Seaweed, being a natural and potentially cost-effective supplement, could offer a complementary approach alongside traditional diabetes treatments,” he said.

“However, it’s crucial to integrate such findings into clinical practice cautiously, considering individual patient profiles and potential interactions with existing therapies.”

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

Whittington suggested that “more research is needed, especially in diverse populations and in conjunction with conventional treatments.” 

He also said, “As always, patients should consult with health care professionals before starting any new supplements, especially those with chronic conditions like diabetes.”

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Say Goodbye To Coughs With This DIY Onion-Honey Cough Syrup – Chef-Tested And Approved

No Comments

If you are struggling with a cough, this onion-honey combo can help provide relief. While honey is popularly known for soothing coughs and sore throats, many people may not be aware of the healing powers of onion, which is also a home remedy ingredient used for providing relief from cold and flu for centuries. In a recent Instagram post, Chef Sneha Singhi Upadhaya has shared how to make this easy and “effective” cough syrup. She adds that this recipe is “completely tried and tested!”

The chef adds in the caption that this syrup is sweet and “surprisingly tasty.” It can be stored “for up to 7-8 days at room temperature.”

Also Read: 6 Best Home Remedies for Cough to Give You Instant Relief

Certified Functional Nutrition Coach Pratima Nagaraj approved the recipe in the comments. “Yes! As a nutritionist, I use this home remedy too! Onions are rich in quercetin, and with a combination of honey, it works the best!”

Chef Shaun Kenworthy added, “My gran used to give me that when I was little whenever I had a cough.”

A food content creator wrote, “Oh yes! Tried & tested. Works phenomenally.” Watch the full reel here:

If you want to try this cough syrup at home, look no further. Here is a step-by-step process as explained by Chef Sneha.

How To Make Onion-Honey Cough Syrup At Home | Homemade Cough Syrup Recipe:

  1. Add 1 large spoonful of chopped onions into a jar.
  2. Cover it with 2 large spoons of honey.
  3. Repeat this step 5-6 times till you reach the top of the jar.
  4. Now close the jar and keep it aside for about 5-6 hours or even overnight. Your homemade cough syrup is ready.

Also Read: Have A Seasonal Flu? Soothe Your Throat With These Homemade Cough Drops

Directions For Consumption:

The chef adds that you can have 2-3 spoons daily for 2-3 times a day. You can also replace onions with onion use. Add in onion juice and honey in a 1:2 ratio — “1 tsp onion juice and 2 tbsp honey,” Chef Sneha writes. It is best if you buy honey that is unadulterated. Here is how to check if your honey is pure or adulterated.

Disclaimer: This content, including advice, provides generic information only. It is in no way a substitute for qualified medical opinion. Always consult a specialist or your doctor for more information. NDTV does not claim responsibility for this information.

China, Russia pledge to expand bilateral trade

No Comments

Chinese Premier Li Qiang and Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin on Tuesday agreed to expand bilateral trade while co-hosting the 28th regular meeting between Chinese and Russian heads of government in Beijing.

Li said China is willing to work with Russia to take the 75th anniversary of the establishment of diplomatic relations between the two countries next year as an opportunity to implement the important consensus of the heads of state of the two countries, continue to pass on and carry forward the friendship between China and Russia for generations, and promote the development of China-Russia relations, injecting more stability and positive energy into the world.

Mishustin said that Russia-China relations are at the highest level in history and are maintaining the momentum of rapid development. 

Russia is willing to work with China to implement the consensus of the two heads of state, strengthen cooperation in fields such as economy and trade, energy and investment, deepen people-to-people exchanges, strengthen multilateral communication and coordination, and elevate the Russia-China comprehensive strategic partnership to a higher level, Mishustin said.

Trade between China and Russia grew steadily in the first 11 months of this year, hitting $218 billion, up 26.7 percent year-on-year, and exceeding $200 billion for the first time, Chinese customs data showed.

The two heads of government fully affirmed the efficient and pragmatic work of the committees over the past year. 

The two sides also agreed to expand agriculture cooperation, jointly maintain the energy security of the two countries, strengthen connectivity, enhance personnel exchanges and local cooperation, and ensure the security and stability of industrial and supply chains.

After the meeting, Li and Mishustin signed a joint communique on the regular meeting between the Chinese and Russian heads of government and witnessed the signing of a number of bilateral cooperation documents.

(Cover: Chinese Premier Li Qiang and Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin co-host the 28th regular meeting between Chinese and Russian heads of government in Beijing, China, December 19, 2023. /CMG)

Even at 95, Stan Herman Is Still in Fashion With His New Memoir

No Comments

Styles come and styles go, but Stan Herman has been in fashion for decades.

Just last month, Mr. Herman, 95, the king of cozy couture, was moving the merch — velour loungewear — on QVC, where his creations have been a durable staple for 30 years, and where has he sold close to 900,000 units since 2017.

“They buy more each season. I’ve retained my viability, which is not so easy,” said Mr. Herman, who has a particular affinity for chenille. “It’s my secret weapon.”

When he’s not outfitting people for repose, Mr. Herman is dressing them for work. In 1975, after a successful run with a line of stylish, affordable women’s clothing under the label Mr. Mort, he began designing uniforms for hotels, casinos and businesses of all stripes, among them Avis, Amtrak, McDonald’s and United Airlines. More recent clients include JetBlue, FedEx, Sandals Resorts and New York’s Central Park Conservancy.

For the record, Mr. Herman’s own uniform leans toward cashmere and turtlenecks — generally in the earth tones that comport with his astrological sign, Virgo. If you meet him, plan on talking horoscopes. And plan on being charmed, wherever you fall on the zodiac.

Now Mr. Herman, a former president of the Council of Fashion Designers of America, has chronicled his adventures in apparel (and out) in a memoir, “Uncross Your Legs: A Life in Fashion,” out this month.

He still has a work space in Manhattan, overlooking Bryant Park, and a house in the Hamptons where he waited out the pandemic. But his home base for more than half a century has been a rented duplex with high ceilings, two terraces and multiple closets in an Art Deco building in Murray Hill.

“I started here as one of the young whippersnappers, and now I’m the elder statesman,” Mr. Herman said. “Everybody points to me and says to their kids, ‘Do you know how old that man is?’”

That old man showed his form early: As a 9-year-old in Passaic, N.J., he was selling Vogue and Butterick sewing patterns at one of his father’s fabric stores. After college in Cincinnati and military service, Mr. Herman moved to New York and met the man who would become his life partner, Gene Horowitz, a teacher and writer. The two settled for a time in Greenwich Village, first in a raffish fifth-floor walk-up on West Fourth Street and then in less bohemian quarters on West 12th Street. “We had a beautiful view of the Hudson River and of the ships bound for Bermuda,” Mr. Herman recalled.

Still, with the success of the Mr. Mort label, he wanted to live closer to the fashion district.



Occupation: Fashion designer

Step up: “I’ve spent my life looking for stairs. That’s why I’m still walking well.”


As it happened, a close friend and fellow designer, Chester Weinberg, was also looking for a new apartment.

“Somebody told him about this place in Murray Hill. Chester had to go out of town, and he asked me to go see it and give him my feelings about it,” Mr. Herman said. “And the second I walked in, I said, ‘This isn’t for Chester; it’s for me.’ I knew I could make it a home for myself. It was like having a little house in the middle of Manhattan.”

Mr. Weinberg, he continued, “would have painted it black, which was what everybody was doing at the time to imitate Calvin Klein and his black apartment. And that’s not what this apartment should be.”

Mr. Herman claimed the space, painted it white and filled it with furniture from Roche Bobois, a choice he came to regret because once people sat down, they couldn’t get up: “I lost four friends in the cracks.”

He updated the kitchen a mite and preserved the bathrooms’ original gray tiles and burgundy sinks and tubs. For the record, he also preserved his friendship with Mr. Weinberg, who was sadly an early casualty of AIDS.

Life in the duplex was idyllic. In the evening, Mr. Horowitz would read aloud. Opera music — Mr. Herman is a perfervid fan and creditable singer — poured out of the stereo. And the woman who lived in the maid’s apartment next door became a surrogate mother to the two men. “We let her use our kitchen, and she would make breakfast every morning and sing Schubert Lieder,” Mr. Herman said. “It made me feel so comfortable.”

Mr. Horowitz died of a heart attack in early 1991. Some months later, Mr. Herman was a guest at a birthday party for the playwright and screenwriter Arthur Laurents in Quogue, N.Y.

“Arthur was all in white, and I looked at him with my Virgo laser eyes and I thought, ‘God, those pants are old, and he’s washed them a lot.’ And the shirt had stains on it,” Mr. Herman said. “And I thought to myself, he’s one of those guys who’s getting older and is thinking, ‘Oh, I don’t need to buy a new shirt.’ And I didn’t want to be like that. When I went back home, it was Gene all over the apartment, and I thought, ‘I need to change it.’”

Within a month, Mr. Herman had hired a decorator. He held on to the most cherished of Mr. Horowitz’s possessions, but otherwise sought to make the apartment a reflection of its occupant, now a single man.

It started with the custom-made chocolate-brown sofa upholstered in chenille (of course). ABC Carpet & Home was the source of most of the furnishings, including a cabinet with a chinois cast and, in the dining alcove, a round yellow table patterned with green diamonds and ringed by metal chairs.

Before the pandemic, a rubber tree that Mr. Herman, a plant lover, had tended for half a century canopied the table and chairs. “It was wonderful giving dinner parties because you felt you were in the country,” he said. “But during Covid, I wasn’t there for a week or two, and the tree died on me. And it’s the only thing I’ve lost in the apartment other than my partner.”

Not long ago, he walked into his apartment and decided that it looked like a museum. Everywhere he turned, there was “stuff” — paintings on the walls; an oversized tennis racket (Mr. Herman plays doubles twice a week); posters from the Metropolitan Opera; handmade birthday cards from Mr. Herman’s friend, the artist and illustrator James McMullan; and watercolors and sketches by Mr. Herman himself.

The top of the piano was covered with photos: photos of Mr. Herman’s family, photos of Mr. Herman with Princess Diana, Lauren Hutton, Demi Moore, Elizabeth Taylor, Anna Wintour. And a dozen or so green porcelain parrots, gifts from the designer Oleg Cassini, perched on the fireplace mantel.

“But it’s not bad that it looks like a museum,” Mr. Herman said. “It’s good. Everything here reminds me of stuff that happened in my life.”

Stuff is still happening. He’s designing collections for QVC into 2025. He’s a member of the Garment District Alliance and on the board of Bryant Park Corporation. And he still has occasion to wear the tuxedo that Donna Karan insisted on making for him when he became president of the Council of Fashion Designers in 1991. It fits wonderfully, he said, making a gesture that seems to be the fashionista’s version of a chef’s kiss.

“My father was very upset with me when he found out I was gay,” Mr. Herman said. “He sat me down and said, ‘The reason I’m so upset is what’s going to happen when you’re old and you have nobody? You won’t have children. You won’t have grandchildren. You’re asking for real trouble.’”

Mr. Herman went briefly silent. “I wish he were here today,” he said, “to see that as an old man I have a home, a house, friends and family.”

For weekly email updates on residential real estate news, sign up here.

Study Finds Association Between Neighborhood-Level Socioeconomic Status, Medication Nonadherence Among Heart Failure Patients

No Comments

JAMA study aims to discover whether ignoring medical advice relates to financial status among patients with heart failure.

Recently published research points to a need for greater outreach efforts to improve medication uptake among underserved patient populations. In a JAMA Network study published last week, the authors set out to discover whether medication nonadherence amongst patients with heart failure (HF) correlates with neighborhood socioeconomic status (nSES).1

To find the answers they were looking for, the authors implemented a retrospective cohort study conducted between June 30, 2020, and December 31, 2021, among 6247 patients with HF with reduced ejection fraction. Patient addresses were geocoded, and nSES was calculated using the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality SES index, which combines census-tract level measures of poverty, rent burden, unemployment, crowding, home value, and education, with higher values indicating higher nSES.1

The results found that patients living in neighborhoods with lower nSES had significantly higher odds of nonadherence to guideline-directed medical therapy for HF, with medication nonadherence being measured through the proportion of days covered (PDC) metric, with nonadherence defined as PDC < 80% over six months. Patients in lower nSES areas tended to be younger, of Black or Hispanic/Latinx ethnicity, with Medicaid insurance, lower left ventricular ejection fraction, and lower comorbidity index scores.1

According to a 2021 article by Medical News Today, numerous other reasons were given for adherence issues among underserved patient populations, with approximately 40%-50% of people not taking their prescribed medication. Examples for nonadherence include completely forgetting to take the medication, personal concerns and experiences, cost and systemic factors, and effects on health and healthcare.2

“Improving medication adherence is no easy task. It may involve asking a person to go against their cultural or ethnic practices and may even involve restoring trust in the medical community after years, and generations, of racism and other forms of discrimination,” writes Jennifer Huizen, author of the Medical News Today article. “Also, adherence might involve small changes, such as using an alarm or another medication reminder, but it might involve substantial changes to dietary or lifestyle habits. Several factors, including education, support systems, medical monitoring, motivation, and evaluations of effectiveness, may be involved in improving adherence.”2

The authors of the JAMA study stressed the fact that access to transportation and pharmacy density did not significantly mediate the association. However, walkability showed a small but statistically significant mediation effect, contributing to approximately 7% of the variability in nonadherence probability.1

“Overall, the association between nSES and medication nonadherence is likely multifaceted and due to complex, dynamic interactions between environmental, individual, and cognitive factors,” the authors wrote. “Neighborhood-level factors include environmental stressors, such as violence and perceived safety, which could serve as physical barriers to obtaining medications, and also act as emotional stressors that drain one’s capacity for adherence in the setting of immediate threat. Additionally, built environment factors, such as access to transportation, walkability, and could impede interactions with health care professionals to discuss medication-related concerns.”

Acknowledging the study’s limitations, the authors referenced the fact that it was a retrospective cohort study conducted across a single health system in an urban environment. They didn’t assess whether medications were delivered by mail or not. As a result of the electronic health record data, they also weren’t able to account for time since HF diagnosis or HF treatment history.1

In conclusion, the study states that future initiatives should focus on identifying and addressing neighborhood-level barriers to adherence. The study highlights an important gap that may contribute to known neighborhood-level disparities in HF care and outcomes.1

References

1. Neighborhood-Level Socioeconomic Status and Prescription Fill Patterns Among Patients With Heart Failure. JAMA Network. December 14, 2023. Accessed December 18, 2023. https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamanetworkopen/fullarticle/2812884

2. Taking drugs as advised: What are the barriers? Medical News Today. April 12, 2021. Accessed December 18, 2023. https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/taking-drugs-as-advised-what-are-the-barriers

How to Make a Vet Visit Less Stressful For Your Cat: 10 Tips From Our Vet

No Comments

Dr. Lauren here! When’s the last time your cat went into the vet?

The thought of a howling cat (“singing the song of their people”) is never pleasant. Believe me, I’ve been the person in the car with a Pancake howling so loud, that the people in the car next to me looked at me as if to say, “Are you ok? Do we need to call the police?” And once Pancake starts howling, Tiller picks up the refrain.

But do cats truly hide illness and/or injury? Yes, we vets spout this convention often, but only because it is true. Retinal lesions indicative of high blood pressure, palpable thyroid nodules in the neck, early dental cavities…all of these are things so easy to find in person, but impossible to find when our cats stay at home.

So, back to the visit. It’s tough. But it’s a necessary evil. That said, cats don’t understand that. Imagine if you were asked to visit your gynecologist, dentist, cardiologist, internist, GP, and urologist…all in one day. You’d probably have a guttural NO (or two) to utter, as well. Now imagine you were shoved in a box prior to leaving your house, jostled around, and had no say whatsoever in the matter. Not a pretty picture, right?

Believe me when I say: there are things we can do to make this better for cats.

A lot has been written and studied in the last decade or two about decreasing stress for pets, in particular cats, for vet visits: this can include very random to very useful items (think music composed specifically for cats!). But the purpose of this essay is to give you practical, easy things that anyone can do to help lessen the stress of vet visits for your cat.

Some are so simple, you might be surprised that you’re not already doing them.

First, Identify Your Cat’s Personality Type

Before doing anything, you need to decide what your cat’s personality type is around new situations: are they a nervous nellie? Or a Happy Harry?

Nervous Nellie

New things are scary! These cats hide, or hiss—not because they are mean, but because they are scared:
Don’t like change
Don’t like new people

Happy Harry (aka Dog-Cats)

The more stimulation and new things to look at, the better! These cats engage with the surroundings.
New person? Come, let me flirt with you!
Feed me and I’m your friend for life!

Obviously, these are generalizations, but they help develop a sense of what your cat wants.

A Nervous Nellie that wants to hide will probably like their cage covered with a blanket, things in the cage that smell or look familiar, and things to hide under. They probably don’t want bribes in the form of treats.

A Happy Harry probably would love to take a nap, on the other hand. And they likely don’t want to be fully covered, they want everyone to see their magnificent feline splendor!

Accommodate Your Cat’s Personality

One of my recent patients, Freddie, is a great example. I met Freedie and her mom when they wanted a second opinion on how best to help her damaged ear. Freddie came in this week for her annual wellness, and while Freddie is happy to have attention, she likes having space to hide, feel safe, and decide how things happen on her terms. So, her mom piled blankets and cushions into the carrier, giving her great hiding opportunities, and had a nice big carrier that easily came apart, making things easy breezy for Miss Freddie.

I don’t know that there is such a thing as a stress-free vet visit per se, but less stressful is a great goal.

The 10 Tips to Help Reduce A Cat’s Stress at the Vet’s

Tips for Everyone:

1. Find a good carrier

Something that easily fits your cat, that has at least two entrances/exits, that can be easily opened. Broken latches, or a single entrance, are difficult for most cats, and exacerbate the stress. Too, make sure it’s clean before you put your cat into it- would you prefer to travel in a dirty car, or one that is clean?

2. At home, leave the carrier out so it’s more a familiar place, than a strange item. Offer treats in the carrier.

Tabby cat eating from inside inside a cat carrier box
Image Credit: Oleg Batrak, Shutterstock

3. Speaking of treats, bring them.

A familiar scent can go a long way to normalizing the experience.

4. If your cat won’t eat treats, try the magic that is Lick-E-Lix or Churus…

Most cats that won’t touch treats, will still devour this yogurt-consistency tube of cat deliciousness. I’ve watched people draw blood on cats without assistance, purely because they distracted the cat with a Lick-E-Lix or Churu.

5. Be calm yourself.

Cats pick up on our stress! Studies suggest that cats can recognize the facial expressions of at least a few emotions in humans.

6. Calming cat music.

Believe it or not, cats might appreciate music. Youtube has channels specifically for this, so consider it as an option.

Next Level Tips: Stepping Up The Calm

As I mentioned earlier, there are other options that are more recently coming into play. They might not be an option for every cat owner, but if they are available to you, and you can make use of them, I highly recommend it.

7. Pheromone sprays

Test them ahead of a vet visit, but a number of pheromone diffusers and sprays are now available to help decrease stress in cats.

8. Visit good clinics.

vet nurse checking the cat
Image Credit: Prostock-studio, Shutterstock

Some clinics have gone the extra mile to make cat friendly more than just a thought. There are various options, such as Cat Friendly Practices by the American Association of Feline Practitioners or Cat Friendly Clinics overseas, but regardless, these clinics have gone the extra mile to prove they want to make a cat’s visit comfortable.

9. Step it up even further: cat-only clinics and cat specialists actually exist.

Many cat specialists see both routine wellness and referral cases, and cat-only clinics remove all noise, scents, and the confusion that dogs can create for cats; having worked in cat only clinics for the second half of my career, I cannot recommend enough the benefits of a cat only clinic. Ask to visit your local one, if you can. The difference will leave you (and your cat) making biscuits.

10. Talk to your cat’s vet about sedation options!

There are newer options we have started using in cats in the last 5 years or so that make a huge difference for very anxious or stressed patients!

cat face divider 2

So, next time you set paw in the clinic, come prepared with these options, and see that bringing your cat into the clinic can not only be less stressful, but also potentially a positive experience. Both for their health, and your peace of mind. Know, too, that many of these can be applied to other stressful situations cats might experience: fireworks, visiting guests, and new pets.

Featured Image Credit: 4 PM production, Shutterstock

I Tried Ketamine Therapy, This is What Happened

No Comments

I unlocked the secret codes of life, connected to my partner’s soul, and jumped dimensions alongside a teenage mutant ninja turtle, all in 57 minutes.

It sounds like a scene from an incoherent sci-fi movie, but no, it was what I experienced during my first time trying ketamine therapy. And it might have just shifted my life.

The journey before the journey

First, let me provide some context on why I would get ketamine administered through an IV drip in the first place. I’m no stranger to psychedelics, and I’ve had profound experiences using psilocybin in guided sound ceremonies in the past. I personally believe that psychedelic therapy can be a helpful way to help your subconscious mind connect the dots (I’m not referring to using psychedelics recreationally). But the psychedelic journeys I’ve tried in the past are not yet FDA-approved and were only accessible through hush-hush whispers of a friend who knows a friend.

When I found out that New York had a clinic offering ketamine therapy that was legal and provided with medical supervision, I was intrigued. While I consider myself generally an optimistic person, the last three years had dulled my shine. My anxieties about the future, not having enough, and not being enough were collecting like dust on a window sill.

When a friend told me about Nushama, I had an instant, full-body yes. One thing I’ve harnessed in the last decade is an extremely strong intuition, and I tend to follow the yes’s without question. After a medical assessment, conversations with the on-site doctor, and a pre-session with an integration therapist, I was ready.

The trip

Eye mask and headphones on, sitting in a zero-gravity chair, the IV drip was turned on by the nurse. My integration specialist guided me through deep breaths as I eased into my journey. And then I was in – like I was handed keys to the Matrix. The experience was much more feeling-based versus visual-based. I felt like I was in the POV of a video game player, unlocking different levels and dimensions of life. I zoomed out of the physical realm and I experienced my ‘self’ as my ‘soul’.

I realized that this life in the physical realm is but a game, and that we are all connected to something much bigger. I recognized that our souls are in another dimension watching our physical selves interact and engage, and to not take things so seriously. I experienced getting everything I’ve ever wanted, and felt a sense of knowing. The knowing that I am safe, I am abundant, I am connected.

There was a point where I wondered if it was fair – that I have so much abundance, and if others get that too. Then I saw a wall of women’s faces behind glass, as if they needed to break through it. And I recevied the message that I needed to continue helping others.

My partner’s soul visited me throughout different parts of my journey. I could feel him, the sense of home. There was a part where both our souls were playing up above, looking down at our physical form on Earth. We agreed to remember that in the times we fight or bicker, to remember how our souls are connected in another realm, and to tap back into that connection when we forget our way.

Post Ketamine Glow

I purposely cleared my schedule for the next two days so that I could bask in the post-ketamine glow. It’s been four days since my journey, and I feel present, mindful, and here. I notice the smallest details of my surroundings and feel constantly delighted. Things that typically annoy me make me giggle. When a judgemental thought comes up, I catch it, and gently set it aside and focus back on the present. I feel more connected, more open and the anxieties that have been weighing me down appear to have been lifted.

It’s like the soot that’s been collecting around my heart and soul has been wiped off, and I am more myself.

You are your own healer

I feel that ketamine therapy was a tool to help me move through some blockages that have been circling in my subconsious mind, but the work starts afterwards in integration. I am my own healer and the therapy helped provide a ‘boost’ but ultimately, it’s in the choices I make on a daily basis that create lasting change.

It’s extraordinairy that psychadelic therapies are being more accessible and available, but please consult with a doctor or medical professional before you try anything! These are powerful substances that require thoughtfulness and care, not to be done recklessley. I caution against doing these things recreationally.

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

“Netko će dobiti otkaz”: Djelatnica Amazona oštro po povratima robe

No Comments

Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.

POZNATO je da Amazon ima vrlo jednostavnu politiku povrata robe, a jedna njihova djelatnica prije nekoliko mjeseci okomila se na kupce koji tu mogućnost koriste. Video je još jednom privukao pozornost na društvenim mrežama, a reakcije ne idu u korist djelatnice.

“Vjerojatno će te otpustiti”

U svojem je videu na TikToku Gt.jae, djelatnica Amazona, odlučila podijeliti što ljudi vraćaju nakon kupnje i koji razlog navode. Kao prvi je predmet navela donje rublje za oblikovanje tijela, a ženu koja ga je vratila nije štedjela.

“Dakle, navukla si ove gaće na svoju veliku guzicu, zaključila da ti se ne sviđaju i vratila ih? A znam da imaš veliku guzicu jer si kupila veličinu L”, rekla je u videu. “Kao razlog povrata piše: ne uvlači mi trbuh. Draga, život tako ne funkcionira. Ako želiš da ti trbuh bude vitkiji, potrudi se. Idi u teretanu.”

U komentarima nije naišla na odobravanje. Publici se zamjerila ne samo time negativnim stavom prema osobama koje vraćaju proizvode koji im ne odgovaraju, već i po tome što je uvrijedila osobu zbog veličine odjeće koju nosi: “Želim ostati mirna, ali teško je kad čujem kako je bezobrazna prema plus size osobi.”

Mnogi očekuju i kako ovaj video neće dobro završiti po njezino zaposlenje: “Kako je Beyonce rekla: ‘Netko će dobiti otkaaaaz'”, “Amazon će te vjerojatno otpustiti zbog ovoga”, “Reci mi da želiš otkaz bez da mi kažeš da želiš otkaz”. U međuvremenu je Gt.jae doista i promijenila posao i sad je, kaže, puno bolje plaćena.

>> Dostavljačica se požalila na teške predmete koje ljudi naručuju i postala viralna

Amazon ima liberalnu politiku povrata robe

Drugi zaposlenici Amazona, kao i potrošači, stali su u obranu osobe koja je vratila steznik: “Kao zaposlenik Amazona, potičem vas da vratite sve što želite iz bilo kojeg razloga”, “Ako nešto ne pristaje ili ne radi što treba, u redu je vratiti proizvod”.

No ono što je upitno kod povrata pronašli smo u drugom videu Gt.jae u kojemu potiče kupce da paze s povratima jer Amazon prodaje nošenu odjeću kao novu: “Prestanite kupovati odjeću na Amazonu. Samo obrišemo mrlje s vraćene i nanovo je prodajemo.”

Komentatori još jednom nisu bili na njezinoj strani te su uporno isticali kako odjeću svejedno treba oprati prije prvog nošenja. No mnogi su istaknuli i kako to uopće nije ni poanta: “Plaćate punu cijenu za korišteni proizvod a da to niste ni znali.”

Amazon je inače poznat po svojim jednostavnim uvjetima povrata robe. Većinu kupljenih proizvoda možete bez problema vratiti unutar 30 dana od dana kad ste primili pošiljku te ćete uredno ostvariti povrat novca unutar 7 dana od dana kad je povrat zaprimljen i zabilježen. Zbog takvih pravila neki će “posuditi” odjeću s Amazona, nositi ju jednom i vratiti, znajući da ništa ne gube.

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

Former UCLA quarterback Dante Moore transferring to Oregon

No Comments

Dante Moore is off to Oregon, where the term “Duck!” won’t mean evading pass rushers charging past UCLA’s porous offensive line.

The most highly recruited quarterback in the Chip Kelly era will most likely redshirt or be the backup at Oregon, instead of competing with Ethan Garbers for the starting job in Westwood. Dillon Gabriel, a senior transfer from Oklahoma and Central Florida who has passed for 14,865 yards and 125 touchdowns in five seasons, transferred to Oregon a week ago, yet Moore is off to Eugene anyway.

Is Moore’s departure an indictment of Kelly and his staff, or was the kid who arrived on campus last spring at age 17 on a scooter simply not ready to take the controls of a Power 5 team?

Or is it a bit of both?

The recruiting hype that began as a coronation swiftly became an albatross, Moore’s five-star status generating unattainable expectations, inevitable disappointment and a predictable departure.

“There’s just a lot of things I’ve been going through, you know, mentally and things like that,” Moore said in his last interview as a Bruin. “Just far from home and doing these type of things can be pretty tough at times.”

Moore originally committed to Oregon out of Detroit King High before bolting to the Bruins because quarterback Bo Nix decided to return to the Ducks for a fifth season and offensive coordinator Kenny Dillingham left for Arizona State.

Westwood, ho! Moore said he chose UCLA because of Kelly’s track record of developing quarterbacks.

Yet as Moore again ducked into the portal a year later, he tossed shade in Kelly’s direction, telling 247Sports, “For these next upcoming years, I just want to go to a place where I can get developed. … and having a staff around you that’s going to help develop you.”

The transfer portal’s dizzying comings and goings are especially frenetic when it comes to quarterbacks, and it’s worth pointing out that had events shaken out differently, Gabriel and Moore could have been teammates — at UCLA.

Gabriel committed to transfer to UCLA from Central Florida in December 2021. Then he recognized that Dorian Thompson-Robinson would remain the Bruins quarterback for a fifth season and that Oklahoma quarterback Caleb Williams would follow coach Lincoln Riley to USC.

So Gabriel instead transferred to Oklahoma, where he flourished the last two years. Meanwhile, Moore’s shuffle from Detroit King High to Eugene, Ore., to Westwood landed him in the Bruins’ lineup in the fall. He played well in three victories over inferior opponents, throwing seven touchdown passes to only one interception.

Everything unraveled during a 14-7 loss to Utah in Game 4. Moore’s first pass was intercepted and returned for a touchdown. He lost a fumble and was sacked seven times. Kelly’s play calling didn’t adjust to the fierce pass rush. Moore didn’t roll out. He didn’t throw quick passes.

“I’m sure there’s some plays he’ll want back,” Kelly said. “But there’s calls I want back.”

Moore appeared shell-shocked, saying, “I know me being so young, not many people would say that, but I’ll put this loss on me for sure.”

UCLA defeated Washington State the next week, but then Moore played so poorly in a loss to Oregon State that he lost his job to Garbers. Moore had one more chance when he replaced an injured Garbers early in the regular-season finale against Cal. But he threw two more interceptions and lost a fumble in a 33-7 loss.

The UCLA offensive line gave up 42 sacks during the season, ranking No. 122 out of 130 Football Bowl Subdivision teams. Not ideal for a freshman struggling through his passing progressions.

“Something I stand on is that God gives his toughest battles to his strongest soldiers,” Moore said. “I know as of right now I’m going through a storm … but at the end of the day I’m going to get through it. Things aren’t going my way.”

Getting back on a positive path meant sitting out the Bruins’ LA Bowl game at SoFi Stadium, entering the portal and heading back to the program that he originally chose out of high school. It’s a distinct possibility that Moore will redshirt in 2024, and learn from coach Dan Lanning while Gabriel pilots the offense in Oregon’s first season in the Big Ten.

That’s a far cry from taking hold of the UCLA job as a freshman and lifting the program to the rarefied heights expected out of a five-star recruit. Was Moore unprepared or wasn’t he sufficiently developed by Kelly and co.?

Both are likely true. And in the transfer portal era, that kind of disconnect results in a parting of the ways.

Google Maps introduces landmark-based Address Descriptors in India – Here’s how it works

No Comments

Google Maps is used by millions of users to reach their desired destinations daily. To make it more immersive, Google introduced Street View in India last year, which has now been expanded to over 3,000 cities and towns. To enhance this experience, the tech major has now introduced a new India-first feature – Address Descriptors.

The feature has been introduced keeping in mind the fact that Indian users often search for destinations with the help of landmarks like places of worship, medical facilities and government services. According to Goole, these landmarks help people communicate their addresses in a better way and Address Descriptors will do the same. 

“Address Descriptors on Google Maps will help users understand addresses in a way they are used to in real life,” Miriam Daniel, VP & GM, Google Maps, said.

“Dropping a location pin on Google Maps and sharing it with friends and family is a very common practice in India. Using a combination of machine learning signals Google Maps will automatically find up to five of the most relevant landmarks and area names around your pinned address, and display the landmark reference when you share your location. This will make it easier for users to locate these addresses in unfamiliar areas,” she added.

Daniel said that Google will roll out this feature to users across India early next year. 

Google has also introduced the Live View walking navigation feature in India. 

This feature shows arrows, directions and distance markers overlaid on the Maps screen, helping users quickly figure out which way to head in.

Another feature introduced by the tech major is Lens in Maps. This feature will instantly show nearby restaurants and cafes by simply pointing you down the street. 

The Lens in Maps will also give useful information like opening hours, ratings, reviews and photos. The features will be launched in 15 cities across India by January 2024.  

Winter wonderland: 10 top domestic and international snowy destinations for magical Christmas celebration

No Comments

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

From domestic winter wonderlands to international snowy escapes, these destinations promise a festive atmosphere adorned with sparkling landscapes. 

/

expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

The Christmas season is the perfect time to pack your bags and embark on that long-awaited vacation. With the holidays just around the corner, now is the perfect time to start packing for your winter getaway! Prahlad Krishnamurthi, Chief Business Officer, Cleartrip has carefully curated the perfect guide for you, whether it’s a cosy domestic retreat or an exciting international getaway, there’s something for everyone. So pack your favourite winter jackets and let’s go on vacay!(Pexels )

/

Bagdogra: Nestled in the Eastern Himalayas, Bagdogra is emerging as a winter retreat. Explore enchanting tea gardens and scenic landscapes, creating a serene ambience for winter wanderers.(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Bagdogra: Nestled in the Eastern Himalayas, Bagdogra is emerging as a winter retreat. Explore enchanting tea gardens and scenic landscapes, creating a serene ambience for winter wanderers.(Unsplash)

/

Dehradun: With snow-capped peaks as a backdrop, Dehradun becomes a haven for nature enthusiasts and adventure seekers during winter. From Robber's Cave to the historic Forest Research Institute, the city offers a magical winter experience.(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Dehradun: With snow-capped peaks as a backdrop, Dehradun becomes a haven for nature enthusiasts and adventure seekers during winter. From Robber’s Cave to the historic Forest Research Institute, the city offers a magical winter experience.(Unsplash)

/

Jammu: Rich in cultural heritage, Jammu has become a winter wonderland with historic temples, vibrant markets, and picturesque landscapes blanketed in snow. Explore Gulmarg's snow-covered meadows and Dal Lake's frozen charm for a quintessential winter experience.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Jammu: Rich in cultural heritage, Jammu has become a winter wonderland with historic temples, vibrant markets, and picturesque landscapes blanketed in snow. Explore Gulmarg’s snow-covered meadows and Dal Lake’s frozen charm for a quintessential winter experience.(Pixabay)

/

Leh: Leh captures hearts with snow-covered monasteries and pristine lakes, creating a unique winter adventure in this high-altitude desert. The vibrant festivals and warm hospitality create an immersive experience in the heart of the Himalayas.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Leh: Leh captures hearts with snow-covered monasteries and pristine lakes, creating a unique winter adventure in this high-altitude desert. The vibrant festivals and warm hospitality create an immersive experience in the heart of the Himalayas.(Pixabay)

/

Sikkim: Sikkim remains a favourite for winter travellers. Uncover the blend of Buddhism and snow-laden mountains with monasteries, hot springs, and pristine lakes.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Sikkim: Sikkim remains a favourite for winter travellers. Uncover the blend of Buddhism and snow-laden mountains with monasteries, hot springs, and pristine lakes.(Pixabay)

/

Austria: Experience the magic of the Austrian Alps, historic cities, and festive atmospheres for an unforgettable winter adventure. The country's culinary delights such as Wiener Schnitzel and Sachertorte, add an extra layer of warmth to the snowy season.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Austria: Experience the magic of the Austrian Alps, historic cities, and festive atmospheres for an unforgettable winter adventure. The country’s culinary delights such as Wiener Schnitzel and Sachertorte, add an extra layer of warmth to the snowy season.(Pixabay)

/

Austria: Experience the magic of the Austrian Alps, historic cities, and festive atmospheres for an unforgettable winter adventure. The country's culinary delights such as Wiener Schnitzel and Sachertorte, add an extra layer of warmth to the snowy season.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Austria: Experience the magic of the Austrian Alps, historic cities, and festive atmospheres for an unforgettable winter adventure. The country’s culinary delights such as Wiener Schnitzel and Sachertorte, add an extra layer of warmth to the snowy season.(Pixabay)

/

Chile: Explore the stunning landscapes of the Andes Mountains and indulge in winter sports for a unique Southern Hemisphere winter experience. From hearty empanadas and aromatic cazuelas to the irresistible sweetness of sopaipillas – the Chilean food is every traveller’sdream.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Chile: Explore the stunning landscapes of the Andes Mountains and indulge in winter sports for a unique Southern Hemisphere winter experience. From hearty empanadas and aromatic cazuelas to the irresistible sweetness of sopaipillas – the Chilean food is every traveller’sdream.(Pixabay)

/

Croatia (Hrvatska): From Dubrovnik's historic streets to the Plitvice Lakes National Park, winter unveils a different charm along the Adriatic coastline. Indulge in delightful local cuisines, including Pasticada andFritule, adding a flavorful touch to your holiday escape.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Croatia (Hrvatska): From Dubrovnik’s historic streets to the Plitvice Lakes National Park, winter unveils a different charm along the Adriatic coastline. Indulge in delightful local cuisines, including Pasticada andFritule, adding a flavorful touch to your holiday escape.(Pixabay)

/

Netherlands: Embrace the enchanting atmosphere of the Netherlands’s canals, Christmas markets, and historic cities adorned with festive lights, and indulge in Dutch winter traditions for a cosy and memorable holiday experience.(Pixabay)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 19, 2023 04:59 PM IST

Netherlands: Embrace the enchanting atmosphere of the Netherlands’s canals, Christmas markets, and historic cities adorned with festive lights, and indulge in Dutch winter traditions for a cosy and memorable holiday experience.(Pixabay)

Steam 2023 Winter Sale preview – First major discounts revealed | Gaming | Entertainment

No Comments

The first batch of discounts have been announced for the Steam Winter Sale, which kicks off later this week. The festive sale starts at 6pm GMT UK time on December 21. Running until January 4, 2024, the Winter Sale features discounts on hundreds of games, ranging from triple-A blockbusters like The Witcher 3 and Rainbow 6 Siege, to indie sensations and cult hits like Dwarf Fortress and Euro Truck Simulator.

Indeed, as you can see from the trailer below, The Hunter: Call of the Wild will receive a price cut, alongside BattleBit Remastered, Satisfactory and Pummel Party.

Chaotic action games like Atomic Heart and Starship Troopers: Extermination will be discounted, as well as New World and AEW Fight Forever.

Elsewhere, Valve will reduce the price of Bomb Rush Cyberfunk, The Front, Tunic, Wreckfest, The Case of the Golden Idol and The Forest.

If you stick around to the end of the trailer, you’ll notice that Assassin’s Creed Valhalla, Valheim and Baldur’s Gate 3 will also receive discounts in the Winter Sale.

Frontier Developments has also announced plans to take part in the Steam Winter Sale. Games like Elite Dangerous, Jurassic World Evolution 2 and F1 2023 will all be discounted for the next two weeks.

Frontier Developments Steam Winter Sale line-up…

• Elite: Dangerous – 80%

• Planet Coaster – 75%

• Jurassic World Evolution – 80%

• Jurassic World Evolution 2 – 75%

• Deliver Us Mars – 55%

• FAR: Changing Tides – 65%

• LostWinds – 65%

• LostWinds 2: Winter of the Melodias – 65%

• RollerCoaster Tycoon 3: Complete Edition – 70%

• Stranded: Alien Dawn – 30%

• Struggling – 75%

• The Great War: Western Front – 50%

• Chaos Gate: Daemonhunters – 60%

• Planet Zoo – 75%

• F1 Manager 2023 – 60%

• Warhammer Age of Sigmar: Realms of Ruin – 40%

2024 BYD Seal review | CarExpert

No Comments

Rapidly growing Chinese carmaker BYD, which also makes electric buses and trains, has already told the Australian media it wants to be the number one car brand here by 2030.

The car you see here, its latest flagship sedan called the Seal, might just put it a step closer to realising such a lofty goal.

BYD has quickly proven itself as a popular player in the ultra-competitive Australian market, with sales of its debut Atto 3 SUV standing at more than 25,000 units in just over a year; thanks to a thoroughly modern design, loads of tech and equipment, and outstanding bang for buck in the growing EV segment.

It’s also just dropped its all-electric hatch called the Dolphin, and while it doesn’t quite have the same modernistic design aesthetic of the Atto 3 or indeed the Seal, it nevertheless launched with top billing as Australia’s cheapest EV ($38,890) thereby outshining the much lauded MG 4 ($38,990) in the process – albeit by just $100.

However, the Seal is an entirely different proposition altogether – a genuine game changer for BYD, if not the entire Australian EV market, and a dead-set rival for the big-selling Tesla Model 3 thanks to the same bang-for-buck formula. Only this time, it’s on a much grander scale.

Understandably, BYD is backing the Seal to the hilt – with early signs suggesting it could outsell the Atto 3 according to the CEO of BYD’s local distribution partner EVDirect, Luke Todd.

“Interest in the Seal is off the charts. It won’t surprise me if the Seal sales volume surpass the Atto 3 because of the levels of interest but time will tell,” says Mr Todd.

The design itself is genuine head-turner, if our two days with the Seal Performance was any indication as to the reactions of the population at large. Some thought it was a mid-size version of the Porsche Taycan, while another couple thought it was a new BMW EV – I guess they didn’t recognise the badge.

Not surprising, really, when you learn the design team was under the lead of BYD’s global design director, Wolfgang Egger, who spent time penning his wares at Alfa Romeo (think 8C), Audi and Lamborghini. That’s irrefutable drawing talent right there.

It’s not exactly distinctive in the way Taycan is, or even the Model 3, but it’s beautifully fluid with similarly smooth curves and a remarkably slippery drag coefficient of just 0.219Cd.

There’s some subtle power bulges on the bonnet, leading into some super-slim LED headlights and DRLs. The low-profile side mirrors have got those Ferrari-esque extensions, while the ‘water droplet’ tail lights joined by a full-length light bar look particularly cool at night.

There are no bad angles here, at least with our 2024 BYD Seal Performance tester and the only variant we have sampled so far.

Both front and rear end styling treatments look equally handsome, though it points unequivocally towards a sports sedan with its protruding front bumper and deep-set rear diffuser offering hints towards its high-performance status.

And, while the ‘Build Your Dreams’ script may have gone, you might be wondering what the ‘3.8S’ on the boot lid refers to.

Clearly it’s not the displacement but that’s how log long it takes Seal to scoot from zero to 100km/h under a full-tilt launch.

How does the BYD Seal fare vs its competitors?

View a detailed breakdown of the BYD Seal against similarly sized vehicles.

BYD Seal cutout image

BYD

Seal

How much does the BYD Seal cost?

BYD offers the battery-electric Seal sedan in three model variants.

It kicks off with the Seal Dynamic Standard Range from $49,888 before on-road costs, while the Seal Premium Extended Range is priced from $58,798. The range-topping BYD Seal Performance AWD tested here costs $68,748 before on-roads.

In yet another BYD pricing coup of sorts, that sees Seal beat its closest rival and recently updated Tesla Model 3 by a whopping $12,012; given the hugely popular electric sedan starts at $61,900 before on-roads.

Rivals include Hyundai Ioniq 6 from $65,500 for the 111kW 2WD, while the Polestar 2 Standard Range Single Motor is priced from $67,400.

2024 BYD Seal pricing:

  • 2024 BYD Seal Dynamic Standard Range: $49,888
  • 2024 BYD Seal Premium Extended Range: $58,798
  • 2024 BYD Seal Performance AWD: $68,748

Prices exclude on-road costs

What is the BYD Seal like on the inside?

Impressive, luxurious and loaded with the latest tech is what immediately comes to mind when you enter the cabin for the first time.

You’re straightaway drawn to BYD’s large-scale central touchscreen measuring no less than 15.6 inches. It comes with the added option of electrically rotating from landscape to portrait at the touch of a button should you like your nav directions more forward or simply get bored with the rest of the tech – unlikely as that might sound.

It might take you some time to figure out the sub-menus and where to find what you need but I found it all relatively intuitive – especially getting out of the Tesla Model 3 just a few weeks ago – where the exclusion of Apple CarPlay was decidedly annoying.

Unlike the latest Tesla Model 3 update which still leaves drivers without a display ahead of the steering wheel, the Seal is equipped with a 10.25-inch digital instrument display with crystal clear fonts and sharp graphics and colours.  

The quilted seats in Vegan leather with contrast stitching and piping are superbly designed and cushioned with whole-seat bolsters and good under-thigh support.

While we didn’t get to do any long distance trips, even with stints of a couple of hours, you get the distinct impression these pews were designed by the chiropractic profession. They’re heated and ventilated too.

The centre console houses the Porsche-like crystalline drive selector (it could be glass), along with various short-cut buttons and scroll wheels for drive modes and volume. All the stuff that the Tesla Model 3 lacks.

Interestingly, the smooth curves outside are mirrored on the dash, console and door cards, at least on the brightwork and cupholders.  

There’s also tasty mix of trims that blend nicely with the leatherette upholstery, including a liberal amount of suede cloth on the dash and door cards and smoked metalwork for air vents, door pulls and the Dynaudio speaker grills.

There’s more Vegan leather for the flat-bottom steering wheel that’s both tactile as well as a genuine high-quality item – the type you might find in a BMW for instance.

It’s also got lots of functionality via haptic buttons, scroll wheel and a toggle switch on either side of what is a relatively classy looking steering wheel boss.

Cheap plastics are few and far between in Seal, but even those touchpoints look and feel better than those in some more expensive euro models.

There are multiple ambient lighting options accessed via sub-menus on the central screen as well as floor lighting that resembles a nightclub in my day. Still the kids will enjoy changing the colours and overall cabin vibe.

Ahead of the drive selector are two wireless charging bays, but the rubberised surface isn’t particularly grippy, so we found our phones (with grippy Apple covers) still slid around in the corners.

However, there’s still plenty of upfront storage either underneath the console bridge which also houses USB ports or in the central storage bin. Plus, there’s two generously sized cupholders that can always double as another odds and ends compartment.

For back seat passengers the comfort plan continues with similarly quilted upholstery and bolsters on the outer seats, along with generous leg room, especially behind this tester’s forward driving position.

There’s also a dead-flat floor providing a more comfortable middle-seat experience, though under-seat toe room is hampered.

Not only are there proper seat pockets and two USB ports but there’s also dual phone sleeves for both rear-window seats.  

Despite the Seal’s acutely tapered roof line and one of the largest fixed panoramic roofs we’ve seen in the segment, headroom remains ample for average frames.

Boot space is only decent at 400 litres and substantially less than the Model 3, but the aperture appears wider with little to inhibit the loading of wider gear such as golf clubs.

For spill-over space, either for a small bag or charging cables, there’s a ‘frunk’ (with a hinged cover) that opens up another 50 litres of storage.

What’s under the bonnet?

Effectively, the 2024 BYD Seal offers buyers the choice between three different drivetrains.

The Dynamic Standard Range uses a 61.4kWh battery and features a single electric motor and rear-wheel drive, with 150kW of power and 310Nm of torque. It can go from 0-100km/h in a claimed 7.5 seconds.

The Premium Extended Range gets the larger 82.6kWh battery but also uses a single-motor rear-wheel drive configuration, with 230kW and 360Nm and a 0-100km/h time of 5.9 seconds.

The Performance AWD tested here also uses the bigger battery but features a dual-motor all-wheel drive configuration with 390kW and 670Nm and a claimed 0-100km/h time of 3.8 seconds – hence the badge on the boot lid.

One of BYD’s key USPs is its Blade battery technology which is produced in-house and fundamental to the car’s structural platform which sees the battery pack top cover serve as the body floor dubbed ‘Cell to Body’.

Both battery packs can be charged at up to 150kW using DC power with Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) capability to power various appliances.

Proper confirmation of range and power usage wasn’t possible with just two days with the Seal, that will come later when our Melbourne team gets the car through CarExpert’s garage.

BYD Seal range (WLTP):

  • Dynamic Standard Range: 460km
  • Premium Extended Range: 570km
  • Performance AWD: 520km

How does the BYD Seal drive?

We already knew Seal was going to be quick from its performance claims, but it’s not neck-snapping like the BMW i4 M50 xDrive, which boasts the same 3.8-second 0-100km/h sprint time.

Oddly enough, I found Seal to be fractionally laggy on initial tip-in, even in Sport (software driven most likely), which could be by design to make the whole instant torque thing less manic and thus more appealing to first-time EV buyers. It makes sense given the sheer ferocity of acceleration on tap in the Performance variant.

Once out of the blocks, though, the Seal’s power delivery still isn’t as linear as that of the Bimmer or Model 3, and slightly more aggressive at times – but we’re talking small increments here and for substantially less money. The Seal is still adequately rewarding in the way it puts the power down.

Nevertheless, we were more interested in Seal’s chassis engineering that its outright pace. That is; steering, suspension, braking and just how deftly its chassis deals with all 2185kg of twisting mass.

There’s good linearity and weight to the steering rack, which is also sharp and quick to respond to smaller inputs. Up the ante though, through a few tight corners and Seal feels more agile that I might have given it credit for.

That overall composure is helped by a combination of factors including AWD and what BYD calls its Golden Ratio Body – read 50:50 weight distribution, along with the added benefit of a lower centre of gravity thanks to its integrated Blade battery tech.

It stops well too, with good pedal pressure after the initial bite and it remains consistently strong even after multiple hard stops. The front discs are drilled and ventilated while the rears are ventilated.  

Additionally, there’s solid engineering under the skin. Up front there are double wishbones, while out back it’s a five-link rear setup that uses Frequency Selective Damping shock absorbers (FSD) – not to be confused with full-time active suspension.

However, it doesn’t provide quite the same level of feedback as an i4 or even the updated Model 3, but I’d say its 80 per cent there and by that measure, sufficiently engaging along with good body control when properly hurried.

There’s brake regen too, but there are no paddleshifters to control it – for that you’ll have to access a sub menu on the central screen and there’s only one level that I could find.  

Mind, it might be billed as a sports sedan and for sure it’s suitably accomplished when it comes to outright pace and road manners, but I’d argue that’s not the sole remit of this halo BYD model, it’s as much about comfort and technology, and in those areas Seal really starts to deliver.

There’s an entire suite of ADAS safety systems at play here too, and if you’re in the city, you might want to switch off the Active Lane-keep Assist, as we found it overly zealous to the point where it’s unpleasant at times. Mind, you’ll have to wade through a sub-menu or two to get to the switch but it’s easy enough.

While there’s a good level of compliance with the suspension ironing out bumps of all sizes as well as broken roads, the ride itself, while certainly comfortable, still teeters on the sporty side of things.

Overall though, the Seal is nicely refined with an unexpectedly quiet cabin thanks to double glazing and quality sealing (no pun intended). It makes for a sound experience when sitting back in traffic and enjoying the high-end Dynaudio sound system.  

Finally, there’s not a lot of tyre noise either, that’s likely down the 19-inch EcoConti rubber which measure 235/45 all round – so designed more for comfort than outright corner carving.

What do you get?

Seal Dynamic Standard Range highlights:

  • 15.6-inch touchscreen infotainment system
  • Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
  • Satellite navigation
  • 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
  • 12-speaker 775W Dynaudio sound system
  • DAB digital radio
  • 1 x USB-C, USB-A outlet (front)
  • 1 x USB-C, USB-A outlet (rear)
  • Dual wireless phone chargers
  • 8-way power driver’s seat
  • 6-way power passenger seat
  • 4-way power-adjustable steering wheel
  • Heated and ventilated front seats
  • Leatherette-wrapped steering wheel
  • Leatherette upholstery
  • Keyless entry and start
  • Ambient lighting
  • Panoramic glass roof
  • Rear privacy glass
  • 18-inch alloy wheels
  • Automatic high-beam
  • Automatic LED headlights
  • Rain-sensing wipers

Seal Premium Extended Range adds:

  • Head-up display
  • Exterior mirror auto-tilt and memory
  • Leather-wrapped steering wheel
  • Leather upholstery
  • Driver’s memory
  • 19-inch alloy wheels
  • 4-way lumbar adjustment

Seal Performance AWD adds:

  • Heated steering wheel
  • Frequency Selective Damping shock absorbers

Colours

  • Arctic Blue
  • Atlantis Grey
  • Aurora White
  • Cosmos Black
  • Shark Grey

Aurora White is a no-cost option, with the other finishes costing $1500 or $2000 in the case of Shark Grey, which is available only on the Performance.

Interior colours are either Ocean Blue or Thaumas Black. The Ocean Blue interior costs an extra $1500.

Is the BYD Seal safe?

ANCAP has awarded the Seal a five-star safety rating, against new, tougher 2023-25 testing criteria.

It received an adult occupant protection rating of 89 per cent, a child occupant protection rating of 87 per cent, a vulnerable road user protection rating of 82 per cent, and a safety assist rating of 75 per cent.

Standard safety equipment includes:

  • Autonomous emergency braking (forward, reverse)
  • Adaptive cruise control
  • Blind-spot monitoring
  • Front and rear cross-traffic assist
  • Lane-keep assist
  • Emergency lane-keep assist
  • Rear cross-traffic assist
  • Traffic sign recognition
  • Intelligent speed limit assist
  • Surround-view camera
  • Front and rear parking sensors
  • Dual front airbags plus driver’s far-side airbag
  • Side and curtain airbags for both rows
  • Safe exit warning
  • Rear occupant alert

How much does the BYD Seal cost to run?

The BYD Seal is backed by a six-year, 150,000km vehicle warranty and an eight-year, 160,000km battery warranty.

Servicing is required every 12 months or 20,000km – BYD says the first eight services are priced at $189, $370, $189, $447, $189, $370, $189, and $447 respectively.

CarExpert’s Take on the BYD Seal

Make no mistake; the BYD Seal is about to shake up the EV world.

Its impressive styling, cutting-edge technology, sound engineering and an impressive level of comfort and luxury at prices that will likely leave the competition scrambling.

Mind it’s not the benchmark when it comes to the drivetrain or suspension and tuning, but it’s close enough to give rivals a pretty big scare – and that’s before BYD’s pricing starts to woo those first-time EV buyers looking for an easy segue from combustion engined cars to battery electric vehicles.

We already know there’s huge interest in Seal as outlined in the introduction to this review, but I’d suggest BYD might want to sure up its enviable supply chain given just how popular this EV is likely to become given such an all-encompassing package.

Click the images for the full gallery

BUY: BYD Seal
MORE: Everything BYD Seal

Attacks on shipping in the Red Sea are a blow to global trade

No Comments

Until the Suez Canal opened in 1869, merchant ships in the Red Sea mostly carried coffee, spices and slaves. The waterway changed everything. So far in 2023 around 24,000 vessels have plied the passage, accounting for some 10% of global seaborne trade by volume, according to Clarksons, a shipbroker. That includes 20% of the world’s container traffic, nearly 10% of seaborne oil and 8% of liquefied natural gas.

So missile and drone attacks by Houthi militants in Yemen on ships passing through the narrow strait of Bab al-Mandab, which connects the Red Sea to the Gulf of Aden, apparently in support of Palestinians in Gaza, looks like the latest blow to the shipping industry—and to its customers. It has struck just as both groups try to return to normality after the upheavals of the pandemic and, more recently, troubles that include a drought that has restricted large vessels from passing through the Panama Canal for several months.

A dozen Houthi attacks in recent weeks and four more on December 18th pose an unacceptable danger to shipping. Container firms accounting for some 95% of the capacity that usually crosses Suez, including giants like Swiss-based msc and Denmark’s Maersk, have suspended services in the area. A few energy firms, such as bp and Equinor, have also temporarily stopped their ships from using the canal. As when the route was disrupted in 2021 after Ever Given, a giant container ship, ran aground and blocked the canal for six days, shipping companies are already rerouting vessels around Africa. This will extend journeys from around 31 to 40 days between Asia and Northern Europe, reckons Clarksons. Unless the route can safely reopen, delays and the inevitable disruption at ports as vessels arrive out of schedule will create disorder in the coming months.

Still, this Suez crisis will not “put a cork in global trade”, says Lars Jensen of Vespucci Maritime, a consultancy. The reason for cautious optimism has to do with the shipping industry’s remorseless cyclicality. Unlike during the Ever Given fiasco, supply chains are not currently under immense strain. Back then cuts to capacity coupled with a surge in spending by locked-down consumers had sent shipping rates surging to astronomical levels. A global index from Drewry, another consultancy, hit over $10,000 per standard container. On some routes, spot rates surpassed $20,000. That helped push shipping firms’ combined net profits in 2022 to $215bn, according to the John McCown Container Report, an industry compendium, compared with cumulative loss of $8.5bn in 2016-19.

image: The Economist

The shipping firms’ customary response to such price signals is to order new vessels. Those are starting to arrive. Though demand has remained flat over the past year or two, the global fleet’s capacity will swell by 9% this year and another 11% in 2024, according to ing, a bank. Already, the industry’s profits are forecast to plunge by 80% in 2023. With capacity to spare, running longer routes should not cause the disruption seen at the height of covid-19. Drewry’s index is now becalmed at $1,500 or so (see chart). Rates could double as a result of the Red Sea turmoil, reckons Peter Sand at Xeneta, a freight-data firm. But they will probably stay well below their pandemic peaks—and so will shipping companies’ profits.

HashKey Obtains Capital Markets Services License from MAS, Expanding Digital Asset Management Services in Singapore

No Comments
  • HashKey Capital Singapore has received a Capital Markets Services (CMS) license, making it a licensed fund management company (LFMC) in Singapore.
  • This enables HashKey to provide regulated fund management services for blockchain assets, primarily for capital markets products, from its Singapore headquarters.

The CMS license follows the successful closure of HashKey’s third fund, which raised $500m in January 2022, and comes as crypto firms move to Asia and the Middle East.

Benefits of Regulatory Approval

The CMS license recognises HashKey Capital Singapore as a licensed fund management company (LFMC), enabling the company to provide regulated fund management services for several blockchain assets in Singapore.

This is a significant development for HashKey, as it allows the company to provide regulated fund management services primarily for capital markets products from its Singapore headquarters. The CMS license provides a stable framework for HashKey to excel in the dynamic world of Web3-focused investments, as it continues its financial journey.

Fundraising Success

The CMS license tracks the successful closure of HashKey’s third fund, which raised $500m in January 2022. The move comes as crypto firms have been moving to Asia and the Middle East following regulatory upheavals in America and Europe.

 “create an environment where traditional and digital financial ecosystems harmoniously converge,”

Mr. Deng Chao

Mr. Deng Chao, CEO of HashKey Capital Singapore and Head of HashKey Singapore, commented on the CMS license, stating that as a licensed fund management company, the company is committed to contributing to the local blockchain community and playing its part in shaping its future.

This commitment aligns with Singapore’s innovative spirit and will propel blockchain-related capital markets products and investments further into the mainstream, offering new possibilities for institutional and accredited investors.

How To Ditch the Rocks in Your Content Stocking

No Comments

Before you dig into my last column of the year, I want to express my appreciation and gratitude for you. I won’t be sorry to see 2023 move to the rear-view mirror, but I have a special place in my heart for this column and all the delightful feedback you shared this year. It’s, honestly, one of the things that’s kept me going for some months.

My parents used to say if I didn’t maintain my status on Santa’s nice list, he would leave rocks in my stocking. I realize the standard is coal, but I grew up in the suburbs. You got what you got.

This proclamation — usually delivered a few weeks before Christmas — would stress me out. Would I get a rock? Did I do something bad? What’s considered bad? The uncertainty freaked me out.

Marketers often go into this holiday season feeling unfinished or uncertain. Many big projects are on hold — undecided — or won’t begin until the new year. That almost certainly means you go through the end of the year with a gnawing feeling: Shouldn’t you do or complete something on this project? 

Get over the not-no and not-yes rocks

I recently worked with a senior director of marketing at a large software company that’s relatively new to the world of content marketing. He needed to figure out the best way to roll out a new content-based approach to generating more engaged leads.

He spent the last few months of the year socializing the proposed changes throughout his company. But he didn’t get a no or a yes in any stakeholder meeting. The inevitable “but-what-about-this-problem?” got in the way.  

For example, he proposed a new business case for a modern content marketing platform to the vice president of brand marketing. She said it was “interesting” but wasn’t sure the whole organization understood content marketing.

Then, he talked to product marketing about optimizing their content for thought leadership. They appreciated the offer but didn’t think their amazing content needed further work.

Finally, he talked to the demand generation team leader and outlined how they might integrate the new thought leadership platform with the lead-generation technology. The manager said they’d need to wait until the new software gets an upgrade, which was due early in the year.

This marketing senior director’s confidence and presentation suffered. He wanted the gift of a definitive answer. He only got rocks — vague responses without a clear yes or no.

He tried to placate those rock givers, but that increased his frustration. His boss said his attitude came across as, “Don’t you get it?!” 

Then, he had a breakthrough. And it resulted in his receiving firm commitments from almost all the company’s stakeholders. He shared with me what he did, and it has become a core part of my processing when thinking about the uncertainty associated with larger change initiatives.

The senior director of marketing realized that his frustration wasn’t with the people who didn’t get it. He felt frustrated with his inability to share his vision.

He could see how his vision would benefit the stakeholders, but the stakeholders couldn’t. Therefore, all his ideas came across as asks instead of solutions. The stakeholders didn’t have an answer to all those asks, so they would always reply with, “Not no, but what about this problem?”

What did he do? He created a list of the uncertainty objections they gave him and those he could imagine them saying. He wrote down the positive futures that he could create. In other words, he wrote down the possibilities that would exist when all the rocks were gone.

This map helped him formulate new business cases. Each presentation still encountered plenty of rocks, but he delivered his vision in a way that addressed each of those frustrations. His pitch became personal. It enticed people.

Turn uncertainty rocks into good gifts

You deal with all kinds of uncertainty when you get answers that aren’t no and aren’t yes. It might arise from that new job you applied for, that client you pitched, or your 2024 budget requests.    

Those uncertainty rocks — the ones you bring and the ones you are given — are precious gifts when they give insight into other people’s frustrations. They encourage you to focus on the issue people can’t see or don’t know how to get around. They can help you deliver solutions that matter.

But they can also hang over you and get in the way of enjoying the time between busting those rocks.

Now, I don’t suggest you work over the holiday. I suggest if you’re in a situation where the new year already feels unsettled, consider these ideas:

1. Get them out of your head

Take 30 minutes to list your uncertainty rocks so you can stop mentally playing out or worrying about every scenario. Then, put them into two buckets — things under your control and things you can’t control.

For the first bucket, you can, like the marketing director did, plan or take actions to create positive futures. Focus on controlling the things that are under your control.

The second bucket includes things you can’t act on but can challenge the uncertainty. People often respond to uncertainty by trying to get reassuring opinions from others. This looks like repeatedly checking inboxes for approval and putting off any decision.

Here’s a better way: Challenge the uncertainty.

Ask, “What are the advantages of this being uncertain?” Write down and acknowledge the good things that could happen because things are uncertain. Waiting for that job offer? A better opportunity could arise before that one is complete. Worried about budget approval? Think about all the cool things you’ll plan if it’s approved.

2. Accept the uncertainty

Accepting the uncertainty can be difficult. It is for me. But give yourself permission to feel the uncertainty instead of pushing that discomfort away. Feel it. Acknowledge it. Then, accept it and move on. You’ve been responsible, but you don’t have to let it linger.

3. Focus on the present

Research from the University of London in 2016 found uncertainty can cause more stress than inevitable pain. Humans would rather be certain a bad thing will happen than uncertain whether something good or bad will happen.

You can change that. Avoid worrying or stressing about the future by focusing on the present. Be present with your family, your friends, your pets, and your community. If you can fully connect in the here and now, you can calm your mind and ease your stress.  

Balancing this strange time

You can spend time with your families and friends and celebrate the holidays of giving. But it’s also the time of year when you mentally and emotionally prepare to tackle the new year.

Isn’t it weird to do both of those things in such a short span? It’s the perfect environment to brew an emotional storm.

When you recognize you can’t avoid uncertainty, the challenge becomes accepting it. It’s only then you can be certain about all the things you’ll change in the future. 

It’s your story. Tell it well.

Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week. 

HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

After a fiscal of losses, Byju’s-owned Gradeup reports ₹15.2 crore profit in FY23

No Comments

Edtech major Byju’s-owned Gradeup, exam preparation start-up, reported a net profit of ₹15.2 crore in the financial year 2022-23 (FY23) against a net loss of ₹133 crore in the previous fiscal year.

The edtech start-up’s operating revenue was ₹154.1 crore in FY23, up from ₹49.1 crore in the previous fiscal, while the overall expenses reported during the year fell from ₹182.5 crore in FY22 to ₹139 crore in FY23.

The company generated revenue of ₹34.7 crore from education and related activities. At ₹119.3 crore, a majority of the edtech start-up’s revenue came from ‘business support services’ provided to Think & Learn Pvt Ltd, the parent of Byju’s. Revenue under this bucket was nil in FY22.

Also read: Common traits in FTX & Byju’s

The start-up’s employee benefit rose to ₹89.4 crore compared with to ₹75.4 crore in FY22. The other big cost for the start-up was advertising expenses, however, it declined to ₹19 crore from ₹53.2 crore in FY22.

In 2021, Byju’s acquired the edtech company and spent over $2 billion. As per reports, Byju’s had spent $40 million to $50 million for the acquisition of Gradeup from Times Internet. Post the acquisition of Gradeup, Byju’s rebranded it to Byju’s Exam Prep.

Edtech major Byju’s has filed its much delayed audited financial accounting for the year ended March 2022. It has reported 2.3 times growth in revenue to ₹3,569 crore from ₹1,552 crore in the previous year. The results are that of Byju’s core business operations and do not include its acquisitions.

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortisation-based loss of the core business was down from ₹2,406 crore to ₹2,253 crore in FY22, as per a statement from the company.

The margin had improved -63 per cent in FY22 from -155 per cent in FY21, the statement added.

Save $25 When You Spend $250 at GameStop for Even Cheaper Consoles and More

No Comments

In the market for a gaming upgrade? GameStop is offering you the chance to save an additional $25 when you spend $250 or more and collect in-store right now. The deal means that you can pick up a new console or a ton of games and save some cash, the only catch being you have to go collect your items in person. This deal is perfect for picking up that last-minute Christmas gift (while also grabbing a few things for yourself, no doubt).

This deal applies to items that are bought at your local GameStop, but the best way to do it is to buy online and opt to collect in-store. That way, you’ll still get the discount while making sure the store has everything you want in stock before you set off. 

This deal means that you can get your hands on some of the best consoles around while saving an additional $25. That includes the popular PlayStation 5 bundle that comes with Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 included, now just $475, while those who just want to get their hands on the console on its own can pay just $425 for the hardware.

Those who prefer to play their games on the go might want to look at the Nintendo Switch OLED bundle that also comes with three months of Nintendo Switch online and a code for Super Smash Bros. Ultimate included in the box. Right now, this deal means the entire bundle is available for just $325. But remember, this special offer works so long as you spend at least $250, so if you’re already set with your preferred console, you can simply stock up on games and get $25 off your order total, so long as your cart totals $250 or more.

More holiday shopping deals from CNET

9 ways to handle grief during the holidays, according to mental health experts

No Comments

Read this article for free!

Plus get unlimited access to thousands of articles, videos and more with your free account!

Please enter a valid email address.

By entering your email, you are agreeing to Fox News Terms of Service and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive. To access the content, check your email and follow the instructions provided.

The holidays are meant to be a time of togetherness and celebration. Yet for those who have recently experienced loss or trauma, the season can bring sadness instead.

“Holiday-related grief can be about many things, like the loss of a loved one or bad memories from the past,” Alysha Tagert, a trauma therapist in Washington, D.C., told Fox News Digital.

While grief recovery is “not a one-size-fits-all process,” there are ways to manage the moments that trigger extreme sadness, she said.

SELF-CARE INSIGHTS DURING HOLIDAYS THAT MAY HELP YOU HEAL, BE HAPPIER, ENJOY YOURSELF MORE

For those who are grappling with grief during the holidays, Tagert and other mental health experts shared tips for navigating the challenges. 

Here are nine to know about. 

Mental health experts shared tips for navigating grief during the holidays. (iStock)

1. Expect the unexpected

Grief is typically thought of as sadness in reaction to the loss of a person or thing, Tagert noted, but it can also include a range of other emotions that can catch people off guard.

“Grief consists of internal thoughts and feelings as well as external behaviors,” she said. “They aren’t experienced in a linear fashion, which is why grief can catch people by surprise.”

2. Know and communicate your needs

It’s important to identify your needs and honor them by communicating clearly with others, noted Christine Slomski, a licensed therapist in Mesa, Arizona.

HOW TO COPE WITH ‘COLLECTIVE GRIEF’ WHEN MASS TRAGEDY STRIKES

“This means letting friends and family know ahead of time how they can show up for you — from offering a hug to simply allowing you to have your space,” she said in an email to Fox News Digital.

3. Prepare for tough moments

“People who are grieving during the holiday season should prepare themselves for tough moments that are undoubtedly going to occur, especially as everyone else seems so happy,” said Tagert.

Sad woman at Christmas

While grief recovery is “not a one-size-fits-all process,” there are ways to manage the moments that trigger extreme sadness, experts say. (iStock)

For those times when conversations arise that may cause grief or other uncomfortable emotions, Slomski suggested having some courteous phrases on hand to provide a brief answer, then redirect the conversation.

4. Identify self-care routines

When you have a toolkit with ways to respond to emotional pain, you’re better equipped to manage it, according to Slomski. 

“If you use unhealthy behaviors to avoid feeling grief and pain, write out a list of healthy alternatives,” she suggested. 

HOME FOR THE HOLIDAYS? HERE’S HOW TO AVOID STRESS AROUND FAMILY MEMBERS, ACCORDING TO EXPERTS  

“Calling a friend to get coffee and talk can foster connection, going for a walk in the sun can release serotonin and clear the emotional cobwebs, and praying and meditating can calm your nervous system and recenter you,” Slomski added.

If you experience a rush of grief while you’re in a place where you can’t quickly slip away, she recommended taking a few deep breaths, holding a stone in your pocket or even chewing sugar-free gum to help relieve the stress.

5. Schedule time with a professional

“There are always known and unknown triggers when navigating grief — and that can be especially challenging around the holidays when everyone else seems full of cheer,” noted Maggie Rose Macar, a New York-based CEO and the founder of zant, a mental health app.

Man meditating winter

It’s important to have self-care routines on hand to help cope with holiday grief, such as meditation, according to experts. (iStock)

She recommended scheduling sessions with a professional ahead of time, whether it’s a therapist who’s already known or one who’s found through referrals or digital resources.

6. Surround yourself with friends and family if possible

To help ensure that you have a built-in support system, Macar suggested talking to those who are important to you to find out their holiday plans and make time to see them in advance. 

“Give yourself the gift of self-compassion, gentleness and the time to be with your feelings and needs this season.”

“Even when everything in you says to cancel and stay home, you must force yourself to get out,” she told Fox News Digital.

“It’s normal to feel a little ‘off’ or sad during the holidays — don’t be afraid to share this with your loved ones so they can better understand and support you during this time of year.”

7. Give back and do good for others

Giving back might seem counterintuitive when anticipating or feeling grief, but benevolent acts, said Macar, can release chemicals like serotonin to help you feel better.

Family

Spending time with family and friends can help relieve feelings of grief during the holidays, according to mental health experts. (iStock)

“It also shows you that there is good in the world — and seeing others smile because of your kindness can offer comfort when you need it most,” she said.

8. Consider joining an online or in-person support group

Joining a support group can be a little nerve-racking at first, but finding the right group can help you feel understood and comforted, suggested Macar. 

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

“Surrounding yourself in a confidential and safe space with others who may understand what you’re going through is like a breath of fresh air during troubling or difficult times,” she said.

9. Take your time

“Healing is a process, not a problem to be fixed or solved,” Slomski told Fox News Digital.

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

“Give yourself the gift of self-compassion, gentleness and the time to be with your feelings and needs this season.”

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

From Kareenas Pizza Love To Dhonis Melt-In-Mouth Cake: A Sneak Peek Into Celebs Foodie Moments In 2023

No Comments

Are you always curious about what your favourite celebrities are eating? If the answer is yes, this article will leave you hungry. While some celebrities share carousel posts filled with food, others stick to sharing what they eat only on special days. Cheat days, trips, shoot days, or birthdays – every occasion calls for enjoying delicious food. Get ready to take a trip down this food-filled memory lane. From the healthiest version of pizza to the most chocolatey treats from foreign trips, here are some foodie moments from the lives of Indian celebrities in 2023.

Here’s A Delicious Roundup of Celeb Foodie Adventures In 2023:

Kareena Kapoor

From looking at a plate of spaghetti with love to relishing a slice of pizza next to Saif, Kareena Kapoor shared several foodie moments on her Instagram this year. Here is one such colourful, food-filled moment in which she can be seen enjoying breakfast with her husband and sons.

Sidharth Malhotra

Sidharth Malhotra married the love of his life Kiara Advani this year, and since then, fans have gotten a sneak peek of his foodie side through Kiara’s Instagram posts and Stories. Here is a picture of Sidharth’s powerful oats breakfast in a Superman bowl.

Virat Kohli

Virat Kohli is a big foodie at heart but is also quite disciplined in his diet to stay fit and energetic in his game. On a trip to Barbados this year with Anushka Sharma, Kohli posted a picture in which the couple posed in front of the menu of a cafe. In the caption, he said it was “some of the best food we ever ate.”

Madhuri Dixit

This year, Madhuri Dixit ate a bowl of comforting Khichdi cooked by her son Arin and her husband Dr. Sriram Nene. Arin has been learning how to cook after going to the US to study. Madhuri especially loved the flavour of the ghee in the dish. “Your friends are going to be so happy,” the proud mother said in the video.

Also Read: Year Ender 2023: The 10 Best Restaurants In Mumbai That Opened In 2023

MS Dhoni

MS Dhoni’s most adorable food moment this year has got to be his birthday. He shared a clip on his Instagram handle, in which he can be seen cutting the cake and feeding it to his dogs, along with eating it.

Shilpa Shetty

If you follow Shilpa Shetty on Instagram, you’ll find two dominant things on her feed — yoga videos and Sunday binge eating. Shilpa has a big sweet tooth and is not shy about gorging on sweets. Here is a fun video of the actor relishing Mysore Pak.

Malaika Arora

Malaika loves eating home-cooked food, especially with her family. From brunches to dinners, the actor keeps sharing glimpses of her meals on Instagram. Here is her Onam moment this year when she enjoyed a traditional meal prepared by her mom.

Sachin Tendulkar

Just like former Captain Dhoni, legendary cricketer Sachin Tendulkar’s adorable food moment this year is also from his birthday. He marked his birthday in a village, cooking on a mud chulha with his wife and daughter.

Bhumi Pednekar

From pizza to desserts, Bhumi loves eating decadent foods, especially when she is travelling. On her trip to Melbourne this year, the actor enjoyed delicious open toasts and melt-in-mouth choco-lava cake with ice cream.

Also Read: 2023: The Year That Was! 10 New Restaurants That Opened In Delhi-NCR And Stayed In Our Hearts

Hrithik Roshan

Hrithik Roshan loves fried foods like samosas but eats clean to stay in shape. This year, he tried a no-carb pizza. “Crust made from egg whites, sun-dried pesto on the base, smoked salmon with onions on top,” he described the healthy pizza.

Latest and Breaking News on NDTV

We are excited to see what foods and dishes these celebrities will explore next year.

China, New Zealand pledge continuous development of bilateral ties

No Comments

Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi on Tuesday held a phone conversation with New Zealand’s Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Winston Peters, and the two sides pledged to promote the continuous development of bilateral relations.

Although the international situation is undergoing complex and profound changes, the importance of China-New Zealand relations remains unchanged, Wang said, adding that the economic complementarity between the two countries and China’s positive attitude and policies in developing bilateral relations remain unchanged.

China is willing to maintain close high-level exchanges with New Zealand and promote bilateral relations to achieve new development at a new starting point, said Wang, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee.

Noting that China-New Zealand cooperation has huge potential and that the protocol on upgrading the free trade agreement between China and New Zealand took effect last year, he urged both sides to start negotiations on the negative lists of trade in services as early as possible to promote the continuous upgrading of economic and trade cooperation.

Wang called on the two sides to adhere to mutual respect and understanding and properly handle differences.

China is willing to enhance multilateral coordination with New Zealand and jointly safeguard the international system with the United Nations at its core, the international order based on international law, and the purposes and principles of the UN Charter, Wang said.

Peters said New Zealand is willing to work with China to push for the continuous development of bilateral relations to maintain and promote the common interests of both countries.

New Zealand looks forward to enhancing cooperation with China in areas such as trade, tourism and climate change, he said, expressing his hope that China will make greater contributions to regional and world peace and stability.

The two sides also exchanged views on international issues such as the Palestinian-Israeli conflict and the Ukraine crisis.

(Cover via CFP)

Christmas Carolers Sing to Cows at This New York Farm

No Comments

About 200 carolers had just begun the second verse of the classic Christmas song “The Friendly Beasts” when a little girl let out a squeal of delight. About 20 feet below the balcony, on the floor of the large domed barn, two of the half-dozen dairy cows were butting heads. As the grazing heifers lifted their horns, their playful roughhousing seemed like a display of holiday cheer.

On Saturday, the Churchtown Dairy in Claverack, N.Y., once again hosted a Yuletide tradition: caroling to the herd of 28 cattle that call the cathedral-like barn their winter home. What began a decade ago as a way for the farm’s staff and their families to celebrate the herd has since grown to an annual tradition that brings locals and out-of-towners to the farm’s 250-acre property each December.

This year, preregistration for the two caroling events filled up within hours of going online. Farm staff fielded phone calls from frustrated would-be carolers, some of whom blamed an Instagram post advertising the event for its rise in popularity.

“We’re considering adding a third night next year to accommodate all the interest,” said Grace Pullin, Churchtown’s director of partnerships and programs.

There were more than a few repeat carolers at Saturday’s event. Ashlyn St. Ours, 33, who attended her first caroling last year, called it a “beloved tradition.” This year, it even got a shout-out in her annual Christmas letter.

Another attendee, Sharon Mclees, 64, has attended for six years. Growing up around cows, Ms. Mclees said she felt comforted by the tranquillity at Churchtown. “I love the farm atmosphere,” she said. “It’s just so back to nature.”

Churchtown Dairy was founded in 2012 by Abby Aldrich Rockefeller, the granddaughter of the business magnate John D. Rockefeller, but the property has been under her family’s purview for decades. Her mother, Peggy Rockefeller, purchased the land as part of a larger acquisition of over 2,700 acres by the American Farmland Trust, an agricultural nonprofit Peggy started in 1980.

The younger Ms. Rockefeller partnered with the architect Rick Anderson to design the farm, traveling the country visiting barns for inspiration. For her, the dome is a sign of a healthy, biodynamic farm. At the event on Saturday, Mr. Anderson explained that its shape served a more practical purpose: “Cows hate corners.”

The dairy is not unique in its caroling tradition; just a few miles up the Taconic State Parkway, Hawthorne Valley Farms has been singing to its herd in a smaller event on Christmas Eve for the past 40 years. Staff members at Churchtown each had a different theory on the origins of the practice. Ms. Pullin suggested it might have been inspired by the work of the German esoteric philosopher and biodynamic farming pioneer Rudolph Steiner, who claimed that cow horns had “astral-ethereal formative powers.” Eric Vinson, a herd manager on the farm, referenced the old European myth that animals are able to communicate with humans at Christmastime. In more contemporary contexts, scientists at the University of Leicester found that cows produced more milk when played songs with less than 100 beats per minute. (R.E.M.’s “Everybody Hurts” seemed to go over especially well.)

By that logic, carols, with their measured pace, could be conducive to a happy herd.

For those who managed to snag a spot in the barn’s rafters, the evening was a celebration of cows: their majestic moos, their picturesque habitat and their unpasteurized milk, which Churchtown sells for $6 per half-gallon, plus a $2 bottle deposit fee.

The legal status of unpasteurized, or raw, milk varies from state to state; in New York, farms can sell raw milk directly to consumers. Health experts cite the risk of food-borne illnesses from pathogens like salmonella, listeria, campylobacter and E. coli, which would typically be removed in the process of heating, or pasteurizing, the milk.

While giving a tour of the farm hours before caroling, Mr. Vinson described the precautions taken at Churchtown Dairy, including regular testing and treating the cows’ udders with an iodine solution. He also extolled the milk’s purported benefits: “Raw milk is a living probiotic food. It still has the good bacteria that helps inoculate your gut and strengthen your gut biome.”

Enthusiasts will even cross state lines for the good stuff: Two carolers that evening, Nora O’Rourke, 54, and Michael Leone, 61, drove from their home in Rockaway Township, N.J., where raw milk is illegal, to Warwick, N.Y., for unpasteurized dairy.

Not everyone at the caroling event came for the milk, though: Michael O’Gara, 70, a member of the Hudson Community Choir, lamented that he couldn’t tolerate it as well as he used to. Instead, he and his wife, Bonnie, 72, along with other members of the choir, were there to lead the group in song.

Carolers, armed with illustrated songbooks, began with Christmas classics — “The First Noel,” “Silent Night,” “Joy to the World,” — before Ms. Pullin opened the floor to requests. There were shouts of “Free Bird” but the crowd eventually settled on “Feliz Navidad” as the final number of the night.

The cows wagged their tails in appreciation — or maybe they were swatting away loose hay — and for a moment, the myth seemed to come alive: Animals and humans communicating for the holiday.

Merck’s 21-Valent Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine Granted FDA Priority Review

No Comments

Merck’s Biologics License Application for V116, a novel 21-valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine has been given a Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) date of June 17, 2024.

The FDA has granted priority review to Merck’s Biologics License Application (BLA) for V116, a novel 21-valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine developed as a single dose for the prevention of invasive pneumococcal disease and pneumococcal pneumonia in adults. The BLA has been given a Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) date of June 17, 2024.1

“Invasive pneumococcal disease poses a greater risk to older adults or those with weakened immune systems, in part due to disease-causing serotypes not covered by currently licensed pneumococcal conjugate vaccines,” Eliav Barr, MD, senior vice president, head of global clinical development and chief medical officer, Merck Research Laboratories, said in a press release. “If approved, V116 would be the first pneumococcal conjugate vaccine specifically designed to address the serotypes that cause most adult invasive pneumococcal disease. We look forward to discussing the data that support our filing with the FDA and are working with urgency to bring this potential new preventative measure to adult patients.”1

There are more than 100 different serotypes of pneumococcal bacteria that may affect adults differently than children.1 Those with a greater risk of infection include older adults and patients with certain chronic or immunocompromising health conditions, such as heart disease, lung disease, and liver disease. Mortality from invasive pneumococcal disease is highest among those aged 50 years and older.1

V116 includes eight serotypes that are not currently approved by pneumococcal vaccines, including 15A, 15C, 16F, 23A, 23B, 24F, 31, and 35B. Those serotypes were responsible for approximately 30% of invasive pneumococcal disease in those aged 65 years and older. Pre-pandemic 2019 data from the CDC indicate that the 21 serotypes covered by the V116 vaccine are responsible for 85% of invasive pneumococcal disease in adults 65 years of age and older.

The FDA based its priority review status for V116, in part, on data from the pivotal Phase III STRIDE-3 trial. The study analyzed the immunogenicity, tolerability, and safety of V116 compared to PCV20 (pneumococcal 20-valent conjugate vaccine) in adults who have yet to receive pneumococcal immunization.

The randomized, double-blind, active comparator-controlled study was designed to analyze the safety, tolerability, and immunogenicity of V116 vs. PCV20 for individuals 18 years of age and older. Participants were administered a single dose of either vaccine.

The trial’s primary endpoints included safety, serotype-specific opsonophagocytic activity geometric (OPG) mean titers at 30 days post vaccination, and percentage of patients greater than or equal to a 4-fold increase from baseline for serotype-specific OPG. The trial evaluated cohorts of patients aged 50 to 64 years and those aged 18 to 49 years.

In adults aged 50 years or older, V116 showed a non-inferior immune response compared to the PCV20 for all 10 common serotypes.2 The study showed that the immune responses produced by V116 were superior for 10 of 11 serotypes included in V116 but not included in PCV20, measured by OPA GMTs at 30 days, as well as the proportion of patients showing greater than or equal to a four-fold increase in OPA from day one to day 30. For those aged 18 to 49 years, V116 produced a non-inferior immune response compared to those aged 50 to 64 years.

In terms of safety, 61.7% of those administered V116 and 67.2% of those administered PCV20 reported at least one adverse event (AE). There were no serious vaccine-related AEs or vaccine-related deaths in the study.2

References

1. FDA Grants Priority Review to Merck’s New Biologics License Application for V116, an Investigational, 21-valent Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine Specifically Designed to Protect Adults. Merck. News release. December 19, 2023. Accessed December 19, 2023. https://www.merck.com/news/fda-grants-priority-review-to-mercks-new-biologics-license-application-for-v116-an-investigational-21-valent-pneumococcal-conjugate-vaccine-specifically-designed-to-protect-adults/

2. Merck announces V116, an investigational, 21-valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine specifically designed for adults, met key immunogenicity and safety endpoints in two phase 3 trials. Merck. News release. July 27, 2023. Accessed December 19, 2023. https://www.merck.com/news/merck-announces-v116-an-investigational-21-valent-pneumococcal-conjugate-vaccine-specifically-designed-for-adults-met-key-immunogenicity-and-safety-endpoints-in-two-phase-3-trials/

Tube Feeding for Cats: Success, Safety, & When to Do It

No Comments

There is nothing more frustrating, and worrisome, than a sick cat who won’t eat. Cats may refuse to eat for many reasons. They may be bored with the same old food, or they may be stressed about something. Most often, though, inappetence and anorexia will be caused by an illness, either because the cat feels nauseated or can’t smell her food. A cat who doesn’t eat for more than 48 hours is at risk for developing hepatic lipidosis, also known as fatty liver disease, which can be fatal if left untreated.

Force-feeding rarely works

It used to be that force-feeding or syringe feeding was an acceptable method to try to get nutrition into these cats, but, as anyone who has ever tried to force feed a cat knows, it can be a miserable process for both cat and guardian. The volume of food needed requires multiple feedings of multiple syringes, and it is extremely challenging to meet the nutritional and hydration needs of a cat in this way. In addition, sick cats frequently need multiple medications.

All of this makes syringe feeding a struggle, which leads to stressed cats and stressed humans. This is not only detrimental to the cat’s healing process, it can also damage the bond between cat and human to the point where the cat will run every time she sees her human coming. As a result, many cat guardians give up on cats who won’t eat and elect euthanasia.

“Feeding tubes shorten hospital stays, reduce the stress of administering medications, and ensure that nutrition, one of the most important aspects of healing, happens safely and effectively,” says Dr. Elizabeth Colleran, a feline veterinarian and owner of two cat hospitals. “They can aid in recovery from any illness that involves multiple medications, significant oral pain or any other condition that would cause a cat not to want to eat.”

Don’t be afraid of feeding tubes

Most guardians will balk at the idea of a feeding tube. “I would never put my cat through that” is a frequent reaction. In human medicine, the idea of a feeding tube has end-of-life connotations. Nothing could be further from the truth in feline medicine.

What is a feeding tube?

There are two types of feeding tubes, pharyngostomy (P) tubes and esophagostomy (E) tubes. Both are inserted through the side of the neck and into the esophagus. The body then easily passes the tube down into the stomach. The other end of the tube will come out of the side of the cat’s neck and is held in place with a bandage, or even a stylish KittyKollar. The procedures requires sedation, but takes less than 10 minutes. Removal requires no sedation.

Using a feeding tube

Food is given via a syringe that attaches to the end of the feeding tube. Your veterinarian will guide you as to what kind of food, how much and how frequently to feed your cat. Food will need to be run through a good quality blender. The tube will need to be flushed with water after each feeding, and the area around the end of the tube that sticks out of your cat’s neck needs to be kept clean.

The real beauty of having a feeding tube in place is that you can also administer medications through the tube, rather than having to struggle to get your cat to take them.

Cats can eat on their own with a feeding tube in place. Once a cat eats enough on her own, removal of the tube can be considered, unless a guardian elects to keep the tube in place to facilitate delivery of medications.

A cat guardian’s experience with a feeding tube

Dr. Kristopher Chandroo, a veterinarian and owner of The 100x Vet in Ottawa, Canada, shared the experience of one of his clients with a E-tube in his comprehensive article, What to Do When They Won’t Eat at All: Pina and the E-Tube. Pina’s guardians share what worked and what didn’t work for them.

There is no question that feeding tubes can improve the quality of life for sick cats. If you’re faced with a sick cat who won’t eat, discuss feeding tubes with your veterinarian. It may just save your cat’s life.

Additional resources: Dr. Lisa Pierson has a comprehensive article about feeding tubes on her website, catinfo.org.

Has your cat had a feeding tube? What was your experience? Would you consider a feeding tube for your cat?


Featured Image Credit: frantic00, Shutterstock

India’s office sector anticipates 20–22% y-o-y growth in 2024: report

No Comments

The office sector anticipates strong 20–22 per cent year-on-year (y-o-y) growth in 2024, according to the JLL report.

In 2023, net absorption in the office market is expected to be on par with 2022, closing at 37–39 million sq ft. With leasing activity expected to further pick up pace in the last quarter of 2023, the year is expected to surpass the 2017–2019 average.

Further, the office markets’ performance is a testament to the strong fundamentals of demand and the absence of any lasting effects of the global headwinds. In 2024, net absorption is further expected to increase by 20–22 per cent to touch 45-47 mn sq ft. 

Despite a 23.9 per cent year-on-year decrease in supply during the first nine months of 2023, it is anticipated to strengthen and reach approximately 47-49 mn sq ft by the end of the year.

In line with the net absorption, the supply in 2023 will be higher than the 2017-2019 pre-pandemic average. In 2024, it is expected to increase by 22-23 per cent y-o-y to reach 58-60 mn sq ft. It is seen that there is a trend of flight to quality creating demand polarization towards buildings owned by institutional owners and established developers. 

Top seven markets

“The office space in India’s top seven markets is expected to increase to over 800 mn sq ft by the fourth quarter of 2023, up from the current 792.8 mn sq ft as of September 2023. The increasing importance of sustainability is reflected in the increase in green-certified buildings in the last few years. Green-certified buildings share in Grade A office stock went up from 39 per cent in 2020 to 53 per cent in 2023,” said Rahul Arora, Head, Office Leasing Advisory and Retail Services, India, JLL. 

Meanwhile, vacancies are expected to remain within the 16–17 per cent range by the end of the year. With a strong supply pipeline of 55–60 million square feet lined up in 2024, vacancies are likely to remain sticky at 16–17 per cent on the back of strong demand. Core markets, however, will continue to see single-digit vacancy levels.  

In 9 months 2023, there is a slight decline in space take-up by tech firms, but it is still likely to account for the biggest share in gross leasing by the end of the year. Other segments, such as manufacturing/industrial, BFSI, and consulting, increased their participation in leasing activity by establishing Global Capability Centres (GCCs). Notably, GCCs have a 54 per cent share of active office space requirements in the top seven cities of India. 

“In the year 2023, so far, India’s office market has stayed truly on course to see remarkable performance as net absorption is expected to exceed the three-year pre-pandemic average. We are likely to see net absorption of around 37-39 mn sq ft which is further expected to go up by 20-22 per cent y-o-y to reach 45-47 mn sq ft in 2024,” said,Dr Samantak Das, Chief Economist and Head of Research and REIS, India, JLL.  

With sustained demand for flexible and managed enterprise services, flex leasing in 2023 is expected to surpass the previous peak achieved in 2022 to close at 145,000 seats. the first 9 months, of 2023 already accounts for 80 per cent of the total seats leased in the full year 2022.

In 2024, around 150,000 seats are expected to be leased by the flex segment. There is sustained demand for flex as an essential element of occupier strategies, which now assimilate both conventional and on-demand flex spaces for portfolio optimization and a better employee experience. 

The Not-To-Do List that will Change your Dating Life

No Comments

Think about this for a moment: What if, when it comes to dating, what you don’t do matters more than anything else?

Let’s say you want to get into shape and adopt a healthier lifestyle.

To achieve this you not only need to workout regularly (To-do List), you also need to cut junk food off your diet (Not-to-do List).

Now apply the same principle to dating. 

To find your ideal partner you need to not only have clarity on what you are looking for in a relationship (To-Do List)  but also cut off toxic patterns that are stopping you from finding real love (Not-To-Do List).

Here are three “Not-To-Do” Rules that will change the way you date and remove the blockers stopping you from creating healthy love.

  1. Do not make your dating life a soap opera for your friends

“ You involve 4378 people and their neighbors into your private life, then wonder why things go wrong” – Samy Dindane 

Remember the time you went on your first real date in 11th grade and it became national news in your friends’ circle?

We all fondly reminisce on the endless hours spent on  “Oooo..Tell me everything” that was followed by a minute second-by-second dissection of your date.

That’s cute. 

For a 16-year-old.

But you are not 16 anymore – so why are you still letting your friends use your dating stories as entertainment?

We all have coupled friends in our lives who want to know everything that’s going on in our dating life so that they can project, air their opinions, and judge your potential partners and choices. 

They might even get a rise out of feeling superior that they ‘know better’ just because they’re married. But what might have worked for them, doesn’t necessarily translate for you.

Your life is not a soap opera so stop broadcasting it to people who can use it for gossip and entertainment.

This doesn’t mean you can’t ever share or seek advice. Just be conscious of when you leak energy and are setting yourself up to be the butt of the joke.
Keep strong boundaries and only share with people you trust.

  1. Do not have a “No Mentality”

I have coached hundreds of singles who emphasize that they are ready for a real relationship – but their actions speak otherwise.

These are the people who go on a lot of first dates but keep focusing on the imperfections of the person in front of them.

They are the ones who say they want a relationship but turn down setups from friends, people outside their ‘type’ and anyone who doesn’t fit into their romanticized idea of “The One”

But here’s the hard truth: “You had me at hello” doesn’t exist in real life, especially when it comes to relationships. It’s magical thinking, and it’s been distorting your reality since Cinderella to Love Actually to Bridgerton.

Making a checklist of the superficial qualities (ahem, height, money, profession, etc)  stems from a place of ego, and when you decide to vehemently stick to this dating list – you’re passing judgment on potential mates before taking the time to get to know them.

While you shouldn’t compromise your standards on being treated with respect, mutuality, and kindness, you need to definitely cast aside what’s called ‘present bias’. This refers to the tendency to optimize for qualities that matter in the short term, but actually don’t matter in the longer term.

The first step to shifting from a ‘no mentality’ is to say ‘yes’ to dates with people who are outside your typical type. It prevents you from prematurely judging and discarding people who could actually be a good fit!

 And it opens up the possibility for you to connect with someone based on their character and how well they treat you.

3. Do not expect that love will just fall into your lap

This one is for the die-hard romantic in all of us. Yes, you want the epic meet cute, but waiting for love to spontaneously strike is not an empowered approach to love. It’s a passive, wait for it to happen to me approach (if you can call it an approach at all).

It sounds simple, but the more people you’re exposed to, the more opportunities you have to access potential partners. You want to make sure you diversify the ways you meet people too.

Against dating apps? Did you know that 20% of current, committed relationships began online? 

Only use dating apps? Time to diversify. According to Bustle, approximately 39% of people meet their significant other through friends.

Ask friends to connect you to new people, say yes to invitations, sign up for dance classes or a workshop to learn a new hobby, go to a cafe by yourself and strike up a convo with a stranger…. Chances are you have not exhausted different avenues of meeting people.

Want to learn how to create a healthy relationship?

Join my Dating Mastery program where I’ll mentor you to create healthy love.

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

Ovi parfemi donose samopouzdanje. Evo o čemu je riječ

No Comments

Sadržaj nastao u suradnji s: Aurora kozmetika

SVATKO od nas ima barem jednu osobu u životu koja je u potpunosti opsjednuta sportom. Prepoznat ćete je po tome što se najčešće budi u šest i prije jutarnjeg treninga brže-bolje provjerava rezultate NBA utakmica na mobitelu. Aplikaciju My Fitness Pal koristi kako bi bila sigurna da unosi dovoljne količine proteina, a kada vikende ne provodi osvajajući planinske vrhove, opušta se uz skijanje na TV-u. Čini vam se kao da već ima i sve sportske gadgete – omiljeni dres, tri para tenisica za trčanje, reusable bočicu za vodu i pametni sat, zbog čega se svake godine suočavate s istom dilemom: što joj pokloniti za Božić a da se uklapa u njezin lifestyle? 

Ako je vaš jedini dodir sa sportom u posljednje vrijeme bio dokumentarac o Davidu Beckhamu na Netflixu (i hot girl walk trend na TikToku), vjerojatno vam je još teže smisliti savršen poklon. Stoga kako svoje prijatelje zaluđene sportom i ove godine ne biste iznenadili paketom sportskih čarapa, imamo za vas jedan prijedlog koji će vam možda zvučati neobično, ali – zašto im ove godine ne biste poklonili parfem?

Iako je naizgled riječ o kontradiktornoj kombinaciji, povezanost između sporta i parfema veća je nego što mislite.

Isprepletenost sporta i parfema

Nije tajna da mirisi utječu na naše raspoloženje – ne posežemo bez veze za osvježivačem daha prije odlaska na spoj ili za mirisnom svijećom kada znamo da nam dolaze gosti, ali jeste li znali da je dokazano da specifični mirisi i arome mogu utjecati i na našu fizičku izvedbu? Naime, jedno je istraživanje pokazalo i da sportaši izloženi mirisu peperminta postižu bolje rezultate u fizički zahtjevnijim zadacima kao što su trčanje i izvođenje sklekova.

No moć mirisa seže dalje od peperminta – njuh je jedino u potpunosti razvijeno osjetilo fetusa, a zbog blizine dijelu mozga koji upravlja sjećanjima mirisati često znači i putovati kroz vrijeme. Oni koji poznaju svoj nos znaju da mirisima mogu manipulirati s ciljem unapređenja kvalitete života. Svjesnim korištenjem mirisa, poput onih koji nas podsjećaju na djetinjstvo ili na voljenu osobu, moguće je popraviti si raspoloženje, zbog čega su stručnjaci za vrijeme lockdowna redovito ljudima preporučivali nošenje omiljenih parfema kod kuće.

Samopouzdanje u bočici

Sve to znaju i vrlo pametno koriste i slavni sportaši, poput venezuelskog igrača bejzbola Salvadora Peréza, koji se jedno vrijeme prije utakmica špricao samo ženskim parfemima jer je bio uvjeren da mu upravo oni donose sreću. Emocije i vjerovanja koja pridajemo određenim mirisima mogu nam pomoći da se bolje nosimo sa životnim izazovima. A iako teški mirisi u kombinaciji sa znojem u teretani mogu postići i kontraefekt, koja kap omiljene toaletne ili kolonjske vode može učiniti čuda za naše samopouzdanje na benchu.

Sportski način života ne odnosi se samo na trčanje (polu)maratona i dizanje utega u teretani. Biti sportski tip znači neprestano pomicati granice, kako fizičke, tako i one mentalne, razmišljati optimistično i uvijek davati sve od sebe. Zbog toga sportaši i oni naklonjeniji avanturističkom stilu života prirodno gravitiraju prema parfemima koji energiziraju.

Riječ je o prozračnim mirisima koji u nama izazivaju osjećaj “kao da smo upravo izašli iz tuša”. Note koje prevladavaju u tzv. sportskim parfemima (neki ih nazivaju i clean parfemima) uglavnom su citrusne i voćne, što je posve logično ako u obzir uzmemo činjenicu da se citrusi u aromaterapiji redovito koriste za ublažavanje stresa i podizanje raspoloženja.

Mirisati po prestižu i teniskim lopticama

To su sve samo neki od razloga zbog kojih mislimo da biste ove godine ljubitelje sporta trebali iznenaditi bočicom sportskog parfema. U dm-u je odnedavno dostupna cijela ekskluzivna kolekcija HEAD mirisa, koji pomno odabranom kombinacijom mirisnih nota izazivaju osjećaj sličan tzv. runner’s highu, koji korisnicima pruža zdravu dozu samopouzdanja, potrebnu za suočavanje sa svim fizičkim izazovima. 

Naši su favoriti toaletna voda HEAD Attitude (10,90 € / 82,13 kn) koja se otvara blistavim akordima grejpa i bergamota, a miriše, baš kako joj i samo ime kaže, po stavu osobe koja neprestano testira granice vlastite izdržljivosti. Riječ je o mirisu koji odiše svježinom, zbog čega ga možete nanijeti na kožu i prije odlaska na trening.

Odvažnim i otmjenim ženama poklonite HEAD Elite (10,90 € / 82,13 kn) koji konotira upravo onu profinjenost kakva se može pronaći i na teniskim terenima, i to pomoću voćnih nota breskve i maline, delikatno obavijene sandalovinom i akordima ruže. Tenis je sport koji se veže uz prestiž i luksuz, zbog čega se na tribinama najpoznatijih svjetskih turnira često mogu vidjeti i brojna slavna lica poput Matthewa McConaugheya i Kylie Jenner.

Od revolucionarne skije do pobjede na Wimbledonu

Ako skijate ili strastveno pratite tenis, tada ste sigurno već čuli za Head. Naime, riječ je o poznatom svjetskom proizvođaču sportske opreme, koji još od 1960-ih svojim inovativnim rješenjima nastoji revolucionarizirati svijet sporta. 

Sve je počelo s osnivačem i inženjerom Howardom Headom, koji je za svoje skijaške neuspjehe okrivio loš dizajn skija. No umjesto da stane na tome, za 250 $ kupio je tračnu pilu i posvetio se unapređenju tradicionalne skijaške opreme, čiji je rezultat 1947. bila nova skija pomoću koje su se brojni skijaši ubrzo domogli i svojih prvih olimpijskih medalja.

Od nove skije sve do teniskog reketa, kojim je (fun fact) Novak Đoković 2012. osvojio Australian Open, Head već desetljećima dizajnira sportsku opremu i proizvode s ciljem pomicanja granica u sportu pa možete biti sigurni da svojim prijateljima ove godine za Božić poklanjate uistinu vrhunski proizvod. Zapamtite – pokloniti Head miris znači darovati im samopouzdanje u bočici. 

Sponzorirani sadržaj donosi Index i Aurora kozmetika u skladu s najvišim profesionalnim standardima.

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

Anthony Davis can’t pull Lakers out of post-tournament funk

No Comments

The Lakers’ NBA in-season tournament championship banner was lowered to some applause from the fans inside Crypto.com Arena and mostly indifference from the players who won it.

They stood and looked at the NBA Cup as it was placed at center court during a pregame ceremony Monday night, their eyes moving in every direction ahead of their matchup with the New York Knicks.

New York Knicks forward Julius Randle is fouled by Lakers forward Jarred Vanderbilt during the first half.

(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)

It’s obvious that the Lakers are about winning NBA championships, about adding to the 17 they already have, about that remaining their primary motivation.

But the Lakers did defeat the Indiana Pacers to win the inaugural NBA in-season tournament.

“I think it’s awesome,” LeBron James said. “To be able to acknowledge wins throughout the course of a marathon, I think that’s pretty cool. That’s the first, the inauguration of it. We were able to win it. So for our fans that didn’t get an opportunity to be in Vegas, they got an opportunity to kind of share that celebration with us tonight, share that moment, something that will live on forever for sure here. So, it was a good moment.”

But it’s also a hard truth that the Lakers haven’t replicated the passion, energy and intensity they had during the tournament.

They were stymied by the Knicks, losing 114-109 in a game that left the Lakers 1-3 since winning in Las Vegas on Dec. 9.

James registered a triple-double with 25 points, 11 assists and 10 rebounds, but he was just 10 for 23 from the field and two for eight from three-point range.

Anthony Davis led the Lakers with 32 points and 14 rebounds.

But with Jalen Brunson dropping 29 points and Julius Randle 27, the Lakers couldn’t rally after being out-rebounded 52-40.

The Lakers' NBA Cup championship banner was revealed in a pregame ceremony Monday night at Crypto.com Arena.

The Lakers’ NBA Cup championship banner was revealed in a pregame ceremony Monday night at Crypto.com Arena.

(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)

The tough stretch for the Lakers “could be a little bit of everything,” James said.

“I don’t know,” he said. “Have you seen Indiana’s record since Vegas?”

The Pacers are 1-4 since playing in Las Vegas, including a 151-127 beating they took from the Clippers on Monday.

Similar to their last three games, the Lakers started slow against the Knicks, going down 12 points in the second quarter.

But then Davis took over, attacking the Knicks to score nine of his 13 first-half points in the second quarter, his last two coming with 0.1 seconds left to give the Lakers a 58-57 lead at halftime. He also had 10 first-half rebounds.

Lakers star LeBron James scores during the first quarter against the Knicks.

Lakers star LeBron James scores during the first quarter against the Knicks. (Allen J. Schaben/Los Angeles Times)

Lakers forward Jaxson Hayes dunks during the first half.

Lakers forward Jaxson Hayes dunks during the first half. (Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)

When the third quarter started, the Lakers went back to playing sluggishly. They went down 90-80 to end the third and never recovered.

“Yeah. The championship hangover. I don’t think that it’s one of those,” Davis said. “I mean, we go in and have a battle against Dallas. Win against San Antonio. And then obviously let one slip away again against them. And then a fight tonight. I don’t think it’s one of those things where we’re hungover from the in-season tournament.”

The Lakers are heading back on the road, playing Chicago on Wednesday night, with games against Minnesota on Thursday and Oklahoma City on Saturday. It is their job, Lakers coach Darvin Ham said, to stay focused on what’s ahead.

“So, we just, we got to push through this time,” Ham said. “We got to push through this time. And it’s normally like that in December and January. So, we’ll be fine. We’ll be fine. We’ll watch it on film as we prepare to also get ready for this three-game trip.”

Apple to stop selling Watch Series 9, Ultra 2 in US over patent dispute

No Comments

Apple will stop selling its Watch Series 9 and Ultra 2 smartwatches in the US this week over a patent dispute. Both the newly-launched Apple Watches will no longer be available to purchase online from December 21, reports 9to5Mac. In-store inventory will no longer be available at retail stores after December 24. The move came after a recent ruling by the International Trade Commission (ITC), as part of a long-running patent dispute between Apple and medical technology company Masimo around the Watch’s blood oxygen sensor (SpO2 sensor) technology. The company said it’s to preemptively comply with an ITC import ban following the patent dispute.

The ITC announced its ruling in October, upholding a judge’s decision from January. The ITC ban also only impacts sales of the Series 9 and Ultra 2 within the US — the watches will still be available for sale abroad. Masimo is known for its pulse oximeter.

The company filed two separate cases, claiming that Apple infringed on its pulse oximetry technology. In a statement, an Apple spokesperson said that it “strongly disagrees” with the order and is “pursuing a range of legal and technical options to ensure that Apple Watch is available to customers.”

The ITC import ban ruling is currently undergoing a presidential review period, and President Joe Biden will have the opportunity to veto the ban. “Should the order stand, Apple will continue to take all measures to return Apple Watch Series 9 and Apple Watch Ultra 2 to customers in the US as soon as possible,” the Apple spokesperson added. Apple is also working on software changes to how the Watch measures and reports oxygen saturation.

10 best trolley bags: Check out top options that can make travel smooth | Travel

No Comments

Trolley bags have become an indispensable asset for travelers owing to their convenience and functionality. These bags are designed with built-in wheels and retractable handles, offering effortless mobility in airports, train stations, or any travel setting. Their usefulness stems from the ease they provide in navigating through crowded areas, eliminating the need to carry heavy luggage on your shoulders or in your hands. With various sizes and designs available, they cater to diverse travel needs, from compact carry-ons for short trips to larger ones for extended stays, ensuring travelers can choose according to their requirements.

10 best trolley bags: Convenience and style are assured if you opt for these trolley bags.

The versatility of trolley bags is evident in their organization capabilities. Many models come with multiple compartments and pockets, allowing travelers to neatly segregate their belongings. This organization is particularly advantageous for frequent flyers or those with meticulous packing habits, enabling easy access to essentials like passports, gadgets, or toiletries without rummaging through the entire luggage. Additionally, some trolley bags offer expandable compartments, accommodating extra items acquired during the trip, ensuring flexibility and adaptability to changing packing needs.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Another notable advantage of trolley bags is their durability and stability. High-quality materials and robust construction contribute to their resilience against wear and tear, safeguarding belongings throughout journeys. Moreover, the wheels and handles are designed for smooth movement, reducing strain on the traveler and eliminating the risk of back or shoulder discomfort. Whether navigating bustling airports or navigating uneven terrains, the sturdy build of trolley bags ensures stability, enhancing the overall travel experience.

In essence, trolley bags have revolutionized travel by merging practicality, organization, and durability. Their seamless mobility, efficient organization, and reliable build make them an invaluable companion for globetrotters, offering not just convenience but also peace of mind during their travels, allowing individuals to focus on their journey rather than fretting over luggage logistics.

We have curated a list of 10 trolley bags from Amazon. Check it out and add some to your cart.

1) Aristocrat Airpro 76 cms Large Check-in Polypropylene Hardsided 8 Wheels Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag- Coral Teal Blue

The Aristocrat Airpro 76 cms Large Check-in Polypropylene Hardsided Trolley Bag in Coral Teal Blue combines durability and functionality for travel convenience. Crafted from robust polypropylene, it ensures protection for belongings. Featuring a spacious check-in size, it accommodates ample luggage. The standout feature lies in its 8 multi-directional wheels, providing effortless maneuverability through varied terrains. This trolley bag offers a balance of strength, generous storage, and easy mobility, making it an ideal companion for extensive travel journeys.

Main Features of Aristocrat Airpro 76 cms Large Check-in Polypropylene Hardsided Trolley Bag in Coral Teal Blue:

Polypropylene Construction: Offers durability and protection for belongings.

Large Check-in Size: Provides ample storage space for extended travels.

8 Multi-directional Wheels: Ensures easy navigation and maneuverability.

Hardsided Design: Offers resistance against impacts and rough handling.

Coral Teal Blue Finish: Stylish appearance for easy identification and aesthetics.

Pros Cons
Durability: Robust polypropylene material ensures long-term use. Weight: Hardsided construction can add to the overall weight of the luggage.
Manoeuvrability: Eight wheels make movement across various surfaces effortless. Storage Restrictions: Large size might be restrictive for certain airline cabin limits.

B0BRN2Z9CG

2) Skybags Trooper 55 Cms Small Cabin Polycarbonate Hard Sided 4 Spinner Wheels Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag- Blue and White

The Skybags Trooper 55 Cms Small Cabin Trolley Bag stands out with its Polycarbonate Hard Sided design and Blue and White color scheme. Its 4 Spinner Wheels ensure effortless mobility, ideal for quick maneuvers in crowded spaces. With a compact 55 cms size, this trolley bag is suitable for cabin usage, meeting airline size restrictions. The hard-sided construction offers durability, protecting belongings during travels. However, its smaller size might limit storage capacity for longer trips, and the hard shell might add a bit of weight compared to soft-sided options.

Main Features of Skybags Trooper 55 Cms Small Cabin Trolley Bag:

Polycarbonate Construction: Provides durability and resilience against impacts.

Cabin Size: Meets cabin luggage size regulations for most airlines.

Hard-Sided Design: Offers enhanced protection for packed items.

4 Spinner Wheels: Enables smooth and multidirectional movement.

Distinct Design: Blue and White color scheme for a stylish appearance.

Pros Cons
Durable construction for lasting use. Limited space for longer trips.
Compact size ideal for cabin travel. Hard shell might add weight compared to soft-sided luggage.

B07R5PKDLQ

3) Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier Zing 68 cms Medium Check-in (PP) Hard Sided 8 Wheels Spinner Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag (Navy) (Double Wheel)

The Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier Zing offers travelers a reliable companion for extended journeys. Crafted with durable polypropylene, this 68 cm medium-sized luggage ensures protection for belongings. The hard-sided case, supported by 8 spinner wheels, ensures easy maneuverability and stability. The navy color scheme adds sophistication to its design, complementing its functionality with an elegant appeal. Ideal for check-in, it embodies spaciousness and strength, yet its larger size may require cautious handling in more crowded areas. Overall, it’s a sturdy, capacious option for longer travels.

Main Features of Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier Zing:

Durable Build: Constructed with polypropylene, ensuring robustness and resistance to impact.

Ample Storage: Offers spacious interior to accommodate belongings for longer trips.

Spinner Wheels: Eight double wheels provide smooth and multidirectional movement.

Hard-Sided Protection: Provides enhanced security and safeguards belongings during transit.

Check-In Friendly: Suitable dimensions for medium-sized check-in luggage.

Pros Cons
Sturdy Construction: Durable polypropylene ensures long-term use.

Size Consideration: The larger size may require more careful handling in crowded spaces.

Ample Space: Offers generous space for packing and organization. Weight Issue: The sturdy build might add to the overall weight of the luggage.

B0CH163MMY

4) Safari Pentagon 55 Cms Small Cabin Polypropylene Hard Sided 4 Wheels 360 Degree Wheeling System Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag, Cyan Blue

The Safari Pentagon 55 cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag in Cyan Blue features a durable polypropylene hard shell, ensuring robust protection for your belongings. With a 360-degree wheeling system and four smooth spinner wheels, it offers effortless maneuverability in any direction, ideal for crowded spaces. Its compact size adheres to cabin baggage regulations, perfect for short trips. However, the sturdy build might add to the overall weight, something to consider when packing. Overall, it’s a reliable travel companion providing durability and ease of movement for short travels.

Main Features of Safari Pentagon 55 cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag in Cyan Blue:

Polypropylene Construction: Durable hard shell ensures robust protection for your belongings.

360-Degree Wheeling System: Four smooth spinner wheels offer effortless maneuverability in all directions.

Cabin Size: Compliant with cabin baggage regulations, suitable for short trips.

Secure Closure: Equipped with a secure locking mechanism for added safety and peace of mind.

Organized Interior: Well-designed compartments to keep items neatly arranged during travel.

 

Pros Cons
Excellent durability due to polypropylene build. The sturdy construction might add to the overall weight of the bag.
Easy manoeuvrability with the 360-degree wheeling system. Limited space for extended travels due to its cabin size.

B097QP6L5K

Also read: Best trolley bags come at great price, offer lot of space and look stylish too

5) Aristocrat Baleno 58 cms Polyester Soft sided Cabin Sise 4 Wheels Trolley Bag – Blue

The Aristocrat Baleno 58 cms Polyester Soft-sided Cabin-size Trolley Bag in Blue presents a blend of convenience and functionality. Crafted from durable polyester, it’s designed to withstand regular travel rigors. Featuring four smooth wheels, it offers effortless mobility through crowded airports or streets. The soft-sided build allows flexibility, accommodating more items when needed. Despite its compact size, the bag maximizes packing space, ensuring efficient storage. Ideal for short trips, it’s compliant with cabin baggage guidelines. However, its fabric might be more prone to wear compared to hard-shell counterparts.

Main Features of Aristocrat Baleno 58 cms Polyester Soft-sided Cabin-size Trolley Bag in Blue:

Durable Polyester: Constructed with sturdy and resilient polyester material.

Four-Wheel Design: Equipped with four wheels for easy maneuverability and navigation.

Compact Cabin Size: Compliant with standard cabin baggage size requirements for most airlines.

Ample Storage: Despite its compact size, it maximizes packing space for essential items.

Soft-Sided Flexibility: The soft-sided design offers flexibility and can accommodate more items when needed.

Pros Cons
Compact and Maneuverable: Ideal for hassle-free navigation in crowded spaces. Less Protection: Soft-sided bags may offer less protection compared to hard-shell alternatives.
Spacious Design: Provides ample space within the compact dimensions. Durability Concerns: The fabric might be more susceptible to wear and tear over time.

B07TPBGHJC

6) MOKOBARA The Transit Check-in Polycarbonate Hardsided Luggage | 8 Wheel Trolley Bag | Travel Suitcase for Men & Women (We Meet Again Sunray (Limited Edition)

The MOKOBARA Transit Check-in Luggage redefines travel convenience with its limited edition ‘We Meet Again Sunray’ design. Crafted from durable polycarbonate, this hard-sided suitcase ensures robust protection for belongings. Its eight-wheel trolley system guarantees effortless gliding through terminals and streets. Ideal for both men and women, this suitcase boasts ample space while adhering to check-in size restrictions. Beyond functionality, its limited edition aesthetic adds style to your travels, making it a sought-after choice for those seeking durability, spaciousness, and a unique design in their luggage.

Main Features of MOKOBARA Transit Check-in Luggage:

Polycarbonate Build: Ensures durability and protection for belongings.

8-Wheel Trolley System: Offers smooth and effortless maneuverability.

Check-In Size: Meets standard airline requirements for check-in luggage.

Unisex Design: Suitable for both men and women travelers.

Limited Edition Aesthetic: Unique ‘We Meet Again Sunray’ design adds style to your travels.

Pros Cons
Durable construction for long-lasting use. Limited edition might not appeal to everyone’s taste.
Effortless mobility with the eight-wheel system. May lack additional compartments or organizer features.

B0C7VSTPLY

Also read: American Tourister trolley bags are sturdy and lightweight

7) Aristocrat Airpro 55 cms Small Cabin Polypropylene Hardsided 8 Wheels Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag- Coral Teal Blue

The Aristocrat Airpro 55 cms Cabin Trolley Bag in Coral Teal Blue epitomizes travel convenience. Crafted from durable polypropylene, it boasts a hard-sided build that protects belongings. Featuring eight wheels, it promises effortless maneuverability through crowded terminals. This cabin-friendly bag adheres to airline standards, ensuring seamless carry-on. Its vibrant Coral Teal Blue design adds a stylish touch. However, the limited color range might not suit all preferences. Nevertheless, its robust construction and convenient size make it an excellent choice for hassle-free travels.

Main Features of Aristocrat Airpro 55 cms Cabin Trolley Bag in Coral Teal Blue:

Polypropylene Build: Durable and robust hard-sided structure for added protection.

Cabin Size: Adheres to standard airline regulations for carry-on luggage.

Eight-Wheel System: Ensures smooth 360-degree movement and maneuverability.

Telescopic Handle: Ergonomic design for easy handling and navigation.

Organizational Interior: Well-segmented compartments for efficient packing and storage.

Pros Cons
Durability: Hard-sided polypropylene enhances durability. Limited Color Options: Restricted color range might limit personal choices.
Maneuverability: Eight wheels allow easy navigation in tight spaces. Space Constraints: Being a cabin-size bag, it might have limited space for longer trips.

B0BRN1YWYR

8) Tommy Hilfiger Roosevelt 44cm Polyester Overnighter Unisex Trolley Bag

The Tommy Hilfiger Roosevelt 44cm Polyester Overnighter Unisex Trolley Bag embodies sophistication and functionality. Crafted from durable polyester, it blends style with resilience. Its compact 44cm size makes it ideal for overnight trips or as a cabin bag. The bag’s thoughtful design includes multiple compartments for organized packing. Its telescopic handle and smooth-rolling wheels ensure effortless maneuverability. Despite its sturdy build, its unisex design may appeal to a broader range of travelers.

Main Features of Tommy Hilfiger Roosevelt 44cm Polyester Overnighter Unisex Trolley Bag:

Durable Polyester Build: Constructed from sturdy and resilient polyester material.

Compact Size: Measuring 44cm, ideal for overnight or short trips and suitable as a cabin bag.

Organized Compartments: Multiple compartments for systematic and organized packing.

Telescopic Handle: Equipped with a telescopic handle for easy navigation.

Smooth-Rolling Wheels: Ensures effortless movement and manoeuvrability.

Pros Cons
Compact and ideal for short trips or as a carry-on. Limited space for extended travel needs.
Thoughtful compartmentalization for organized packing. The compact size might not suit travelers requiring larger storage capacity.

B0CHYJN5QM

9) American Tourister Jamaica 80 Cms Large Check-in Polyester Soft Sided 4 Spinner Wheels Luggage (Wine Red)

The American Tourister Jamaica 80 Cms Large Check-in Polyester Soft Sided Luggage in Wine Red offers convenience and durability. Crafted from durable polyester, it features a soft-sided build and four spinner wheels for effortless mobility. With an ample 80cm size, it’s suitable for extended travel. The spacious interior accommodates diverse packing needs, while the vibrant wine red color adds style. However, the soft-sided design might be less protective compared to hard-sided counterparts, and its size may pose limitations for strict cabin baggage policies. Overall, it’s a balance of size, convenience, and a pop of color for travel enthusiasts.

Main Features of American Tourister Jamaica 80 Cms Large Check-in Polyester Soft Sided Luggage in Wine Red:

Polyester Build: Durable material for prolonged use.

Soft-sided Construction: Offers flexibility in packing and storage.

Spinner Wheels: Four multi-directional wheels for smooth mobility.

Large Size: Ample space for extended travel needs.

Color Variation: Available in vibrant wine red, enhancing visibility.

 

Pros Cons
Mobility: Four spinner wheels allow easy navigation. Less Rigid: Soft-sided design might offer less protection.
Spacious: Large size accommodates plenty of belongings. Size Restrictions: Might exceed size limits for cabin baggage on some airlines.

B073XL19QZ

10) Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier 56 Cms Small Cabin Polypropylene (PP) Hard Sided 4 Wheeler Spinner Wheels Luggage (Grey)

The Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier presents a 56 cm Small Cabin Polypropylene (PP) Hard Sided Luggage, ideal for compact travel. Its durable construction ensures long-term use, and the hard-sided design offers superior protection for belongings. Equipped with four spinner wheels, it guarantees effortless maneuverability. The grey hue adds a sleek, professional touch. While perfect for short trips with its cabin size, its rigid build might limit extra packing space. Nevertheless, its sturdiness and size make it a reliable and convenient travel companion.

Main Features of Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier presents a 56 cm Small Cabin Polypropylene (PP) Hard Sided Luggage:

Compact Cabin Size: Measuring 56 cm, perfect for airline cabin restrictions.

Polypropylene Construction: Ensures durability and protection for your belongings.

Four Spinner Wheels: Facilitates smooth, multidirectional movement.

Hard Sided Design: Offers enhanced resistance against impacts and external pressures.

Elegant Grey Color: Adds a professional touch to the design.

Pros Cons
Sturdy Construction: Provides robust protection for your items. Limited Capacity: The compact size might restrict packing space for longer travels.
Cabin Size: Suitable for short trips and fits most airline restrictions. Rigid Design: Lack of expandability might limit over-packing or adding extra items.

B0BL11Q9D3

3 best features for you

Product Name Feature 1 Feature 2 Feature 3
Aristocrat Airpro 76 cms Large Check-in Polypropylene Hardsided 8 Wheels Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag- Coral Teal Blue Spacious Interior 8 Spinner Wheels Hardshell Durability
Skybags Trooper 55 Cms Small Cabin Polycarbonate Hard Sided 4 Spinner Wheels Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag- Blue and White Cabin-sized Polycarbonate Material 4 Spinner Wheels
Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier Zing 68 cms Medium Check-in (PP) Hard Sided 8 Wheels Spinner Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag (Navy) (Double Wheel) Medium Check-in Size Polypropylene Construction 8 Spinner Wheels
Safari Pentagon 55 Cms Small Cabin Polypropylene Hard Sided 4 Wheels 360 Degree Wheeling System Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag, Cyan Blue 360-Degree Wheeling System Small Cabin Size Polypropylene Build
Aristocrat Baleno 58 cms Polyester Soft sided Cabin Size 4 Wheels Trolley Bag – Blue Soft-sided Flexibility Cabin-sized 4 Wheels for Mobility
MOKOBARA The Transit Check-in Polycarbonate Hardsided Luggage 8 Wheel Trolley Bag Travel Suitcase for Men & Women (We Meet Again Sunray (Limited Edition) Check-in Size
Tommy Hilfiger Roosevelt 44cm Polyester Overnighter Unisex Trolley Bag Overnighter Size Polyester Material Unisex Design
American Tourister Jamaica 80 Cms Large Check-in Polyester Soft Sided 4 Spinner Wheels Luggage (Wine Red) Large Check-in Size Soft-sided Flexibility 4 Spinner Wheels
Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier 56 Cms Small Cabin Polypropylene (PP) Hard Sided 4 Wheeler Spinner Wheels Luggage (Grey) Small Cabin Size Polypropylene Build 4 Spinner Wheels
Aristocrat Airpro 55 cms Small Cabin Polypropylene Hardsided 8 Wheels Luggage/Suitcase/Trolley Bag- Coral Teal Blue Cabin Size Polypropylene Construction 8-Wheel System

Best value for money

When it comes to value for money, the Aristocrat Baleno 58 cms Polyester Soft-sided Cabin Trolley Bag in Blue stands out. Its soft-sided design offers flexibility without compromising durability. With four wheels for easy maneuverability, it provides practicality for short trips. Additionally, its reasonable pricing relative to the quality and features makes it an excellent choice for those seeking affordability and functionality in a travel bag.

Best overall product

Among these options, the Kamiliant by American Tourister Harrier Zing 68 cms Medium Check-in in Navy with a double-wheel spinner design stands out as the best overall product. Its medium check-in size offers versatility for various trips, while the durable hard-sided construction ensures protection. The eight-wheel spinner system makes navigating airports effortless. With a balance of size, durability, and functionality, this choice is an excellent blend of quality and convenience for frequent travelers.

How to buy the best trolley bag in India

When buying a trolley bag in India, consider the bag’s size, material, and features. Determine your travel needs to select an appropriate size—cabin or check-in. Look for durable materials like polycarbonate or polyester for longevity. Features like multiple compartments, TSA locks, and spinner wheels offer added convenience. Read reviews, compare prices, and check for warranties to ensure quality and value. Prioritize comfort, weight, and maneuverability. Finally, consider brand reputation and after-sales service for a seamless buying experience. Overall, an informed decision based on personal travel requirements and bag specifications ensures the best purchase.

Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.

 

Overwatch 2 Winter Wonderland release time, date, NEW Kerrigan skin, Yeti Hunt, more | Gaming | Entertainment

No Comments

The 2023 Overwatch 2 Winter Wonderland event is about to kick off on PlayStation 5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch and PC. One of the highlights of the Overwatch calendar, the 2023 Winter Wonderland event has a December 19 release date and a 6pm GMT UK launch time. This year’s event features four different limited time game modes, which are playable in the Overwatch 2 Arcade. This includes a couple of ways to play Mei’s Snowball Offensive, the popular Yeti Hunt mode, and Freeze-Flash Elimination.

Overwatch 2 developer Blizzard describes Freeze-Flash Elimination as a type of Freeze-tag.

“In this elimination 5v5 game mode, heroes don’t get eliminated when they lose all of their health; instead, they’ll be frozen solid,” reads the official description.

“It will be up to their teammates to thaw them without getting iced themselves. The team that can completely freeze the opponent team takes the round—first to three rounds wins.”

In addition to earning XP for the Season 8 Battle Pass, players can earn tickets to spend at the Winter Fair. 

Tickets can be used to purchase items from the Winter Fair Event Pass, such as exclusive holiday skins.

Blizzard explains more: “This season, we’re introducing the Winter Fair Event Pass – a new way to unlock Holiday-themed rewards.

“When you play games of Overwatch 2, you’ll earn tickets to spend at the Winter Fair and unlock rewards of your choice. Tickets are earned for every nine games played, with wins counting as double.”

Players can earn up to 120 tickets on the free track, or 480 tickets by purchasing the Premium Event Pass.

If you stick to the free track, then you’ll earn enough tickets to purchase a Formalwear Legendary skin for Cassidy, or a similar skin for Baptiste. Alternatively, fans could pick the Winter Jammies Legendary skin for Illari.

If you shell out the 500 Overwatch Coins for the Premium track, then you’ll be able to unlock other items such as the Legendary Wrapping Paper skin for Reinhardt, or the Legendary Kerrigan skin for Widowmaker.

Speaking of new skins, Blizzard will also bring a selection of brand new skins to the item shop, including Formalwear Legendary skins for Tracer and Sojourn, as well as Nutcracker Pharah, Festive Kiriko and Jingle Belle Mercy.

2025 Polestar 3 electric SUV pricing confirmed for Australia

No Comments

The 2024 Polestar 3 hasn’t even reached Australia yet and already pricing and specifications have appeared online for the 2025 model.

The information, published by industry guide Redbook, shows tweaked pricing for MY25 models due in June.

The base Long range Dual motor will start at $131,670, an increase of $96.

Spec changes will be confirmed in the new year, however a look at Redbook’s spec sheets reveals the base model will gain active noise cancellation but lose rear privacy glass.

Polestar has previously confirmed the MY24 Polestar 3 will launch with the Plus pack and Pilot pack fitted as standard.

The Plus pack will become an option package for MY25, while the Pilot pack appears to be gone – though a mysterious Pro pack appears on the spec sheet, priced at $4160.

It’s unclear what this includes, though the Pilot pack featured a head-up display, Pilot Assist, and Park Assist Pilot.

For MY24, the Plus pack fitted as standard includes the following:

  • 25-speaker 1610W Bowers & Wilkins sound system with Dolby Atmos
  • Soft-close doors
  • Power-adjustable steering column with profile memory
  • Air quality sensor and filter
  • MicroTech or wool upholstery
  • Repurposed aluminium trim
  • Heated wiper blades
  • Heated rear seats
  • Heated steering wheel
  • Infra-red windscreen
  • Rear cargo floor “lid in lid” with bag holder
  • 21-inch black diamond-cut wheels

As on the MY24, there will continue to be a separate Pilot Pack with LiDAR that costs $6000 and adds:

  • Long-range LiDAR
  • Additional Nvidia Drive computer
  • Three additional exterior cameras, four additional ultrasonic sensors
  • Front and rear camera cleaning system

The price of the Performance pack has also risen from $9000 to $11,700

The Polestar 3 is a sportier, two-row cousin to the upcoming three-row Volvo EX90.

It has a rear-biased all-wheel drive system with dual electric motors, producing total system outputs of 360kW of power and 840Nm of torque. The 0-100km/h time is a claimed 5.0 seconds.

The optional Performance Pack bumps these outputs to 380kW and 910Nm, reducing the 0-100km/h time to 4.7 seconds.

The Polestar 3 uses a liquid-cooled 111kWh lithium-ion battery (107kWh useable) with nickel-manganese-cobalt chemistry.

The company touts a preliminary WLTP range figure of 610km, or up to 560km with the Performance Pack.

Pricing

  • 2025 Polestar 3 Long range Dual motor: $131,670
  • 2025 Polestar 3 Long range Dual motor with Performance pack: $143,370
  • 2025 Polestar 3 Long range Dual motor with Plus pack: $143,370
  • 2025 Polestar 3 Long range Dual motor with Performance and Plus pack: $155,070

All prices exclude on-road costs.

Are Fans of Chainlink and Uniswap Shifting Their Interest to This Emerging Cryptocurrency?

No Comments

Bullish sentiment in cryptocurrency has resulted in a price surge for top altcoins and brought new tokens to the forefront. One such coin has prompted Chainlink (LINK) and Uniswap (UNI) investors to divert their investments.

Which is this new coin threatening Chainlink (LINK) and Uniswap (UNI)?

BUY SPCT TOKENS NOW

Summary

  • Chainlink (LINK) may reach $20 in December. 
  • Uniswap (UNI) maintains a bearish trend. 
  • VC Spectra (SPCT) is in its final presale stage and strives to surpass the earlier 900% ROI target. 

On December 8, 2023, Chainlink (LINK) announced that its V0.2 Chainlink staking protocol had reached capacity. New participants and existing investors had staked over 40 million LINK tokens in the previous staking version. As a result of this Chainlink news, Chainlink (LINK) rose 8% from $15.71 to $16.94.

Further, Chainlink news announced that Chainlink (LINK) investors looking to participate in Chainlink staking V0.2 had to wait for existing investors to withdraw their staked LINK tokens.

Between December 9 and 14, Chainlink (LINK) fell 14% from $17.27 to $14.78. Market experts suggested Chainlink (LINK) was under immense selling pressure, with on-chain data from LookonChain on December 13. showing a single Chainlink (LINK) whale selling LINK tokens worth over $3 million 

Following the whale sell-off, Chainlink news indicated a drop in investor interest as trading volumes dropped. Furthermore, the Chainlink (RSI) was southbound, and its MACD showed a bearish crossover. Based on this information, experts suggested a bearish market sentiment, causing Chainlink (LINK) investors to look for other investment avenues. 

With Chainlink (LINK) trading at $14.97 on December 15, experts suggest bulls may help LINK recover its bullish momentum after an anticipated zKEVM integration on the Polygon Network went live.

Consequently, bearish LINK predictions show it may fall to $14, while bullish predictions suggest that Chainlink (LINK) price will hit $20 before the year ends. 

Uniswap (UNI) Launches V3 To Connect To Bitcoin (BTC)

On December 11, Uniswap (UNI) announced a collaboration with Rootstock to connect it to the Bitcoin (BTC) network. Following the announcement, Uniswap price fell from $6.59 to $6.10.

Between December 11 and December 14, Uniswap price fell from $6.59 to $6.29. Following its price downturn, there was a notable decrease in Uniswap (UNI) trading volume. 

Based on this information, experts suggest a bearish market sentiment for Uniswap (UNI) and predict a continued fall in Uniswap price. Consequently, analysts project that Uniswap (UNI) will fall to $5.5 before resuming its uptrend.

Investors are turning to VC Spectra (SPCT), the new coin, as Chainlink (LINK) and Uniswap (UNI) fall. 

VC Spectra (SPCT) Continues To Attract Investors As Public Presale Nears End

VC Spectra (SPCT) is the emerging DeFi crypto surpassing established DeFi companies as it brings a decentralized hedge fund to the crypto market. Its product aims to democratize asset management by inviting as many investors as are willing to pool funds and invest in prominent tech companies and new ICOs. 

VC Spectra (SPCT) utilizes AI and advanced trading techniques to attain profitability. Furthermore, it relies on insights from professional investment experts to select companies and allocate its investment capital. 

VC Spectra (SPCT) investors rely on the smart contract platform to monitor operational progress transparently. Moreover, VC Spectra’s native digital token, SPCT, empowers investors with voting rights, allowing them to determine the direction of the fund. Furthermore, VC Spectra (SPCT) shareholders qualify for quarterly dividends and profit buybacks. 

VC Spectra (SPCT) is running a public presale to attract investors at an introductory price. Astute crypto enthusiasts are optimistic it will perform well when it lists on exchanges. Moreover, it promises a 900% ROI in its public presale for early investors. 

With the presale in the final stage, VC Spectra (SPCT) has gained 862.5% from its original price of $0.008 to $0.077. Moreover, it continues to attract new investors with a massive bonus.  SPCT is forecasted to reach and surpass the public presale final target price of $0.08. 

Learn more about the VC Spectra presale here:

How This FORTUNE Brand Studio Exec Built a Content Business

No Comments

From a young age, a kernel of creativity germinated inside Megan Gilbert’s brain.

She loved to consume books, magazines, and TV – and welcomed even the commercial messages in and around them. “I was obsessed with ad messaging as well as editorial storytelling,” she says.

But it wasn’t until 2009 that the kernel fully popped into a content marketing opportunity. That’s when Gawker Media hired her as a freelancer to write blog posts for a branded content project.

Megan wrote 92 articles for HBO’s True Blood content campaign in three weeks. “I thought, ‘This is the death knell in my career, or this is going to make me have a career,’” she says.

It ended up being the latter. She spent 6.5 years at Gawker, rising to content director of Studio@Gawker. Later, she did a stint at VICE as its director of branded editorial and initiatives, which eventually led to her joining FORTUNE Brand Studio in 2019. This year, her work for the studio earned her a place on the 2023 Content Marketer of the Year finalist list.

Building a mega-successful content marketing studio

When Megan arrived at FORTUNE, the content studio didn’t exist. It was a true startup venture. “We came up with a name, created a logo, built the team, and managed to build revenue,” Megan says.

Four years later, FORTUNE Brand Studio has seen revenue go from $400,000 to $16 million, and its content has earned industry honors, including the 2023 Content Marketing Project of the Year for Ecopreneurs, a content partnership with Salesforce. And Megan, who joined as director of editorial, is now vice president of FORTUNE Brand Studio.

FORTUNE Brand Studio operates similarly to a traditional content studio or agency. The full-time and freelance team of 20 handles design, project management, strategy, production, and editorial. But, unlike content creators at traditional FORTUNE media properties, they don’t just execute the content.

Some team members work closely with the sales side. They help with pitches and proposals, but they also think proactively. “We regularly hold brainstorms … What are our new offerings as FORTUNE Brand Studio? What can we bring our existing clients? How can we renew businesses?” Megan explains.

The holistic approach also means the FORTUNE Brand Studio team works with the wider company’s account management, integrated marketing, and research departments.

Similar to an agency structure, the studio dedicates work teams to clients. Smaller clients, for example, have a dedicated strategist and editor and a couple of designers working on the assets. If the client program involves audio-visual content, the team also includes production folks. Clients with larger programs, such as Salesforce’s The Ecopreneurs series, work with almost everyone in the studio.

But they are all treated similarly. “A client that has one piece of content with us gets white-glove service just like somebody who’s a five-year multimillion-dollar service,” Megan says.

Dreaming up client opportunities, not checklists

How do they provide that exceptional service? Well, they don’t follow a check-the-box, assembly-line strategy. “It’s more nuanced than that, more collaborative than that,” Megan says, noting they work closely with clients to understand their goals and work together on innovative ideas to achieve them.

The FORTUNE Brand Studio team looks at what they’ve produced for the client in past programs and discusses what more they could do in the future. They discuss fresh ideas that they could bring to the client’s table. Of course, they also keep in mind the budget parameters because whatever programs they propose must work financially for both the client and the studio.

“We really understand the business and know how to be efficient. And we love to not nickel-and-dime clients. We tend to overdeliver and try to make their lives easier,” Megan says.

That’s likely one of the reasons Salesforce hired FORTUNE Brand Studio to produce a new program for its Salesforce+ streaming product.

What would become The Ecopreneur series started with a quick conversation between the CEOs of Fortune and Salesforce about the need for media partners for shows at the yet-to-debut Salesforce+.  

Salesforce already had a strong relationship with Fortune, working together on sponsorships, conferences, and other programs across the company. The studio team had done a few branded campaigns with different business units at Salesforce.

FORTUNE Brand Studio had an almost-ready-to-go idea to pitch Salesforce. It evolved from Sustainability Inc., a 13-episode podcast it partnered with Boston Consulting Group to create. That series talked about pillars of sustainability and business in the world, challenges, and potential solutions. But it was audio-only content because they had to do all the interviews remotely during the pandemic. When that project was in post-production, the studio team had discussed how great it would have been to film the places and the people.

“We’re very passionate about telling these types of stories. It’s a fascinating topic,” Megan says. So they pitched their Sustainability Inc.-inspired video series idea – showing some of the studio’s documentary-style filmmaking shot just before the pandemic – and got a quick yes from Salesforce.

Hitting the production water in 43 days

Salesforce and FORTUNE Brand Studio worked together quickly. They arrived at the first shoot just six weeks after that first conversation. Together, they traveled the world to shoot all 11 episodes with a small traveling crew, local production assistants, and sound techs.

But the FORTUNE Brand Studio idea didn’t stay just a video series. They turned The Ecopreneurs into a content powerhouse – creating content hubs for each episode featuring the ecopreneur that went far beyond the 10-minute videos. They did long-form question-and-answer and behind-the-scenes content. They used animated explainers to discuss the climate impacts and unique attributes of the ecopreneur and their work.

At every shoot, the Salesforce and FORTUNE Brand Studio teams collaborated on the possibilities. But getting all that content from every video shoot took a lot of planning and preparation. They often had to juggle multiple stages of multiple episodes at the same time. “If we didn’t have a FORTUNE Brand Studio producer and our program manager keeping us on track, I don’t know how we would’ve done it,” Megan says.

For every content initiative, the program team keeps the FORTUNE Brand Studio team on track and works closely with the client on deliverables, approvals, asset management, delivery, etc. They also ensure the client’s feedback and strategy get incorporated into the new content. “This is one of the best program management teams I’ve ever worked with,” Megan says.

Lesson for all content marketers

The FORTUNE Brand Studio team model can be a lesson to brand teams as well as individual content marketers.

Megan encourages marketers to carve out a niche – something you’re good at and like doing – but also have a generalist background. You can bring your expertise to the position and help other areas of the team as needed.

To find your content inspiration, stay fresh and focus on the story. Think about how people make stories, and don’t limit your exploration to branded content. Surround yourself with storytellers, artists, and people who have a vision without parameters.

That outside influence will let you pop the edge of that proverbial box for your brand or clients. As Megan says, “If you have that infectious inspiration and desire to tell stories, it’s going to take you a long way.”

Like what you read here? Get yourself a subscription to daily or weekly updates.  It’s free – and you can change your preferences or unsubscribe anytime.

MORE EXAMPLES FROM 2023 CONTENT MARKETING AWARD FINALISTS

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

Public Accounts Committee flags issues with second-generation IITs

No Comments

Creation of infrastructure for the second generation of IITs — which include the institutes in Gandhinagar, Bhubaneshwar, Mandi and Ropar — were initially constrained by land availability issues, reflecting “poor due diligence” by the selection committee, the Public Accounts Committee has said in its report on Setting Up of New Indian Institutes of Technology.

It was envisaged that each of the IITs would require 500–600 acres of land. The second generation of IITs also included the ones in Jodhpur, Hyderabad, Indore and Patna; and these four reportedly have the requisite land parcels. Work across all IITs were to be completed by March 2023.

The committee also noted that there was at least a five-year delay, post clearance of loans from JICA (Japan International Co-operation Agency), in beginning the work for phase-II of the IITs that included setting up of incubation and research parks, among others. The JICA had cleared a loan of ₹1,501.72 crore in January 2014 for the projects which were estimated to cost ₹1,776.50 crore. However, work was sanctioned only in 2019. “There has been an inordinate delay on the part of IIT/Ministry (of Education) which is being covered in the name of JICA,” the report mentioned.

Student–teacher ratio, student enrolment

The audit also noticed inconsistencies in the student-faculty ratio, which is said to be 10:1 (one faculty for 10 students). According to its observations, barring the one at Ropar, the rate of faculty intake did not correspond to the student enrolment. Against a sanctioned strength of 2024 faculty members, the vacancies were to the tune of 632. The highest vacancy was noticed in IIT–Bhubaneswar of 47 per cent, or 112 posts vacant, against a sanctioned 240.

“IITs have been directed to fill the vacancies in their institutes in mission mode……,” the Ministry reportedly has told the Public Accounts Committee in its response. Congress MP, Adhir Ranjan Chowdhury, is the Chairperson of the Committee.

As against the overall targeted intake of students (of 18,880), just 6,224 or 33 per cent were admitted. “Till 2018-19, only IIT Hyderabad was able to achieve the targeted student intake,” the report mentioned. The Ministry on its part has clarified that the student enrolment across the new IITs stand at 20,514, which include 10,654 students at the under-graduates level, 4,909 at post-grad level and another 4,953 were PhD scholars.

The Committee also noted that despite showing improvement in their ranking from 2020 as per Indian National Rankings System, i.e, NIRF Report, some of the IITs have been placed much below in the World University Ranking System known as Quacquarelli Symonds (QS).

The Public Accounts Committee therefore, desired that the NIRF should be made more broad-based and internationally acceptable. For this the parameters taken into account for appraisal of the performance of the IITs in the country should be reviewed and made comprehensive as per the international practices.

Why bitcoin is up by almost 150% this year

No Comments

Chopping off their heads does not work: cockroaches can live without one for as long as a week. Whacking them is no guarantee either: their flexible exoskeletons can bend to accommodate as much as 900 times their body weight. Nor is flushing them down the toilet a solution: some breeds can hold their breath for more than half an hour. To most, roaches are an unwelcome pest. Their presence is made all the worse because they are indestructible.

An unwelcome pest is how many financiers and regulators would describe the crypto industry. Criminals use cryptocurrencies to launder money. Terrorists use them to make payments. Hackers demand ransoms in bitcoin. Many crypto coins are created simply so their makers can make off with the money.

The industry also appears to be indestructible. Crypto prices were crushed by higher interest rates in 2022. The industry’s head has been chopped off: Changpeng Zhao and Sam Bankman-Fried, the founders of the world’s biggest and second-biggest crypto exchanges, now both await sentencing for financial crimes (breaking anti-money-laundering laws and fraud, respectively). Regulators are cracking down. Yet not only has crypto survived, it is once again soaring: bitcoin climbed to a two-year high of almost $45,000 on December 11th, up from just $16,600 at the start of the year.

What is going on? For one thing, indestructibility is built into the technology. Bitcoin, ether and other coins are not companies—they cannot go bankrupt and be shut down. They employ blockchains, which maintain a database of transactions. Their lists are verified by a decentralised network of computers that are incentivised to keep maintaining them by the promise of new tokens. Only if the tokens fall to zero does the whole architecture collapse. And there continue to be lots of reasons to believe some crypto tokens are worth more than nothing.

The first is that holding crypto is a bet on a future in which use of the technology is widespread. People in despotic countries already use bitcoin and stablecoins (tokens pegged to a hard currency, like the dollar) to store savings and sometimes to make payments. These could be used more widely. Artists and museums are still creating or collecting non-fungible tokens (nfts). As are those looking to flog an image. Donald Trump is selling his mugshot for $99 a piece. He plans to have the suit he was booked in cut into pieces, made into cards and given to punters who buy at least 47 nfts in a single transaction.

During the boom times, the crypto industry raised a lot of money and hired plenty of smart developers. Those that remain are working on new uses, like social-media applications or play-to-earn games. Perhaps these will never be widely adopted. But even the small chance that they work out is worth something.

The second reason is that, with each boom-and-bust cycle, it becomes clearer crypto is not a bubble like tulip mania in the 1630s or the craze for Beanie Babies in the 1990s. Although bitcoin is a volatile asset, its price history looks more like a mountain range than a single peak, and appears closely correlated with tech stocks. Yet it is only moderately correlated with the broader market. An asset that swings up and down, and not in parallel with other things people might have in a portfolio, can be a useful diversifier.

That bitcoin has established itself as a serious asset seems to be the source of the latest surge. In August an American court ruled that the Securities and Exchange Commission, America’s main markets regulator, had been “arbitrary and capricious” when rejecting an effort by Grayscale, an investment firm, to convert a $17bn trust invested entirely in bitcoin into an exchange-traded fund (etf). Doing so would make investing in bitcoin easier for the average punter.

In October the court upheld its ruling—in effect ordering the sec to give way. The biggest fund managers, including BlackRock and Fidelity, have also applied to launch etfs. Given the returns bitcoin has offered in the past, and its correlations with other assets, the result could be a rush of cash into bitcoin, as even sensible investors consider putting small slices of their pension pots or portfolios into crypto for diversification.

Many feel instinctive revulsion when they spy a roach. But in spite of their flaws, the bugs have uses—they turn decaying matter into nutrients and eat other pests, such as mosquitoes. Crypto has its uses, too, such as portfolio diversification and keeping money safe under despotic regimes. And, as has been shown, it is just about impossible to kill.

Elevate Your Streams With This Discounted Elgato Control Panel

No Comments

The streaming game is competitive, and if you want to stand out from the crowd, we’ve got a deal you won’t want to miss. The Elgato Stream Deck MK.2 has 15 customizable buttons that allow you to open apps, mute your mic, activate special effects and more so your streams will look just as polished as the pros’. And right now you can snag it at a discount. Amazon currently has the white variant on sale for $120, which saves you $30 compared to the usual price. Though there’s no set expiration for this deal, so we’d recommend getting your order in sooner rather than later if you don’t want to miss out on these savings.

This second-gen Elgato Stream Deck has 15 customizable LCD keys that can make streaming and editing smooth and effortless. Use them to launch apps or games, trigger sound effects or GIFs, control lights and much more. You can even assign multiple actions to a single key so you’re ready to stream at just the touch of button. The Stream Deck is designed to integrate seamlessly with Twitch, YouTube, Twitter and other platforms, and connects to your computer with a USB-C cable. It comes with a detachable stand, and the faceplate can be swapped out for a more personalized look. And if you need even more customization, you can snag the $250 Elgato Stream Deck XL, which has 32 customizable LCD keys.

Even if you’re not into streaming, there are many other uses for a Stream Deck like controlling smart home devices, quickly opening all of the apps and websites you need for work, or simply having a handy mute button for Zoom calls. 

More holiday shopping deals from CNET

5 myths about ketamine, the drug that killed Matthew Perry, according to doctors

No Comments

After Matthew Perry’s cause of death was listed as “acute effects of ketamine” on Friday, experts are speaking out about misconceptions surrounding the drug.

(Other conditions that contributed to Perry’s death, according to the autopsy report, included “coronary artery disease [and] buprenorphrine effects.” Also, “prescription medications and loose pills” were found at the residence, the report said.)

Ketamine is primarily used as an anesthetic during surgical procedures — but in recent years it’s been used as a remedy for treatment-resistant depression.

WHAT IS KETAMINE, THE DRUG THAT KILLED MATTHEW PERRY ON OCTOBER 28?

The Alcohol and Drug Foundation (ADF) describes ketamine as a “dissociative drug,” which means it causes people to feel “separated or detached” from their bodies or physical surroundings.

While it is also used illegally as a recreational drug, experts say ketamine is generally not dangerous when used as prescribed.

Matthew Perry died on Oct. 28 at his home in the Pacific Palisades. He was 54 years old. (Gregg DeGuire)

“The concentration of ketamine found in Matthew Perry’s blood was sufficient to cause loss of consciousness and lack of responsiveness to external stimulation,” Lewis Nelson, chair of the Department of Emergency Medicine and chief of medical toxicology at Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, said in a statement provided to Fox News Digital. 

“This explains why he slipped under the water and did not awaken. Ketamine does not generally cause death from cardiac or respiratory effects, but rather from associated injury.” 

MATTHEW PERRY CAUSE OF DEATH LISTED AS ‘ACUTE EFFECTS OF KETAMINE’

Dr. Bankole Johnson, CEO and founder of Casa Privée in Miami, a concierge medical facility, offers ketamine infusion therapy to help patients manage various conditions.

He told Fox News Digital that in his opinion, Perry’s death likely was linked to recreational ketamine use, although he did not treat or examine the actor.

Experts shared with Fox News Digital the following common myths and misconceptions about the drug.

Myth No. 1: Ketamine is a new treatment

In reality, the drug has been used for depression, post-traumatic stress disorder and pain for more than 10 years, according to Dr. Patrick Sullivan, medical director of Initia Nova Medical Solutions in New Jersey.

Ketamine medication

The Alcohol and Drug Foundation describes ketamine as a “dissociative drug,” which means it causes people to feel “separated or detached” from their bodies or physical surroundings. (iStock)

The FDA approved ketamine for anesthesia in both humans and animals since 1970, the doctor noted.

After successful clinical trials, the FDA approved the drug in 2019 as a medication for treatment-resistant depression.

OZEMPIC AND WEGOVY WEIGHT LOSS DRUGS COULD HELP REDUCE ALCOHOL USE DISORDER SYMPTOMS, STUDY SUGGESTS

“There are hundreds of studies showing it to be safe and effective in the outpatient setting,” Sullivan told Fox News Digital.

Myth No. 2: Ketamine is powerfully addictive

Ketamine is “legally recognized as having the potential for abuse and for both psychological and physical dependence,” according to the American Addiction Centers website.

Johnson, however, noted that ketamine is a “moderately addictive substance.”

He told Fox News Digital, “Even long-term users typically only develop a behavioral or psychological dependence. Physical dependence can occur, but usually the withdrawal signs are mild to moderate.”

melancholy woman

The FDA approved ketamine in 2019 as a medication for treatment-resistant depression. (iStock)

Dr. Sandhya Prashad, president of the American Society Of Ketamine Physicians, Psychotherapists and Practitioners (ASKP3) in Florida, said there is “an extremely low risk of addiction, craving or withdrawal” when ketamine is used in low doses in a monitored clinical setting.

“Abuse of ketamine occurs when it is self-administered in high or frequent doses without supervision or monitoring, which leads to addiction,” she told Fox News Digital.

Myth No 3: Ketamine can be self-prescribed and purchased online

Ketamine should only be obtained and administered by a licensed and experienced medical doctor, Johnson said. 

“To use ketamine, it is important to establish a clear diagnosis of severe depression or anxiety and/or post-traumatic stress disorder,” he told Fox News Digital. “This requires an expert and cannot be self-diagnosed properly.”

“Abuse of ketamine occurs when it is self-administered in high or frequent doses without supervision or monitoring, which leads to addiction.”

Those who think they may benefit from ketamine treatment should consult a doctor, Johnson advised.

“Ketamine is generally safe when administered by trained health professionals in a medical setting,” Johnson said.

“In those settings, it is best delivered by the IV route, where the dose can be calculated accurately.”

IV infusion

“Ketamine is generally safe when administered by trained health professionals in a medical setting,” an expert said. (iStock)

When purchasing ketamine outside a doctor’s prescription, there is also the risk of receiving a tainted product, experts warned. While people might assume they’re purchasing straight ketamine, the drug is often mixed with stimulants like cocaine or phencyclidine (PCP), Johnson noted.

ULTRAPROCESSED FOODS WITH ‘FEEL-GOOD CHEMICALS’ COULD BE AS ADDICTIVE AS CIGARETTES AND DRUGS, STUDY SUGGESTS

“These can produce strong cardiac effects of a very high blood pressure and pulse, and can lead to serious medical complications,” he said.

Myth No. 4: Intranasal or micro-dosing is safe for recreational use

While using small doses of ketamine may seem safer than the larger doses given via IV, Johnson warned that when this drug is self-administered, there is a danger of exceeding safe limits.

“The total cumulative dose could end up being higher than a standard dose of a medically administered intravenous dose,” he told Fox News Digital. 

Ketamine syringe

While using small doses of ketamine may seem safer than the larger doses given by IV, an expert warned that when people self-administer it, there is a danger of exceeding safe limits. (iStock)

Intranasal use can also lead to “more aggressive drug-seeking” behaviors, Johnson warned, as the “high” of taking the ketamine is paired with cues in the user’s environment — which are not present in a medical office.

Like other medications, such as opiates or benzodiazepines, ketamine has the potential to be abused, Sullivan agreed. 

“Ketamine should only be used within the confines of a close relationship between a patient and an experienced prescriber,” he said, citing the position reaffirmed by ASKP3.

Myth No. 5: It’s hard to kick the habit

“Weaning off ketamine is typically not too difficult, as the medicine has a half-life of three to four hours, and most is eliminated by the body in a single day,” said Johnson.

“Ketamine should only be used within the confines of a close relationship between a patient and an experienced prescriber.”

Gradual dose titrations of ketamine — in which the amounts are slowly increased or decreased — are recommended for starting and stopping the medication, the expert noted.

When ketamine becomes dangerous

Ketamine can become dangerous in a few ways, according to experts.

“First, if a patient has access to use it at home for pain or mood, this can increase the likelihood of developing a physical or psychological dependence,” Sullivan told Fox News Digital.

Experts recommend that home use of ketamine is only prescribed for select patients — who should be closely monitored with regular face-to-face office visits.

“Another way it can become dangerous is if a patient uses too large of a dose in an unsupervised setting, where they may put themselves at risk for accidents, such as falls or drownings,” said Sullivan.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

Mixing ketamine with other medicines can also be dangerous, Johnson warned.

For example, when mixed with opiates, it can have a stronger sedative effect, and combining ketamine with stimulants can worsen cardiovascular effects, he said.

Close up of serious looking Matthew Perry

Actor Matthew Perry is pictured in Hollywood, California, on April 14, 2009. Other conditions that contributed to his death, according to the autopsy report, included “coronary artery disease, buprenorphrine effects.” Also, “prescription medications and loose pills” were found at his residence. (GABRIEL BOUYS/AFP via Getty Images)

In particular, ketamine mixed with buprenorphine can enhance sedation and lead to unresponsiveness, said Johnson.

Buprenorphine, a drug that is prescribed to treat opioid use disorder, was in Perry’s system at the time of his death.

Guidelines to be published soon

ASKP3 announced that it will soon publish guidelines for safe use of the drug.

“In the wake of Matthew Perry’s autopsy report, we are committed to creating and publishing guidelines for at-home ketamine use, which should only be practiced with a very specific patient profile and only in the context of a close relationship with a physician and in-office follow-up,” the organization said in a released statement.

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

It is important for people to recognize the distinction between different uses of the drug, according to Prashad.

“In reality, the ways in which ketamine is used for anesthesia versus depression versus abuse are all very different in terms of dosage and frequency.”

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Enjoy The Warmth Of New Menus In These Delhi Restaurants Before 2023 Ends

No Comments

Delhi, the gastronomic heart of India, is always abuzz with culinary innovations. The city’s restaurant scene is forever dynamic, and this winter season brings a wave of exciting changes to menus across the capital. From reinvented classics to daring fusions, the new offerings promise a feast for the senses. Whether you’re a local foodie or a visitor eager to explore, the capital’s dining scene promises a delectable journey of flavors, textures, and stories on every plate. And the best way to enjoy it is by exploring new food offerings by our favourite restaurants.  
Also Read: Food Festivals And Restaurants Offers In November-December 2023 That Are Not To Be Missed

Here Are Must-Try New Restaurant Menus In December 2023: 

1. Third Wave Coffee: 

Indulge in Third Wave Coffee’s latest menu, featuring the Achari Paneer Sandwich, a fusion of Indian-style paneer tikka, Makhani Mayo, coleslaw, and lettuce on herbed focaccia. The Mexican Paneer Sandwich adds an international twist with soft paneer, spicy aioli, and coleslaw. Explore more with the Spicy Potato, Pepper Chicken, and Spicy Chicken Sandwiches. The menu also offers convenient Chicken and Paneer Wraps. Don’t miss the limited-time Toffee Nut Mocha Frappe, Toffee Nut Mocha Latte, and Triple Chocolate Frappe, bringing a festive touch to your taste buds. 

2. Breakfast Menu At Greenr Cafe 

Greenr Cafe has launched a plant-based breakfast menu to to add to the already extensive vegan offerings. While customers will still not find processed vegan sausages or eggs, there are some in-house whole foods versions of the classics, including scrambled eggs (using silken tofu as a substitute). The heroes of their breakfast are the Open Toasts – a category that is increasingly being sought out for its simplicity and elegance. They offer eight types of savoury and sweet open toasts – all on artisanal sourdough breads, sourced from their partner Earthy Grains. Also on offer are their house pancakes – deliciously vegan and certainly to surprise people with their wholesomeness. Don’t miss the classic sides that include their signature sweet potato hash browns as well as a roasted tomato medley. 

3. Tapas Menu At Mezze Mambo 

Mezze Mambo, the culinary gem nestled in the heart of New Delhi, has launched its all-new Tapas menu, a culinary journey inspired by the Silk Route. This exciting addition to the menu perfectly complements the establishment’s eclectic atmosphere and promises a gastronomic adventure for food enthusiasts. The menu includes Mushroom Shami Kebab, Beetroot Cutlet, Brown Butter – Garlic Broccoli, East Side Shrimps, Shatta Chicken, Hunters Pork Fry, Khyber Kebab, Mambo’s Pork Chili and Mutton Shami Kebab. 

4. Cocktail and Mocktail menu at VietNom DLF Avenue, Saket  

VietNom has unveiled an all-new Cocktail and Mocktail menu at their outlet in DLF Avenue, Saket. The outlet’s skilled bartenders have employed modern techniques such as sous vide, infusions, and homemade bitters to extract the essence of the finest local and international fruits, herbs, and spices, resulting in creations that can only be described as liquid masterpieces. Some of their Signatures on the new menu include; Hanoi Dance a Whisky Cocktail with hints of Ginger, Turmeric and Lemongrass; Trái thạch lựu, a Vodka Cocktail with fresh pomegranate, lavender and egg white. While the Mocktails include, a Mango Fig Lemonade, Jasmine Peach Tea and more exquisite delights. 

5. NAO

NAO, Next Asian Outing, has launched its new menu to celebrate its one-year anniversary. NAO, nestled in the upscale neighbourhood of M Block Market GK-2, has quickly become the go-to destination for authentic Asian flavours with a fusion twist. The new menu at NAO offers a symphony of flavours that cater to all palates. Guests can savour dishes like Thai Curries, Japanese Katsu & Sushi, Burmese Khow-Suey, Thin Sheet Dimsums & Open Faced Baos. The menu also boasts innovative fusion-inspired dishes, including Asian Chilli Burrata & Thai Avocado Salad. Some must-try dishes include Dan Dan Noodles, Bacon Kimchi Fried Rice, Korean Fried Chicken, and customizable Stone Bowls. NAO also announced its liquor launch, featuring Korean-themed Soju Shots, Soju Sangria, and Asian Ingredients-inspired cocktails like Kaffir Lime Infused Vodka & Yuzu-based Gin with Aperol called “Live In The Nao.”

6 Salad Days

Salad Days has a robust network of 14 cloud kitchens strategically located across the Delhi-NCR region and Bangalore. Salad Days also maintains an organic farm in the prime location of Vasant Kunj, where they grow a selection of fresh produce for its menu. As winter is here, they have grown strawberries and a lot of salad greens broccoli, napa cabbage etc. which they use in their salads. Its new menu includes Blackened Chicken, Avocado and mango Salad, Roasted Chicken Salad, Falafel Farmer Salad, Indian Earth Bowl, Exotic Fruit Bowl, Quinoa and grilled veggies salad (in the salads category); Green Goddess Avocado Sandwich, Spicy 3 Meat & Feta Sandwich (in baguette sandwich category); Veg Falafel Pita Pocket (in pita pocket category); Blueberry Medley Oatmeal Bowl (in overnight oatmeal bowl category); Broccoli, Kale & Almond Soup, Egg-dropped chicken soup (in soup category); Rise & Shine Pressed Juice, Orange Pressed Juice, Watermelon & Chia Pressed Juice, Mango Smoothie, Wild Berries Smoothie (in Beverages category); and Fruit Chia Pudding (in healthy desserts category) and more. 

7. Cafe Delhi Heights

Cafe Delhi Heights invites you to experience the warmth and richness of the winter season through their freshly launched menu. Among the highlights is the Chocolate Bomb, a decadent treat that promises a unique and indulgent hot chocolate experience. For those with a penchant for morning delights, the Red Velvet Baby Croissant beckons with delicate layers of pastry, a dollop of cream cheese, and a luscious chocolate filling. The Focaccia Sandwich, available with sauteed vegetables or sauteed chicken, presents a savoury option with each bite, served on freshly baked focaccia bread. Sweeten your winter moments with the Apple Tart, featuring flaky layers and a sweet apple filling. For communal dining, the Four Cheese Fondue provides a Cafe Delhi Heights twist on the classic fondue.
To conclude your culinary journey on a sweet note, the Chocolate Fondue offers a delightful ensemble of chocolate dipping sauce paired with fresh strawberries, muffins, and marshmallows. Visit Cafe Delhi Heights to savour these exquisite creations that capture the essence of winter indulgence.
 

Cafe Delhi Heights’ new menu

8. Gulati 

Gulati Restaurant unveils an enticing winter menu, offering a symphony of flavours to warm your palate during the chilly season. Indulge in the quintessential Punjabi delight with Sarson ka Saag and Makki ki Roti, a timeless combination of mustard greens and cornmeal flatbread. Savour the Amritsari Fish, a crispy delicacy that pays homage to the rich culinary traditions of Amritsar. The menu further boasts Saag Chicken and Saag Meat, where succulent meats are bathed in a luscious blend of winter greens. For a comforting start, choose between the hearty Chicken Shorba and the classic Tomato Soup. Vegetarian delights include Palak Paneer and Aloo Methi, showcasing the wholesome goodness of spinach, cottage cheese, and fenugreek-infused potatoes. Seafood enthusiasts can relish the aromatic Fish Curry, while those with a sweet tooth can conclude their feast with the decadent Moong Dal Halwa. The Gur ka Parantha, a sweet flatbread, adds the perfect finishing touch to this culinary journey.

9. MKT at The Chanakya

Satiate your holiday palate as MKT at The Chanakya presents a new irresistible holiday-themed menu. Be it an opulent dinner or a sweet brunch, try the sweet, savoury and beverages starting December 15th till January 5th. Devour Winter Yuletide specials like authentic Italian dishes such as Pomodoro, Spinach, and Ricotta Lasagna to appetizers like Ballotine de Poulet and Lobster Thermidor. And not to miss the holiday special dessert, Dark Chocolate Plum Pudding. It is a perfect sweet ending to your fulfilling meal. Sip on a rich minty Hot Buttered Rum, Mulled Wine, or a Sweet Whiskey Infused MKT Malt Hot Chocolate! 
 

Key events of China’s reform and opening up in past 45 years

No Comments

China’s reform and opening up that started 45 years ago was the start of the country’s endeavor to achieve its own development as well as closer ties with the rest of the world. 

Here are some of the key events in the past 45 years.

In 1978, one of China’s most significant basic policies, reform and opening up, was adopted under the leadership of late Chinese leader Deng Xiaoping, also known as the chief architect of the reform and opening up.

Two years later, the 15th meeting of the Standing Committee of the fifth National People’s Congress, the national legislature, approved the establishment of special economic zones (SEZs) in Shenzhen, Zhuhai and Shantou in Guangdong Province and Xiamen in Fujian Province.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

In 1984, China opened 14 coastal cities. Four years later, the tropical island of Hainan became a province and a special economic zone. In 1990, China started to develop and open up Shanghai’s Pudong, which has now become an investment heaven for foreign firms.

To support the opening up of Pudong in Shanghai, the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and the State Council decided to open a stock exchange there.

In 1990, the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) was established, making it the first Chinese stock exchange since the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

After years of development, the Shanghai Stock Exchange has become one of the world’s most important stock exchange markets. By the end of 2022, there have been 2,174 listed companies on the SSE, with a total market value of stocks of 46.4 trillion yuan (around $6.5 trillion).

In early 1992, Deng paid an inspection tour to south China, during which he delivered a series of remarks that reaffirmed the nation’s commitment to further reform and opening up.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

In the same year, Shanghai’s Pudong New Area, China’s first such new area, was established to boost international competitiveness of the Yangtze River Delta region. Nowadays, it has become an investment heaven for foreign firms.

On December 25, 1993, the State Council issued the Decisions on the Reform of the Financial System. The goals of the reform include establishing the central bank macro-control system that can implement monetary policy independently under the leadership of the State Council and establishing a unified and open financial market system with orderly competition and strict management.

On January 11, 1994, the State Council announced the decision on further deepening the reform of foreign trade and put forward the tasks of China’s foreign trade system reform, which includes open management, equal competition and self-responsibility for profits/loss. 

While stressing closer ties with the rest of the world, China in 1999 put forward the West Development Strategy to help the underdeveloped western regions catch up with the more prosperous eastern areas.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

The country’s vast western region covers 12 provincial-level regions including Guizhou, Chongqing, Gansu, Inner Mongolia, Xizang and Xinjiang.

In 2001, China joined the World Trade Organization and became its 143rd member. This was a milestone in China’s integration into economic globalization, marking a new historic stage of reform and opening-up, said the white paper titled “China and the World Trade Organization,” which was released in 2018.

On January 1, 2006, China abolished agricultural land tax, marking the end of an ancient tax that had been in place in China for over 2,600 years. Besides, China has also introduced and enacted a series of poverty alleviation policies, which greatly eased the burden on farmers and stimulated their enthusiasms to grow more grain.

In 2010, Shanghai World Expo opened on the night of May 1. It marked the first such global event hosted by a developing country. It attracted around 246 participating countries, regions and international organizations and 73 million visitors.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

Since the 18th CPC National Congress in 2012, China has continued to deepen reform and expand opening up. In late 2013, the CPC set up the Central Leading Group for Deepening Overall Reform, an institution chaired by General Secretary Xi Jinping — who is also Chinese president — and tasked with steering forward China’s reform endeavors.

And in the same year, China’s first free trade zone (FTZ) was set up in Shanghai. Since then, China has boasted 21 FTZs and the Hainan Free Trade Port.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

From the coastal areas to the central inland regions and border provinces, the FTZs have become pacesetters for the country’s high-standard reform and opening up.

Also in the same year, China proposed the Belt and Road Initiative. So far, more than 150 countries and over 30 international organizations have signed Belt and Road cooperation agreements, with the initiative extending from the Eurasian continent to Africa and Latin America.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

In 2015, the Asia Infrastructure Investment Bank was established. Tasked with financing infrastructure projects that prioritize sustainability, the bank has since grown to 109 approved members worldwide, three of whom were newly approved at this year’s annual meeting. 

On November 5, 2018, the first China International Import Expo, the world’s first import-themed national-level expo, kicked off. With the slogan “New Era, Shared Future,” the CIIE sets to strengthen business ties, open China’s market wider and garner support for free trade.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

Since its debut in 2018, the CIIE has become a showcase of China’s new development paradigm, a platform for high-standard opening-up and public good for the whole world.

In 2019, China rolled out revised negative lists for foreign investment market access, introducing greater opening-up and allowing foreign investors to run majority-share-controlling or wholly-owned businesses in more sectors.

In 2020, China signed the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP). The RCEP groups the 10 members of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), as well as China, Japan, South Korea, Australia and New Zealand, covering roughly 30 percent of the world’s gross domestic product and population.

Also in the same year, China released a master plan to build the whole of Hainan Island into a globally influential and high-level free trade port (FTP) by the middle of the century.

Key events of China's reform and opening up in past 45 years

Since then, a slew of favorable policies have been issued to support the development of the Hainan FTP, including zero tariffs and easing market and foreign investment access.

At the end of 2020, China achieved the goal of eliminating extreme poverty – nearly 100 million people in rural areas who had lived below the poverty line shook off poverty and all 832 designated poor counties, mostly in the central and western regions, stepped out of poverty, according to a white paper titled “Poverty Alleviation: China’s Experience and Contributions,” which was released in April 2021.

Today’s China has become the world’s second-largest economy, the largest trading nation and a major magnet for global investors.

Data from the World Bank showed that from 2013 to 2021, China’s contribution to global economic growth averaged 38.6 percent, higher than that of the Group of Seven countries combined.

At the 30th Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Economic Leaders’ Meeting in November, President Xi Jinping said during his speech that as China celebrates 45 years of reform and opening up this year, it will continue to pursue high-quality development and high-standard opening up.

During his recent inspection tour in Shanghai, Xi stressed that Shanghai, as the forefront of China’s reform and opening up and an international metropolis with close links to the world, should comprehensively deepen reform and opening up from a higher starting point so as to advance its driving force for development and competitiveness.

(With input from Xinhua)

(Cover: Containers at Yangshan Port at the Shanghai Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, China, August 29, 2021. /CFP)

Dress Worn by Princess Diana Sells for a Record $1.15 Million

No Comments

She wore the ballerina-length evening dress to a 1985 dinner hosted by the mayor of Florence, Italy, and again to the Vancouver Symphony Orchestra the following year. On Sunday, that dress, which belonged to Diana, Princess of Wales, sold at auction for nearly $1.15 million — a record amount for one of her dresses.

The piece, created by Jacques Azagury, the Moroccan-British fashion designer, was “synonymous with the Princess of Wales’s royal elegance and eternal grace,” the Hollywood auction house, Julien’s Auctions, said in a statement, noting that it had sold for more than 11 times what the auction house had predicted that it would bring.

The dress was sold along with a matching illustration that detailed its black velvet bodice embroidered with metallic stars, a two-tier royal blue organza skirt with a sash and bow (a nod to Diana’s love of dance) and one of her signature looks: shoulder pads.

“The fact that this dress, all these years later, goes for this amount — I think people continue to be in awe of her and her fashion,” Elizabeth Holmes, a fashion critic and expert in the royal family’s style, said in an interview on Monday. “Diana has remained a fashion icon.”

The sale of the dress came as “The Crown” — the opulent Netflix series about the British royal family that has renewed interest in the life of Princess Diana and her children — airs its final season. Several of the show’s 60 episodes are devoted to the princess and the controversies in the years leading up to her death in a car crash in 1997.

The series also showcases her famous clothes. Diana, among the most photographed women in the world at the time, knew her fashion would be observed by millions, and evolved from a modest young woman into a glamorous international celebrity.

“She knew the power of a picture,” Ms. Holmes, the fashion critic, said, describing how Diana used fashion to communicate with onlookers and draw attention to the charities she supported — even as her public speech was limited. When Diana wore the ballerina dress in the 1980s, the princess had truly begun to lean into her personal style, taking risks with shorter hemlines, lower necklines and bold silhouettes, Ms. Holmes said. “You can see that in this dress,” she added. “You can place it in time.”

The sale followed an auction in September at which Diana’s iconic black sheep sweater was sold by Sotheby’s for $1.14 million.

At Sunday’s sale, a blouse the princess wore in her 1981 engagement portrait sold for $381,000, four times its original estimate, Julien’s Auctions said.

Diana was the first to auction off her clothing — cleaning out her closet just months before she died to sell 79 dresses in New York and donate $3.25 million to charity.

“It’s interesting to see how her style, thank God, changed,” Joan Rivers, the comedian, said at the time, as she observed the cocktail and evening dresses. A Los Angeles real estate broker, Donna Burgess, noted at the same event that she had come “to Never-Never Land to get a piece of the fairy tale” that, at the time, appeared to some to be Princess Diana’s life.

As is common, Julien’s did not reveal the buyer of the Azagury ballerina dress. Ms. Holmes, the critic, said she hoped whoever it was would treat it with appropriate care.

“I’m dying to know what the people who buy these clothes do with them,” she said. “Are you hanging it in your closet? What’s going on?”

The Life Sciences Industry in 2023 and a View for 2024

No Comments

In the coming year, efficiency and automation will take center stage to maximize constrained resources but balancing sensible financial management with strategic investments will be vital.

The breakneck pace of digital transformation spurred by COVID-19 continued to reshape the life sciences landscape in 2023. Rather than a single watershed moment, this year marked an inflection point as companies begin to move from reactionary adoption to the deliberate integration of advanced technologies across the value chain.

Over the year, the focus for life science companies once again remained on advancing R&D and process efficiency—as well as improving data quality in an effort to become more data-driven—all whilst fighting to keep heads above water amidst increasingly diverse regulatory requirements and the need to drive greater productivity from fewer resources. Now at the crest of foundational disruption and optimization, the overnight digital transformation sparked by the pandemic has cleared the path for life sciences leaders to reach the next level in 2024, where data and technology amplifies human potential rather than displaces it.

Let’s reflect on the key events that defined this transitional year and glimpse the future digital strategies that will separate the thriving from the surviving.

Dallying with Data and Digital Transformation

Throughout 2023, the life sciences industry has been heavily focused on leveraging advanced technologies such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, and automation to drive innovation and accelerate research and development. Though digital technologies present considerable opportunities for life sciences companies, most have yet to fully embrace and integrate these innovations in an ongoing, committed way that capitalizes on their transformative potential.

A number of organizations have been applying these tools and technologies to challenges such as R&D, drug discovery, personalized medicine, and enhancing clinical trials. However, the industry is grappling with low quality, outdated, and incomplete data, hindering progress toward newer systems that rely on these data.

In response to a greater understanding of data’s critical role in innovation and reduced time to market for new products, a wave of data-centricity in life science R&D processes opened many new challenges for organizations, particularly in master data management, data governance, and data interoperability. The challenge manifested in understanding who owns what data, how the data items link together, how to track and trace these data, and how to perform impact analysis on changes to the data.

Some life science companies have made strides this year in tapping into data’s potential to accelerate discoveries and outcomes. Organizations are becoming more aligned with common definitions (defining single consistent dose strength in your organization that are ready for IDMP, for example), and there has been an increase in adoption of cloud-based systems and platforms to consolidate, analyze, and share data. But these organizations are battling with data lacunae, cross-business data ownership, and a standard of data quality that is, in some cases, terrifyingly inconsistent. Is there the will—or the financial backing—to address this?

Part of the challenge is that large pharma companies have a significant amount of legacy data, and the clean-up or rationalization of that data is far more tasking, or perhaps impossible, and may not bring a large return on investment for older products. Small to medium pharma companies on the other hand look to stand a better chance at getting their data organized and aligned going forward.

Similarly, regulatory requirements and initiatives such as SPOR, IDMP, FHIR, and ePI, may drive companies to make changes in their master data in ways that meet the scope of those initiatives and regulations, but this does not give them time to step back and look at the bigger picture, which could give rise to different and more efficient long-term solutions and master data design.

Pressures for Decreased Time-to-Market

The pandemic accelerated drug development timelines and heightened expectations for faster access to new therapies, and this urgency has certainly persisted post-pandemic. Intense competition and the high costs of drug development have motivated companies to try to recoup investments faster through quicker product launches. But, startups and smaller biotechs with leaner organizations and more agile processes are disrupting the market and setting new speed norms that large pharma is struggling to keep pace with; however, patient safety remains paramount.

While the pressures for speed have intensified, quality must be maintained. Striking this balance has been a key focus across the industry in 2023. One of the ways we’ve seen this come to fruition is through a greater focus on collaboration with industry partners.

Many companies have moved from the art of the possible in collaboration with other companies to kicking off those initiatives and actually making the investment. The increased squeeze of competition is making time-to-market an even bigger deal, and some of the “great firewalls” of larger life sciences companies are beginning to modernize to allow more rapid collaboration with new partners (suppliers, manufacturers, CROs, CMOs, co-development partners, auditors).

While the level of collaboration looks to have increased, the traditional ways of doing this—through tools such as SharePoint, Box, and email—are continuing to add to the pain of data and document duplication, lack of security, auditing, and versioning. In the coming years, life science organizations will need to begin the move to purpose-built, cloud-native collaboration solutions to connect partners in a unified ecosystem; breaking down silos, while increasing security and compliance, and reducing duplicative work. Ultimately, this will be essential to compressing development timelines and accelerating speed-to-market in today’s competitive climate.

The Impact of Budget Constraints on Efficiency and Innovation

So, have budget constraints in key areas of the business slowed progress and innovation in 2023? Or, have they instead forced decision-makers’ hands into investing in more strategic and efficient domains? Humanity’s collective short-term memory means we’re eternally and irrationally skeptical of the repeating patterns of both war and recession, especially following major global upheavals like the pandemic.

But they’re almost as sure as the sun rising. The smart money would be investing in automation and efficient structures/processes to weather the continuing storm, and that’s exactly what a number of organizations have been doing in 2023.

The most forward-looking companies paired fiscal restraint with targeted investments to reshape operations for lasting efficiency. They automated repetitive tasks to boost productivity beyond headcount, while cloud initiatives and digitization reduced IT infrastructure and security burdens.

There has certainly been some progress and advancements in innovation, yet our technical team have witnessed first-hand that the post-pandemic technological boom is being focused down to only strategic projects with the greatest ROI, which might not always be the most efficient long-term. This prioritization risks neglecting foundational enhancements that, while less glamorous, better position organizations for the future. Investments such as automations, data management, and governance may not directly drive revenue in the short-term but are crucial to compete in the coming years.

As we enter 2024, life science companies will need to find the right balance between fiscal prudence and continued investment in growth. The impacts will linger even as the economy recovers.

Looking to 2024

With the waters tested, 2024 is the time for life sciences leaders to dive fully into digital transformation, not just dip their toes. Life science companies have laid the groundwork needed to thrive in 2024 and beyond, with momentum building toward a foundation of high-quality data that enable and amplify human-driven processes. In the coming year, efficiency and automation will take center stage to maximize constrained resources but balancing sensible financial management with strategic investments will remain important—long-term thinking must not be sacrificed for short-term savings.

Partnership ecosystems will continue expanding, and quality, reusable data will be the essential thread that differentiates the organizations that can drive progress and innovation. The industry is sure to see rapid expansion in terms of data-driven automations. There is a general buzz in the air that structured data are the future, rather than document-driven workflows, which means there are a lot of exciting opportunities on the horizon to revolutionize business processes at every step from trials to safety monitoring.

However, existing data are currently “trapped” in documents at most organizations, so there is a pressing need for tools that can extract that trapped data and move it to a structured model. Once such a model is in place, there are many clear gains, from the ability to automate the generation of submissions to health authorities, to huge increases in pattern-tracking for areas such as pharmacovigilance and regulatory intelligence.

For life sciences leaders, 2024 is time to move beyond tentative implementation of new processes and technologies, confidently reshaping operations for the next normal. Companies that strategically harness data-driven, digital capabilities will propel the industry into a more innovative, resilient, and patient-centric future, ensuring they not only serve patient health more effectively but keep their costs under control.

About the Author

Max Kelleher is chief operating officer at Generis. He is passionate about providing a viable, pragmatic path for modernizing enterprise information management in regulated industries. His close work with both pharma companies and specialist solution partners has afforded him deep insight into the critical modern-day challenges that traditional approaches to business processes and information use in complex industries like life sciences do not fulfill.

Cats and Countertops: What Olga Gets Away With

No Comments

Due to their climbing and balancing skills, cats can explore several areas in their homes off-limits to canines. Dogs are undoubtedly irritated when they see their feline roommates casually strolling along on the countertops in the kitchen, but I’ve never allowed cats, dogs, or birds to access areas where I prepare food.

Unlike my previous cat, Olga hasn’t tried to leap on the counter, and luckily, she’s not as agile as a Siamese. However, she gets excited before mealtime, and when I’m opening a can of food or pouring kibble into a bowl, she stands on her hind legs with her front claws beneath the lip of the countertop and walks back and forth. She’s a quiet cat, but she belts out her cutest meows to encourage me to move faster with the food.

“If I just stretch a littttttle more…”

Playful Behavior

I haven’t trained Olga to stop scooting around with her claws on the counter’s edge because it cracks me up. She looks hilarious, and it’s one of the few times, except for car rides to the vet’s office, when I hear her voice.
After placing her food bowl on the floor, I always sanitize the counter. Since her claws only touch the bottom edge, they’re less likely to contaminate my food, but I don’t like taking chances regarding food safety.

Indoor Cats vs Outdoor Cats

Indoor cats like Olga don’t typically encounter decaying carcasses, fertilizer, pesticides, or feces from wild or stray animals in their homes. Some owners may think keeping their cats indoors makes them less likely to contaminate their kitchen when they jump on the counters.

Although that makes sense, indoor cats spend plenty of time in the litter box. After Olga digs around and covers up her waste, the last place I want her to jump is a clean counter I use to prepare food.

Safety Considerations

I have friends who allow their cats to eat and play on the countertop, but I think it’s a bad idea for several reasons. Besides the possibility of me getting sick from the litter box’s bacteria, I’m afraid Olga will get hurt if she jumps on the counter and lands on a chef’s knife or serrated bread knife. I don’t eat out often and usually make dinner at home, so I prep food on the counter every day.

Olga eyeing up her dinner

Although I let her near the counter when I’m preparing her food, I keep her away when chopping vegetables, making dough, or working with ingredients like onions and garlic. Olga isn’t a picky eater, but since onions, garlic, and any species from the Allium family are toxic to felines, I keep her away from the kitchen when I’m prepping them.

Sometimes, the aromas from cooking are too much for her to ignore, and she runs into the kitchen and begs for a bite. It’s hard to resist the pleas of a primarily silent cat, but I say, “No!” and she walks away reluctantly. If your cat plays on the countertops, I suggest training them to explore other areas of your home.

Olga on the chair looking adorable

The kitchen is dangerous, even for humans, and your gourmet meal will delight your family and friends even more when prepared in a sanitary environment.

IT/ITeS SEZ developers want ‘proportionate’ tax benefits for common areas in demarcated zones

No Comments

The government is examining a proposal from SEZ developers to allow them to retain part of the tax sops they received for common infrastructure in demarcated IT/ITeS SEZs that can be accessed by both SEZ units and non-SEZ IT/ITeS businesses, sources have said.

“SEZ developers have sought clarification from the government on whether they need to return the entire tax benefits they availed for building infrastructure in the common area of IT/ITeS SEZ units, such as lifts or cafeterias, that they choose to partly denotify. The developers want to convince the government to allow them to repay tax concessions only proportionate to the area that they de-notify,” a source tracking the matter told businessline.

The Commerce & Industry Ministry, however, is hesitant about getting into complexities such as “proportionality” as it could lead to assessment problems, the official added.

The Centre recently amended the Special Economic Zone (SEZ) Rules to allow demarcation of a portion of the built-up area in an IT/ITeS SEZ as a non-processing area, subject to conditions including repayment of tax concessions attributable to the area.

Tax benefits

This also came with a caveat that tax benefits from the creation of social or commercial infrastructure and other facilities, if proposed to be used by both SEZ units and those in the non-processing area, must be repaid based on a certificate issued by a chartered engineer.

“What the developers say is that if they are denotifying two floors in an IT/ITES SEZ building comprising 10 floors, then they are basically denotifying 20 per cent of the area and should be asked to repay tax benefits for common area infrastructure in the same proportion. The problem is that the government wants to take a decision whereby the interpretation of the assessing officer is reduced to the minimum,” the source added.

The government’s decision to allowing co-existence of SEZ units and non-SEZ IT/ITeS business in the same SEZ premises has been largely welcomed by developers who can now optimally utilise the vacant space in existing SEZs.

The Rise of Happy, Single Women: A reason why men need to upgrade their relationship skills

No Comments

In an interesting paradox, heterosexual single men have been lonelier than ever whereas heterosexual single women are happier than their male counterparts.

Women aren’t settling anymore.

Psychologist Greg Matos caused a social media uproar in last month when he published an article on the rise of single, lonely men and a big contributing factor is the higher dating standards of women. Some findings in Dr. Matos shares:

  • Dating opportunities for heterosexual men are diminishing as relationship standards rise.
  • Younger and middle-aged men are the loneliest they’ve been in generations 

While most welcomed the idea of women finally rooting for equitable relationships – for a selection of men, it was a hard pill to swallow. Some disgruntled comments on my YouTube video shed some light on the sentiment:

“Women are delusional in their standards.”

“Women, enjoy your crazy cat lady starter kits.”

“Women like her still complaining…”

Many men are triggered by the notion that women are raising their standards, and no longer tolerating poor communication skills and emotional unavailability. The suggestion that men do the work to improve their relational skills? Crazy! Delusional!

I’m surprised to see so many guys get so defensive (also don’t shoot the messenger – we’re sharing the data) as I’ve had hate comments on my Tik Tok and Instagram as well.  

Women aren’t demanding that men make more money or get better looking – they’re asking for men to step up their relationship skills. This is actually great news – because unlike superficial stuff like looks, height and wealth – relationship skills can be learned and developed. The best part – it’s free! 

If you are a man who wants to get a shot at real companionship, it’s going to take some investment in your relationship skills. Here’s a communication framework you can practice and build those EQ skills!

Practice constructive communication

Do you find your conversations escalating in intensity? Find yourself getting defensive or passive-aggressive? Try the Non-Violent Communication (NVC) method.

Developed by Marshall Rosenberg, Ph.D., NVC is a framework that helps you communicate with empathy and connection, helping the conversation move forward versus repeating in circles. 

It uses a four-stage process of observation, identifying feelings, identifying needs, and making a clear request.

  1. Observe the facts without judgment. State the facts, not your interpretations or assumptions. For example My event on Saturday started at 2PM and I sent you two reminders to arrive on time.
  1. Describe how you feel using “I” language. For example, I felt sad when you didn’t come on time, especially because that was an important event for me.
  1. Consider the unmet need. Feelings, such as anger and sadness reveal unmet needs, such as love, acceptance, connection, etc.
  1. Make a clear request. Express a specific, doable request. You are stating a preference not making a demand. Don’t be vague. Instead of “Be more thoughtful!” you can say, “Would you be open to going together for the Thursday event so we can ensure we are there 15 minutes early?”

There are a whole host of tools you can learn to start developing your relationship skills. There’s no need to feel ashamed of where you’re starting out at. It’s not like they taught us this stuff in school. We learned how to dissect a frog before learning how to get in touch with our emotions, express them, and leverage healthy coping mechanisms. 

Developing these skills isn’t just for the sake of women, it’s for yourself. You’ll find a ripple effect in all of your relationships – from professional, platonic and romantic. There’s no doubt you can do it if you choose to invest the effort.

The question is, will you rise up to the challenge?

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

Asics tenisice opet su popularne. Najtraženije modele našli smo po sniženim cijenama

No Comments

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

How a 2017 Kobe Bryant video helped Dodgers recruit Shohei Ohtani

No Comments

Late Lakers legend Kobe Bryant recorded a video message for Shohei Ohtani to help the Dodgers recruit the Japanese baseball star in 2017.

Ohtani didn’t see it back then, but he did view it six years later, when the Dodgers were again recruiting the two-time American League MVP as a free agent.

The team showed the video to Ohtani during his free agent visit to Dodger Stadium on Dec. 1, according to sources who have knowledge of the meeting but are unauthorized to discuss it publicly.

Ohtani is now a Dodger, having signed a $10-year, $700-million deal with the team and appearing in an introductory news conference last week.

ESPN’s Alden Gonzalez and Jeff Passan were the first to report that the Dodgers played the video for Ohtani during the meeting. The two-way superstar told ESPN through his interpreter that it was “one of the highlights of the whole meeting.”

The Dodgers, who declined to comment for this story, were one of a number of teams that met with Ohtani in late 2017 as he was transitioning from Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan to Major League Baseball. He ended up signing with the Angels.

According to one of The Times’ sources, the Dodgers would have used the Bryant video that year if they received a second meeting with Ohtani. When that didn’t happen, the source said, the team saved it for when Ohtani hit the free-agent market again.

Bryant, daughter Gianna and seven others died in a helicopter crash in Calabasas on Jan. 26, 2020.

A source told The Times that the contents of Bryant’s message to Ohtani were private. ESPN reported that Ohtani was taken aback to hear the legendary figure say his name.

“It was a strong and touching message,” Ohtani told ESPN of the video.

Times staff writer Jack Harris contributed to this report.

Samsung Galaxy Book4 Series unveiled – Here’s all you need to know

No Comments

Samsung has unveiled its new PC series ‘Galaxy Book4’ and the company claims that it is by far the most intelligent lineup, which includes – Galaxy Book4 Ultra, Book4 Pro and Book4 Pro 360.

The latest series, which comes with a new intelligent processor, will be made available in a phase-wise manner in select markets, starting with Korea in January 2024.

Galaxy Book4 Ultra will be available in 16-inch in Moonstone Gray, Galaxy Book4 Pro will be available in 14-inch and 16-inch with Moonstone Gray and Platinum Silver colour options and Galaxy Book4 Pro 360 will be available in 16-inch, also in Moonstone Gray and Platinum Silver.

“The Galaxy Book4 series plays a key role in bringing best-in-class connectivity to our ecosystem that will broaden how people interact with their PC, phone, tablet and other devices for truly intelligent and connected experiences,” TM Roh, President and Head of Mobile eXperience Business at Samsung Electronics, said in a statement.

The latest series comes with a new Intel Core Ultra 9 processor that combines a faster central processing unit (CPU), a higher-performance graphics processing unit (GPU) and a newly added neural processing unit (NPU) into a single package.

Coupled with Intel’s industry-first AI PC Acceleration programme — which includes over 100 Independent Software Vendors (ISV), the new processor is enabling exciting new AI capabilities and helping boost productivity on the Galaxy Book4 series.

Additionally, the NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4070 Laptop GPU takes the user experience to the next level, the company said.

The series features a Dynamic AMOLED 2X display that offers clear contrast and vivid colour, whether indoors or outdoors.

With a touchscreen now added to all three models, the Galaxy Book4 series not only delivers a clear viewing experience but is also completely interactive — offering an optimised and familiar touch-based user interface, according to the company.

The evolution of self-checkout: From labour-saving promise to customer backlash | Travel

No Comments

The promise of self-checkout was alluring: Customers could avoid long lines by scanning and bagging their own items, workers could be freed of doing those monotonous tasks themselves and retailers could save on labor costs. All that has happened since the rollout of self-checkout but so has this: Customers griping about clunky technology that spits out mysterious error codes, workers having to stand around and monitor both humans and machines, and retailers contending with theft.

Shoppers at a Uniqlo store in New York use self-checkout on Wednesday, Dec. 6, 2023. Self-checkout faces a reckoning of sorts just as retailers are in the midst of their busiest time of the year. (AP Photo/Anne D’Innocenzio)

“Going to the grocery store used to be simple, and now it’s frustrating,” said Cindy Whittington, 66, of Fairfax, Virginia. “You’re paying more. You’re working harder to pay for merchandise at their store. And it’s become an ordeal to check out. I should get a 5% discount.” In 2021, self-checkout usage represented 30% of transactions, almost double from 2018, according to a survey of retailers by FMI, an industry group. And 96% of retailers surveyed offer self-checkout.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

But the technology is also facing a reckoning amid the critical holiday shopping season. Some retailers are adding restrictions, while others are pulling out completely. This past fall, Walmart removed self-checkout kiosks in three stores in Albuquerque, New Mexico as part of a location by location approach, but on the whole it is adding more than it is taking away. To reduce wait times, Target is now limiting the number of items to 10 that shoppers can scan in an handful of stores nationwide.

British supermarket chain Booths has been getting rid of its self-checkout at the majority of its stores for the past 18 months in reaction to customer backlash. A year ago, grocery chain Wegmans, citing “losses,” discontinued its self-checkout app that lets shoppers scan and bag items while they shop. However, it continues to offer self-checkout registers at its stores. Self-checkout, first tested in supermarkets in the late 1980s, gained momentum 20 years ago. But grocers ramped it up even more three years ago to address the pandemic-induced severe labor shortages.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics says technological advances such as self-checkout and online sales have been the main driver in the declining number of cashier jobs, although there are no precise estimates on how many cashiers have been replaced by self-checkout. According to Labor Department data, there are about 1.2 million people currently working as cashiers, compared to 1.4 million in 2019 and the BLS expects the number to fall by another 10% over the next decade.

“We are at an inflection point where if Americans are willing to do this and show an interest, then stores will probably expand it because they want to slash that labor cost,” said Christopher Andrews, associate professor and chair of sociology at Drew University and author of “The Overworked Consumer: Self-Checkouts, Supermarkets and the Do-It-Yourself Economy.” “But right now they’re just seeing downside. They’re seeing frustrated customers. They’re seeing increased costs and shoplifting.”

Theft is indeed an issue. Andrews said a technology that relies on shoppers to do their own scanning and punch in product quantities tempts even law abiding citizens to be dishonest. It’s easy to just scan every other item or punch in codes for a cheaper item. Shoppers could also make honest mistakes, leading to losses for stores. John Catsimatidis, chairman and CEO of Red Apple Group, owner of Gristedes and D’Agostino’s food stores in New York City, said he has no interest in self-checkout because of theft.

“Anybody who does it might as well hit your head over with a pipe,” he said. Still, self-checkout isn’t going away, especially with still stubborn labor shortages. And plenty of people love it. Ellen Wulfhorst, 65, said using self-checkout brings back her childhood when she played with a toy register. “There’s something childish and fun about it,” Wulfhorst said. “I get a big kick out of sliding the product across the reader, and it goes beep. There’s a certain satisfaction to it.”

For Robin Wissmann Doherty of South Salem, New York, who has a progressive neurodegenerative disease and uses a walker, self-checkout makes her shopping experience easier. The 67-year-old said she likes to shop at Stop & Shop because it has a “scan and go” technology that allows her to scan her items with a device as she shops and then tallies up her bill. She can either pay at a kiosk or at a manned register.

“The laser gun works for disabled people,” she said. Stew Leonard Jr., president and CEO of Stew Leonard’s, a supermarket chain that operates stores in Connecticut, New York and New Jersey, said 25% of its customers use self-service. That number could be up to 50% in the next few years. He noted one-third of its registers are unmanned, but he’s in a “holding pattern” and is thinking of limiting the number of items to be scanned.

Retailers have been adding cameras or sensors at kiosks to monitor shoppers. Kroger, for example, has deployed artificial intelligence technology at a majority of stores that triggers alerts when something is amiss. For example, if a shopper fails to scan a particular item successfully, the system flags the error on the screen and prompts the customer to self-correct. If customers are unable to resolve the issue themselves, a light above the self-checkout blinks to attract workers’ attention. There have been inroads for more advanced technology.

Amazon’s “just walkout technology” is in more than 70 Amazon-owned stores and more than 100 third-party retailers across the U.S., including airports. It uses sophisticated cameras and allows shoppers to check in with Amazon’s app on their phones and then walk out without having to check out. Japanese fashion retailer Uniqlo has RFID chips embedded in price tags to power a self-checkout system at its Fifth Avenue store in Manhattan, as part of a widescale rollout at its stores. Customers place their items in bins at self-service stations and pay — without having to scan items.

Still, for some workers who were supposed to be liberated from the monotonous task of ringing up customers, the tedium just comes in a different form. Bernadette Christian, 59, a worker at Giant Food in Clinton, Maryland, mans six self-service stations at once, and she’s afraid to help or confront shoppers who she said have become angrier since the pandemic. “It would be easy for us to be cashiers, and it would be a lot more safer in today’s world,” she said.

ABBA Voyage extra performances announced for Christmas season | Music | Entertainment

No Comments

It’s been a year and a half since ABBA opened their virtual residency in London.

Four decades on since breaking up, Agnetha Fältskog, Björn Ulvaeus, Benny Andersson and Anni-Frid Lyngstad reteamed for motion-capture performances in Stockholm.

Since opening at the ABBA Arena last year, their younger ABBAtars have been performing on their behalf with a live band and backing singers to critical acclaim.

As Christmas approaches, the specially-made venue in East London has been getting into the festive spirit.

Express.co.uk went to check it out for ourselves finding the wooden panelled open area outside the concert hall being covered in decorations.

Mulled wine and seasonal food and drinks were available to purchase alongside Christmas jumpers and baubles in the ABBA Arena gift shop.

Entering the dance floor ahead of the start of the show, an animation of a snow-covered forest was projected onto screens in front of the stage, adding to the twinkly festive atmosphere.

The show itself was like nothing we’d seen before as the ABBAtars performed with cracking live accompaniment across a thoroughly entertaining visual spectacle. The only thing we’d say could have been improved is that up close the ABBAtars themselves looked a little like soulless CGI characters from a mid-2000s Robert Zemeckis mo-cap movie. But no doubt the already impressive technology is only going to get better as time goes on.

A real treat even for the casual ABBA fan, the seasonal schedule with extra performances has been announced alongside Björn Ulvaeus and Sir Ian McKellen’s latest knitting videos with ABBA Christmas jumpers and socks.

ABBA Voyage Seasonal Schedule 2023

Wednesday December 20th 7:45pm *extra performance
Wednesday December 27th 3:00pm / 7:45pm
Thursday December 28th 3:00pm / 7:45pm
Friday December 29th 3:00pm / 7:45pm
Saturday December 30th 3:00pm / 7:45pm
Sunday December 31st 1:00pm
Monday January 1st 3:00pm / 7:45pm

The standard performance schedule will resume from January 4th.

Tickets for ABBA Voyage are now available until November 2024 and can be purchased here.

2024 Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed review

No Comments

Like its Triton sibling, the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport often loses the limelight to segment favourites – like the Ford Everest and Isuzu MU-X.

That’s not because it’s a bad vehicle, far from it. It remains one of the more sharply-priced entrants in the body-on-frame SUV class as rivals continue to push upmarket with their price positioning.

Mitsubishi has applied some running changes over the past couple of years or so, adding tyre pressure monitoring across the bulk of the line-up earlier this year and bringing in new entry-level and flagship variants the year prior.

While the Triton is about to enter a new generation in 2024, the next-gen Pajero Sport isn’t expected until at least 2025 according to a recent product roadmap – so the car you see here has some life in it yet.

WATCH: Paul’s video review of the Pajero Sport GSR 4×4

On test we have the penultimate Exceed variant, which sits just under the blacked-out GSR but offers much of the same luxury and convenience equipment at a price point that will see you in a mid-spec rival.

Is it still worth a look in its twilight years?

How does the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport fare vs its competitors?

View a detailed breakdown of the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport against similarly sized vehicles.

Mitsubishi Pajero Sport cutout image

Mitsubishi

Pajero Sport

How much does the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed cost?

The Pajero Sport Exceed 4×4 lists for $60,690 plus on-road costs. The company’s online configurator shows $63,740 drive-away based on a Melbourne postcode.

That money barely gets you into a base Everest Ambiente 4×4, or a mid-spec Isuzu MU-X LS-U 4×4. The updated SsangYong Rexton Ultimate is $58,000 plus on-roads, if you want a rival pick for value.

While it stacks up well on paper against the established favourites in the segment, even the base Everest and MU-X feature more comprehensive safety assist and infotainment tech suites, largely due to their relative youth compared to the Mitsi.

2024 Mitsubishi Pajero Sport pricing:

  • Pajero Sport GLX 4×2: $44,940
  • Pajero Sport GLS 4×2: $50,190
  • Pajero Sport GLX 4×4: $49,490
  • Pajero Sport GLS 4×4: $55,190
  • Pajero Sport Exceed 4×4: $60,690
  • Pajero Sport GSR 4×4: $62,440

Prices are before on-road costs

What is the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed like on the inside?

Much like it was when this generation first launched almost a decade ago.

A digital instrument cluster and a bigger central touchscreen have been added over the vehicle’s life, but the design is otherwise largely the same – balancing utility and comfort reasonably well.

Compared to the outgoing Triton, the Pajero Sport was already a bit nicer largely due to the different centre console treatment that has a padded lining for your knees to rest on. The addition of a digital instrument cluster on high-spec models definitely lifts the ambience and is a marked improvement over Mitsubishi’s ageing analogue gauges.

The leather-wrapped steering wheel isn’t the smoothest or most supple hide, and the same goes for the seat trim which looks a bit like toad skin after a bit of wear.

Electric adjustment for the front seats is a nice touch, though the pews themselves aren’t the best in class when it comes to bolstering and support, particularly under your thigh if you have long legs like me. The slippery leather trim doesn’t really hold you in either.

Overall, the layout and ergonomics are functional, if a little dated. Orange backlighting for the climate controls and swatches of piano black trim wouldn’t be my first pick (particularly the latter) as gloss black is prone to scuffs and scratches – especially in a vehicle like this.

It all feels pretty well screwed together; although, its commercial origins shine through in the materials used to line the cabin – no soft-touch surfaces in sight here. It’s all very durable and hard wearing, but far from plush or upmarket given the $60,000 price tag.

The 8.0-inch touchscreen features embedded TomTom navigation in higher grades like this Exceed, and also features a DAB radio tuner in addition to wired Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. While these are all handy box ticks on the spec sheet, the fact there’s nowhere to store your phone when it’s plugged in is simply an oversight.

Audio quality from the enhanced eight-speaker audio system is also fine, but there are better systems out there within the segment.

Storage is otherwise fine, with decent cupholders, a shelf under the centre stack for keys or a wallet, and shallow door bins with bottle holders. The front-centre armrest also acts as a lid to a decent cubby space as well.

Hop into the back and there’s a good amount of space for adults, and kids will be more than happy back there.

Sturdy grab handles on the B-pillars and side steps make getting in easier, though it’s on the narrower side. The elevated seat height means head room is a bit tight for taller folk like some of my colleagues – though 6’1 me fits just fine.

Amenities include roof-mounted air vents and grab handles; rear USB ports (four in the cabin all up); and a handy 220V power socket. Plus there are pockets in each seat-back and a flip-down armrest with cupholders.

The third row is handy to have for emergencies, but is best suited to kids. The ‘sporty’ design also means those rearmost windows are quite small, meaning that smaller passengers may find them harder to see out of. The seats do fold down into the floor when not in use; though, as the pictures show not quite as neatly as numerous rival SUVs.

The extra seating row does impact boot space though. The base five-seat GLX has 673 litres of capacity; whereas, with the third row folded the seven-seater only has 502L.

With the third row in use this shrinks to 131L, and with both rows folded you get 1488L. The boot in five-seater mode measures 1370mm long by 885mm tall by 1000mm between the wheel arch covers. A full-size spare tyre is mounted beneath the vehicle.

What’s under the bonnet?

Under the bonnet is a tried and tested 2.4-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel.

Outputs are rated at 133kW (3500rpm) and 430Nm (2500rpm), with drive in the Exceed sent to Mitsubishi’s Super Select 4WD system via an eight-speed automatic transmission with Evo-sourced paddle shifters.

The Pajero Sport is a bit down on grunt compared to rivals, which these days keep to a general benchmark of 150kW and 450-500Nm, and that’s reflected in vehicle performance as well as things like braked towing rating.

In our recent 4WD SUV Mega Test the Pajero Sport proved to be the slowest vehicle on test, with a leisurely 0-100km/h time of 12.61 seconds and a 10.17s window between 80 and 120km/h. It was the only vehicle to take more than 18 seconds to complete the 1/4 mile, also.

For reference, the MU-X was over a second quicker across all measurements, while the Everest Bi-Turbo was another half-second quicker again in all exercises.

Combined fuel consumption is rated at 8.0L/100km with CO2 emissions of 212g/km, while the fuel tank measures 68L. We averaged an indicated 8.1L/100km over 440km of mixed driving including plenty of daily commuting – not bad.

The Pajero Sport also is rated to tow up to 3100kg with a braked trailer, which is below the general benchmark of 3.5t in this segment. Towball download maximum is 310kg.

How does the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed drive?

Not much has changed for the Pajero Sport throughout its life, perhaps bar the eight-speed auto that was introduced as part of the mid-life facelift a couple of years back.

Being a little older than some of its rivals, general refinement of the powertrain isn’t up there with the best in segment. It has a rumbly diesel clatter on start-up and idle; although, it’s still not too bad all things considered.

In normal driving around town the Pajero Sport feels like most ladder-frame 4×4’s of its time; the controls are heavy, the diesel is lazy, and it lopes around like a big heavy thing.

That said, the eight-speed auto is pretty good at keeping the turbo-diesel in its torque band for driving in town and shifts very smoothly and reliably. You’d rarely feel the need to pull on one of the paddles in normal driving.

I spent most of my time in this commuting to and from the CarExpert Melbourne office during the week and while it felt like a step back in time, the Pajero Sport is one of the more agreeable 4×4’s in daily scenarios. For example, the old D-Max was a shocker to drive day to day, and the Everest was a bit clumsy, if nicely damped ride-wise.

There’s a bit of noise from the diesel engine under acceleration regardless of the intensity, especially if you’re comparing the Pajero Sport to a car-based SUV like a Kia Sorento. Could be better, but could be worse.

At least performance is pretty responsive and linear as noted earlier. When stopped there’s no idle stop/start tech to save fuel and emissions and traffic, so you’re just left with the drone of the diesel clatter in city gridlock – dugdugdug.

Where the Pajero Sport starts to show off its strengths is on the highway, where the engine and transmission can settle into a quiet cruise. The ride settles with a more wafty feel rather than the wobbly and at times jittery vibe it can give you in town when the rugged suspension and big wheels hit tram tracks and potholes.

It’s not a match for the excellent locally-developed Everest, which almost feels like a luxury SUV at times, but given its age and price point the Pajero Sport does a solid job at touring, and you can see why it has proven popular with adventurous Australian familes.

We didn’t take the Pajero Sport off the beaten track on this particular week, but we observed impressive results during the 4WD SUV Mega Test. There it performed reasonably well on the rollers, rolling back slightly in 2H before the traction control worked things out – it was very impressive in 4H, moving forward with barely any slip.

Its age showed in the flex test, where the door caught slightly on the body. It wasn’t the worst performer in that test, however. Mitsubishi’s traction control system walked the car out of the moguls with a minimum of fuss, even in the road-oriented 4A four-wheel drive setting. With 4H and Mud Mode engaged it was “even more effortless”.

It scaled Mogul Mountain without too much wheel slip, and the hill-descent control kept the car nice and controlled. Using the throttle you can make the car descend faster; although, you can’t use the cruise control buttons to do it as in some rivals.

Rev flaring was noticeable in the Pajero Sport going up Gravel Mountain, but it managed to scale the hill on the second attempt with its rear differential locked.

Driver assistance isn’t a particular strength for the big Mitsi, given it lags behind key rivals in terms of inclusions.

Standard adaptive cruise control works reasonably well, but only works until low speeds and then cancels itself. It doesn’t feature any form of stop/go or traffic jam assist functions like we’re seeing more of these days from rivals.

Likewise an active lane keeping assistant – or departure warning, for that matter. The Exceed and GSR are the only variants in the range to score blind-spot monitoring and rear cross-traffic alert systems, the former of which can detect a vehicle within 3.5 metres of the Pajero Sport’s side or 70m from the rear bumper.

You also pick up a Multi Around View Monitor in the Exceed and GSR, which is handy for visibility given the size of the vehicle but not the last word in resolution or clarity.

What do you get?

Pajero Sport GLX highlights:

  • 5 seats
  • 4×2 or 4×4
  • 18-inch alloy wheels
  • Full-size spare tyre 
  • LED headlights and DRLs 
  • Electric park brake with brake auto hold
  • Smart key with button start
  • Leather-wrapped wheel 
  • Single-zone climate control 
  • Water-repellent fabric seats, manual adjust
  • Reversing sensors
  • Reverse-view camera
  • 8.0-inch touchscreen
  • Wired Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
  • 4-speaker audio 
  • Bluetooth phone and streaming
  • AM/FM/DAB tuning
  • 4 x USB ports in cabin
  • 1 x 220V plus and 3 x 12V sockets
  • Roof rails and side steps 

Pajero Sport GLS adds:

  • 7 seats
  • 4×2 or 4×4
  • Dusk-sensing headlights 
  • Automatic rain-sensing wipers 
  • Powered tailgate 
  • Privacy glass
  • Dual-zone climate control 
  • Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
  • Tyre-pressure monitor system
  • Satellite navigation
  • 6-speaker audio

Pajero Sport GLS ‘Deluxe’ pack ($2250) adds:

  • Leather seats (mix of real and synthetic)
  • Powered front seats
  • Surround-view camera 

Pajero Sport Exceed adds:

  • ​​GLS ‘Deluxe’ option pack
  • Front parking sensors
  • 8.0-inch colour LCD information display
  • Heated Front Seats
  • 8-speaker audio system
  • Remote Smartphone App:
    • Operate tailgate
    • Check vehicle status
    • Activate car finder function
    • Apple Watch connectivity

Pajero Sport GSR adds:

  • Black alloy wheels
  • Black rear spoiler 
  • Black bumper garnishes
  • Black radiator grille 
  • Black headlight garnish 
  • Black roof rails 
  • Two tone roof – black
  • ‘Pajero’ Sport bonnet emblem 
  • ‘GSR’ tailgate badge

Is the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed safe?

The Pajero Sport received a five-star ANCAP safety rating back in 2015, though the rating is now expired. It’s worth noting the crash score was also based on tests of the Triton ute.

This rating was based on a frontal offset score of 15.22 out of 16 and a side impact score of 16 out of 16. Whiplash and pedestrian protection were rated Good and Acceptable, respectively.

Standard safety features include:

  • 7 airbags incl. driver’s knee
  • Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
  • Adaptive cruise control
  • Rear parking sensors
  • Reversing camera

Pajero Sport Exceed adds:

  • Blind-spot monitoring
  • Rear cross-traffic alert
  • Surround-view cameras

How much does the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed cost to run?

Mitsubishi’s standard warranty covers five years or 100,000km, but so long as you return to one of its dealerships at each service this extends to 10 years or 200,000km.

Servicing at dealerships also lets you take advantage of Mitsubishi’s 10 years of capped-price servicing. The Pajero Sport requires servicing every 12 months or 15,000km, whichever comes first.

Mitsubishi Pajero Sport service pricing:

  • Service 1: $399
  • Service 2: $399
  • Service 3: $499
  • Service 4: $699
  • Service 5: $499
  • Service 6: $699
  • Service 7: $499
  • Service 8: $999
  • Service 9: $599
  • Service 10: $699

CarExpert’s Take on the Mitsubishi Pajero Sport Exceed

The Pajero Sport puts in a solid showing, but it’s quickly being outpaced by newer competition.

With rivals like the Ford Everest and Isuzu MU-X in the mix, the Pajero Sport isn’t necessarily one of my top picks in the 4×4 SUV segment – particularly in this higher specification given the price point.

You can cover more bases on the safety and tech fronts in lower grades of the Everest and MU-X for similar if not less money, combined with better performance and towing capability should those be priorities for you. The updated SsangYong Rexton will also feel more modern for less money.

But that’s not to say there isn’t a lot of good going on here. The Pajero Sport has remained popular for numerous reasons and like its Triton sibling, remains a solid and reliable option amongst its competitors by performing well across most metrics.

It’s very no-nonsense but drives with relative refinement and has plenty of capability out of the box to suite a wide range of needs. There’s also a very long warranty on the proviso you service the Pajero Sport within Mitsubishi’s national dealer network.

Click the images for the gallery

BUY: Mitsubishi Pajero Sport
MORE: Everything Mitsubishi Pajero Sport

Bitwise Sparks Bitcoin ETF Excitement With Commercial! Is It Bullish Ahead Of SEC’s Spot ETF Deadline?

No Comments

In a bold move ahead of SEC’s decision on spot Bitcoin ETF, Bitwise Asset Management has launched an eye-catching commercial for its proposed spot Bitcoin Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF). This advertisement not only showcases Bitwise’s bullishness on BTC but also signals the beginning of what is expected to be a massive marketing blitz by the world’s largest asset managers in the crypto market.

Bitwise’s Bullish Move Ahead Of ETF Deadline

Amid ongoing application process with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Bitwise has unveiled a new commercial for its spot Bitcoin ETF. The advertisement notably features actor Jonathan Goldsmith, renowned for his iconic portrayal of “The Most Interesting Man in the World.”

Bitwise said, “A word to the wise, from a man of few words. #bitcoinisinteresting.”

The new commercial from Bitwise, showcasing its spot Bitcoin ETF, seems to be specifically designed for older audiences, including Generation X and Baby Boomers. It exudes a refined and familiar elegance, a blend of the styles these generations frequently enjoy during TV show intervals and sports broadcasts. In the commercial, the actor states, “You know what’s interesting these days? Bitcoin. Look for Bitwise, my friends.”

This advertising initiative comes amid a crucial period as the SEC reviews various proposals for spot Bitcoin ETFs. Bitwise, along with a number of other financial institutions, is actively preparing to launch a spot Bitcoin ETF. Their goal is to create a seamless connection between the traditional financial sector and the rapidly evolving Bitcoin marketplace.

The Bitwise commercial stands out as a significant first step in mainstream cryptocurrency advertising. It is designed to capture the attention of investors and users, highlighting the future potential of Bitcoin.

Given that this development comes ahead of the SEC’s deadline for ETF approval, it could be seen as a positive indication that the SEC might greenlight ETF applications in January. Top of Form

As a result, other applicants like BlackRock and Fidelity may also launch their own advertising campaigns, potentially triggering increased bullish sentiment. However, it remains unclear whether the SEC will pursue any legal actions in response to this advertisement.

Bitwise’s spot Bitcoin ETF is listed as BITB on the active and pre-launch list on the DTCC website, signaling progress in their quest for the first U.S. approval of a spot Bitcoin ETF. This listing, along with others like BlackRock and Fidelity on DTCC, fuels hop for SEC approval. Matt Hougan from Bitwise suggests this could lead to a Bitcoin price surge as an inflation hedge.

With the influx of applications, the anticipation of approvals has increased significantly. Continuous meetings between the SEC and the applying companies have further boosted this expectation. Now, industry specialists are forecasting a strong possibility of approvals coming through in 2024. The SEC is expected to make its announcement in the timeframe of January 8th to January 10th.

The Rise in Retail Media Networks

No Comments

As LL Cool J might say, “Don’t call it a comeback. It’s been here for years.”

Paid advertising is alive and growing faster in different forms than any other marketing method.

Magna, a media research firm, and GroupM, a media agency, wrapped the year with their ad industry predictions – expect big growth for digital advertising in 2024, especially with the pending US presidential political season.

But the bigger, more unexpected news comes from the rise in retail media networks – a relative newcomer in the industry.

Watch CMI’s chief strategy advisor Robert Rose explain how these trends could affect marketers or keep reading for his thoughts:

GroupM expects digital advertising revenue in 2023 to conclude with a 5.8% or $889 billion increase – excluding political advertising. Magna believes ad revenue will tick up 5.5% this year and jump 7.2% in 2024. GroupM and Zenith say 2024 will see a more modest 4.8% growth.

Robert says that the feeling of an ad slump and other predictions of advertising’s demise in the modern economy don’t seem to be coming to pass, as paid advertising not only survived 2023 but will thrive in 2024.

What’s a retail media network?

On to the bigger news – the rise of retail media networks. Retail media networks, the smallest segment in these agencies’ and research firms’ evaluation, will be one of the fastest-growing and truly important digital advertising formats in 2024.

GroupM suggests the $119 billion expected to be spent in the networks this year and should grow by a whopping 8.3% in the coming year.  Magna estimates $124 billion in ad revenue from retail media networks this year.

“Think about this for a moment. Retail media is now almost a quarter of the total spent on search advertising outside of China,” Robert points out.

You’re not alone if you aren’t familiar with retail media networks. A familiar vernacular in the B2C world, especially the consumer-packaged goods industry, retail media networks are an advertising segment you should now pay attention to.

Retail media networks are advertising platforms within the retailer’s network. It’s search advertising on retailers’ online stores. So, for example, if you spend money to advertise against product keywords on Amazon, Walmart, or Instacart, you use a retail media network.

But these ad-buying networks also exist on other digital media properties, from mini-sites to videos to content marketing hubs. They also exist on location through interactive kiosks and in-store screens. New formats are rising every day.

Retail media networks make sense. Retailers take advantage of their knowledge of customers, where and why they shop, and present offers and content relevant to their interests. The retailer uses their content as a media company would, knowing their customers trust them to provide valuable information.

Think about these 2 things in 2024

That brings Robert to two things he wants you to consider for 2024 and beyond. The first is a question: Why should you consider retail media networks for your products or services?   

Advertising works because it connects to the idea of a brand. Retail media networks work deep into the buyer’s journey. They use the consumer’s presence in a store (online or brick-and-mortar) to cross-sell merchandise or become the chosen provider.

For example, Robert might advertise his Content Marketing Strategy book on Amazon’s retail network because he knows his customers seek business books. When they search for “content marketing,” his book would appear first.

However, retail media networks also work well because they create a brand halo effect. Robert might buy an ad for his book in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal because he knows their readers view those media outlets as reputable sources of information. He gains some trust by connecting his book to their media properties.

Smart marketing teams will recognize the power of the halo effect and create brand-level experiences on retail media networks. They will do so not because they seek an immediate customer but because they can connect their brand content experience to a trusted media network like Amazon, Nordstrom, eBay, etc.

The second thing Robert wants you to think about relates to the B2B opportunity. More retail media network opportunities for B2B brands are coming.

You can already buy into content syndication networks such as Netline, Business2Community, and others. But given the astronomical growth, for example, of Amazon’s B2B marketplace ($35 billion in 2023), Robert expects a similar trend of retail media networks to emerge on these types of platforms.   

“If I were Adobe, Microsoft, Salesforce, HubSpot, or any brand with big content platforms, I’d look to monetize them by selling paid sponsorship of content (as advertising or sponsored content) on them,” Robert says.

As you think about creative ways to use your paid advertising spend, consider the retail media networks in 2024.

Like what you read here? Get yourself a subscription to daily or weekly updates.  It’s free – and you can change your preferences or unsubscribe anytime.

HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

High education space needs meaningful participation from corporates

No Comments

There needs to be more efforts to allow corporates to start participating in education in a meaningful way, pointed out Ramkumar Ramamoorthy, former CMD, Cognizant India.

“We have corporates participating in schools in a big way, but in terms of higher education, we have very limited examples. In the post-pandemic period, with distributed technology development and talent available across Tamil Nadu and India, it is a huge opportunity for industries to go and establish a physical presence inside campuses,” he said while sharing his thoughts at a session on “Expanding education landscape of Tamil Nadu,” at the event “Tamil Nadu Unlimited – gateway to infinite opportunities,” organised by The Hindu Group and Guidance Tamil Nadu here.

Education paradigm

For eg, Cognizant entered Coimbatore 15-16 years ago and today it has a staff strength of about 15,000 people in the textile city. Cognizant established its premises inside Kumaruguru College of Technology so that students could take up internships and Cognizant staff could teach students. We need to move away from the traditional model of internships and work out innovative models,” he said.

Tamil Nadu should promote more State-private universities. While India has 450 private universities, Tamil Nadu has only two State private universities now,” he added.

Discussing the choice of subjects by students, Ramamoorthy pointed out that there is an increasing interest in studying humanities programmes now. “We are beginning to see the pendulum swing back. When we talk to institutes that offer courses in economics and psychology, they now get more applications for these subjects than for undergraduate programmes in computer science.

“Even the so-called engineering institutions have started offering humanities programmes such as B.A Economics with a specialisation in Data Analytics. Also, some of the best-known newer institutions such as Asoka, O P Jindal and Krea, among others focus primarily on science, humanities, social sciences and arts.,” he added.

Parents are also equally responsible for skewed choices toward engineering as they think that only engineering, medicine, and chartered accountancy offer career growth.

He was of the view there needs to be more awareness about role models in humanities who climbed the corporate ladder and have made it big.

Citing a few examples, he said CEO of Accenture, the largest IT services company, Julie Sweet is a lawyer by qualification. After she took over she added $10 billion of revenue in one year something that no other IT services company has done. He also cited people at the helm of companies like Wipro, IBM, etc.

V Kamakoti, Director of IIT-Madras said though Tamil Nadu’s gross enrollment ratio of about 50 per cent is good, the State should strive to reach 100 per cent.

“TN has the largest number of higher educational institutions, but students coming out of the institutes are not industry-ready and the State government’s Naan Mudhalvan scheme seeks to address that skill gap,” said J Innocent Divya, MD, Tamil Nadu Skill Development Corporation.

Snacks pack more calories than a single meal for US adults, study finds

No Comments

Nearly a quarter of the calories U.S. adults consume comes from snacks, according to a new study published in PLOS Global Public Health.

Americans consume an average of 400 to 500 calories in snacks every day, which generally are lacking in protein, vitamins and minerals, the study found.

That’s more than the average breakfast — which is 300 to 400 calories.

Snacks also comprise about one-third of daily added sugar consumed by most adults.

ULTRAPROCESSED FOODS WITH ‘FEEL-GOOD CHEMICALS’ COULD BE AS ADDICTIVE AS CIGARETTES AND DRUGS, STUDY SUGGESTS

Researchers from The Ohio State University (OSU) analyzed data from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, which gathered information about the eating habits of 23,708 adults over 30 years of age between 2005 and 2016, according to an OSU press release.

“With a usual focus on what people consume at meals, snacks are a ubiquitous and stealth contributor to overall intakes,” senior study author Christopher Taylor, professor of medical dietetics in the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences at OSU, told Fox News Digital via email.

Nearly a quarter of the calories U.S. adults consume comes from snacks, according to a new study published in PLOS Global Public Health. (iStock)

That is largely because snacks are more spontaneous, according to the researcher.

“Snack choices aren’t usually planned the same way we plan what we eat for meals,” said Taylor.

EATING ONE POPULAR FRUIT COULD HELP REDUCE YOUR CHANCES OF DEVELOPING DEMENTIA, STUDY FINDS

Overall, snacks made up 19.5% to 22.4% of adults’ total calorie consumption.

The most common snacks were convenience foods high in fats and carbohydrates — followed by sweets, alcoholic or sugary beverages, protein, milk and dairy, and fruits and grains. Vegetables were by far the smallest portion of snacks.

Fruits and vegetables only made up about 5% of the total snacking calories.

“It’s easy to treat a snack like it doesn’t count, but it’s important to treat it like a mini-meal.”

Based on their blood glucose levels, the respondents were categorized into four groups: non-diabetes, prediabetes, controlled diabetes and poorly controlled diabetes. 

The adults with type 2 diabetes who were working to control the disease reported eating fewer sugary foods and snacking less overall compared to those who did not have diabetes or were prediabetic.

“Those with diabetes had lower proportional intakes in added sugars, which is a recurring theme in diabetes education,” said Taylor.

Celery and carrots snack

Fruits and vegetables only made up about 5% of the total snacking calories among those who were studied, researchers found. (iStock)

The study did have some limitations.

“While the large number of individuals included provides a broader picture of dietary intakes, it does not reflect their usual intakes with this snapshot,” Taylor told Fox News Digital. 

“But for the day of intake reported, it allows us to review intakes for snacking occasions compared to what comes from reported meals.”

WANT TO AVOID A HEART ATTACK? THESE ARE THE BEST AND WORST FOODS, ACCORDING TO CARDIOLOGISTS

Tanya Freirich, a registered dietitian nutritionist in Charlotte, North Carolina, was not involved in the study but commented on the findings.

“While there is a huge sample size of people included in the study, it only used one day of diet recalls,” she told Fox News Digital. 

“Many people don’t eat the same thing every day, so it would help to see more days of diet recall — but this is still a great starting point to think about how we eat.”

Importance of smart snacking

While people often put more thought and planning into what they eat for meals, the study highlights that all food choices throughout the day add up to create a total picture. 

“It’s easy to treat a snack like it doesn’t count, but it’s important to treat it like a mini-meal,” said Frierich.

A young woman looking for something in her refrigerator

“Snack choices aren’t usually planned the same way we plan what we eat for meals,” the lead researcher of a new study said. (iStock)

When choosing a snack, the dietitian recommends people pick any combination of three macronutrients: healthy fats, carbohydrates and protein. 

“Instead of just eating a piece of fruit, enjoy fruit and nuts — or instead of just chips, enjoy tortilla chips and guacamole as a snack,” she suggested.

“Your snacks can be all the difference between feeling energetic and focused between meals or consuming empty calories that lead to a blood sugar rush and crash.”

Another general rule of thumb when snacking is to aim for as many unprocessed components as possible, Frierich advised.

“For example, a fresh vegetable (sliced cucumbers, baby carrots) is much better than veggie chips.”

“Choosing unprocessed foods (fresh fruits, vegetables, nuts, seeds, whole grain crackers or breads) in place of more processed foods (chips, cookies, candy, sodas) is a great way to increase the nutritional value of your meals and snacks,” she added.

Healthy snack

When choosing a snack, a dietitian recommended any combination of three macronutrients: healthy fat, carbohydrates and protein.  (iStock)

Portion size is also important when snacking.

“I recommend taking the food out of the container and serving yourself on a plate,” said Frierich. “This is a great way to be mindful about your portion instead of just eating mindlessly.”

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

“Your snacks can be all the difference between feeling energetic and focused between meals or consuming empty calories that lead to a blood sugar rush and crash,” she added.

Study author Taylor also stressed the importance of making “more insightful choices” at snack time.

Rather than focusing on “don’t eat this, eat that,” he recommended focusing on a well-balanced day across all eating occasions.

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

Taylor added, “This gives latitude in making healthy choices and meeting your overall nutritional needs.”

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Is Acne, Blemishes Ruining Your Day? Heres How Apple Cider Vinegar Can Save Your Skin

No Comments

Seeking vibrant and healthy skin? Look no further than your kitchen cabinet. Apple cider vinegar (ACV), a tangy elixir loaded with health benefits, isn’t just a cooking essential; it’s a powerhouse for skincare. This underrated beauty gem deserves a prime spot in your daily routine, transforming both your beauty regimen and diet. Uncover the effortless path to a radiant complexion by embracing the simplicity of apple cider vinegar.
Also Read: 10 Proven Benefits Of Apple Cider Vinegar For Skin, Hair And Weight Loss

Understanding the Magic of Apple Cider Vinegar:

Apple cider vinegar is made by fermenting apple juice, resulting in a potent elixir rich in acetic acid, enzymes, and other beneficial compounds. These elements contribute to its antibacterial, antifungal, and antioxidant properties, making it a versatile solution for various health and skincare concerns.

What Does Apple Cider Vinegar Do to Skin? Here Are 5 Benefits to Know:

1. Balancing pH Levels:

Our skin’s natural pH balance plays a crucial role in maintaining its health. Apple cider vinegar, surprisingly acidic in its raw form, helps restore the skin’s pH levels, as stated in Healthline. This balance creates an environment that discourages the growth of harmful bacteria and promotes a healthy skin barrier.

2. Clearing Acne and Blemishes:

ACV’s antimicrobial properties make it effective in combating acne and blemishes, proves a PharmEasy report, medically reviewed by Dr Nikita Toshi. When applied topically, it can help reduce inflammation, unclog pores, and fight the bacteria responsible for breakouts.

3. Exfoliating and Brightening:

The natural acids in apple cider vinegar act as a gentle exfoliant, removing dead skin cells and promoting cell turnover. This results in a brighter complexion, diminishing the appearance of dark spots and promoting an overall even skin tone.

4. Reducing Skin Irritation:

If you suffer from skin irritation or conditions like eczema, the anti-inflammatory properties of apple cider vinegar can offer relief. A study published in the National Library Of Medicine proved that the acetic acid found in ACV has anti-inflammatory properties. A diluted solution can be used topically to soothe itching and reduce redness.

5. Hydrating and Toning:

ACV’s ability to balance skin pH also contributes to maintaining proper moisture levels. Additionally, its astringent properties make it an effective natural toner, tightening the skin and minimizing the appearance of pores.
Also Read:7 Reasons Why You Must Consume Apple Cider Vinegar Daily

Apple cider vinegar helps attain healthy skin.
Photo Credit: Pexels

Different Ways to Consume Apple Cider Vinegar for Healthy Skin:

Internal Consumption:

1. Detoxifying Drink:

Start your day with this. Create a refreshing detox drink by mixing a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar with water, a squeeze of lemon, and a teaspoon of honey. This concoction not only aids digestion but also helps flush out toxins, promoting clearer and healthier skin.

2. Smoothie Booster:

Amp up your morning smoothie by adding a splash of apple cider vinegar. Blended with fruits, greens, and a dollop of yogurt, it becomes a tasty skincare treat loaded with antioxidants and skin-loving nutrients. This is one of the great ways to consume ACV

3. Herbal Tea Infusion:

For a calming beverage that benefits your skin, infuse herbal tea with a teaspoon of apple cider vinegar. Choose soothing varieties like chamomile or mint to complement the tanginess while providing additional skin-soothing properties.

4. DIY Fruit Salad Dressing:

Elevate your fruit salad by preparing a light dressing with apple cider vinegar, a drizzle of honey, and a pinch of cinnamon. This sweet and tangy dressing not only enhances the flavour but also adds a skin-nourishing touch to your snack.

5. Post-Workout Hydration:

After a workout, rehydrate with a refreshing drink combining apple cider vinegar, coconut water, and a splash of aloe vera juice. This hydrating blend not only replenishes electrolytes but also contributes to a radiant complexion.

External Application:

1. Toner:

Create a DIY toner by mixing equal parts of apple cider vinegar and water. Apply this solution to your face with a cotton ball after cleansing to balance your skin’s pH and tighten pores.

2. Facial Masks:

Combine apple cider vinegar with ingredients like honey, yogurt, or clay to create rejuvenating facial masks. This not only provides a spa-like experience but also imparts a radiant glow to your skin.

3. Acne Spot Treatment:

For targeted treatment of acne, dip a cotton swab in diluted apple cider vinegar and apply it directly to blemishes. The antibacterial properties can aid in reducing inflammation and promoting faster healing.

Cautionary Notes:

While apple cider vinegar offers a plethora of benefits, it’s essential to exercise caution:

Dilution is Key: Always dilute apple cider vinegar before applying it to your skin, as its raw form can be too harsh.

Patch Test: Perform a patch test to ensure you don’t have adverse reactions. If irritation occurs, discontinue use.

Consult a Professional: If you have existing skin conditions or concerns, consult a dermatologist before incorporating apple cider vinegar into your skincare routine.

DPRK fires ballistic missile eastward

No Comments

The Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) fired a short-range ballistic missile into its eastern waters, the South Korean military said on Sunday.

About 20 minutes after initially reporting the launch, the Japan Coast Guard said the missile had already fallen. It appeared to have fallen outside Japan’s exclusive economic zone (EEZ), broadcaster NHK reported.

No further details were immediately available.

Shortly after the reports of the launch, DPRK’s defense ministry condemned what it called reckless military moves by “thugs” in the United States and South Korea.

The ministry’s statement, carried by state news agency KCNA, cited the arrival of the U.S. nuclear-powered submarine USS Missouri in South Korea as the latest act that proves Washington is contemplating nuclear war.

It added that if the U.S. tries to end the year with a demonstration of nuclear war or any use of nuclear weapons against the DPRK, it will face its preemptive and destructive response.

The U.S. and South Korea held their second session of the Nuclear Consultative Group in Washington on Friday, during which they discussed nuclear deterrence in the event of a conflict with the DPRK. 

(With input from agencies)

CDC Raises Urgent Alert for Low Vaccination Coverage for COVID-19, Influenza, RSV

No Comments

CDC data show hospitalizations among all age groups spiked by 200% for influenza, 51% for COVID-19, and 60% for respiratory syncytial virus over the past four weeks, emphasizing the need for improved outreach efforts among at-risk populations.

The CDC has issued a health alert regarding an urgent need to boost low vaccination rates for influenza, COVID-19, and respiratory syncytial virus (RSV). The alert warns of ongoing increases in national and international respiratory disease activity for the “tripledemic” of respiratory diseases.

“Healthcare providers should administer influenza, COVID-19, and RSV immunizations now to patients, if recommended,” the CDC stated in its alert. “Healthcare providers should recommend antiviral medications for influenza and COVID-19 for all eligible patients, especially patients at high-risk of progression to severe disease such as older adults and people with certain underlying medical conditions.”

CDC data show hospitalizations among all age groups spiked by 200% for influenza, 51% for COVID-19, and 60% for RSV over the past four weeks. From September to December 1, 2023, weekly percentages of pediatric emergency department visits for pneumonia due to multiple etiologies were on the rise, but consistent with previous seasonal fall and winter respiratory activity.

There have been 12 pediatric deaths from influenza reported during the 2023–2024 season to date. The CDC received 30 reports from September 1 through December 10, for multisystem inflammatory syndrome in children (MIS-C). The illness typically occurs a month following SARS-CoV-2 infection, with illness onset among these cases reported from August 6 to November 9, 2023, which the agency said represents a relative increase compared with prior months. Elevated RSV activity was reported across much of the United States, according to the CDC.

“Influenza, COVID-19, and RSV can result in severe disease, especially among unvaccinated persons,” the CDC said in the alert. “Infants, older adults, pregnant people, and people with certain underlying medical conditions remain at increased risk of severe COVID-19 and influenza disease. Infants and older adults remain at highest risk of severe RSV disease; it is the leading cause of infant hospitalization in the United States.”

For the flu, vaccine coverage is low across all age groups compared with the 2022–2023 season (Table ), with 7.4 million fewer influenza vaccine doses administered to adults compared with last season. In terms of COVID-19 vaccination, coverage for 2023-2024 vaccine is still low.

As of December 2, 2023, 7.7% of children aged 6 months–17 years were vaccinated, which includes 2.8% in children aged 6 months–4 years, 17.2% in adults ≥18 years, which includes 36% in adults ≥65 years, and 9.6% in pregnant individuals. For RSV vaccination rates, as of December 2, 2023, 15.9% of US adults aged ≥60 years reported receiving an RSV vaccine.

Survey results indicate the top factors influencing the low vaccination uptake of vaccines for these respiratory illnesses were lack of provider recommendation, concerns regarding unknown or serious adverse effects (AEs), occurrence of mild AEs, and either lack of time or forgetting to get vaccinated.

The CDC is recommending that providers leverage all available tools to improve immunizations against influenza, COVID-19, and RSV. The CDC also noted that despite their importance, antiviral medications have been underutilized in the treatment of patients, especially those with a high-risk of progression to severe disease with influenza or COVID-19, including older adults and individuals with certain underlying medical conditions.

Reference

Urgent Need to Increase Immunization Coverage for Influenza, COVID-19, and RSV and Use of Authorized/Approved Therapeutics in the Setting of Increased Respiratory Disease Activity During the 2023 – 2024 Winter Season. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. December 14, 2023. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://emergency.cdc.gov/han/2023/han00503.asp

My Cat Brought Me a Mouse, What Should I Do?

No Comments

If you find yourself in a situation where your cat has brought you a mouse, it’s important not to panic. This is perfectly normal behavior for cats, even if it can be a little unsettling for us humans. Your cat isn’t trying to upset you – on the contrary! They’re likely displaying their hunting instincts or even showing affection.


What to Do If Your Cat Brings You a Mouse

Stay Calm

If your cat presents you with a mouse, your first reaction might be to freak out. However, it’s essential to remain calm. Remember, your cat isn’t trying to upset you or make a mess. Instead, they’re following their natural instincts or trying to show you affection. They don’t understand that you might find their gift unpleasant.

Don’t Punish Your Cat

It’s crucial not to punish your cat for bringing you a mouse. They’re simply acting on their natural instincts and punishing them could confuse them or damage your relationship. Your cat won’t understand why they’re being punished for something that, in their eyes, should be rewarded. Instead of punishment, try to redirect their energy towards toys and playtime.

Thank Them Gently

While you don’t want to encourage the behavior, it’s important to acknowledge your cat’s hard work. A simple, gentle “thank you” will suffice. This can help maintain your bond with your cat without necessarily encouraging more hunting.

A cat catching a mouse


What to Do With the Mouse

If the Mouse Is Alive…

If the mouse is still alive when your cat brings it to you, try to trap it if possible. You can use a towel or blanket to catch the mouse, then gently release it outside, far away from your home to prevent it from returning.

If the Mouse Is Dead…

If the mouse is already dead, use gloves to remove it to avoid any potential diseases or parasites the mouse might be carrying. Dispose of it safely by placing it in a bag and putting it in the trash.

A cat walks on green grass


Preventing Future Hunting

Keep Your Cat Indoors

One of the most effective ways to reduce hunting behavior is by keeping your cat indoors, particularly at dawn and dusk when mice are most active. This can significantly decrease their opportunities to hunt.

Provide Entertainment

Ensure your cat has plenty of toys and stimulation indoors to distract them from hunting. Interactive toys, puzzle feeders, and regular playtime can help satisfy their hunting instincts in a safer and cleaner way.

Use Bells on Collars

Another strategy is to use a bell on your cat’s collar. The sound of the bell can warn potential prey of their approach, giving them a chance to escape before your cat can catch them. This can reduce the number of successful hunts, and subsequently, the number of ‘gifts’ you receive.

Side view of a cat wearing a collar with a bell


Tips to Prevent Your Cat from Bringing You Mice

You can’t keep both eyes on your cat all day, so here are some tips to help keep the dead mice off your doorstep.

  1. Keep your cat indoors, particularly at dawn and dusk when mice are most active.
  2. Provide plenty of toys and stimulation to satisfy their hunting instincts in a safer way.
  3. Use a bell on their collar to warn potential prey of their approach.
  4. Regularly check your home for any cracks or holes that could allow mice to enter.
  5. Keep your yard and home clean and tidy to help deter mice from entering the area.
  6. Don’t allow your cat to eat any mice they catch as this could potentially be dangerous for them.
  7. If your cat gets sick after eating a mouse, contact your vet immediately.
  8. Neutering or spaying won’t necessarily reduce hunting behaviors in cats.

The Hunting Instinct

Cats are natural hunters, a trait that’s been ingrained in them from their wild ancestors. This instinct doesn’t disappear just because they live indoors or are well-fed. Hunting is more than just a way to get food for cats; it’s also an important part of their behavior that allows them to express their natural instincts and keep their skills honed. Even when provided with plenty of food, cats might still hunt for sport, practicing their skills and keeping themselves mentally and physically stimulated. It’s an activity that involves stalking, pouncing, and playing with their prey, which cats find incredibly entertaining.

Affectionate Gestures

Another reason cats often bring their owners “gifts” like mice is as a sign of affection. In the wild, mother cats teach their kittens how to eat by bringing home dead or injured prey. Your cat might see you as part of their family and feel the need to share their successful hunt with you. It’s a way for them to take care of you, show you that they trust you, and even try to teach you to hunt. While this behavior can be a bit gruesome, it’s a significant compliment in the world of cats.

A Maine Coon Cat hunting a mouse outdoors


Other FAQs

Q: Why do cats hunt, even when they’re not hungry?

A: Cats hunt due to their natural instincts, not necessarily because they’re hungry. They are predators and hunting allows them to express these instincts and keep their skills sharp.

Q: My cat is well-fed. Why does it still hunt?

A: Even well-fed cats will often engage in hunting behavior. This is due to their instinctual drive to hunt and doesn’t necessarily indicate that they are hungry.

Q: Is it safe for my cat to eat a mouse?

A: While cats are capable of eating mice, it’s not always safe. Mice can carry diseases and parasites which could potentially be harmful to your cat.

Q: Can I train my cat to stop hunting?

A: It’s challenging to train a cat to stop hunting completely as it’s a natural instinct. However, you can provide alternative forms of stimulation to help reduce the behavior.

K Raheja Corp sees revenue of ₹1,700 crore from luxe project in Bengaluru

No Comments

K Raheja Corp Homes, the residential vertical of developer K Raheja Corp group, has taken its luxury brand ‘Vivarea’ to Bengaluru with a project in Koramangala with a revenue potential of ₹1,700 crore.

Built on a 8.25-acre land parcel owned by group company Chalet Hotels, the luxury project has nine towers and 300 apartments.

The apartments are fairly large going up to around 3500-4000 square feet and configurations ranging from 3 to 5 bedrooms and a price ticket of over ₹6 crore. The average rate is around ₹26,000-27,000 per sq ft.

“The Koramangala market with limited greenfield land prospects, make this project highly aspirational,” said Ramesh Ranganathan, the chief executive officer of K Raheja Homes.

While the bulk of the area is occupied by residences there will also be a commercial development within the premises.

Industry circles said that there is limited housing stock in Bengaluru and the current inventory will likely be exhausted in a year or so, providing a favourable opportunity for builders in terms of demand. Availability of land is also a constraint especially in central Bengaluru.

Fuure plans

K Raheja Corp’s plan is to build at least 2-3 more luxury projects in the city as well as some semi-premium residences in specific locations. While the central part of the city is a preferred location, it is looking at opportunities in other micro markets as well.

Pune and Hyderabad are the other cities where it is looking to take the luxury brand.

Earlier this year the company had launched Raheja Modern Vivarea in Mumbai, an even more upscale version of the brand, and the project created a near-record by fetching pre-sales revenue of ₹1,100 crore in less than three months of its launch. The houses were priced at around ₹90,000 a sq ft.

The demand for luxury homes that started just after the end of the Covid pandemic continues unabated. While the pandemic impoverished many, a lot of wealth was also created by others especially in the equity markets, and this wealth is being channelised into the real estate market.

The demand for residences is not just about owning a home, but also about having more space. People are upgrading and buying larger residences with more amenities.

The 5 Types of Cheaters and Why They Choose Infidelity

No Comments

Can you Spot a Cheater? Apparently, there are 5 types of cheaters and very specific reasons why they stray. But first, let’s dig into a recent celebrity cheating scandal.

A match made in Victoria’s Secret heaven?

It seemed like Behati tamed the rockstar Adam Levine, who had once joked “I’ll never get married” during an interview on The Tonight Show. 

On the outside, it seemed like a picture-perfect marriage. They had three children, Adam would gush about his love for her: “She makes me the best person I can be.”

Who would have guessed years later the Maroon5 star would be caught in a cheating scandal amuck with cringey leaked text messages? According to the 5 categories of cheaters in the book CheatingLand, Adam Levine is textbook “Peacock”. 

The author (who kept his identity anonymous to protect the families he interviewed), interviewed over 60 married individuals who cheated on their partners. He found that adulterers fall under 5 distinct groups.

1. DEAD BEDROOMERS:

Dead Bedroomers make up the largest group of cheaters: married people who feel that their love life has come to a halt. They feel lonely, unfulfilled, and disconnected from their partner. They long to return to the relationship that was once full of spark and passion. 

They tend to have one outside partner that helps them satisfy their craving from a break from the routine and normalcy of their marriage. While they are remorseful of their escapades, to them, cheating is an answer to a problem. As long as they don’t get caught, it avoids confrontation and conflict. It means taking their sexual frustration and desire for novelty and stimulation – into their own hands.

2. PEACOCKS

The sad wounded Dead Bedroomer contrasts greatly with the strutting, swaggering, suave Peacock. The second largest group of cheaters, peacocks are gluttonous – they need validation over and over again that they’re sexy, seductive, and special. 

To Peacocks, cheating feeds them energy and boosts their ego – cheating reaffirms their power and sexual prowess. The adrenaline rush of sneaking around, and the risk of getting caught are all a part of the exciting charge that makes Peacocks feel alive. In an unconscious way, being the center of the drama is all a part of the exhilaration. 

They tend to have a high opinion of themselves but are also deeply insecure. They need validation from others constantly. They like to feel powerful and the challenge of a hunt. When choosing who to cheat with, they want someone who’s a challenge – someone who’s too ‘easy’ doesn’t have the same edge.

3. COMPLETERS

Out of all the types of cheaters interviewed in the book, Completers talked about how much they loved their partners the most. But despite their love, they feel they need a second relationship to feel fulfilled and complete. They are looking for a yin to their partner’s yang.

They have feelings and needs that are too intense for a single partner to fill, so they seek a second relationship to feel whole. 

Typically, completers choose lovers who have the opposite personality to their current partner. They do not see their affair partner as a fling. Instead, they develop a strong bond to set the foundation of their relationship.

4. REVENGE SEEKERS 

Revenge cheating is based on the quintessential idea of poetic justice. Give them a taste of their own medicine, they think.

They’re scorned, motivated by anger and resentment and vengeance is their idea of medicine. They cheat as a reaction to being cheated on. But sometimes they are taking revenge for some other relationship crime. To punish their partner, infidelity is weaponized. Sometimes they feel it’s the only way they can hurt their partner, and in a sense, gives them a sense of control.  

Revenge seekers are usually deep in pain, driven by rage and a need for payback. 

5. EMOTIONAL CONNECTORS

We tend to think of cheating primarily in terms of sexual encounters involving physical intimacy. BUT emotional affairs are just as damaging as physical ones. Emotional connectors have friendships that are sexually charged and extremely intimate. What may have started off as friendship crosses the line into something more.

While they’re not having sex, they’re engaging in other aspects of a romantic relationship. They’re sharing secrets, telling their affair partner things they wouldn’t tell their spouse, they’re keeping the true depth of the relationship hidden – because deep down, they know they’re crossing a line. 

Emotional affairs often happen without the two people realizing it. But after one seemingly innocent line is crossed, then another, and they find themselves entangled with their coworker, friend, neighbor…

DO ALL MEN CHEAT? DO ALL WOMEN CHEAT?

The exact number is hard to know, but some large surveys report that about 20-25% of men have cheated on their spouses, and 15-20% of women have cheated on their spouses. According to some more recent studies, the number of women cheating is increasing if you include emotional affairs.

Do men and women have different motivations for cheating? Make sure you subscribe to my newsletter as I’ll share the data in the next article. 

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

Pokvario joj se skupi Dyson Airwrap par dana nakon isteka garancije. Nije jedina

No Comments

Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.

KADA je u pitanju toplinsko oblikovanje kose, malo uređaja uživa u tolikoj popularnosti na društvenim mrežama kao Dysonov Airwrap i Supersonic sušilo za kosu. Koriste ih gotovo svi, i često se o njima mogu naći razni videi u kojima ih se uglavnom hvali. 

No jedna tiktokerica nije imala najbolje iskustvo s Dysonovim Airwrapom. U svom videu koji je do sada pregledan preko 200.000 puta kaže da ga je koristila otprilike jednom tjedno dvije godine prije nego što je počela imati probleme s njim. 

“Volim ovu stvar”

Janelle Marie (@millennialmatleave) u svom videu tako kaže: “Mrzim ovo raditi, ali mislim da neke ljude treba upozoriti na Dyson Airwrap. Moj se pokvario četiri dana nakon što mi je isteklo jamstvo.”

Kaže da je prije toga vidjela video neke djevojke kojoj se dogodilo isto. “Prije par dana počelo je bljeskati crveno svjetlo, što znači da filter treba očistiti. Očistila sam ga kao što sam i prije znala raditi, ali ovaj put nije ponovno proradio”, pojasnila je u videu. 

Dodala je da nema što nije probala da ga ponovno pokrene. “Volim ovu stvar, u iskušenju sam da kupim još jedan jer ga toliko volim, ali 600 i nešto kanadskih dolara da bih dobila dvije godine korištenja nije isplativo.” Dodala je da si ne može opravdati taj trošak. “Možda je samo loša sreća”, zaključila je u videu. 

“Probaj ga popraviti”

Osim što je video prikupio visoke brojke pregleda, također je prikupio i mnoštvo komentara.

“Dyson ima odlično jamstvo, mom je isteklo i to skoro godinu dana, ali ipak su ga zamijenili”, “Isto mi se dogodilo, nazvali smo Dyson nakon isteka jamstva i zamijenili su ga”, “Imao sam Dysona. Najgori usisavač koji sam ikad imao. Nikad više neću vjerovati hajpu”, “Moj radi evo već četiri godine”, “Dogodilo mi se dva puta”, “Toliko ljudi ima istu priču o Dysonu. Nikada ga neću kupiti, jer sam ovo čula od toliko ljudi”, neki su od njih. 

Kontaktirala je Dyson

S obzirom na to da je video prikupio mnoštvo pregleda i komentara te je puno ljudi bilo zainteresirano za nastavak, tiktokerica je objavila još jedan video u kojem kaže da ih je kontaktirala, ali da još uvijek nije dobila nikakav odgovor. Kaže da se još uvijek nada da će se situacija okrenuti u njezinu korist. 

Ispod videa jedna je gledateljica komentirala da joj se dogodila ista stvar s istim uređajem. “O moj bože, upravo sam prošla kroz isti postupak za svoj Dyson Airwrap s potpuno istim problemom. Poslala sam im 16 mejlova, nisu mi odgovorili.”

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

USC QB Malachi Nelson intends to enter NCAA transfer portal

No Comments

When he signed with USC last December out of Los Alamitos, Malachi Nelson was viewed as the natural heir apparent to Caleb Williams, a five-star quarterback that oozed upside, who seemed, at first, like the perfect fit for Lincoln Riley’s succession plans at the position.

But less than a year later, Nelson is already planning his exit from USC. The freshman quarterback intends to enter the NCAA transfer portal, according to a person with knowledge of the decision unauthorized to speak publicly, leaving USC’s future at the position glaringly uncertain.

For now, it will be Miller Moss who quarterbacks USC in the Holiday Bowl later this month. The Trojans have just one other scholarship quarterback on the roster in Jake Jensen, a redshirt sophomore who has never taken a snap.

Riley made clear earlier this month that he intended to look around for quarterbacks in the transfer portal.

“My goal right now,” he said, “is to always have multiple guys in the room that you feel like are starter-level guys that you feel like can really compete.”

This weekend, USC zeroed in on one transfer passer in particular, hosting coveted Kansas State quarterback Will Howard on a visit to campus.

But that pursuit might have had unintended consequences. By weekend’s end, the quarterback Riley once expected to take the reins was on his way out.

It hadn’t exactly been an easy adjustment at USC for Nelson, who arrived on campus shortly after undergoing shoulder surgery. The injury slowed his early progress, opening the door for Moss to seize the backup quarterback job outright in the spring.

Nelson, who signed as the No. 13 prospect in the 2023 class according to 247 Sports, played briefly late in USC’s season-opening win over San José State, completing one pass for zero yards. But he never saw game action again.

Nelson had originally committed to Riley at Oklahoma, only to follow the coach to USC less than 24 hours after Riley was hired. At the time, Nelson and his family were thrilled at the prospect of the quarterback staying close to home.

Riley was asked earlier this month about what the pursuit of a transfer quarterback meant about his outlook for the former five-star quarterback. He admitted it “hasn’t necessarily been the smoothest of years” for Nelson.

“Malachi is obviously a young guy, he’s got a world of talent, he’s working hard, he’s had a few physical hurdles he’s had to overcome,” Riley said. “He’s certainly going to get there and certainly has a bright future and has battled for a lot of things. So we’re eager to get him back completely healthy and back to where he’s developing on a really fast track, and I don’t think he’s that far away from it but that’s still been a little bit of a process.”

Where Riley’s future plans at the quarterback position pivot from here is anyone’s guess. USC doesn’t have a quarterback prospect committed in either its 2024 or 2025 class. Julian Lewis, the No. 1 overall prospect in the 2026 class, is currently pledged to the Trojans, but he isn’t slated to sign for another two years, making his commitment hardly an iron-clad guarantee.

Nelson, meanwhile, becomes the second top-five quarterback prospect from the 2023 class to enter the transfer portal this offseason. The other, Dante Moore, left UCLA last month.

WhatsApp to roll out automatic album feature for channels

No Comments

A feature to automatically group consecutive photos and videos in channels is available to some beta testers who install the latest updates of WhatsApp beta for Android from the Google Play Store.

WhatsApp now automatically organises them into a unified album, and channel followers can conveniently tap on the automatic album to access the entire collection. (Image credit: Reuters)

AC/DC drummer Colin Burgess dies aged 77 | Celebrity News | Showbiz & TV

No Comments

Colin Burgess, the drummer of AC/DC has died at age 77. The rock and roller’s death was confirmed by the band, which shared on social media.

They wrote: “Very sad to hear of the passing of Colin Burgess. He was our first drummer and a very respected musician. Happy memories, rock in peace, Colin.”

The cause of death is not known at this time.

Colin Burgess, an Australian musician, was known for his time with AC/DC and also in rock band The Masters Apprentices.

In 1998 he was inducted into the ARIA Hall of Fame alongside the other original members of The Masters Apprentices.

Heartbroken fans left their condolences in the comments. One wrote: “Sad week for that. Enjoy our time while we can!”

“Very sad news, may he rest in peace,” another penned.

One fan wrote: “Another who was part of the birth of AC/DC, what a crazy time.”

Luxury car buyers scammed out of more than $270k

No Comments

Multiple Mercedes-Benz customers in Victoria are among the latest car buyers to fall victim to scammers intercepting invoices.

In total over the last 24 months, criminals made off with over $270,000 from several Mercedes-Benz buyers.

According to the The Sydney Morning Herald, the scammers intercepted emailed invoices, changing the BSB and account details, for multiple customers across Victoria.

But Mercedes-Benz says it’s not due to any vulnerability in its own systems.

“Mercedes-Benz Australia’s systems were not compromised,” a spokesperson from Mercedes-Benz Australia told CarExpert.

“Mercedes-Benz Australia takes cyber security and data protection very seriously and is continually enhancing our processes to safeguard the secure exchange of information between our retailers and customers.

“Our retailers are also required to maintain the security of their systems using the latest technology.

“Sadly, the issue of invoice fraud is not unique to our brand or our industry. It is a risk whenever there is an exchange of financial information online. To mitigate this risk, we are continuously evolving security measures to make online payments safer.

“We also urge our customers to be vigilant by ensuring an email or invoice purporting to be from a retailer is legitimate by calling the retailer to confirm it is genuine and any account details are accurate.”

One customer, Georgina Smith, told The Sydney Morning Herald she assumed the details were correct after purchasing a separate vehicle from the same Berwick Mercedes-Benz dealership previously.

“That’s why I didn’t call and confirm because I dealt with these people before and it all checked out exactly the same,” Ms Smith told the newspaper.

“It was really hard to tell… Someone’s come in and basically altered the invoice and the bank account details, pretty much to a tee, like you wouldn’t even know.”

Ms Smith said two days after paying her $38,500 deposit for her Mercedes-AMG A35 back in May 2022, a staff member from the Mercedes-Benz dealership called her to chase up funds as they were yet to be received.

Thinking it was perhaps a banking delay, Ms Smith then received another copy of the invoice by text message which showed another set of bank details. Upon realising what had happened, Ms Smith contacted her bank however the money was already gone and the bank was unable to retrieve it.

Ms Smith says she contacted Mercedes-Benz to report the issue and claims the luxury carmaker told her that it was her emails that had been hacked and that her $38,500 deposit was still due to be paid.

She claims she had an independent IT team analyse the email servers in question but was able to confirm nothing had been compromised.

“It just felt like they’d been through it before, they were like, ‘No, this is your fault’ – and that was it,” Ms Smith said.

“It still makes me extremely angry. I fought for a long time and then I just had to take it as a loss.”

7News reports Ms Smith had to repay her deposit and the remaining balance of the vehicle in full. Her bank, insurance company and Mercedes-Benz were unwilling to help recover the $38,500 worth of stolen funds.

“It’d be nice for Mercedes to admit that their system has been compromised,” Ms Smith told 7News.

“I think that their internal procedures need to be fixed to prevent it happening to more people, it’s clear that it’s something from their end.”

According to The Sydney Morning Herald, three other cases of similar scams have been reported in less than a year.

Rob Heathcote lost $100,000, and claims scammers intercepted emails from Mercedes-Benz Melbourne and impersonated dealership staff.

In one email in particular, Mr Heathcote claimed scammers told him his wife’s Mercedes-AMG CLA 35 was delayed on a ship despite having already landed in Melbourne.

Consequently, Mr Heathcote transferred $100,000 to the wrong bank account. Mr Heathcote wasn’t made aware of the scam until his dealership salesperson sent a text which said “Rob, when are you going to pay for the car?”.

“I’ve gone, ‘f—, are you serious?’ I called him straight away and I said, ‘mate, I paid six weeks ago,” Mr Heathcote told The Sydney Morning Herald.

Mr Heathcote was able to recover his funds from his bank after his experience gained media coverage.

“I’m still not totally convinced it was all me [that was hacked],” Mr Heathcote told The Sydney Morning Herald.

”But of course, since this happened, I’ve got more cyber firewalls in my office than the Bank of England.“

The Sydney Morning Herald reports Mercedes-Benz is facing legal action from a couple who lost $139,000 as a result of an invoicing scam in 2023.

Wendy Angliss and Derrick Thompson are claiming they lost money after paying an invoice for their Mercedes-Benz GLE 400d, and argue the company shouldn’t provide customers with payment details through email to avoid incidents like this.

According to The Sydney Morning Herald, the brand said Ms Angliss contributed to her own losses by not having adequate IT or password security on her email.

Additionally, the newspaper reports a woman who was in the process of purchasing a Mercedes-Benz GLC 300e from the company’s Melbourne dealership was told the $98,800 balance of her SUV was not received and directed her to try another bank account.

After contacting the Melbourne dealership she learned of the scam and the salesperson told the woman not to comply with the request and recommended she change her email passwords.

These scams are called business email compromise scams, and aren’t unique to the automotive industry.

The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) told 7News that between January 1, 2023 and September 30, 2023, Scamwatch received 981 business email compromise scam reports which totalled a loss of around $13 million.

Customers who are paying invoices online are encouraged to confirm any online bank details either in person or over another method of communication before making payment.

Mercedes-Benz Australia isn’t the only brand to have its customers fall prey to cybercriminals.

In 2021, two Tesla buyers were scammed in similar circumstances which saw almost $75,000 transferred to the incorrect bank account.

Top Three Coins Every New Investor Should Keep an Eye On

No Comments

TLDR

  • Experts believe Injective (INJ) will climb by 41% in price by the end of 2024.
  • Rebel Satoshi (RBLZ) attracts investors with a remarkable 150% profit prospect.
  • Market analysts say Polygon (MATIC) can cross the $1 mark in early 2024.

Injective (INJ) has seen a price uptick after integration with Ledger. Meanwhile, Rebel Satoshi (RBLZ) has taken center stage after an impressive presale performance and unprecedented growth projections. On the other hand, Flipkart has picked Polygon (MATIC) for an exciting Web3 project.

Let’s explore the recent developments around INJ, $RBLZ, and MATIC and pick the best crypto to buy for substantial returns in the next year!

INJ Soars as Ledger Announces Integration With Injective

On December 5, 2023, Ledger, the widely acclaimed self-custody crypto wallet, made a significant announcement, revealing that users can now seamlessly send and receive INJ using Ledger Live.

This development empowers users to access their INJ on the secure hardware wallet, providing a secure gateway to interact with the entire Injective ecosystem, including staking features.

The announcement had an immediate impact on the price of Injective’s native token, INJ, with the token experiencing a remarkable surge. The price surged by 53.3% from $15.86 on December 5 to $24.32 as of December 11. So, is Injective the best crypto to buy now?

Looking ahead to 2024, experts are optimistic about Injective’s future, predicting a potential surge of 41% in its price to reach $34.47. This positive outlook is attributed to the anticipation of an upcoming bull run and the increasing popularity of the Injective platform.

However, more conservative forecasts suggest that INJ’s price could remain below $28.65 in 2024 if the market experiences bearish sentiments.

Rebel Satoshi is One of the Altcoins to Watch, With 150% Growth Predictions

Investors are placing their bets for the most gains during 2024 as we head toward Christmas. Meanwhile, Rebel Satoshi has outpaced other top altcoins like Injective and Polygon to become the best ICO of 2023.

Rebel Satoshi is a rebellious project aiming to disrupt traditional norms and reestablish the supremacy of decentralization in the crypto landscape. The focus remains on building a strong and dynamic community of rebels to counter the growing concerns of centralization. Moreover, Rebel Satoshi has set the $100 million market cap feat as its target.

$RBLZ is the native token of the Rebel Satoshi ecosystem, and it serves as more than just a token; $RBLZ allows investors to be a member of the growing community of rebels, participate in quests, and earn staking rewards.

Rebel Satoshi is now in Warriors Round 2 at $0.018 per $RBLZ, which is a stunning 79.9% price growth from its Early Bird Round price of $0.010. Moreover, $RBLZ has become one of the altcoins to watch for after selling 67% of its presale supply and raising $500,000 during its presale.

Experts believe that $RBLZ has the potential to cross the $0.025 threshold and bring an impressive 150% profit for early investors before its launch. Furthermore, new investors can choose from Bitcoin and 50 other top crypto coins to buy $RBLZ coins and become a part of the Rebel Satoshi family!

MATIC Surges as Polygon Announces Partnership With Flipkart

On December 2, 2023, Polygon and Flipkart unveiled a strategic partnership aimed at integrating the e-commerce giant into the realms of Web3 and the metaverse. The collaboration encompasses innovative initiatives like Flipverse for nonfungible tokens (NFTs), eDAO for the metaverse, and the FireDrops NFT marketplace.

Subsequently, on December 7, Polygon co-founder Sandeep Nailwal revealed that Flipkart plans to leverage the Polygon CDK to scale its FireDrops Web3 loyalty program.

Moreover, Flipkart intends to utilize the Polygon CDK as the foundation for constructing an Ethereum-based zero-knowledge (ZK) layer-2 network, a move designed to enhance scalability and streamline services for future growth.

The impact of this collaboration was swiftly reflected in the market, as the price of MATIC, Polygon’s native token, experienced a substantial surge. Between December 2 and December 11, the MATIC price rose by 17.5% from $0.7979 to $0.9382.

Looking ahead to 2024, experts are optimistic about Polygon’s future, predicting a potential surge in MATIC’s price to cross the $1 mark and reach $1.50. This positive outlook is driven by expectations of increasing adoption and the anticipation of an upcoming bull run.

However, more conservative forecasts suggest that MATIC’s price could remain below $1.26 in 2024 if the market witnesses bearish sentiments. Nevertheless, Polygon is definitely among the top altcoins to watch for ahead.

For the latest updates and more information, be sure to visit the official Rebel Satoshi Presale Website or contact Rebel Red via Telegram

The Audience Relationship Mandate | Content Marketing Institute

No Comments

I’ve been thinking about something that will impact marketing in 2024: Relationships. And I mean specifically the relationships between your brand and your audience.

The idea of customer relationships has received lip service for over 25 years. Some say research and consulting firm Gartner brought the acronym of CRM – customer relationship management – to the lexicon. Others credit Tom Siebel, the former Oracle executive who formed Siebel Systems, one of the first companies to focus on sales-force automation. Another Oracle graduate, Mark Benioff, popularized the acronym in 1999 when he launched a little company called Salesforce from his San Francisco apartment.  

From a thought leadership perspective, you might consider the book by Don Peppers and Martha Rogers, The One-to-One Future: Building Relationships One Customer at a Time, which provided the idea of CRM as a marketing strategy.

As they said in the 1990s edition:

“[M]ore and more companies have realized that interacting with customers is no longer an option, but a competitive necessity. And now they have questions: How should an interactive company treat its customers? What objective should a business set for the interactions that take place at its site? How can it measure success? Should different customers be treated differently? Is it sometimes necessary to reward customers for participating in Internet dialogue?”  

Well, 25 years later, those same questions still get asked.

What even are customer or audience relationships?

Leave it to Silicon Valley and marketing and sales jargon to use “management” to describe navigating a relationship. It’s time to redefine what it means for a brand to have a relationship with potential and existing customers (or, as I prefer to call them, “audiences.”)

I love the Irish saying, “We live in the shelter of each other” because it implies all relationships are the same kind of bond, even though they form differently.

I live in the shelter of others. My strong shelters include my friends, family, and co-workers. Other shelters are not as strong, but I still value what they provide. These relationships might be with my accountant, teacher, mentor, the mailbox place where I get all my packages, or my favorite actors and bands.

In all these cases, the shelter works as a two-way street in which something is shared — value.

RELATED: Do You Treat Your Audience Like Your Marketing Database? That’s a Mistake

Develop better audience relationships

All brands should understand and commit to this concept.

From 2010 to 2015, the concept of customer relationship management peaked as social media emerged. The talk at the time centered on creating relationships with your customers through social media – engaging, entertaining, inspiring, and ultimately creating a bond with them.

I often heard brand and marketing thought leaders castigate that idea. I can’t tell you how many times I’d hear someone say, “No one opens up their refrigerator and says, ‘You know, I really want a better relationship with my butter provider.’” 

That always got a laugh. But it always felt cynical.

True, customers don’t need a better relationship with their butter provider, power supplier, or CRM software brand. But that doesn’t diminish the marketing mandate to establish stronger relationships with your audiences.

You live in their shelter for some time, and they live in yours. The question is: How strong can or should the shelter be (how much value can you offer)?

That thinking contributed to the meteoric rise of content marketing as a strategic function in business. If your brand’s product doesn’t lend itself to a stronger relationship bond with an audience, then you can and should create the kind of experiences that do.

For example, if your brand sells enterprise-grade DC power supplies, the shelter – the bond – you provide is weak. But if your brand helps customers be better electrical engineers, the potential exists for a strong bond.

Maybe the most spectacular example is Amazon Prime Video. On the surface, Amazon Prime Video might be the most unprofitable business in entertainment and media. In 2022, it earned about $5 billion in revenue and spent approximately $16 billion on content. I don’t care what Hollywood math you use. If it were a standalone business, you would say, “Put that thing out of its misery!”

But Amazon keeps Prime Video going because its business model revolves around Amazon Prime memberships. These members spend twice what non-member customers do when shopping on Amazon. Revenue from Prime memberships totaled $35 billion in 2022. Now, you can better understand the Amazon Prime Video math. Prime Video is a marketing play that entices more people to become Prime members.

Peel that idea back further, and you can see Prime Video is Amazon’s effort to develop a valuable and ongoing relationship with its audience. The relationship between any retailer and a member is weak despite the shelter of free shipping. But the member’s relationship (the value exchange) with a company that provides great movies and TV shows is strong.

How to meet the relationship mandate

As you move into 2024, you’ll have to make stronger bonds and relationships with your audiences, a core mission for your marketing.

These trends explain why that’s imperative next year:

Generative AI will make access to how-to and simple FAQs for information irrelevant. Enlightened content — content that brings a balance of experience, knowledge, creativity, and sound judgment — will be valued.

Trust in digital content will wane in the short term. The author or sources will more strongly signal value than the content itself. The storyteller will be more valued than the story.

Audiences will value personal – not personalized – communication. Personal content is contextually relevant, not driven by demographics. It’s the kind of content that makes someone say, “Wow, this is exactly what I needed.” (I wrote more about the difference between personal and personalized content a while back.)

RELATED: Key Trends in Content Marketing 2024: 67 Predictions

So what should you do? Successful marketers will focus on owned media. Every bit of content produced across every channel will help establish longer and stronger relationships with potential and existing customers.

Marketing and advertising no longer exist simply to shorten the time between when a product is finished and when a customer consumes it. Your added responsibility is to lengthen the time and strengthen the bond of the relationship between the brand and audiences.

Remember, you and your audience live in the shelter of each other. But you’re not bound to each other.

Developing better and more meaningful relationships with your audience will keep them with you longer, whether you’re in the entertainment, electrical power, or even the butter business.

Of course, my relationship with my family isn’t nearly the same as with my favorite brands. But in each, I find shelter through shared understanding, experiences, and universal truths told as stories.

And isn’t that a wonderful new purpose for your brand?

It’s your story. Tell it well.

Robert Rose consults and hosts workshops on helping marketing teams align their marketing processes to all kinds of technologies – including generative AI. Contact him to learn about those programs.

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

Kerala Varsity joins hands with Nergy India to offer innovative commerce courses 

No Comments

Nergy India, India’s first Simulated Learning Technology (SL Tech) & Interactive Learning Technology (IL Tech) innovator in commerce learning, is to collaborate with Kerala University to offer three statutory e-filing skilling courses for commerce students.

  • Also read: Four Kerala start-ups named for Nasscom’s 2023 Emerge-50 awards

These short-term courses are developed by Nergy India and endorsed by the Management & Entrepreneurship and Professional Skills Council (MEPSC) under the Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship. These certified courses were announced at the 45th All India Accounting Conference & International Seminar on Accounting Education & Research hosted at the Kerala University, Kariavattom campus. Commerce aspirants who are pursuing their undergraduate or postgraduate courses are eligible to apply for these courses simultaneously.

The short-term courses on offer include GST Executive, Statutory Executive, and Finance Executive programmes. Enrolled students can get access to Nergy Vidya, the official student portal, providing access to course materials and additional resources. The courses are designed comprehensively in parallel with the demand for professional knowledge vital for a successful career in the commerce industry.

  • Also read: High education space needs meaningful participation from corporates

The courses cover topics such as GST registration, ITR filing, E-PAN generation, TDS & TCS and preparation of financial statements to mention a few.

Legendary E3 Gaming Convention Is Over. Here’s What That Means for Gamers

No Comments

The Electronic Entertainment Expo, better known as E3, the long-running annual gaming show that brought together the world’s game publishers, retailers and press to Los Angeles, is dead. 

“After more than two decades of serving as a central showcase for the US and global video game industry, ESA has decided to end E3,” the Electronic Software Association said in a statement on Tuesday. “ESA’s focus and priority remain advocating for ESA member companies and the industry workforce who fuel positive cultural and economic impact every day.” 

Analysts who spoke with CNET cited withdrawals from major publishing partners, along with increased competition from other events, as reasons for the event’s demise.

The end of E3 comes after publishers began slowly pulling back from the show over the past decade. Nintendo stopped doing press conferences at E3 in 2013, instead opting to upload prerecorded videos online. Both Microsoft and EA chose to have off-site events during E3, moving people away from the Los Angeles Convention Center. A major gut punch came in 2019 when Sony decided to pull out of E3 altogether

With more companies hosting showcases outside of E3, the event’s relevance slowly diminished. Starting in 2020, during the COVID-19 pandemic, E3 canceled or postponed in-person shows, though it did hold an online-only event in 2021. In 2022, ESA said that E3 would return the following year, but ultimately canceled this year’s show due to a lack of interest

E3’s decline coincided with the rise of Summer Game Fest, a series of game reveal events hosted by veteran industry insider Geoff Keighley. Summer Game Fest started online, and in 2022, hosted its first in-person event in Los Angeles, conspicuously occurring during E3’s usual event window. 

Read more: Game Industry Insider Geoff Keighley Lays Out His Vision for Showcase Events

A world without E3 could lead to more canned remarks

While later E3 events would open their doors to let fans experience the displays and demos on the show floor, the convention had traditionally been the launchpad for news from game companies big and small. Without an in-person industry event, gamers looking for announcements and updates on upcoming titles will have to lean more on prerecorded presentations and press releases from major companies like Sony, Microsoft, Nintendo and EA, with fewer opportunities for press interviews and off-the-cuff remarks. 

“The real importance of E3 is that everyone was there all at once,” said Michael Pachter, an analyst at Wedbush Securities. Unlike the Game Developers Conference or Tokyo Game Show, E3 attracted CEOs and CFOs from across the industry, according to Pachter. This also meant that mainstream press attended the event, attracting a ton of consumer attention. 

E3 began in 1995 as a trade show meant to bring in retailers to help coordinate for the holiday shopping season. The show evolved to a premiere event that attracted mainstream press from around the world with bigger and flashier press conferences. As the retail environment changed, with more games going online and major titles arriving outside of the holiday shopping season, E3’s central role waned. Having one show in the summer didn’t really work for publishers planning to release games the following March. That prompted companies to showcase titles at their own events instead. The last in-person E3 was in 2019, with the final E3 in 2021, though it was online-only. 

“I notice companies being a lot less transparent and really wanting to control the message,” said David Cole, lead analyst at DFC Intelligence. With companies sticking to online presentations and not making executives and developers readily available, it’s harder for the press to ask tough questions. This is partly by design so that companies can control their own message, according to Cole. The reduced transparency makes an analyst’s job more difficult as well.

“I can’t get honest answers from these companies,” said Cole. “It makes it tough because you’re just basically going with their own hype of whatever they’re saying in public and you kind of got to go around and really dig to get the true story.”

Nintendo, Microsoft and Sony didn’t immediately reply to a request for comment.

Apart from releasing videos and sending out press releases, companies will continue to lean on online influencers to guide public opinion. While some influencers are transparent with their level of access, others may take payment from publishers to showcase games, something that trusted journalistic organizations don’t do. Cole said companies leaning on influencers has been happening for a while and it’ll take more due diligence by consumers to catch on to how online hype is potentially being manipulated by marketing teams. 

“The companies that ‘pulled out’ (namely Sony) made a huge mistake and killed the show,” said Pachter. “EA was stupid moving its competing show across town on the same days and Microsoft was stupid moving to the Peacock (formerly Microsoft) theater. I am hopeful that the ESA recognizes the importance of the show and brings it back, but am not optimistic.”

What is ketamine, the drug that killed Matthew Perry?

No Comments

Nearly seven weeks after Matthew Perry’s apparent drowning in a hot tub at his California home, the Los Angeles County Department of Medical Examiner released the actor’s cause of death as “acute effects of ketamine.”

Secondary conditions contributing to the death were listed as “drowning, coronary artery disease and buprenorphine,” according to the autopsy report.

“The underlying coronary artery disease made the effects of ketamine on the heart more pronounced,” Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center and a Fox News medical contributor, told Fox News Digital. 

MATTHEW PERRY CAUSE OF DEATH LISTED AS ‘ACUTE EFFECTS OF KETAMINE’

The autopsy report confirmed that Perry had received “ketamine infusion therapy” 1½ weeks prior to his death, reportedly as treatment for depression and anxiety.

“Prescription medications and loose pills” were found at the 54-year-old actor’s residence at the time of his Oct. 28 death, the report also stated.

Nearly seven weeks after Matthew Perry’s apparent drowning in a hot tub at his California home, the Los Angeles County Department of Medical Examiner released the cause of death as “acute effects of ketamine.” (Mike Pont/WireImage/Getty Images)

What is ketamine?

Intended for use as an anesthetic to be handled by medical doctors and veterinarians, ketamine is also used illegally as a recreational drug.

The Alcohol and Drug Foundation (ADF) describes ketamine as a “dissociative drug,” which means it causes people to feel “separated or detached” from their bodies or physical surroundings.

PRINCE HARRY SAYS PSYCHEDELIC DRUGS HELPED HIM — BUT WHAT ABOUT THE RISKS AND DANGERS?

For some, it can cause hallucinations and alter people’s thoughts and emotions, according to the ADF.

“Ketamine is in the PCP (phencyclidine) family,” Siegel told Fox News Digital.

(PCP is a dissociative, mind-altering drug that may lead to hallucinations.)

The off-label use of ketamine has “skyrocketed” in recent years, “despite limited data supporting the safety and efficacy of that practice,” according to a report from Yale School of Medicine.

Ketamine medication

Intended for use as an anesthetic handled by medical doctors and veterinarians, ketamine is also used illegally as a recreational drug. (iStock)

The drug is usually sold as a colorless, odorless liquid or as a white or off-white powder, according to the National Drug Intelligence Center (NDIC) website.

When used in a powder or liquid form, it is often mixed with beverages or smoked with marijuana or tobacco.

MARIJUANA USE AMONG PREGNANT WOMEN IS LINKED TO LOW BIRTH WEIGHT, STUDY FINDS

The powder form can also be snorted or pressed into tablets. 

As a liquid, ketamine can be injected, the NDIC states.

Ketamine for depression

In 2019, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved ketamine in a nasal spray format (Spravato, or S-ketamine) for treatment-resistant depression and suicial ideation.

It is intended to be used in combination with antidepressant pills only under the supervision of a medical professional.

Matthew Perry soft smiles in a brown blazer in New York City

The autopsy report confirmed that Perry had received “ketamine infusion therapy” 1½ weeks prior to his death, reportedly as treatment for depression and anxiety. (Mike Pont/WireImage/Getty Images)

“S-ketamine is regulated very tightly,” the Yale report stated. “It has to be delivered intranasally, in a certified health care setting under the supervision of a health care professional, and patients must remain in the facility for two hours after dosing.”

As Siegel noted, “Ketamine is more and more commonly used for treatment of severe depression and to break the cycle of depression as well as for pain management.”

“Common causes of overdose death include excess sedation, respiratory failure, low blood pressure, cardiac arrhythmia, coma and seizures.”

“In Perry’s case, he was already getting it intravenously, but it has a relatively short half life, so he must have taken some soon before the pool accident,” the doctor surmised.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

While the autopsy report confirmed Perry had received “ketamine infusion therapy” 1½ weeks prior to his death, “the ketamine in his system at death could not be from that infusion therapy, since ketamine’s half-life is three to four hours or less,” the report confirmed.

When does ketamine become deadly?

At high doses, the drug can cause adverse health issues that affect cardiovascular, respiratory and neurologic function, which can be fatal, said the American Addiction Centers website.

Some of the risks include elevated blood pressure, difficulty breathing, amnesia, seizures, addiction, problems with judgment and coordination and a lower urinary tract irritation called ulcerative cystitis, according to the same source.

“Common causes of overdose death include excess sedation, respiratory failure, low blood pressure, cardiac arrhythmia, coma and seizures,” said Siegel. 

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

In Perry’s case, the report stated that given the high levels of ketamine found in his blood, “the main lethal effects” from the ketamine included “cardiovascular overstimulation and respiratory depression.”

Tracy Wright and Adam Sabes of Fox News Digital contributed reporting.

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Year Ender 2023: The 10 Best Restaurants In Mumbai That Opened In 2023

No Comments

Year Ender 2023: The food scene in Mumbai is ever-evolving and the year 2023 has been proof of that. Every month, numerous new restaurants, cafes and bars have opened in the city. While some have relied on the same old offerings, others have dared to innovate and intrigue crowds with offbeat treats. As 2023 comes to an end, we present to you our pick of the 10 best new restaurants that took the city by storm this year. We’ve chosen a mix of fine dining as well as casual restaurants that should be on your radar in 2024. Here are the places that have served some of the most memorable meals this year:

Also Read: 10 Moments Of Pride For Indian Cuisine And Indian Chefs In 2023

Here Are The Top 10 New Restaurants In Mumbai That Opened In 2023:

1. Indian Accent, BKC

Indian Accent, Delhi has frequently been hailed as the best restaurant in India. It has finally made its way to Mumbai too. At the plush BKC outpost inside the NMACC, patrons can sample the delights of Chef Manish Mehrotra’s creations, from the world-famous blue cheese naan to the signature Daulat ki Chaat. The Mumbai restaurant continues Indian Accent’s time-honoured mission to serve flavour-packed Indian delicacies with innovative twists.

  • Where: Indian Accent, Jio World Centre, Ground Floor, Nita Mukesh Ambani Cultural Centre, C-64, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai.

2. Amadeo by Oberoi, BKC

Another must-visit at the NMACC is Amadeo by Oberoi. The menu is centred around four “micro-concepts” representing four cuisines: Indian, Italian, Chinese and Japanese. Helmed by Executive Chef Kayzad Sadri and Chef Gregorio Oblen, the restaurant takes popular favourites from each cuisine and gives them a signature, sophisticated twist. We highly recommend their impossibly crisp Chinese Chilli Glazed Lotus Root Chips, soul-soothing Truffle Tagliatelle, heavenly Burnt Basque Cheesecake, and amazing Filter Kaapi Martini, among other treats.

  • Where: Amadeo by Oberoi, NMACC, Jio World Centre, G Block BKC, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai.

3. Nksha, Churchgate

Photo Credit: Nksha, Mumbai

Nksha offers diners an indulgent exploration of the rich flavours of North India. Culinary duo Pranav M. Rungta and Chef Vikram Arora have curated a menu that features timeless classics and experimental delights. While the food roots you in the possibilities of the present, the decor transports you back to the South Bombay of the glamourous 1950s-60s. Don’t miss their Truffle, Cheese and Mushroom Kulcha, Dahi Bhalla Papri Chaat, “Old Delhi” Paneer Tikka, The Foothill (cocktail), and The Desi Ghee cocktail.

  • Where: Nksha, ADCB Rehmat Manzil, 1A / 1B, Veer Nariman Rd, Churchgate, Mumbai.

4. Veronica’s, Bandra

When it comes to casual dining options, Veronica’s undoubtedly tops the list. The artisanal cafe has quickly become a favourite of locals as well as a must-try spot for anyone visiting the city. It occupies the space of the erstwhile and iconic Jude Bakery. The cafe is the latest offering by the Hunger Inc. Group, whose executive chef is Hussain Shahzad. At Veronica’s, one can choose from a mouth-watering range of breakfast staples, sandwiches, wraps, salads, baked treats and more. The cafe also serves kombucha, wine, beer and other carefully selected libations.

  • Where: Veronica’s, Waroda Road, off. Hill Road, Ranwar, Bandra West.

5. Yi Jing, ITC Maratha, Andheri

Add image caption here

Photo Credit: Yi Jing, ITC Maratha, Mumbai

ITC’s flagship Chinese restaurant is now open at ITC Maratha, Andheri. Apart from signature offerings, the menu features some of the most lip-smacking Chinese staples we’ve tasted this year. The establishment is led by culinary legend Chef Liang Xiao Qing, whose unmatched attention to detail and love of fantastic ingredients are reflected in each dish. If you visit, check out their Chicken Char Sui dumplings, Sake and Edamame Dumplings, King Prawn In Two Flavours, Beijing Duck, Chengdu Style Sliced Lamb and Ginger-Pineapple sorbet.

  • Where: Yi Jing, Lobby Level, ITC Maratha, A Luxury Collection Hotel, Mumbai, Sahar, Andheri East, Mumbai.

Also Read: 11 New Restaurants In Mumbai To Try In December 2023 

6. CIRQA, Lower Parel

Add image caption here

Photo Credit: Assad Dadan

This two-storey bar in Todi Mills has expertly crafted cocktails and unique global bites that make for a novel gastronomic experience. You cannot afford to miss their Shut The Duck Up, Bombay Cosmopolis, Sweet Roots with Magaj Crema and the Millet and Duck Croquettes. CIRQA is backed by brothers Pankaj Gupta and Avinash Gupta, and Adele de Fontbrune serves as the Co-Founder as well as F&B Director. Louness Ducos and Agnieszka Rozenska are in charge of the bar programme.

  • Where: Plot 126, Ground Floor, Mathuradas Mill Compound, Senapati Bapat Pawar Marg, opposite Zeba, Lower Parel, Mumbai.

7. The Coconut Boy, Bandra

Bandra got a leisurely yet lively Goan restaurant this year: The Coconut Boy. Here, the emphasis is not only on good food and drink but also on relaxation and great times. Dig into authentic Goan delicacies and refreshing cocktails, which will give you a taste of susegaad in the heart of Bandra. The restaurant is a joint venture by Hitesh Keswani, Chef Rohan D’Souza and Praveena D’Souza.

  • Where: The Coconut Boy, 003, Epitome Building, 29th Road, Survey No F/858, Bandra West, Mumbai.

8. Coast & Bloom, Dadar

Add image caption here

Photo Credit: Coast & Bloom, Mumbai

Dadar West has grown to become quite a culinary hotspot this year. One of the most exciting openings in the area was Coast And Bloom, the brainchild of Mitra Walke (whose family own Dadar’s famous Chaitanya restaurant). The fine-dining establishment offers hearty and delectable seafood specialities by Chef Prasad Parab, reflecting the bounty of coastal regions in India as well as Italy, France, Spain, Greece, Thailand and more. The Crab Kakkori here is a kebab you’ll find hard to forget.

  • Where: Coast & Bloom, Second Floor, Kohinoor Square, Dadar – W, N C. Kelkar Marg, Shivaji Park, Mumbai.

9. PAUL’s, Lower Parel

After Delhi and Gurugram, French culinary brand PAUL, an artisanal bakery and all-day dining restaurant, opened in Mumbai this year. It has since continued to attract a buzzing crowd with the unbeatable aroma of freshly baked baked treats. Apart from its signature French dishes, the food menu features a delectable array of sandwiches, burgers, pastas, pizzas, soups, rice mains, and seafood specialities. We highly recommend their Croque Monsieur, Paul’s Salad, Hot Chocolate and Almond Pain Au Chocolat. 

  • Where: PAUL’s 462, Shop C-10B, Ground & Mezzanine Floor, Phoenix Palladium Mall, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel.

10. Folk, Kala Ghoda

If you want a taste of comfort foods from different parts of India, head to Folk in Kala Ghoda. It marks home chef Jasleen Marwah’s first stint as a restaurateur. The menu has a specially curated selection of various yummy desi delicacies, including popular combos as well as regional specialities. Some of the highlights include yakhni pulao, Konkani green curry and Awadhi kathal ki shami.

  • Where: Folk, Maharashtra Chambers, 14, New Bakehouse, Lane, Kala Ghoda, Fort, Mumbai.

Also Read: 2023: The Year That Was! 10 New Restaurants That Opened In Delhi-NCR And Stayed In Our Hearts

Xi’s special envoy to attend condolence event for Kuwait’s late emir

No Comments

Chinese President Xi Jinping’s Special Envoy and Vice Chairman of the National People’s Congress Standing Committee Shohrat Zakir will attend condolence activities for Kuwait’s late emir Sheikh Nawaf Al-Ahmad Al-Jaber Al-Sabah in Kuwait City on Monday, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Wang Wenbin said on Sunday.

(Cover: Kuwait’s national flags are lowered to half-mast as a mark of mourning for the late emir Sheikh Nawaf Al-Ahmad Al-Jaber Al-Sabah in Kuwait City, Kuwait, December 16, 2023. /CFP)

On ‘Survivor,’ the Clothing Choices Are More Deliberate Than You May Think

No Comments

Before then, each contestant had been permitted a knapsack of clothing items, including some survival gear. But for “Pearl Islands,” the players, who included Mr. Boneham, were surprised to enter the competition with significantly fewer items than they had worked with producers to select.

Once cast members arrived at the shooting location, Mr. Probst said, they were asked to dress in certain outfits they had brought to wear for press photos that would be used to promote the show. Mr. Boneham wore his tie dye. Lillian Morris, a Boy Scout leader, dressed in a full scouting uniform. Shawn Cohen, an advertising sales executive, was in an Armani suit.

But instead of going to a photo shoot, cast members were plunged immediately into the game, wearing only the clothes on their backs.

“Some of the most iconic looks of ‘Survivor’ came from that season,” Mr. Probst said.

Sandra Diaz-Twine, the winner of “Pearl Islands,” said she was shocked when she realized that most of the clothes the production crew had approved for her to bring couldn’t be used.

“I had charged like $500, $600, on my credit card,” said Ms. Diaz-Twine, 49, who lives in Fayetteville, Ark., and has appeared in several subsequent seasons of the show. “I wanted to make sure that I had a different clean outfit like every day. And then they say you’re jumping off the boat with just the clothes on your back. I was like, Oh my god, I charged all this stuff to my credit card.”

Since then, “Survivor” has gone back and forth on what clothing — and how much of it — contestants may bring. “We always listen to players,” Mr. Probst said. “It’s a give and take.”

Moderna and Merck’s Novel Cancer Vaccine, Keytruda Combo Cuts Risk of Skin Cancer Death, Recurrence by Half

No Comments

Adjuvant treatment with Moderna’s mRNA-4157 (V940) in combination with Merck’s Keytruda lowered the risk of recurrence or death by 49% compared with Keytruda monotherapy.

Findings from the KEYNOTE-942/mRNA-4157-P201 clinical trial show that Moderna’s investigational individualized neoantigen therapy plus Merck’s Keytruda (pembrolizumab) lowered the risk of death or relapse by nearly half in patients with resected high-risk melanoma (stage III/IV) following complete resection.

A planned analysis of the Phase IIb randomized trial found that at a median follow-up of approximately three years, adjuvant treatment with Moderna’s mRNA-4157 (V940) in combination with Keytruda continued to show a clinically meaningful improvement in recurrence-free survival (RFS) by lowering the risk of recurrence or death by 49% compared with Keytruda monotherapy.

“As we continue to follow participants in the KEYNOTE-942/mRNA-4157-P201 study, we are excited to see such a robust clinical benefit with mRNA-4157 (V940) as adjuvant treatment in combination with Keytruda in people with resected high-risk melanoma,” Kyle Holen, MD, Moderna senior vice president and head of Development, Therapeutics and Oncology, said in a press release. “These data add another positive analysis to the multiple endpoints and subgroups previously assessed in this study. Importantly for this technology, the KEYNOTE-942/mRNA-4157-P201 study was the first demonstration of efficacy for an investigational mRNA cancer treatment in a randomized clinical trial and the first combination therapy to show a significant benefit over Keytruda alone in adjuvant melanoma. We look forward to sharing these data with people impacted by this disease and the broader scientific community.”

Further, the treatment combination also showed a meaningful improvement in distant metastasis-free survival (DMFS) vs. Keytruda monotherapy, lowering the risk of developing distant metastasis or death by 62%.

V940 is comprised of synthetic mRNA coding for up to 34 neoantigens that are designed and produced based on the unique mutational signature of a patient’s tumor. After administration of the drug, the algorithmically derived and RNA-encoded neoantigen sequences are endogenously translated and undergo natural cellular antigen processing and presentation.

Keytruda is an anti-programed death receptor-1 (PD-1) therapy that improves the immune system’s ability to detect and fight tumor cells. The humanized monoclonal antibody blocks the interaction between PD-1 and its ligands, PD-L1 and PD-L2, which leads to the activation of T lymphocytes that could affect tumor and healthy cells.

In terms of safety, adverse events (AEs) in KEYNOTE-942 reported were consistent with prior findings. At approximately three years, rates of treatment-related grade ≥3 AEs were similar between the treatment cohorts at 25% for mRNA-4157 (V940) in combination with Keytruda vs. 20% for Keytruda monotherapy. The most common AEs of any grade attributed to mRNA-4157 (V940) were fatigue (60.6%), injection site pain (56.7%), and chills (49%).

“We are committed to driving research forward for innovative modalities in earlier stages of cancer, where we can make the most meaningful impact for patients, by combining Merck’s expertise in immuno-oncology with Moderna’s innovative mRNA technology,” said Marjorie Green, MD, senior vice president and head of late-stage oncology, global clinical development, Merck Research Laboratories. “We are pleased to see the results from these planned analyses on recurrence-free survival for V940 (mRNA-4157), and look forward to working with Moderna in expanding our clinical development program for the individualized neoantigen therapy.”

Based on data from the Phase IIb KEYNOTE-942/mRNA-4157-P201 trial, the FDA awarded Breakthrough Therapy Designation to mRNA-4157 (V940) plus Keytruda for the adjuvant treatment of patients with high-risk melanoma.

Earlier this year, Moderna and Merck initiated a Phase III trial of the combination for non-small cell lung cancer that is currently enrolling globally (INTerpath-002, NCT06077760) with plans to expand the developmental program to additional tumor types.

Reference

Moderna and Merck Announce mRNA-4157 (V940) in Combination with KEYTRUDA® (pembrolizumab) Demonstrated Continued Improvement in Recurrence-Free Survival and Distant Metastasis-Free Survival in Patients with High-Risk Stage III/IV Melanoma Following Complete Resection Versus KEYTRUDA At Three Years. Merck. News release. December 14, 2023. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://www.merck.com/news/moderna-and-merck-announce-mrna-4157-v940-in-combination-with-keytruda-pembrolizumab-demonstrated-continued-improvement-in-recurrence-free-survival-and-distant-metastasis-free-survival-in-pa/

Working Cats: Felines That Have Important Jobs & How to Have One

No Comments

As your cat basks in the glow of the high noon sun, you may be wondering if felines ever do anything except eat, play, and sleep. The truth is, cats are so domesticated now that some are spoiled beyond employment for heavy-duty jobs such as pest control. My own cats have become so lazy that they don’t always bother to catch the occasional annoying fly, but simply follow it with their eyes (which, I also do apparently since the fly got away in the end).

Unlike my cats, not all felines are fortunate enough to live in loving homes where everything is provided for them. Some cats live on the streets with the minimum necessities for life. They’ve never known the love of a human and aren’t typically fit to be good pets since they’re partially wild. However, working cat programs can give these cats a second chance when they’re caught in trap-neuter-return (TNR) programs and find themselves unable to be released back into their former environment.


What Is a Working Cat?

A working cat is a feline who’s “employed” as a pest control alternative to harsh chemicals. It’s a symbiotic relationship for humans and felines, since humans are able to eradicate rats, and the cats generally enjoy a lifestyle that’s a step above what they’re used to. Working cats usually come from shelters as part of the TNR program. Under this plan, feral community cats are caught, neutered, treated with medicine and vaccines as needed, and then ideally released back into the wild.

However, sometimes there’s an outstanding reason why they can’t go back home. Maybe they lived in a dilapidated shed that’s now torn down, or whoever notified animal control hated the cats in the first place. If the cat is in poor health, they also may not be able to be released. Since they’re unfamiliar with humans, feral cats who can’t go home are in serious danger of being put on the euthanasia list since they can’t be adopted either.

Most community animal shelters or humane societies have implemented a working cat or feral cat program to save these animals that would otherwise slip through the cracks. These cats are often called “barn cats” or “warehouse” cats, denoting their typical places of employment. A working cat will catch mice just like they did in the wild, but on the grounds of a farm, church, or warehouse. Otherwise, that facility would have to implement alternate pest control measures that might not be as healthy for their crops or congregation, such as chemical pesticides.


How to Acquire a Working Cat

If you have a pest control problem at your business or if you own a facility such as a small farm that needs constant maintenance, you might consider contacting your local humane society to inquire about their feral cat program. Just know that the process is a little different than adopting a pet.

Feral cat adoptions are usually free. However, oftentimes you must take a minimum of two cats, and you aren’t necessarily allowed to choose which ones. Feral cats are scared of humans and wouldn’t tolerate people “shopping” in their shelter all day long, so the staff usually picks the cats to relieve them from the stress of constant visitors.

To adopt a feral cat, you’ll need to make sure you can always provide:

  • Food
  • Water
  • Litter
  • An enclosure or shelter that’s safe from rain or harsh weather

This list is your working cat’s “minimum wage.” Some cats may even develop a friendship with their employer, even if they’re not quite as friendly as devoted house cats.


What Is a Therapy Cat?

I welcome cat snuggles all day any day (even now while I’m writing this article), but they’re especially appreciated whenever I feel lonely or upset. Therapy cats use their purring skills to provide calming and healing benefits to the people they meet. They’re often taken to nursing homes to comfort residents who may be feeling lonely.

Unfortunately, the current Americans with Disabilities Act only grants the title of service animal to canines, which means there are many restrictions on where a therapy cat can go. For example, no laws currently permit felines to visit restaurants or grocery stores, or unconditionally allow cats in any public area. However, a trained and licensed therapy cat may be received into specific hospitals, schools, and other public places where they can work if their handlers obtain prior permission.

cat-resting-with-owner-on-sofa-at-home


How to Train Your Cat as a Therapy Cat

Cats and their handlers must undergo several hours of supervised training and pass individual inspections to be qualified as a therapy team. If you’re interested, research organizations like Love on a Leash for more details and requirements.


How to Adopt an ESA

Since they’re not granted the full rights of a service animal, therapy cats basically function as emotional support animals (ESAs) for the community. Individuals may also acquire an emotional support cat to give them comfort day and night. There are no strict requirements for registering a cat as an ESA, and you can even register a pet you already have, but you’ll need a letter of recommendation from a licensed mental health professional to qualify for registration. Since there really aren’t any qualifications for the type of cat, you might try to visit your shelter and ask for a feline with a calm demeanor to serve as your ESA if you don’t currently have a kitty.

The benefits of registering your cat as an ESA include fewer housing restrictions. Per the Fair Housing Act, your landlord must accept an ESA under their roof without requiring a pet deposit—even if the house isn’t deemed “pet-friendly.” Only a few exceptions apply, such as if the landlord also lives in the house or if the complex is designated for senior living. Some airlines may also allow emotional support cats to fly in the cabin without an additional fee, although this practice has been on the decline over the last couple years.


Just For Fun: Cats Can Be Booksellers, Too

Cats can serve pivotal roles in pest control and therapeutic assistance, but they can also gather their community over a shared love for felines and fiction.

The thick black cat watched me from the deep, old-fashioned shop window at The Haunted Bookstore in Mobile, Alabama. He had been taking a nap, but when he noticed he had a customer, he crawled off his daybed and came over to greet me. Affectionate, he rubbed his body against my hand and waited for the pettings which were eagerly given.

After my friend and I crooned over him for a few moments, the human bookseller behind the counter told me that his name was Mr. Bingley. I immediately appreciated his prestigious name, which comes from Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice, and seemed fitting for the resident bookstore cat. I can attest that Mr. Bingley takes his job very seriously, bonding with the customers so they don’t want to leave the store. If you search the shop on Google Maps, you’ll see “cat” is actually the most mentioned word in the bookstore’s reviews, and some people have jokingly said he’s the most overworked employee. I hope he earns employee of the month.


Conclusion

They may try to fool us by napping for long stretches on the couch, but cats are capable of many different types of jobs, depending on the particular cat. Even your own cat may be registered as an emotional support animal if you obtain a letter of recommendation from a licensed mental health professional. Feral felines who are unfit for adoption may be drafted into a local working cat program, where they’re guaranteed to have at least food, water, litter, and shelter in return for catching pests.

Some cats, like the affectionate Mr. Bingley, may take on odd jobs such as booksellers, or groundskeepers like Mrs. Norris in the Harry Potter trilogy. While felines currently don’t have the same service animal protections available to canines, cats may serve as therapy animals in certain settings, as long as they’re trained, registered, and have particular permission from the hospital or school where they’ll be visiting.


Featured Image Credit: Jumpstory

Naredco asks FM to go for SWAMIH-2 fund with ₹50,000 crore

No Comments

The National Real Estate Development Council (Naredco) has appealed to Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman to continue with the Special Window for Affordable and Mid-Income Housing (SWAMIH) fund by launching the second edition with a corpus of ₹50,000 crore.

In a pre-budget memorandum to the Finance Minister, the council also wanted budgetary support and relaxations including allowing input tax credit under GST and incentives for rental housing to achieve the housing for all target.

Noting that the SWAMIH fund has played a critical role and unlocked liquidity leading to renewed interest among investors, both foreign and domestic in the Indian real estate sector, the industry body has requested the government to create a second tranche of the SWAMIH fund.

  • Also Read: Naredco to organise property show in Hyderabad from October 6

While introducing the maiden fund in 2019, the government said the fund would provide priority debt financing for the completion of stalled housing projects that are in the affordable and middle-income housing sector.

As per industry estimates, in 2019, 90 per cent of the stalled projects were under the affordable and mid-income segment, constituting about 1,509 housing projects comprising approximately 4.58 lakh housing units in the stalled category.

Revival of stalled projects was expected to lead to early completion and timely possession of homes for home-buyers who have invested their hard-earned money.

‘win-win scenario’

“As the ultimate beneficiaries of the fund are the home buyers who have been able to take delivery of their long-stuck dream homes, an extension of the lending scheme would be a win-win scenario for both the industry and buyers,” G Hari Babu, President, NAREDCO, said.

The industry body reiterated its long-standing request for allowing the option of claiming input tax credit by residential project developers with higher GST. Stating that accounting processes, it said that the ITC would also help in enhancing compliance as it would encourage developers to reduce purchase from unregistered players.

  • Also Read: Real estate sector set to expand to $5.8 trillion by 2047: report

“Due to three waves of Covid and subsequent lockdowns since two years and consequential impact on the economy, many tenants who were occupying offices and shops have either closed down or negotiated rentals and have paid zero or minimum rentals,” he pointed out.

“To incentivise rental housing in the country the tax burden on notional rental income should be exempted,” he felt.

The council also suggested several other taxation-related amendments including the removal of the ₹2 lakh limit of interest deduction under Section 24 of IT Act 1961 on housing loans to boost housing demand.

In a bid to help real estate projects get better liquidity and relaxations the industry body has also recommended MSME status to projects with the required parameters and also allowing priority sector lending for real estate projects.

Holiday Etiquette: 7 Tips on the Not to Do List

No Comments

I remember so clearly a dinner party I hosted where a newer friend showed up two hours late with two uninvited guests in tow. To make matters worse, they didn’t bring anything to contribute to the party. Needless to say, I never invited her to another party. I doubt she was ill-intentioned, rather, she was clueless on basic etiquette. She likely would have benefited from reading a list of what NOT TO DO during holiday gatherings and dinner parties. Here you go, you’re welcome.

Holiday Etiquette: What NOT to do

1. Don’t bring uninvited guests. This might seem like a no-brainer, but it’s worth mentioning because it’s a common mistake people make. If you’re invited to a dinner party, make sure to respect the host’s guest list and only bring along the people they’ve specifically invited.

2. Don’t go to a dinner party empty-handed. It’s always a good idea to bring something to contribute, whether it’s a bottle of wine, a dessert, or a small gift. This shows appreciation for the host’s efforts and helps to make the party more enjoyable for everyone.

3. Don’t show up more than 30 minutes late for a sit-down dinner. While it’s okay to be a little bit late, try to arrive within 15-30 minutes of the stated start time. This gives the host time to get everything ready and ensures that the dinner doesn’t get off to a late start.

4. Don’t bring up highly sensitive or personal topics at a group dinner. It’s important to be respectful of others’ boundaries and to keep the conversation light and enjoyable for everyone. Avoid bringing up controversial topics or asking inappropriate questions.

5. Don’t ask about someone’s relationship status or when they’re going to have kids. These types of questions can be intrusive and uncomfortable for some people. Instead, focus on getting to know people on a more general level and finding common interests.

6. Don’t stay past your welcome. It’s important to be gracious and thank your host for their hospitality, but it’s also important to know when it’s time to go. Don’t linger too long or overstay your welcome.

7. Don’t dominate the conversation. One way to avoid dominating the conversation is to actively listen to others and ask open-ended questions that encourage them to share more about themselves. This not only allows others to feel heard and valued, but it also helps to create a more balanced and engaging conversation for everyone involved.

Did I miss anything? Feel free to forward to Aunt Mary who might need an etiquette refresher.

Want to get over your breakup?

Get the Breakup Guide workbook. The Renew Breakup Guide will walk you through the entire process of healing from heartbreak, step by step. For only $14, the guide is packed with 60 pages of tools, exercises, and worksheets to help you repair your heart and move forward. Get it now.

“Trebam sve”: Ljudi oduševljeni Onitsuka Tiger Astro Boy kolekcijom

No Comments

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

The Times’ top 25 high school boys’ basketball rankings

No Comments

A look at the Los Angeles Times’ top 25 high school boys’ basketball teams in the Southland after Week 3 of the 2023-24 season.

Rk. SCHOOL; Comment; last rank

1. ST. JOHN BOSCO (7-0); Headed to Hawaii for tournament this week; 1

2. HARVARD-WESTLAKE (11-0); 28 points for Robert Hinton vs. Campbell Hall; 2

3. JSERRA (12-0); Next up is Torrey Pines tournament after Christmas; 3

4. EASTVALE ROOSEVELT (12-1); Success in Alaska, Hawaii; 5

5. MATER DEI (8-1); Luke Barnett made nine threes in loss in Bahamas; 4

6. SIERRA CANYON (10-1); 40-point effort by Noah Williams; 6

7. SHERMAN OAKS NOTRE DAME (7-0); Mercy Miller scored 68 points vs. Oakwood; 8

8. CORONA CENTENNIAL (7-4); Eric Freeny had a 40-point performance in Idaho; 7

9. ST. PIUS X-ST. MATTHIAS (4-1); Important nonleague win over La Mirada; 9

10. ETIWANDA (11-0); North Orange County tournament champions; 10

11. DAMIEN (11-1); Xavier Clinton made nine threes in win over San Gabriel Academy; 13

12. LOS ALAMITOS (10-3); 75-70 loss on the road to De La Salle; 11

13. LA MIRADA (11-3); Tough schedule preparing team for January; 12

14. REDONDO UNION (6-1); Playing in Las Vegas this week; 14

15. ST. BERNARD (4-0); Time to find out where Vikings stand; 15

16. PASADENA (8-0); Great start to the Pacific League; 16

17. CRESPI (13-1); Joe Sterling keeps delivering; 17

18. WINDWARD (10-2); Wildcats looking like the team to beat in Gold Coast League; 18

19. SANTA MARGARITA (9-3); Eagles gearing up for Trinity League next month; 19

20. MIRA COSTA (10-2); Bay League begins with Palos Verdes; 20

21. BISHOP MONTGOMERY (6-1); Knights resume tournament play this week; 22

22. ST. ANTHONY (9-2); Preparing for Christmas tournament action; 23

23. RANCHO VERDE (9-0); Have handled teams from Inland Empire; NR

24. NEWPORT BEACH PACIFICA CHRISTIAN (9-5); Getting better with tough schedule; NR

25. VISTA MURRIETA (9-1); Only loss is to Rancho Verde; NR

Infinix to unveil AirCharge at Consumer Electronic Show 2024 – Details

No Comments

Infinix is all set to unveil two cutting-edge technologies at the upcoming Consumer Electronics Show (CES) 2024. According to the company, these technologies will revolutionize the mobile industry. The smartphone manufacturer will unveil AirCharge and Extreme-Temp Battery technologies at the highly anticipated ShowStoppers event during CES 2024.

Infinix AirCharge 
 
Infinix‘s AirCharge technology is a wireless charging that enables users to charge their smart devices without the need for cables or physically touching the charging pad. The technology allows charging at a distance of 0-20 centimetres and it even works when the transmitting coil and the receiving coil are tilted at an angle of up to 60 degrees. “This has been made possible by Infinix’s innovative multi-coil magnetic resonance technology and adaptive algorithms,” the company said.

Also, Infinix AirCharge operates at a safe low frequency below 6.78MHz and delivers charging power of up to 7.5W. “It is equipped with an end-to-end Resonance and Over Voltage Protection (OVP) Circuit that effectively safeguards the circuitry, ensuring charging safety even in scenarios where the distance and position between the phone and the charging pad rapidly change,” the Chinese smartphone manufacturer said.

Compared to traditional wired charging, Infinix AirCharge lets users effortlessly charge their devices during activities such as gaming and watching videos by simply installing the wireless charging pad underneath their desks.

Extreme-Temp Battery: Charges Even at -40°C

Infinix has partnered with industry-leading technology suppliers to address a common challenge faced by mobile phones in extremely cold environments. Regular batteries often experience lithium ion freezing, rendering them inactive and incapable of charging or discharging. In response, Infinix has developed the Extreme-Temp Battery, incorporating revolutionary biomimetic electrolyte and fusion solid-state technology on the electrodes.

The Extreme-Temp Battery has a charging temperature range of 100°C (-40°C-60°C) and can ensure functionality and endurance even in the harshest cold environments.

Rebel Moon star on reuniting with ‘madman’ Zack Snyder and teases ‘intense’ director’s cut | Films | Entertainment

No Comments

Rebel Moon star Ray Fisher has opened up about reuniting with Zack Snyder and teased what fans can expect from his upcoming extended cut.

Part One: A Child of Fire released on Netflix this Friday, with both a second instalment and a director’s cut with an extra hour of footage coming next year.

Express.co.uk sat down with Snyder and some of the cast, including Fisher, who had nothing but praise for the blockbuster filmmaker after working with him on his breakout role as Cyborg.

“The characters are radically different,” he said. “We’re dealing with a brand new IP.

“And a character as bad-a** as Darian Bloodaxe, a space rebel with a cool sense of style, it definitely is different than any other character I’ve played.

Read more: Zack Snyder on Rebel Moon’s fascist nightmare and ‘crazy’ moment with Ed Skrein

“There were folks who’ve seen the film who were like, ‘I didn’t even recognize you’.”

“It was fun to really immerse myself into this space.”

Known for directing Man of Steel, Watchmen and Netflix’s Army of the Dead, Snyder once again takes on multiple roles behind the scenes for one of his most ambitious projects yet.

“Zack’s doing so much on this one, right?” Fisher added. “When I worked with him in the past, he’s directed, co-written, that sort of thing.

“But on [Rebel Moon], he was like a madman. He’s directing, writing, he’s behind the camera.

“Just an unbelievable amount of energy and just genuine enthusiasm and excitement to jump in and do the work. That part of it has always been Zack.”

A release date for Rebel Moon’s director’s cut hasn’t been confirmed, although Snyder indicated it could be out in summer 2024.

As for what fans can expect from the three-hour version, Fisher teased: “It’ll be more. A lot more.

“It’ll be an hour more. But there’ll be a lot more intensity in that cut.

“There’s just things that you can do in a rated-R cut that you wouldn’t be able to do in a PG-13.”

Rebel Moon Part One: A Child of Fire is available to stream on Netflix.

2024 Chery Omoda 5 review

No Comments

In 2023 Chery returned to Australia after an absence of nine years with the Omoda 5 crossover, a rival to the likes of the strong-selling MG ZS and GWM Haval Jolion.

I had the opportunity to drive the Omoda 5 at launch, and came away deeply disappointed – nay, aggravated – by its poorly calibrated driver assist features.

The lane-keep assist would jerk dangerously for no reason, while the driver attention monitoring would ping incessantly no matter how attentive you were.

These features felt fundamentally broken, and detracted from a car that otherwise had some impressive qualities, such as distinctive styling inside and out, and a responsive powertrain.

Chery promises it has fixed these early build issues. Is the Omoda 5 now worthy of consideration?

Read on to find out.

How much does the Chery Omoda 5 cost?

The Omoda 5 range currently consists of two variants, and opens at $32,990 drive-away. Our EX tester rings up at $35,990 drive-away.

The latter is pricier than the range-topping petrol GWM Haval Jolion, at $33,990 drive-away. It’s also more expensive than the range-topping MG ZST Essence, also $33,990 drive-away.

All three Chinese SUVs significantly undercut comparably equipped rivals from Europe, Japan and Korea. Premium paint is $500, while opting for premium paint with red exterior accents adds $1100 to the Omoda 5’s price.

Chery hasn’t detailed its expanded Omoda 5 range for 2024, but it has previously confirmed the range will be supplemented with more powerful turbocharged 1.6-litre versions plus an electric version. It has yet to confirm any changes to pricing and specifications for the current 1.5T BX and EX variants.

To see how the Omoda 5 compares with its rivals, line it up side-by-side with any car you want using our comparison tool.

What is the Chery Omoda 5 like on the inside?

The Omoda 5 at first glance impresses with its slick, modern cabin, featuring a dual-screen array, ambient lighting, an attractive steering wheel and shifter.

Those dual screens, which immediately capture your attention when you enter the vehicle, experienced some issues when I last drove the Omoda 5.

I was perturbed by a series of tech glitches that affected wireless Android Auto. Sometimes it wouldn’t connect, and attempts to try and re-establish a connection would result in a strange, distorted view.

The good news: those exact issues didn’t reappear. The bad news: there were some new problems instead. Android Auto connects instantly and generally maintains a steady connection. When it drops out though, forget about it.

One day it simply stopped working. This is especially bothersome in a car with no embedded satellite navigation.

I tried restarting the car, un-pairing my phone and re-pairing it, both through the touchscreen and through my phone itself, but nothing worked. The next day; however, it worked fine.

The day after that, I experienced an issue far worse than Android Auto simply not working. When I started the car the entire screen was black.

I’d experienced this issue with Android Auto on one of my first days with the car, but this time not a single screen was visible; not the cameras, not the home screen, nothing. I could adjust the climate controls using the touch panel, but I couldn’t see what value I was adjusting the temperature to.

Once again, turning off the car and waiting a while seemed to fix it.

The buggy tech is disappointing as this is quite an attractive cabin, particularly the chunky, tactile steering wheel with its metal-look switchgear.

Copper-coloured accents and ambient lighting also add some contrast to the cabin, while the speckled trim of the centre console and its touch-capacitive switches is a refreshing change from tedious piano black trim.

It’s all a bit derivative of Mercedes-Benz inside – particularly that start button – but if you’re a budget brand looking for inspiration, why not look to the luxury players?

Usability is good too, with its wireless charging pad in plain sight, a storage shelf under the centre console, and sensibly sized cupholders and bottle holders up front.

Comfort is average. The Omoda 5’s seats are soft and squishy, common among Chinese vehicles, but the base is a bit short and there’s not much bolstering. The steering wheel adjusts for rake and reach.

There’s a voice assistant you can program to respond to your voice prompt of choice and which can control features like the heated seats and climate control, while sound is pumped through a pretty decent Sony eight-speaker sound system.

The surround-view camera falls just short of GWM’s in resolution, but is still an impressive bit of kit and, like GWM models, features a 3D view where you can swipe around the vehicle to look at its surroundings.

The Omoda 5 has a function that allows the vehicle to unlock as you approach it and lock as you walk away, and it works well. The standard power tailgate is also a welcome inclusion.

Chery has moved away from buttons for the climate control, but at least most functions can be controlled via the touch-capacitive switchgear, unlike other Chinese brands that send you off into touchscreen menus.

Hold the applause; though, because this panel is inferior to conventional switches for one key reason: it looks filthy almost instantly. After a day, this gloss black panel was covered in smudges. There are some other odd choices in the cabin, too.

The area around the sunroof looks unfinished, with a big squirt of grease visible. The patterned material on the dash top is relatively soft, but it results in a lot of glare on the windshield.

The noise of the indicators irritated everyone who got into the car, and while the hateful rear-view mirror in the last car has fortunately been replaced, the new unit still doesn’t seem quite right.

Finally, the front USB-A and USB-C outlets – which admittedly you mightn’t need, given the wireless mirroring – are on the passenger side of the centre console, with the 12V outlet on the driver’s side.

Speaking of odd choices, whose idea at Chery was it to give the Omoda 5 a key fob you can’t actually attach to anything?

Step into the second row, and you’ll find there’s enough room for someone around 180cm tall to sit behind someone of a similar height even with the sunroof eating into headroom.

There’s no enormous driveline hump eating into space, and amenities include a single USB-A outlet, map pockets, a fold-down armrest with cupholders, and air vents. There are also three top-tether and two ISOFIX anchor points for child seats.

The Omoda 5 has 360L of boot space with the rear seats up, expanding to 1075L with them folded. That’s less than the GWM Haval Jolion (430L/1133L) and ZST (395L/1187L). A space-saver spare sits underneath the boot floor.

While there are some cheap plastics inside the Omoda 5’s cabin, particularly on the tops of the doors, we didn’t notice any glaring build quality issues. The screen array creaks a bit when you press it, but we didn’t observe it creaking without human intervention, unlike the last Omoda 5 I drove.

We did; however, notice some uneven panel gaps this time. Where the front fender meets the bonnet, the panel gap was visibly wide. In our super-duper scientific test, we could fit five credit cards in there, while the same gap on our photographer’s Mk7 Volkswagen Golf swallowed only two. Other gaps were much less gaping.

The Omoda 5’s exterior otherwise presents well, other than its somewhat narrow-track stance. The styling won’t be to everyone’s tastes, but you won’t mistake that grille for any other vehicle, while the red accents are distinctive and the white paint sparkles.

What’s under the bonnet?

The Omoda 5 is powered by a 1.5-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine producing 115kW of power and 230Nm of torque. Drive is sent to the front wheels via a continuously variable transmission (CVT).

Those outputs are fairly par for the course in this segment. A Haval Jolion Ultra produces 110kW and 220Nm, a ZST Essence 115kW and 230Nm, and a Mitsubishi ASX GSR 123kW and 222Nm. Chery claims a 0-100km/h time of 9.9 seconds, but we’ve previously recorded a 9.24-second sprint.

If you’re after more power, Chery will soon introduce a 145kW/290Nm turbocharged 1.6-litre that will also bring standard multi-link (instead of torsion beam) rear suspension and a dual-clutch automatic transmission, plus optional all-wheel drive.

Over a loop comprising a mix of inner-city, suburban and highway driving, we averaged 7.8L/100km. All up, over the course of a week we saw fuel economy of 9.6L/100km, and that was with some highway driving included.

Given the official claim is 6.9L/100km, that’s very disappointing. My last loan of an Omoda 5 saw similarly disappointing observed economy, and in my review I said I hoped this would improve as the car is broken in.

Well, this car had more than 8000km on the odometer, so it should have been well and truly broken in. The Omoda 5 has a 50L tank, but fortunately requires only 91 RON regular unleaded fuel.

How does the Chery Omoda 5 drive?

When I last drove the Omoda 5, any positive impressions it made were completely overshadowed by a lane-keep assist system that jerked the wheel even if you were driving within your lane, and a driver attention monitoring system that dinged incessantly even when your eyes were clearly focused on the road.

Fortunately, Chery has fixed the calibration of these two systems in the Omoda 5.

The driver attention monitoring system, which uses a camera atop the steering column, only chimed a couple of times, and both times occurred when I was admittedly looking at the touchscreen for too long.

The lane-keep assist now gives a gentle tug of the wheel if you’re in danger of crossing a lane marking, and works like most lane-keep assist systems.

If only Chery had fixed the Integrated Cruise Assist, which is intended to keep you travelling at a set speed and centred within your lane. It’s easy to miss – you hold the steering wheel button with a wheel icon down to activate it – so I didn’t test this feature last time.

When the car notified me to let me know conditions were ideal to try it out, I gave it a whirl – it’s rubbish.

Again, this seems like something Chery can probably fix with a software update, given the massive improvement it delivered to the lane-keep assist.

With Integrated Cruise Assist on, the wheel jerks erratically from side to side like it’s been possessed by a poltergeist. Despite this constant intrusion from the system, you never seem to stay centred in your lane all that well.

To make matters worse, the system constantly just gives up and notifies you the Integrated Cruise Assist has ‘exited’.

Some systems in rival brands will sound a chime to notify you the system has stopped working, and this typically occurs where the lane markings on a road have ended (e.g. at an intersection) or are too faded for the camera to read.

I decided to count how many times the Chery did this within one minute on a highway with clear, uninterrupted lane markings, and almost ran out of fingers. I had to listen to the chime sound eight times in 60 seconds.

The speed limit assist feature also sounds a chime whenever you exceed the detected speed limit. It’s not as insufferable as the system in the latest Hyundai and Kia products, but like those vehicles it 1) defaults to on and 2) when turned off, takes the traffic sign recognition with it.

The auto hold defaults to on, too, but this is something we’re happy to see stay on.

The reverse autonomous emergency braking system caused a minor scare when it applied the brakes as I reversed on the side of a road, parallel to a vehicle travelling in my direction. It wasn’t crossing my path, and I was reversing in a straight line, but the system still activated.

The driver assist systems clearly still need some finessing, but all of that can be turned off. What about the car itself? After all, you can’t change its dynamics with the press of a button.

Well, technically there is push-button drive mode selection, but sadly selecting Sport mode does nothing to add any weight to the overly light, vacant steering.

The Omoda 5 is a doddle to park because of this overboosted steering, but if you want a car that’s engaging to drive the steering will put you right off.

Of course, a lot of small SUV buyers aren’t looking for a hot hatch on stilts, and so light steering will be fine; especially considering it makes the car so easy to drive around town.

What will turn off even the least demanding drivers; however, is the brake pedal. There’s no feel to it whatsoever, and it’s hard to modulate. It doesn’t inspire confidence when you’re trying to come to a quick stop.

The shifter is also aggravating. It’s a slick-looking monostatic unit, as has become common, particularly in high-end vehicles, so there are no detents that you click between.

In the case of the Chery, you sometimes need to pull it more than once to get it into the gear you want, while other times a simple pull is too much and you end up in manual mode accidentally revving the guts out of the Omoda 5 in first gear.

On a few occasions, trying to quickly shift between Reverse and Drive saw us stuck in Neutral. Not great when you’re trying to quickly get out of the way of oncoming traffic when entering or exiting a parking spot, for example.

I didn’t observe any wind noise around the sunroof this time, and while there’s a bit of tyre roar I wouldn’t call the Omoda 5 noisier than many vehicles in this segment.

I didn’t take the Omoda 5 on any country road trips over poorly surfaced rural roads. The last time, I observed the car has a tendency to porpoise down undulating roads and heave over expansion joints.

Get onto some corrugated roads and the Omoda 5 further loses its composure, with lots of thumps from the suspension.

Winding mountain roads are no fun; the vacant steering and excessive body lean in corners see to that – this is no Ford Puma.

It’s a city slicker, being much more comfortable around town. The softly sprung suspension generally irons out pockmarked urban pavement; although, there’s some suspension noise as expansion joints announce themselves with a thwack.

The powertrain is where the Omoda 5 shines. Set aside the disappointing fuel economy, and it’s a rather sweet unit. There’s only a touch of lag off the line, and only a little CVT rev flare when you push it.

You won’t need to push it, because the CVT works well with the turbo engine to keep the car in the optimal rev range. It always feels responsive, and you don’t need to work this engine as hard as some rivals with naturally aspirated engines, which in turn means the engine never really makes much of a racket.

The engine sound isn’t bad, either. It’s a little gravelly and not terribly sporty, but hardly punishment for the ears.

We appreciate the inclusion of a CVT rather than a dual-clutch auto, as is common in small Chinese SUVs, including the upcoming 1.6-litre versions of the Omoda 5. We don’t yet know how that unit feels, but the Omoda 5’s CVT works well.

In short, the Omoda 5 is a car you likely won’t find enjoyable on a winding mountain road, a car you’ll tolerate but not love on patchier rural roads, but a car you’ll probably find quite pleasant around town.

What do you get?

Omoda 5 BX highlights:

  • 18-inch alloy wheels
  • Automatic LED headlights
  • Automatic high-beam
  • Front fog lights
  • LED tail lights with directional indicators
  • Power-folding exterior mirrors
  • 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
  • 10.25-inch touchscreen infotainment system
  • Wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
  • Wireless phone charger
  • 8-speaker Sony sound system
  • Keyless entry and start
  • 6-way power driver’s seat
  • One-touch power windows
  • Leatherette upholstery
  • Rear air vents
  • Remote start
  • Front multi-colour ambient lighting
  • 2 x USB-A outlets
  • 1 x USB-C outlet
  • Electronic park brake
  • Auto hold

Omoda 5 EX adds:

  • Omoda LED puddle lights
  • Red brake calipers
  • Heated front seats
  • Heated steering wheel
  • 4-way power passenger seat
  • Surround-view camera
  • Power tailgate
  • Power sunroof

For $2000 more than a ZST Essence or Jolion S, the Omoda 5 EX has a few features its rivals miss out on, but in turn misses out on some they have.

The Jolion has a larger, panoramic sunroof and a head-up display, while the ZST just has the former. Both the MG and GWM lack a heated steering wheel, wireless smartphone mirroring, and a power tailgate, however.

Is the Chery Omoda 5 safe?

The Chery Omoda 5 wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating.

It received an adult occupant protection rating of 87 per cent, a child occupant protection rating of 88 per cent, a vulnerable road user protection rating of 68 per cent, and a safety assist rating of 83 per cent.

Standard safety features include:

  • Autonomous emergency braking
  • Adaptive cruise control
  • Blind-spot monitoring
  • Emergency lane keeping
  • Integrated Cruise Assist
  • Lane-keep assist
  • Rear cross-traffic assist
  • Traffic jam assist
  • Traffic sign recognition
  • Driver attention monitoring
  • Front, front-side and curtain airbags
  • Front-centre airbag
  • Reversing camera
  • Front, rear parking sensors

The EX also receives a surround-view camera.

How much does the Chery Omoda 5 cost to run?

The Omoda 5 is backed by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, and Chery offers seven years or 70,000km of capped-price servicing.

Intervals are a bit on the short side at 12 months or 10,000km, but prices are quite affordable at $280 for the first five, $391.04 for the sixth, and $295.54 for the seventh.

That’s cheaper than its fellow Chinese small SUVs. An MG ZST 1.3T, for example, costs $2339 over seven years, while the Omoda 5 costs $2086.

CarExpert’s Take on the Chery Omoda 5

Chery shouldn’t have brought the Omoda 5 here without properly calibrating its lane-keep assist and driver attention monitoring features, as they were horribly calibrated – at least the company fixed the issues quickly.

That gives us hope the remaining tech issues – and there are still a few – will also be fixed.

From buggy Android Auto to an Integrated Cruise Assist that you won’t want to endure for more than a minute, the Omoda 5 is a cautionary tale about putting too much tech in a car without testing it all first.

Then there are the foibles unrelated to its long list of standard tech features, like the spongy brake pedal, lifeless steering, floaty ride, and, on our tester at least, some disappointing build quality.

If everybody buying a small SUV in Australia valued zesty dynamics above all else; however, our streets would be filled with more Ford Pumas and Volkswagen T-Rocs.

For a lot of people, the Chery Omoda 5 will tick more than enough boxes.

The steering is light, but if you’re an undemanding driver you’ll appreciate how easy it is to park and steer around town. The styling is gaudy, but you may appreciate how distinctive it is, particularly in the funky Jupiter Blue and Titan Green finishes.

Then there’s the almighty dollar, and that’s where the Chery really shines. For the amount of equipment you get, the Omoda 5’s price is tantalising. Throw in a pretty decent powertrain and a long warranty, and you can see why this is already climbing up the sales charts.

Chery, there’s still plenty of work to do. But there’s a decent base here, and with some local dynamic tuning and some software updates, the Omoda 5 could significantly narrow the gap with rival SUVs.

Click the images for the full gallery

BUY: Chery Omoda 5
MORE: Everything Chery Omoda 5

3 Tokens Under $1 Expected to Grow 10x: Cardano, Ripple, Meme Moguls

No Comments

In the current bullish crypto market, investors are actively seeking tokens that offer high yields. While there are several options with potential for significant returns, Cardano, Ripple, and Meme Moguls emerge as standout choices, projected to achieve a minimum of 10x returns in the near future. However, mere projections are not enough to make them truly exceptional. So what sets them apart? Let’s find out.

Can You Predict The Next 1000x Meme Coin? Become A Meme Mogul Today

Cardano (ADA) Doubled it Price in Less than a Month, Aims for the $1 Threshold

Cardano has been in the spotlight for far longer than expected, and the bullish momentum is becoming the crypto asset’s norm. It is currently priced at $0.65, an increase of more than 100% from its previous price of $0.32. With more than 100% increase in the space of a month, Cardano is aiming for the $1 mark, which may just be around the corner. 

For more context, Cardano price has gained approximately 14.6% in the last 24 hours and more than 50% in the last seven days as of the time of writing. If anything, this continuous bullish momentum indicates growing investor interest, and if the cryptocurrency does not fall below expectations, we could see the coin cross the $1 threshold in the coming weeks.

Ripple (XRP) Maintains Bullish Momentum; Is a 10x Yield Possible?

XRP has been on a roller coaster ride this year, reaching a high of $0.80 in July before falling back to $0.48. It has since picked up again, riding on the bullish trajectory of the cryptocurrency market. Ripple, which is currently priced at $0.63, has seen a dramatic uptick in recent weeks, though this has recently been met by a downtrend, resulting in stalling momentum. 

However, as of the time of writing, Ripple price has achieved a 5% increase in the last 24 hours, a significant boost from the past three days which were barely green. Although it appears to be struggling with bullish momentum in recent days, Ripple price is picking up again and may as well, according to market sentiments, be on its way to surpass its previously recorded peak.

Meme Meme Moguls’ Innovative Earning-Based Ecosystem Presents High Yield Investment Opportunity 

Meme Moguls (MGLS) has recently received a lot of attention from the meme community. Among other things, Meme Moguls is bringing a new perspective to how people interact with memes, combining GameFi and meme elements to provide real-world use cases.

First, as a meme-backed trading platform, and second, as a play-to-earn platform, Meme Moguls offers various features, incentives, and initiatives that allow users to increase their wealth on their journey to becoming a ‘mogul,’ a native term used to address members of the Meme Moguls ecosystem.

Within the Meme Mogul ecosystem, there are several activities to explore. For one, there is a metaverse world where users can connect, mine tokens, join liquidity pools, and stake their $MGLS token for periodic returns. Notably, users can earn up to 18% fixed interest on their staked asset, and even more on other flexible yield generation programmes. 

In terms of flexible yield generation programmes, there is also an in-game marketplace where users can buy valuable items to resell as well as sell other game items won, such as NFTs. That being said, the Meme Mogul project strategically aims to boost the demand for its native currency, MGLS, by simplifying the integration of NFTs into its ecosystem. This enables users to buy and sell rare NFT characters, enhancing trade convenience and profitability.

Currently, the presale stage for the MGLS token is live and running. With only 175 million tokens available, the tokens are selling quickly at a modest price of $0.0023, up from its initial offering price of 0.0019. Meanwhile, the first presale stage is already ¾ clear off its first milestone. This momentum not only portrays Meme Moguls as a promising project but also puts it among enticing options to consider when seeking the best crypto to invest in. 

Furthermore, as part of its latest community-building initiative, Meme Moguls is giving away up to $20,000 in $MGLS as a special holiday bonus. To participate in this giveaway event, which is set to begin on December 15th, a prospect must be a current holder of MGLS tokens.

Visit Meme Moguls

New Study Reveals Clear Writing Tips for B2B Marketers

No Comments

Just like Taylor Swift knowing which tracks will make Swifties swoon, the value in clear content seems obvious to B2B marketers. But it’s less obvious to your stakeholders (and clients), especially when marketing to a sophisticated audience.

You get accustomed to skepticism about plain language:

  • “Shouldn’t we use the technical language our readers are used to?”
  • “This feels too simple for an audience of professionals.”
  • “Our readers are used to peer-reviewed journals … They aren’t the ‘skimming’ type.”

For years, I’ve advocated for the power of plain language – clear, concise communication that first-time readers can understand without breaking a mental sweat.

Clear health care content can make the difference between life and death for patients. But patients aren’t the only readers who prefer plain language. We set out to prove that hypothesis and see how plain language content impacts the B2B sales process.

Read what the study found, including data-driven takeaways to help you create plain-language content.

Proving the value of plain language

We surveyed B2B health care professionals to understand their feelings about B2B health care sales and marketing materials. We didn’t use the term “plain language” so as not to sway respondents.

The research consisted of three tests. Each included an example of B2B content found “in the wild” and a revised, plain-language version. The options were unlabeled and randomized. Respondents didn’t know which version was the original.

After seeing each version, the B2B marketer responded to a series of questions, including:

  • How easy or difficult is this description to understand?
  • Do you consider the description to be wordy or concise?
  • Do you consider the description to be formal or conversational?
  • If you were looking for this type of product, how likely would you be to take a specific action?

Lastly, respondents shared which version they preferred and why.

Eighty percent of the surveyed B2B health care decision-makers preferred the content written in plain language. But that’s not all.

Plain language incites action

Respondents also were more likely to respond to the call to action after reading text written in plain language.

In this example, both versions direct readers to request a demo of telehealth software:

The original version starts with the headline, Virtual Care Management, followed by this text: “Our technology is a white-label, HIPAA-compliant software platform integrated with all of the features and functions needed to practice any form of physical or behavioral medicine suitable for virtual or hybrid care. The platform’s single, intuitive interface enables an efficient, effective, easy-to-use virtual visit for your patients and your providers.”

The plain language version starts with the headline, Telehealth Made Easy, followed by this text: “Our telehealth software offers all the features you need to provide patient care. Designed for physical or behavioral health, the platform offers flexibility for care in person, virtual, or hybrid. The interface is easy for both patients and providers to use and is HIPAA compliant.

After reading the original version, 44% said they would schedule a demo. After reading the plain language version, 73% said they would schedule a demo.

The findings from another example – teasers for a white paper – were even more promising. After reading the plain language version, 68% said they would download the document, while only 22% said they would after reading the original teaser.

Plain language isn’t only preferred by B2B audiences; its use can increase the likelihood they’ll convert.

Data-driven tips about using plain language

To apply the findings, it helps to understand what the respondents preferred about the plain language text:

  • “The information was provided through the use of bullet points that make reading easier and more concise.”
  • “Direct, clear, easy to understand – less wasted time for busy practitioners.”
  • “Gets to the point in the headline so I know if I should read further.”
  • “More accessible language, warmer tone hints at a paper that will be easier to understand, written for a broader audience.”
  • “It’s much clearer what this product actually does and it’s simpler to read.”

In analyzing the open-ended responses to find the themes, we found B2B readers want marketing materials that are:

  • Easy to understand and accessible
  • Simple and straightforward
  • Easy to scan
  • Conversational and relatable

How can you use this preference for plain language in your content to attract readers and make them more likely to act? Consider these ways, according to this research:

  1. Make it about your reader: Craft content that allows the audience to easily see how it relates to them. It attracts more readers and boosts your chances of conversion.
  2. Write benefit-focused headlines: Say at the beginning what the reader will gain by consuming the content.
  1. Use bulleted lists: Readers can take in the information faster and more easily remember the points made.
  2. Remove jargon: In health care, for example, the intended audience may be physicians, but they often share marketing materials with non-clinical staff. Removing jargon makes your content more accessible.
  3. Use active voice: Make your content clear and concise.
  4. Emphasize important points: Frontload and bold the must-read information.
  5. Write for mobile readers: Use short paragraphs and helpful visuals.
  6. Use words that motivate humans to act: Craft clear, compelling calls to action.

How to convince stakeholders of the value of clear content

Knowing how to create clear content is only half the battle. The other half requires persuading stakeholders to adopt this approach.

Misinformation is rampant. Plain language is often mistakenly equated with “dumbing down” content. People also think educated audiences prefer technical content that matches their reading level, although research has dispelled this.

How can you get stakeholders on board with a plain language approach? Here are three tips:

  1. Rethink the terminology: The term “plain language” carries stigma. Use alternatives like “clear communication” or “customer-centric writing.”
  2. Run an experiment: Suggest split-testing technical writing against plain language alternatives. Let stakeholders see the difference clear language can make.
  3. Approach the conversation with data: Share studies highlighting the value of plain language in B2B marketing.

Clarity trumps complexity in every avenue of communication. Using plain language is about more than catering to your readers — it sets the standard for clear communication in general. As marketers, it’s your job to keep raising the bar.

Like what you read here? Get yourself a subscription to daily or weekly updates.  It’s free – and you can change your preferences or unsubscribe anytime.

HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

Using AI to make the right match

No Comments

One of the biggest and challenging events in a typical middle class family’s lifecycle is sending their ward to a foreign university for higher studies. They move heaven and earth to find a ‘good university’, and then mobilise resources to meet the travel and education expenses abroad.

But, unfortunately, a good number of them either end up talking to their relatives or other parents instead of seeking professional advice.

Aman Singh, Co-Founder of edtech start-up GradRight, says most parents and students are either under-informed or ill-informed when they scout for a good college. “The challenge is not just limited to India. It is a global challenge. It is not just about finding a good programme in a good college in the US. It is also about finding a right funding agency (bank) that can take care of the expenses and fee,” he points out.

Singh, an alumnus of IIT Delhi and ISB Hyderabad, says even colleges confront a similar challenge. “They also would like to get the right set of students,” he says.

To address both the supply and demand side of the challenge, the start-up has developed an AI-based technology that brings all the three stakeholders — students, educational institutions and banks — together in a single platform. It has 15 partner banks and 30,000 STEM and management programmes.

Aman Singh, Co-Founder GradRight.

Out of the 60,000 students who sought help on the platform, about 3,500 students took loans to the tune of ₹2,000 crore. “By December 2024, we are targeting to increase the reach by three times to 1.5-2 lakh students,” he says.

The start-up has raised $6 million in August 2023 to fund its growth plans. “We are about to close another deal to raise $2 million more,” he says.

The platform filters the choices and allows the banks to quickly meet their prospective customers by offering them tailor-made financial options.

“There is no human intervention on our platform. Of the 180-strong team, we don’t have a single educational counsellor. The match-making (between students, colleges and banks) happens automatically,” he says.

Asked why they have chosen not to have any counsellors on the team, he points out that both students and the universities can do it themselves. “What we need to do is to bring them together for effective matchmaking.”

Disruption

Sasidhar Sista, another Co-Founder and an alumnus of BITS Pilani, says that this space has scope for huge disruption. “For instance, banks are waiting to figure out which student programme combination they should fund. Universities are not getting the right application and the students are figuring out whether he/she should go to the university where his/her cousin or senior has joined,” he points out.

To crack this puzzle, the start-up has used technology to make it a more organised process.

He claims that their contracts and incentive structures with the universities or banks are not linked to who gives them more money. “Universities don’t pay us for enrollment success. They have to subscribe to the platform to engage with the students. By default, all universities are available for all students. What we bring in is the engagement,” he says.

Recommendation is purely based on the merit of the programme and the preferences of the student. The resulting match cannot be meddled with by the student or the university. And, the platform is free for students.

Lenders compete

Singh says the platform’s algorithm make lenders compete with each other to get a student. “If they don’t have a good product, they don’t get a good student. In fact, we constructed it as a bidding platform. So, each bank can see what other banks offer. So, the student doesn’t have to run around the bank’s branches to negotiate,” he says.

The platform currently focuses on the US, the biggest market and plans to add Canada and Europe to its portfolio soon.

Laura Perna, Vice Provost for Faculty at the University of Pennsylvania Graduate School of Education, says, “Students from India add to the educational experience of everybody else who’s there. So, it’s a win-win situation.”

Benjamin Manyindo, Director of Master Programmes at the New York-based Martin Tuchman School of Management, says choosing the right college is bewildering even for American students. “So, a tech-based solution for match-making helps all,” he adds.

The most notable drug and vaccine approvals of 2023, according to GoodRx Health

No Comments

Each year, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approves hundreds of new drugs and therapeutic products for use by the American public.

GoodRx Health, an American health care company and telemedicine platform, has compiled and published a list of some of the most influential drug and vaccine approvals of 2023, selected by its team of pharmacists.

The list only includes products that were approved through Dec. 8.

ANTI-AGING DRUG FOR DOGS FROM SAN FRANCISCO FIRM MOVES CLOSER TO GAINING FDA APPROVAL

Below are the medications that represent “meaningful steps forward,” the firm believes, in terms of improving human health.

1. Paxlovid for COVID-19

After initially granting emergency use authorization (EUA) in late 2021, the FDA fully approved this antiviral medication on May 25, 2023.

It is intended for the treatment of mild to moderate COVID-19 illness for people who are considered at high risk for severe effects.

Paxlovid is intended for the treatment of mild to moderate COVID-19 illness for people who are considered at high risk for severe effects. (Getty Images)

The National Institutes of Health (NIH) recommends Paxlovid as the preferred treatment option for adults and teens who are not hospitalized, GoodRx noted.

“Paxlovid has been a mainstay of COVID therapeutic management since its initial EUA designation in Dec. 2021,” Christina Madison, a Nevada pharmacist who is the founder and CEO of The Public Health Pharmacist, told GoodRx.

COVID DRUG PAXLOVID, WHICH HELPS PREVENT SEVERE SYMPTOMS, WILL DOUBLE IN PRICE AS PANDEMIC EBBS

“Having full FDA approval also helps us with hesitant patients not wanting to take a medication that isn’t FDA approved,” she added. 

“It’s great news that this [medication] has gone through the rigorous approval process and has been found to be safe and effective.”

2. Arexvy, Abrysvo and Beyfortus for RSV

Each year, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) causes approximately 60,000 to 160,000 hospitalizations and 6,000 to 10,000 deaths among adults ages 65 years and older, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

It also causes 58,000 to 80,000 hospitalizations and 100 to 300 deaths in children 5 years of age and younger.

Sick baby in hospital

Each year, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) causes some 58,000 to 80,000 hospitalizations and 100 to 300 deaths in children 5 years and younger. (iStock)

To help prevent RSV illness, the FDA approved three medications in 2023, GoodRx reported.

COLD, FLU, COVID-19 AND RSV: HOW TO IDENTIFY THE DIFFERING SYMPTOMS AND STAY SAFE

Arexvy (RSVPreF3) was the first FDA-approved RSV vaccine, available for adults ages 60 and older.

Abrysvo (RSVpreF) is another vaccine that is available to adults ages 60 and older and certain pregnant women.

Beyfortus (nirsevimab) is a preventative medication that reduces the risk of serious lower respiratory tract disease caused by RSV in infants. One dose is recommended for all infants younger than 8 months old and some toddlers younger than 19 months old.

RSV vaccine - baby

To help prevent RSV illness, the FDA approved three medications in 2023. (iStock)

“These approvals finally give us a way to prevent RSV complications in certain people, notably older adults, pregnant women and very young kids,” Joshua Murdock, PharmD, a pharmacy editor at GoodRx based in Arizona, said in a statement sent to Fox News Digital. 

Murdock is one of the pharmacists who compiled the list of the most influential approvals.

“These are much needed because RSV is a contagious and potentially dangerous virus, and previously only certain babies could receive an RSV preventative medication,” he said.

3. Opill for contraception

Opill, the first over-the-counter (OTC) birth control pill, was approved by the FDA in July 2023.

The medication, called norgestrel, is expected to be available in early 2024.

HEALTH ALERT FOR WOMEN: EARLY USE OF BIRTH CONTROL PILLS LINKED TO HIGHER RATES OF DEPRESSION, STUDY FINDS

“Having an over-the-counter birth control pill is long overdue,” said Murdock. “Being able to walk into a local pharmacy or big-box retailer and purchase a birth control pill will likely make a big difference in the accessibility of contraception.”

Woman taking pill

The first over-the-counter (OTC) birth control pill, Opill (not pictured), was approved by the FDA in July 2023. (iStock)

Veronica Vernon, PharmD, assistant professor and vice chair of pharmacy practice at Butler University in Indiana, calls Opill a “tremendous step forward in terms of increasing access to contraception.”

Said Vernon in a statement to GoodRx, “A prescription for contraception can be a significant barrier for some patients due to the time and cost involved in having a visit.”

4. Zurzuvae for postpartum depression

Postpartum depression (PPD) affects up to 20% of women, according to the National Institutes of Health (NIH).

The condition causes feelings of extreme sadness, anxiety and fatigue in the weeks after giving birth.

5 TIPS FOR MANAGING POSTPARTUM ISSUES FROM A NEW YORK-BASED FAMILY PHYSICIAN

In August 2023, the FDA approved Zurzuvae (zuranolone) as a treatment for PPD.

While traditional antidepressants can take weeks to show effectiveness, Zurzuvae has been shown to relieve symptoms in as little as three days.

Depressed new mother

Postpartum depression affects up to 20% of women, according to the National Institutes of Health. (iStock)

“Bringing Zurzuvae to the market as a fast-acting, oral option for postpartum depression is a huge step in providing greater access to care for women after childbirth,” Murdock told Fox News Digital. 

“Up until this approval, women seeking an approved PPD treatment could only access a similar medication by an IV infusion given over 60 hours, making it challenging for many to receive adequate care.”

5. Leqembi for Alzheimer’s disease

Approved in July 2023, Leqembi (lecanemab) is the first Alzheimer’s medication to address the disease at its root cause rather than just addressing the symptoms.

NEW DEMENTIA DRUG ‘HAS GIVEN ME HOPE’: ALZHEIMER’S PATIENTS REVEAL THEIR STORIES

Leqembi (lecanemab) is a new advancement in Alzheimer’s research. 

It’s the first clinically backed Alzheimer’s medication that targets the root cause of the condition. 

Compared to a placebo, an infusion with no medication, Leqembi lowered the worsening of dementia symptom severity by an average of 27% over a 1.5-year period. 

“Before this approval, existing Alzheimer’s treatments didn’t fully address the root cause of the condition,” said Murdock.

Leqembi

Leqembi (lecanemab) is a new advancement in Alzheimer’s research. It’s the first clinically backed Alzheimer’s medication targeting the root cause of the condition.  (AP Photos)

“Leqembi is the first clinically backed medication that may slow disease progression in its early stages,” he went on. 

“This extra time of independence for patients to go about their daily lives is a major milestone in Alzheimer’s treatments.”

Rebecca M. Edelmayer, PhD, senior director of scientific engagement at the Alzheimer’s Association in Chicago, told GoodRx that Leqembi is now covered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and many other insurers due to its full traditional approval.

In clinical trials, Leqembi slowed the progression of dementia symptoms by an average of 27% over a 1.5-year period, GoodRx noted.

6. OTC naloxone for opioid overdoses

Over 97,600 people die of drug overdoses each year, according to data from the National Center for Drug Abuse Statistics.

Seven out of every 10 of those deaths are caused by opioids, which are powerful prescription pain medications.

Narcan

Prior to 2023, naloxone, which reverses opioid overdoses, was only available with a prescription. In March 2023, the FDA approved Narcan, the first OTC nasal spray.  (iStock)

In March 2023, the FDA approved Narcan, the first OTC nasal spray. 

In July 2023, RiVive, another nasal spray, also acquired FDA approval.

Anita Jacobson, PharmD, a clinical professor at the University of Rhode Island College of Pharmacy and the director of the Community First Responder Program, told GoodRx that these approvals helped to reduce the stigma surrounding overdose medications.

WHAT IS KETAMINE, THE DRUG THAT KILLED MATTHEW PERRY ON OCTOBER 28?

“The fact that people now see this as an OTC product, like ibuprofen, cough medicine or any other product that they can buy, can really help to remove fear,” said Jacobson, adding that the approvals “also allow us to distribute naloxone across state lines in a way that we could not do when it was prescription only.”

Murdock noted that naloxone is a “life-saving medication, capable of reversing overdoses from opioids like fentanyl, heroin, hydrocodone and more.”

He also told Fox News Digital, “Greater accessibility to naloxone is critical in combating opioid overdose deaths.”

7. Zepbound for chronic weight management

The newest medication for chronic weight loss management, Eli Lilly’s Zepbound contains tirzepatide, the same active ingredient in Mounjaro, the popular type 2 diabetes drug.

Administered as a weekly injection, Zepbound works by reducing appetite. In clinical trials, it helped participants lose an average of 34 to 48 pounds after 72 weeks, GoodRx noted.

Eli Lilly

The newest medication for chronic weight loss management, Eli Lilly’s Zepbound contains tirzepatide, the same active ingredient in Mounjaro, the popular type 2 diabetes drug. (iStock)

On Nov. 8, the FDA approved Zepbound for adults who are considered obese (BMI of 30 or higher), as well as those who are overweight (BMI of 27 or higher) and have another weight-related health condition.

“There are a number of chronic weight management medications available on the market, but none are quite as effective as this new long-term option,” Murdock told Fox News Digital. 

OZEMPIC AND WEGOVY WEIGHT LOSS DRUGS COULD HELP REDUCE ALCOHOL USE DISORDER SYMPTOMS, STUDY SUGGESTS

Minisha Sood, M.D., an assistant professor at the Donald and Barbara Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell in New York, told GoodRx that one of Zepbound’s benefits is how well it’s tolerated by patients.

“It’s thus potentially useful for patients who do not respond well to semaglutide (Wegovy) or liraglutide (Saxenda),” she said. 

“In the current climate of medication shortages, it also affords those who have been struggling with lack of access to semaglutide or liraglutide an opportunity to receive incretin-based treatment for obesity,” Sood added.

8. Roctavian for hemophilia A

In June 2023, the FDA approved Roctavian (valoctocogene roxaparvovec) to treat severe hemophilia A, a genetic bleeding disorder. 

It’s the first gene therapy to combat uncontrolled and prolonged bleeding associated with this condition, according to GoodRx.

Hemophilia

Roctavian, administered as a one-time infusion for people with hemophilia, has been shown to reduce the number of bleeding episodes by 50% each year. (iStock)

The drug, administered as a one-time infusion, has been shown to reduce the number of bleeding episodes by 50% each year.

Leonard Valentino, M.D., a hematologist and president/CEO of the National Bleeding Disorders Foundation in New York, told GoodRx that Roctavian marks a “groundbreaking leap” in hemophilia A treatment, but noted that more research is needed into its long-term effects.

FDA approval

Each year, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approves hundreds of new drugs and therapeutic products for use by the American public. (iStock)

“Considering gene therapy is a significant decision, and continuous discussion with medical professionals and family members is crucial to weigh the potential pros and cons,” he said.

GoodRx’s Murdock told Fox News Digital that Roctavian shows “a lot of promise” in reducing bleeding without the need to receive routine treatments, but agreed that the long-term effects are not yet fully understood.

9. Casgevy and Lyfgenia for sickle cell disease

The most common inherited blood disorder in the United States, sickle cell disease affects an estimated 100,000 people in the country, as the National Institutes of Health (NIH) noted on its website. 

The disease disproportionately affects people of Black or African ancestry.

‘REMARKABLE’ GENE-EDITING TREATMENT FOR SICKLE CELL DISEASE IS APPROVED BY FDA

Patients with sickle cell disease have an inherited gene mutation that produces abnormal hemoglobin, which makes it more difficult for the cells to move through the bloodstream, per the NIH.

The diseased cells eventually get stuck in blood vessels, blocking blood flow. This can lead to painful episodes called sickle cell crises, infection, acute chest syndrome or stroke, per the CDC.

Sickle cell disease

Patients with sickle cell disease have an inherited gene mutation that produces abnormal hemoglobin, which makes it more difficult for the cells to move through the bloodstream. (iStock)

On Dec. 8, the FDA approved two gene therapies for sickle cell disease, Casgevy (also called exagamglogene autotemcel, or “exa-cel”) and Lyfgenia (lovotibeglogene autotemcel, or “lovo-cel”).

The single-dose infusions are approved for patients 12 years of age and older to prevent pain crises and health complications caused by sickle cell disease.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

“We at the Sickle Cell Disease Association of America Inc. have tremendous hope in [Casgevy], a potential cure for people living with sickle cell disease that could change their lives for the better,” Lewis Hsu, M.D., the Chicago-based chief medical officer of the Sickle Cell Disease Association of America, told GoodRx.

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

The list of influential medications was selected by Alyssa Billingsley, PharmD, Missouri-based director of pharmacy content at GoodRx, and pharmacy editor Stacia Woodcock, PharmD, in New York City — in addition to Murdock.

Shiv Sudhakar contributed reporting.

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Watch: Neena Gupta Is Back With Her Cooking Diaries. Find Out What She Made

No Comments

Neena Gupta is one celebrity we follow whenever we crave desi food. The veteran actress has a soft spot for homemade meals and consistently sets the ultimate foodie goals. Whether it’s a date night with her daughter Masaba Gupta or simple culinary adventures to soothe her foodie soul, she is our one-stop solution for all things delicious. The actress is back with yet another recipe that will truly make your tummy do a happy dance. On Saturday, Neena Gupta shared a video of herself preparing dinner, and it was both healthy and delicious. The final result has left us craving some too.
Also Read: Neena Gupta Reveals A “Favourite” Indian Sweet, But She Can’t Eat It
The clip begins with the actress saying, “Aaj hum paneer ki ulte tawe ki roti banayenge (Today, we will make an inverted griddle-cooked bread with paneer).” Firstly, she shows all the chopped vegetables that she will be stuffing in the roti. While demonstrating how the dish is made, she can be heard saying, “This is so filling that only two rotis are enough for a person.” After mixing all the vegetables with salt, she places them on top of the flat dough. Once done, she closes the opening in the dough to make it a ball. Then she rolls it up again. Take a look:

Next, she wets one side of the roti with a little water and places it on top of the hot griddle. She did not use any oil or ghee on the roti. Now, with the wet side of the roti stuck on the griddle, she flips the griddle straight on top of the gas to roast the other side instead of flipping the roti. This is why the dish is called ‘ulte tawe ki roti.‘ The actress suggests eating this dish either with chutney or pickle after brushing the rotis with ghee or butter. Sharing the clip, Neena Gupta wrote, “Healthy dinner.”
Also Read: Neena Gupta Relishes Moong Dal Paratha – 5 Paratha Recipes To Try
The Badhaai Ho star has never shied away from confessing her love for desi food. Earlier, Neena Gupta shared a glimpse of her drool-worthy breakfast. Want to know what was on the menu? She opted for classic Indore-style poha. The actress dropped a picture of a half-eaten plate of poha served with chopped onions, sev, and pomegranate. Don’t miss the signature masala sprinkled on top of it. Sharing the photo, Neena Gupta simply wrote, “Indore-style poha.” Read all about it here.

We cannot wait to see what Neena Gupta cooks next. What do you think it will be? Tell us in the comments below.

Pictures of the week: Latest on Palestine-Israel conflict

No Comments

Protesters march outside Israel Defense Forces headquarters in the Kirya area of Tel Aviv, Israel, December 15, 2023. /CFP

Protesters march outside Israel Defense Forces headquarters in the Kirya area of Tel Aviv, Israel, December 15, 2023. /CFP

Relatives and supporters of hostages held by Palestinian militants demonstrate outside the Israeli Ministry of Defense in Tel Aviv, December 15, 2023. /CFP

Relatives and supporters of hostages held by Palestinian militants demonstrate outside the Israeli Ministry of Defense in Tel Aviv, December 15, 2023. /CFP

Relatives and supporters of hostages held by Palestinian militants demonstrate outside the Israeli Ministry of Defense in Tel Aviv, December 15, 2023. /CFP

Spokesperson of Israel Defense Forces (IDF) Daniel Hagari announced on Friday night that during battles in northern Gaza in the morning, Israeli troops mistakenly identified three Israeli hostages as a threat and killed them.

In his daily briefing about the ongoing Israel-Hamas conflict, Hagari named the hostages as Yotam Haim, who was abducted by Hamas from kibbutz Kfar Aza, and Samar Talalka, who was abducted from kibbutz Nir Am. The third hostage was not named following requests by their family.

A picture taken from the southern Lebanese village of Tayr Harfa, near the border with Israel, shows smoke billowing near an Israeli outpost, December 15, 2023. /CFP

A picture taken from the southern Lebanese village of Tayr Harfa, near the border with Israel, shows smoke billowing near an Israeli outpost, December 15, 2023. /CFP

A picture taken from the southern Lebanese village of Tayr Harfa, near the border with Israel, shows smoke billowing near an Israeli outpost, December 15, 2023. /CFP

Civil defense teams and Palestinians conduct search and rescue operations among the rubble of buildings destroyed by Israeli attacks in Rafah, Gaza, December 14, 2023. /CFP

Civil defense teams and Palestinians conduct search and rescue operations among the rubble of buildings destroyed by Israeli attacks in Rafah, Gaza, December 14, 2023. /CFP

Civil defense teams and Palestinians conduct search and rescue operations among the rubble of buildings destroyed by Israeli attacks in Rafah, Gaza, December 14, 2023. /CFP

“After the shooting, an immediate suspicion arose regarding the identity of the dead, and their bodies were quickly transferred for examination in Israel, where the hostages were identified,” he said.

“This is a sad and painful event for all of us, and the IDF bears responsibility for everything that happened,” he added.

Rescuers and civilians look for survivors amid the rubble of destroyed buildings following Israeli bombardment in Rafah, in the southern Gaza Strip, December 14, 2023. /CFP

Rescuers and civilians look for survivors amid the rubble of destroyed buildings following Israeli bombardment in Rafah, in the southern Gaza Strip, December 14, 2023. /CFP

Rescuers and civilians look for survivors amid the rubble of destroyed buildings following Israeli bombardment in Rafah, in the southern Gaza Strip, December 14, 2023. /CFP

Relatives mourn next to the shrouded body of a person killed during Israeli bombardment, at al-Najjar hospital in Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip, December 11, 2023. /CFP

Relatives mourn next to the shrouded body of a person killed during Israeli bombardment, at al-Najjar hospital in Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip, December 11, 2023. /CFP

Relatives mourn next to the shrouded body of a person killed during Israeli bombardment, at al-Najjar hospital in Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip, December 11, 2023. /CFP

In response to an inquiry regarding how the hostages were able to escape Hamas captivity, Hagari said the military believed that the three fled or were abandoned by the Hamas militants who held them captive.

“The IDF expresses deep sorrow for the disaster and shares in the grief of the families,” the spokesperson added.

(With input from agencies)

Jeff Koons Killed Her Review

No Comments

Koons did not reply to several requests for comment made by telephone and email to his studio and his gallery, Pace.

Golan’s criticism of the Rail over the handling of her essay is one of several recent cases in which writers have accused a publication of yielding to pressure from a subject or killing a critical story. It also may show how, after an invasion of privacy lawsuit financed by an aggrieved billionaire led Gawker Media, owner of the gossip site, into bankruptcy in 2016, smaller publishers can be wary of antagonizing famous people with deep pockets. In interviews, several art historians, critics and journalism experts said Golan’s experience raised questions about editorial independence and the prerogative of critics, who are generally afforded wide latitude in expressing opinions.

Tai Mitsuji, a critic and art historian who has written for The Guardian and taught at Harvard University, said, “Removing an informed opinion from an essay, even at the request of an artist’s studio, would reduce that writing to little more than marketing.”

Jane Kirtley, a lawyer who directs the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law at the University of Minnesota, after reading Golan’s essay, said her opinions about Koons’s work would not be considered defamatory. Kirtley cited the Supreme Court’s view that “there is no such thing as a false idea” — that statements that cannot be proven true or false are opinions, and thereby protected by the First Amendment.

Referring to Koons, she wrote in an email, “It does seem ironic that someone who makes his living engaging in creative work that is protected not only under the First Amendment, but also international norms of free expression, would appear to attempt to stifle legitimate critical analysis of that work.”

Bui, the publisher, said in a telephone interview on Monday that the Rail, a nonprofit newspaper distributed for free and underwritten by art foundations, “is not a form of regular journalism,” but rather “a monthly meditation on culture.” An artist in his own right, Bui added that what Golan had written “was very disagreeable to Jeff.”

An Enterprise-Wide Approach to Customer Intelligence

No Comments

The importance of enabling customer intelligence at scale.

Most healthcare professionals (91%) place a high value on scientific exchange1 with medical science liaisons (MSLs) and say that biopharma is underutilizing its MSL workforce. In addition, Veeva Pulse data shows that field medical growth has remained flat over the past 12 months. To bridge this gap between supply and demand, some biopharmas are looking to bring more efficiency and innovation to their engagement strategy.

Merck’s Eric Toron, global head of medical operations, sees this challenge as an opportunity for medical affairs to lead the way on an enterprise-wide approach to expert engagement. For Toron, just adding more MSLs isn’t the answer. The greatest impact comes from using data and technology to enable MSLs to work smarter and scaling this globally across multiple therapeutic areas.

Real-time customer intelligence2 based on a single source of truth enables field teams to have deeper, more relevant interactions with external experts. And cross-functional visibility3 ensures coordination, collaboration, and transparency of expert engagement planning across teams. These two solutions are key to Merck’s innovative approach. “The right technology takes work out of the system,” says Toron. “It helps us simplify and take some of the burden off our field teams. That means more focus on scientific exchange, which is critical to our organization.”

Enabling customer intelligence at scale

A customer intelligence solution should be simple, easy to use, and seamlessly integrated into the field teams’ everyday workflow. First and foremost, however, the data needs to be accurate. “If one of our MSLs goes into our solution and finds inaccuracies, they are never going to use it again,” says Toron. “They know these HCPs, they know these key accounts, and if it’s not accurate or the data is not timely, they won’t use it.”

To achieve that accuracy, Merck needed data that was both curated and updated in real time. Merck implemented Veeva Link Key People4, giving MSLs deep insights on individual scientific, digital, and community leaders in their target therapeutic area, answering questions like:

  • What are their topics of interest?
  • What conferences do they attend?
  • Where are they publishing?
  • Are they a well-known expert or a rising star?
  • How are they engaging with other experts on social media?
  • Who else are they collaborating with?

Building on the success and learnings from medical affairs, the Merck team enabled customer-facing roles across the entire organization to work from the same intelligence in a compliant way. “An enterprise-wide approach to engagement is really important to us at Merck,” says Toron. “Our partnership with Veeva helps us to be more deliberate in how we engage. We can focus on the data and scientific exchange rather than the technology that enables it.”

Despite the complexity that exists across global markets, Toron saw a common need for customer intelligence. “It’s the same concept–peer-to-peer scientific exchange–and, in many ways, it’s ubiquitous across countries. It’s used and accessed the same way. Of course, there are differences and subtleties, but we were able to leverage the commonality that exists.”

Cross-functional workflows put customers at the center

Even though the organization is now working off the same customer intelligence, orchestrating expert engagement across the enterprise is an entirely different challenge. It’s probably not too hard to imagine an MSL meeting an oncology key opinion leader (KOL) at ASCO only to hear them say, “You know, you’re the sixth person from your company I’ve talked to this week.”

A lot gets lost in that moment, including time, resources, and the opportunity to create a better, coordinated customer experience that puts the KOL, rather than the business, at the center of the engagement.

“It has always been really important to coordinate our expert engagement strategy within medical affairs, but that’s really only half of the story,” says Toron. “We have colleagues in clinical and commercial interfacing with the same healthcare professionals (HCPs), and we haven’t done a great job of showing up with deliberateness as one company. We’re competing with each other, and we’re overwhelming them.”

Next, Merck is partnering with Veeva to implement a transparent solution for expert engagement planning across the entire business. It will allow the company to orchestrate engagement across functions.”

This need for customer centricity is a core and pressing challenge for medical affairs­–one that impacts the entire business, from clinical operations to field medical to marketing. And it’s a challenge thatMerck5 is facing head-on. As Toron puts it, “This is how you show up to your customer–as one company.”

Sonja Rivera is vice president of Veeva Link Key People.

Sources

  1. Wolf, Friedemann: Shah, Suchita; (September 9, 2021); BCG; Doctors’ Changing Expectations of Pharma Are Here to Stay; https://www.bcg.com/publications/2021/pharma-industry-changing-doctor-expectations
  2. Veeva; Measuring the Impact of Real-Time Customer Intelligence; https://www.veeva.com/resources/measuring-the-impact-of-real-time-customer-intelligence/
  3. Veeva; Driving Cross-Functional Engagement Planning; https://www.veeva.com/resources/driving-cross-functional-engagement-planning/
  4. Veeva; Real-Time Customer Intelligence for More Relevant Engagement; https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-link/
  5. (Nov. 1, 2022); Veeva; Veeva and Merck Form Long-Term Strategic Partnership; https://www.veeva.com/resources/veeva-and-merck-form-long-term-strategic-partnership/

Can You Turn an Outdoor Cat Into an Indoor Cat? Facts & Tips

No Comments

Cats instinctively like to be in nature, but the outdoors is not always the safest place for a cat to live. Many cats that are born inside a home or get adopted from a rescue center end up living happy and healthy lives indoors with their human companions. It is a different story when dealing with stray cats or those that are used to living outside most of the time.

It’s possible to turn an outdoor cat into an indoor cat, but the process may not be easy. Once a cat gets used to living outside, they may resist being kept indoors—at least at first. It can seem like you’re being cruel to your kitty, as they will paw at the doors and windows, whine throughout the day and night, and try making a run for it anytime someone enters and exits the home. Rest assured, though, keeping your cat indoors is not cruel. It’s a safety measure that ensures their health and happiness when all is said and done.


Why It’s a Good Idea to Turn an Outdoor Cat Into an Indoor Cat

Keeping a cat indoors increases their safety and minimizes the chance that they will develop an illness or deadly disease. Diseases like parvo, feline AIDS, herpes, leukemia, and peritonitis are common in stray cats. The more time that a cat spends outdoors, the more prone they are to acquiring one or more of these diseases. This alone is a good enough reason to consider making sure your cat stays indoors at all times.

Outdoor cats are also more likely to get into fights with other animals and are prone to dangers like cars, dogs, and uncaring people who want to hurt them. Staying indoors, a cat does not have to face these kinds of dangers.

Image credit: ippiLongstocking, Shutterstock

How to Transition a Cat From Living Outdoors to Living Indoors

It takes time and patience to transition a cat from living strictly (or even partly) outdoors to living indoors full time. The key is to make the indoors as interesting and exciting as the outdoors would be. You must consider all the things that cats like about the outdoors, such as trees and other structures to climb on, natural obstacles to work their way through, and prey to pounce on.

Keeping these things in mind, you can create a magical wonderland for your cat to explore. Here are a few suggestions on how to do that.

Incorporate Multiple Climbing Structures

Cats love climbing and adventuring, so make sure you incorporate multiple climbing structures into your home for your feline family member to enjoy. Place a climbing tree in front of a large window in your living room so they can see what’s going on outside. Put a smaller one in your bedroom or near your dresser where they can perch and survey their surroundings.

You can also put one near their food station so they can keep an eye on what’s happening with their sacred area from above. Climbing trees come in various shapes, sizes, colors, and styles, so it is possible to seamlessly incorporate them into your home’s décor.

Try Multi-level Living

Ensure that your new indoor cat has multiple vertical levels to investigate and hang out on. As natural predators, they always want the best vantage point when it comes to seeing what’s happening in the area that they are spending time in. Consider installing floating shelves on the walls for them to climb on. Clear off a shelf on your bookcase for them to snuggle into. Install window perches, put tables in front of your windows, and/or create “tunnels” out of pliable metal to hang on the walls.

Know That Interaction Is the Name of the Game

Cats like to play, hunt, and explore as much as they like napping. They need things to keep their interest, teach them new skills, and stimulate their brains when you aren’t there to interact with them. A great way to make sure your cat has plenty of interaction is to have things like puzzle toys be available in the house.

This doesn’t have to be a pricey investment. You can cut holes in cardboard boxes to create puzzles and mazes, tie knots in old socks to create play toys, and buy wind-up toy mice for them to play with when you leave the house. The more interactive toys and items that you leave for them to explore throughout the day, the more enriched, happy, and healthy they will be.

clever siamese cat playing with puzzle toy to get treat
Image Credit: Agata Kowalczyk, Shutterstock

Prepare for Nighttime Living

Most cats that are used to living outdoors tend to keep nocturnal schedules. It’s easier for them to hunt for food and avoid predators and dangers at night when it’s dark, rather than during the day when people and animals are out and about. So, you should be prepared to deal with a cat that’s awake while all the humans in the house are trying to sleep. There are a few things that you can do to curb nighttime activity:

  • Offer dinner right before bed, as cats tend to take long naps after having a tasty and filling meal.
  • Play a game with your cat to help them burn off pent-up energy. This should help them get comfortable and snuggly while you sleep.
  • Hide your cat’s “prey” toys in the furniture and other places to give them something to do during the night. This should decrease the number of times that they wake you up.

There are many things that you can do to ensure that your cat has a fulfilling life when they can no longer go outdoors. For one thing, make sure toys are available in every room of the house that they are allowed to spend time in. Whether it’s cotton mice, plastic balls, or little crinkly toys, all that matters is that your cat can enjoy different textures, interactions, and results for a dynamic living experience.

Resist the Resistance

Your cat will likely howl, meow, hiss, and scratch at the doors when they are being transitioned into indoor living. Be sure to expect such behavior and resist giving in when it persists. It is natural for a cat to want to go back to the environment that they are used to, but don’t give in; maintain patience throughout the transition period. Before long, your cat will start feeling comfortable and content indoors, especially if you have taken steps to ensure that their environment is interesting and interactive.

abbyssinian-cat-meowing_New-Africa_Shutterstock
Image Credit: New Africa, Shutterstock

In Conclusion

Cats are naturally curious creatures that require places to investigate and explore. Fortunately, you can turn your house into a cat’s dreamland with a bit of imagination and commitment. Hopefully, the steps outlined here will help ease transitioning a cat from outdoors to indoors.


Featured Image Credit: AjayTvm, Shutterstock

PM Modi to inaugurate Surat Diamond Bourse tomorrow

No Comments

Prime Minister Narendra Modi will inaugurate a newly built ₹3,400-crore Surat Diamond Bourse in Gujarat on December 17. Dubbed as the “world’s largest corporate office hub”, the Diamond Bourse in Surat is positioned to be a global centre for rough and polished diamond trading.

  • Also read: India in talks with World Diamond Council, G7 nations on Russia ban

The Bourse, located in the Khajod locality of Surat, stands as the world’s largest interconnected building, featuring over 4,500 interconnected offices and hosts India’s largest customs clearance house within its premises.

The primary objective behind establishing the bourse is to facilitate the import, export, and trade of diamonds, gems, and jewellery from India. It also aims to provide a modern infrastructure and a global platform for diamond trading, catering to both small and large enterprises, as well as MSMEs involved in diamond production and business, said the Gujarat government in a statement.

The title of the world’s largest office building used to belong to the Pentagon in the United States, boasting a construction of 65 lakh square feet. However, the Diamond Bourse Building, constructed in Surat, Gujarat, has now claimed the title with its expansive 67 lakh square feet, the statement added. In addition to established diamond companies, small entrepreneurs from MSMEs who couldn’t afford offices in Mumbai have also acquired offices in the Diamond Bourse, establishing direct connectivity with international buyers. According to sources, about 135 of the offices within the Bourse have started operations after Diwali.

With the commissioning of the Diamond Bourse, the state government expects Surat’s diamond industry to double its business to ₹4 lakh crore from the current ₹2 lakh crore. 

  • Also read: GIFT City unveils draft development plan for expansion; to engulf 5 villages in vicinity

Bourse features a spacious entrance, reception area, security surveillance and control room, trading hall, self-deposit vault, museum, food zone, bank, customs office, amphitheatre, money transfer desk, travel desk, retail zone, and auction facilities. Multipurpose spaces, including housing, a security control room, and the Diamond Club, have been incorporated. The offices vary in size from 300 square feet to 1,00,000 square feet. The Bourse comprises a total of 9 towers with a ground floor, 15 additional floors, and 2 basements. 

The auction house, equipped with Israel’s C4i technology, operates from a central command and control centre, featuring over 4000 CCTVs for polished and rough diamond auctions. The building’s security consists of an advanced hi-tech security system with cameras.

The Bourse is equipped with 131 high-speed lifts, each operating at a speed of 3 meters per second and managed by an advanced destination control system. This ensures a swift three-minute journey for anyone to reach the 16th floor. A significant portion of the Bourse premises, totalling 35.54 acres, dedicate 15 acres exclusively to a garden area following the Panchatatva theme.

What Actually Matters When Choosing a Partner and Friends

No Comments

Something happens in your 40’s – a series of shifts cause you to do a double take on what actually matters in a partner and in friends.

This may include:

  • You choose to take care of a sick/aging parent
  • More and more friends get cancer
  • You lose someone you love – due to death, mental illness or simply growing apart
  • You see friends getting divorced
  • You get an autoimmune disease or some health issue that restricts your old way of life
  • The generation after you makes fun of how you dress and you question if you’re now “old”
  • You stop getting hit on
  • You get the thing you’d been chasing your whole life, only to realize that  you’re still not fulfilled
  • You fixate on zapping every wrinkle in a war to not let your face reveal your age

Whether some or all of these things happen, you realize that your body is no longer invincible, staying healthy can no longer be passive, and the amount of life left to live is becoming shorter and shorter.

You realize that all the stuff you used to think was so important when evaluating someone – how cool they are, how charismatic, how many times they went to Burning Man, how good looking, how rich… 

None of that matters.

What matters is someone who will hold your hand while you grieve your parent dying.

What matters is that they see you and love you for your essence, even when you develop a thyroid issue and gain weight from all the meds.

What matters is that they will advocate for you when you are in the hospital and cannot fight for yourself.

Invest in the people who are loyal, kind, generous, supportive and loving. The people who will genuinely be there for you even if/when the superficial qualities you’re valued for, fade.

And don’t forget to be in integrity with those values yourself.

Nećete vjerovati kako je adidas došao do svog legendarnog loga

No Comments

Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.

ADIDAS svoje korijene vuče iz razdoblja nakon Prvog svjetskog rata. Obitelj Dassler, predvođena osnivačem Adolfom (Adijem) Dasslerom, upustila se u posao proizvodnje obuće u kući njegove majke.

Kako navodi Britannica, prekretnica za njihovu tvrtku dogodila se tijekom Olimpijskih igara u Berlinu 1936., kada je američka atletičarska zvijezda Jesse Owens obula tenisice navodno poklonjene od Adija Dasslera, privlačeći međunarodnu pažnju i postavljajući pozornicu za globalno priznanje.

Poremećaji Drugog svjetskog rata predstavljali su izazove za marku, dok su Adi i njegov brat Rudolf radili na obnovi tvrtke Gebrüder Dassler Schuhfabrik. Do 1948. osobni razdor između braće postao je nepopravljiv, što je dovelo do podjele u poslu. Rudijeva tvrtka na kraju je postala Puma, dok je Adijev pothvat postao adidas.

Upravo ova priča o nastanku dva kultna sportska brenda postala je viralna na TikToku u posljednje vrijeme. No mnogima je najinteresantnija priča o evoluciji adidasovog loga do današnjeg. Zbog toga smo odlučili sastaviti popis zanimljivih činjenica koje vjerojatno niste znali o njemu.

Tijekom prošlog stoljeća bilo je mnogo promjena u izgledu i brendiranju tvrtke. Do sredine 20. stoljeća adidasov logo počeo je poprimati oblik s identitetom sličnim današnjem.

1. Oblik slijedi funkciju

Kako piše nss magazine, izvorno Gebrüder Dassler Schuhfabrik, onaj koji sada svi znaju kao adidas koristio je dvije trake s vanjske strane tenisica za trčanje kako bi pružio veću stabilnost i potporu stopalima tijekom utrke.

Kada se tvrtka raspala 1948. zbog tenzija koje nikada nisu prestale između dva brata Dassler, adidasu nije bilo dopušteno nastaviti koristiti dvije potporne trake, a četiri su bile previše. Logično bi bilo koristiti tri, ali to nije bilo tako jednostavno.

2. Dvije boce viskija i 1600 eura

Kad je Adi Dassler pomislio da su tri “potporne” trake najbolji način za predstavljanje njegove novonastale tvrtke, otkrio je da prava na taj logo nisu besplatna. Pripadala su jednoj tvrtki koja je proizvodila sportsku obuću, finskom Karhu, osnovanom 1916., koji je, zahvaljujući Kanyeu Westu koji ih je nosio 2017., doživio vrtoglavi porast prodaje.

No Adi nije klonuo duhom, bio je odlučan da se dočepa tog loga i dao je sve od sebe da uspije. Novorođeni adidas kupio je logo za dvije boce dobrog viskija i svotu novca koja odgovara današnjih 1600 eura. 

Adidas nikada nije službeno potvrdio priču o tome kako je kupio logo.

3. Trefoil

S vremenom je adidas shvatio da je došlo vrijeme za razvoj logotipa koji odražava i modernost i pravu prirodu tvrtke te je 1972. godine – tijekom Olimpijskih igara u Berlinu – predstavljena takozvana djetelina.

Trolisni logotip trebao je prikazati raznolikost proizvoda, a istovremeno uključivati ​​ikonične tri linije po kojima je marka brzo postala poznata. Tri lista navodno predstavljaju Sjevernu Ameriku, Europu i Aziju – tri kontinenta na kojima su se prodavale adidas tenisice.

Ovaj logo ujedno je pomogao brendu da se integrira u pop kulturu te se mogao vidjeti na popularnim glazbenicima i bendovima, kao što su The Doors, The Sex Pistols, Bob Marley i David Bowie. Djetelina s tri lista je bila prepoznatljiv simbol adidasa od 1972. do 1998. godine.

4. Evolucija Three Stripesa

Od 1998. nadalje tri pruge (ili crte) su prošle restilizaciju u ono što danas vidimo na adidasovoj obući – tri paralelne pruge. Tri pruge raspoređene su u ikonu u obliku planine koja predstavlja prepreku koju treba savladati. 

5. adidas i tužbe protiv svih koji koriste sličan logo

Adidas je poznat po tome da diže tužbe protiv tvrtki koje koriste logo koji podsjeća na njihov s tri pruge. Jedan od primjera seže u 2008. godinu, kada je sud u Oregonu natjerao tvrtku Payless ShoeSource, koja se bavila prodajom obuće, da adidasu plati iznos od oko 305 milijuna dolara jer je, navodno, prodavala cipele s dvije, tri i četiri kose bočne pruge koje su bile previše slične adidasovim. Ovaj iznos se smatra najvećom presudom u slučaju zaštitnog znaka.

Sudski spor je započeo 1994. godine i prvotno je završio dogovorom prema kojem Payless više neće prodavati tenisice s kosim bočnim prugama, bez obzira na broj. Payless je zapravo prestao prodavati obuću s tri kose pruge, ali je nastavio proizvoditi i prodavati obuću s dvije ili četiri okomite i ravne pruge. Adidasu to nije dobro sjelo i uzeo je maksimalnu odštetu od 305 milijuna dolara, ali ju je naposljetku ipak smanjio na 65 milijuna.

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

Kawhi Leonard scores 36 points on 16 shots as Clippers win 7th in a row

No Comments

Five weeks and 19 games ago when James Harden made his Clippers debut in New York, he joined a roster that was a collection of talent, but far from a team.

They mustered only 97 points. They had no feel for how to navigate a tight game.

No one expected their post-trade adjustment to be solved in the first 48 minutes at Madison Square Garden, but few, also, expected it would take four more games for their first win with Harden.

Check back in February, when the NBA’s trade deadline will indicate how much the Clippers’ front office believes the roster must still be upgraded, to sense how far this team has truly progressed. But Saturday nonetheless marked the closing of a symbolic circle — and the mid-December results could hardly be more different than early November.

In a 144-122 rout of the Knicks at Crypto.com Arena, the Clippers were comfortably in control for the last 26 minutes while extending their winning streak to seven — equaling their longest in the last eight seasons. By improving to 15-10, they have won 12 of their last 15 games. The result was so lopsided that midway through the fourth quarter Harden was attempting trick shots behind his back, off the backboard, during a timeout.

Harden scored 10 points with 12 assists, but the spotlight was again on Kawhi Leonard, who scored 36 points on only 16 shots. Leonard has scored 30-plus points in seven of his last 10 games, after doing it once in his first 15 — a streak that is a bellwether of a team that has gone from punchline to problem in the past five weeks since Harden’s debut.

In his return from a hip injury, Paul George scored 25 points and seven Clippers scored in double figures as the team made 16 of its 33 three-pointers.

Clippers forward Paul George puts up a shot against the Knicks in the first half Saturday.

(Ashley Landis / Associated Press)

For much of their November malaise, the Clippers struggled to learn how to win close games — finishing the month with a 2-7 record in games within five points in the final five minutes. Their defense produced more holes than stops, giving up 122 points per 100 “clutch” possessions. But in December, they were 4-0 in clutch games, their defensive rating upgrading to 92.6, an improvement that traced their overall turnaround over the last two weeks.

Their clutch play was just a footnote Saturday, as they ensured the game would not be close late.

The game began with a roar as Ivica Zubac, a major figure in the team’s progress, albeit mostly in the background, moved to the forefront. Ranked among the NBA’s best at protecting the rim this season, Zubac blocked an attempted layup by RJ Barrett on New York’s opening possession, made a floater at the other end and then, barely two minutes in, leaped from two feet just outside the restricted area inside the paint and outstretched his 7-foot frame to dunk over New York center Jericho Sims. It was violent enough that Sims — playing in the place of injured starter Mitchell Robinson — never played again until the start of the third quarter.

In past seasons, coach Tyronn Lue has prodded Zubac to play more authoritatively around the rim; after this dunk, Zubac ran back on defense yelling, the noise lost in the arena’s larger uproar. He finished with 11 points in the quarter to push the Clippers into a lead that remained tenuous until widening to 11 at halftime. Despite making only five three-pointers, the Clippers scored 77 points in the half because their 30 free throws were the most attempted by any team in any first half this season.

Zubac has scored in double figures in 12 of his last 13 games — coming after he had done it four times in the first 12 games.

Even with the return of George bringing the Clippers back to effectively full strength, Lue tweaked his rotation by inserting wing Amir Coffey into the bench unit in place of rookie Kobe Brown. Coffey was coming off Thursday’s composed, 18-point performance as a spot starter in George’s absence, and was a better defensive matchup, whether guarding New York’s collection of reserve wings and guards, from Josh Hart to Immanuel Quickley and Quentin Grimes, individually or at the top of a zone.

George injured his groin Tuesday against Sacramento and was held out Thursday against Golden State. In his return, he scored 12 points in the third quarter. He and Leonard combined for 28 points in the quarter — only four fewer than all of the Knicks combined.

Lava Yuva 3 Pro with 50MP AI camera launched at Rs 8,999

No Comments

Lava International, the homegrown smartphone manufacturer, has launched the Yuva 3 Pro smartphone. According to the company, the smartphone has been launched keeping in mind young Indian customers who want aesthetically designed models with features of a premium phone at affordable prices.

Lava Yuva 3 Pro – Price

The smartphone has been priced at Rs 8,999 and is available in three colour variants – Desert Gold, Forest Viridian and Meadow Purple across Lava’s retail network and Lava e-store. 

Lava Yuva 3 Pro – Specs and Features 

The smartphone comes with an AG glass back design with a side fingerprint sensor, 8GB + 8GB (Virtual) RAM + 128GB UFS 2.2 ROM.

In terms of camera, the smartphone has a 50MP Dual AI rear camera with an 8MP front camera for selfies. It has a bottom-firing speaker and face unlock feature for enhanced security, among others. The company offers two years of security updates for its users.

Yuva 3 Pro is powered by a UNISOC T616 Octa-core Processor. It has a 5000 mAh battery that supports 18W fast charging with a Type-C USB cable. The smartphone runs on Android 13 

The smartphone has a 6.5-inch HD+ punch-hole display with a 90Hz refresh rate. 

Meanwhile, a recent study suggested that Lava is expected to witness a substantial increase in its market share in 2024. According to a study conducted by TechArc, there have been significant shifts in the preferences of the youth segment and Lava has emerged as one of the top beneficiaries in 2024.

In 2024, Lava is projected to gain a 4 per cent increase in market share in the youth segment. Students, a vital sub-segment of the youth population, play a pivotal role in shaping brand preferences not only for themselves but also for their families. 

Iran, Thailand allow visa-free entry to Indian passport holders; list of places to travel without visa in holiday season | Travel

No Comments

The upcoming year is a great opportunity for Indian passport holders. Why, you ask? Well, many countries have recently waived visa requirements for Indian tourists. You can take full advantage of this new rule to travel to your heart’s content without the added headache of figuring out visa rules and getting a visa approved for visiting a new nation. While Iran was the most recent country to announce visa-free travel for Indian passport holders, other nations in this list are Thailand, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, and Kenya. Therefore, Indians during the holiday season can now travel to several destinations with extended visa-free privileges.

Thailand and Malaysia are now visa-free for Indian passport holders. Left: The Sumeru mountain palace; Right: Batu Caves. (Pexels)

Countries Indians can travel to without visa in holiday season

Earlier last month, the Thailand government delighted Indian tourists by announcing that Indian passport holders will not require a tourist visa to enter Thailand from November 10, 2023, to May 10, 2024. The Thai authorities made the temporary visa exemption for a 30-day stay for tourism purposes. Sri Lanka also announced the same provision for Indian travellers till March 31, 2024, for a 30-day stay. This week, Iran waived visa requirements for 33 countries, including India. Last month, Malaysia allowed Indians a 30-day visa-free arrival from December 1, 2023. Lastly, Kenya will also permit tourists from any corner of the globe to enter without a visa.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Apart from the recent additions of Thailand, Malaysia, Kenya, Iran and Sri Lanka to the list of countries that allow Indian tourists to enter without a visa, over 20 more nations do not require a visa to enter for Indian passport holders. They are —

Cook Islands

Fiji

Micronesia

Niue

Vanuatu

Oman

Qatar

Barbados

British Virgin Islands

Dominica

Grenada

Haiti

Jamaica

Montserrat

St Kitts and Nevis

St Vincent and the Grenadines

Trinidad and Tobago

Bhutan

Kazakhstan

Hong Kong

Nepal

El Salvador

Mauritius

Senegal

Tunisia

Macao (SAR China)

Gabon

Madagascar

Rwanda

Meanwhile, a few other countries offer visa-on-arrival options for Indian passport holders. They are Seychelles, Maldives, Indonesia, Samoa, Tanzania, Marshall Islands, Palau Islands, Tuvalu, Iran, Jordan, St. Lucia, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Timor-Leste, Bolivia, Burundi, Cape Verde Islands, Comoro Islands, Djibouti, Guinea-Bissau, Mauritania, Mozambique, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Togo, and Zimbabwe.

The Exorcist: ‘Pure evil’ or the greatest horror film ever made? | Films | Entertainment

No Comments

Iconic ‘levitation’ scene from the 1973 movie (Image: Allstar Picture Library Ltd / Alamy Stock Photo)

“On December 26, a movie called The Exorcist opened in theatres across the country…and since then all Hell has broken loose.”

That opening sentence from a Newsweek article 50 years ago was written barely two weeks after the film’s opening night in America on Boxing Day 1973. It captured the mass hysteria sweeping audiences across the country.

Many viewers fainted, several were carried out on stretchers and a woman in New York reportedly miscarried a baby during a showing.

So many people fled auditoriums to be sick the manager of Toronto’s University Theatre said: “We have a plumber practically living here now” to unblock bathroom sinks.

Some fans were in such a frenzy fights broke out in cinema queues.

The genre-shattering horror film was directed by William Friedkin – who had won an Oscar two years earlier for his crime thriller masterpiece The French Connection.

In Britain, the hysteria surrounding The Exorcist – about the demonic possession of a schoolgirl – arrived weeks before the film itself.

Both local councils and priests called for it to be banned.

Conservative campaigner Mary Whitehouse joined the chorus of condemnation, claiming there was a “real danger” the movie could cause lasting psychological damage – and even “open the door” to genuine cases of possession.

I was one of the first to see a special preview screening as a cub reporter on a local paper.

I took with me a white witch, an Irish Catholic priest and a member of the Bahai Faith.

For 122 relentless white-knuckle minutes we watched as 14-year-old actress Linda Blair was transformed into an ever-more hideous creature.

With yellow eyes and open facial sores, she spewed foul-mouthed obscenities at the two priests trying to save her soul.

Blair’s tormented character Regan MacNeil spewed projectile green vomit, rotated her head 360 degrees in a display of demonic power and contorted her body to “spider walk” backwards downstairs.

Long before computer-generated imagery had arrived in Hollywood, we also watched a chilling levitation scene and a sickening sex act involving Regan and a crucifix.

Horrified public watch the film

Horrified public watch the film (Image: Retro Movie – Original Audience Reactions – The Exorcist (1973) https://tinyurl.com/bdcfbejy)

Even today, US film critic Nicholas Joel Ilano says: “The movie’s special effects and captivating performances still make it a horror classic.”

He explains: “The image of a demonic presence taking control of an innocent child’s body leaves an indelible mark on viewers.

“The gradual deterioration of her innocence is profoundly disturbing.

“It’s an unnerving portrayal of the depths of evil.”

Outside the cinema after our special screening, the Irish priest, looking visibly shaken, blurted out: “This is pure evil and pure ******* **** – and you can quote me on that.”

His reaction may have been echoed by numerous critics worldwide.

But the controversy that raged over The Exorcist merely served to swell the queues outside cinemas.

Become an Express Premium member
  • Support fearless journalism
  • Read The Daily Express online, advert free
  • Get super-fast page loading

Remarkably, given its age, the film has a lifetime box office gross of £350million.

It has spawned scores of other horror films and franchises, including Nightmare On Elm Street, The Conjuring, Resident Evil and The Ring and The Nun, as well as a plethora of low-budget “slasher” flicks. The Exorcist’s major influence on pop culture was marked by Universal Pictures this year.

Long-awaited sequel The Exorcist: Believer was the first in a new trilogy that features smaller roles for Blair, now 64, and Ellen Burstyn, who, at 91, reprises her role as Regan’s mother Chris MacNeil.

Original director Friedkin died in August this year aged 87 – two months before the release of Believer. Blair was also hired as a consultant, to guide the film’s two starring youngsters – Lidya Jewett, 16, and Olivia O’Neill, 15 – through the rigours of playing teenagers possessed by evil incarnate.

On set herself five decades ago, Blair suffered a serious spinal injury during one scene of violently thrashing and jerking her body around. This developed into scoliosis that left her in chronic pain for years. She says now: “It really affected my health negatively for a long time.”

Several cast and crew members died unexpectedly during shooting of The Exorcist, and production had to be halted after a mysterious electrical fire burned down the entire set.

At one stage, a priest was called in to conduct a real-life exorcism and Friedkin later admitted: “It was only by the grace of God that nobody was killed or injured.”

Late Oscar-winning screenwriter William Peter Blatty based the movie on his own book of the same name. In 2010, it was placed on America’s National Film Registry by Congress.

Though it is one of only a handful of horror classics to make it into the august archive, director Friedkin insisted he did not set out to make a horror movie at all, but saw it as “a film about the mysteries of faith”.

But he added: “It’s easier for people to call it a horror film. Or a great horror film. Or the greatest horror film ever made.”

Maserati Ghibli 334 Ultima, Levante Ultima review: First drive

No Comments

It’s the end of the road for the V8 engine at Maserati, and the company is sending it off in style with limited editions of the Ghibli sedan and the Levante SUV.

The 2024 Ghibli 334 Ultima and the Levante Ultima will be the last Maseratis with an engine format that has powered some of the fastest and most exotic cars built by the Italian company since 1959.

Maserati’s long goodbye farewells the F154 3.8-litre twin-turbo V8 shared with Ferrari, which has powered top-of-the-range versions of the Ghibli sedan and the Levante SUV since 2018.

In Maserati specification, the F154 features a cross-plane crank and a wet sump – the Ferrari version used in the Roma, F8 Tributo, and SF90, is dry-sumped, with a flat-plane crank. In the Levante and Ghibli, it develops 426kW at 6750rpm, and 730Nm between 2250rpm and 5250rpm.

Just 103 Ghibli 334 Ultimas will be offered, all painted in a deep pearlescent blue called Blu di Persia. Both the number to be built and the colour they are all painted are a nod to Maserati’s first ever V8-powered road car, the 5000GT. 

Maserati built just 34 5000GTs between 1959 and 1966, with bodies from nine different coachbuilders.

The 5000GT was created at the request of the Shah of Iran, who wanted a car that combined the comfort and features of Maserati’s six-cylinder 3500GT coupe with the performance of its V8-powered 450S sports racer, and offered to pay the development costs to get it built.

Known internally as the Tipo 103, the Shah’s car had bodywork painted a unique shade of blue.

And the 334 bit? That refers to the limited-edition Ghibli’s top speed, in kilometres per hour, which Maserati says makes it the fastest four-door sedan in the world.

In addition to its special blue paint and the standard carbon exterior package, the Ghibli 334 Ultima is distinguished by a standard rear spoiler, matte dark graphite 21-inch alloy wheels, and a ‘334’ logo painted in red on the front guards.

Inside is an interior trimmed in black Alcantara and pale terracotta leather, with carbon fibre accents, 334 logos stitched into the seats, and a numbered plaque on the centre console.

We couldn’t confirm the 334 Ultima’s claimed top speed, which is 8km/h higher than that of the regular Ghibli Trofeo, on the snowy, sinuous mountain roads we encountered on our drive in the Italian Alps.

And we’ll have to take Maserati’s word that its 3.9 second 0-100km/h time is 0.4 seconds quicker than the Ghibli Trofeo. But we found enough dry(ish) tarmac to occasionally enjoy the V8’s animal snarl and intoxicating bite above 4000rpm. The F154 feels wonderfully vibrant and alive at the top end for a turbocharged engine.

Where did the extra performance come from? In a word, finessing. Though the 334 Ultima’s homologated weight of 2020kg is identical to that of the Trofeo, it weighs 25kg less thanks to its more sport-oriented standard equipment. The rear spoiler also helps reduce drag at high speeds.

And special, stickier compound tires help the car launch harder from a standing start.

Heavy snow and freezing temperatures also meant we couldn’t discover whether the 334 Ultima’s special compound tyres improved extended its dynamic envelope beyond that of the Ghibli Trofeo.

Our test car was instead fitted with Pirelli’s excellent Sottozero 3 winter tires, and the conditions tested their capabilities to the limit. What we can say is that the traction and stability control protocols in the Normal and Sport drive modes work well on slick surfaces, intervening quickly and smoothly to help keep the 334 Ultima on the road.

Corsa mode dials back the electronic nannies, which meant we only dared try it a couple of times. Apart from the stiffer ride and crisper throttle response, Corsa nicely sharpened the upshifts eight-speed automatic transmission.

Downshifts, even in manual mode, remained disappointingly sluggish, however. In addition to quicker downshifts, we’d also like a firmer, more decisive brake pedal to better finesse braking, especially on slippery surfaces.

On the same roads, in the same conditions, the calm composure of the Levante Ultima proved why powerful, all-wheel drive SUVs could rightly be considered the grand turismos of the 21st century.

All-wheel drive doesn’t rewrite the laws of physics, of course, but it does allow the Levante, which boasts a claimed top speed of 304km/h, to confidently tackle all roads in all weathers.

At 2240kg, the Levante Ultima weighs 220kg more than the Ghibli 334 Ultima, which dulls the response of the F154 V8 just a tad.

That said, in addition to propelling the Levante Ultima to more than 300km/h, the engine still has muscle enough to hustle the big, bluff Maserati from 0 to 100km/h in 4.1 seconds.

A total of 206 Levante Ultimas will be built, 103 of them painted blue (a colour called Blu Royale), the other 103 finished in a black named Nero Assoluto, with a ‘V8 Ultima’ logo painted on the front guards.

All roll on black-painted 22in alloy wheels. Like the Ghibli 334 Ultima, the Levante Ultimas will all come equipped with a carbon exterior package and an interior trimmed in pale terracotta and black, although the seat material is all leather rather than the 334’s leather and Alcantara combination.

Maserati has built more than 100,000 V8-powered cars since 1959, so the Ghibli 334 Ultima (five of which are coming to Australia) and the Levante Ultima (two of which are heading to our shores) represent the end of an era.

But it’s not just the V8 that’s going away; by the end of 2025 both the Ghibli and the Levante themselves will be replaced by all new models. 

The Ghibli nameplate will in fact disappear altogether. In its place will be a new sedan built on a version of the platform that underpins the Gran Turismo coupe that goes on sale in Australia in 2024.

It will be badged Quattroporte – the current sedan of the same name, which is available in overseas markets, is also being phased out – and, like the Gran Turismo, will be available with the Nettuno V6 internal combustion engine or the Folgore electric powertrain.

The all-new Levante is scheduled to debut in 2025. And while Maserati has said it is committed to having nothing but EVs in its lineup by 2030, don’t be surprised if the Trident brand’s updated flagship SUV lineup includes models with a Nettuno V6 under the bonnet as well as pure electric powered versions.

MORE: Everything Maserati Levante
MORE: Everything Maserati Ghibli

Click on the images to view a full gallery

Top Altcoins To Watch Next Week: Investors Switch Focus Toward Bonk (BONK), Injective (INJ) And Celestia (TIA)

No Comments

The market has experienced significant selling pressure in the past week, particularly after Bitcoin’s momentum weakened around the $44,000 mark. While Bitcoin continues to recover its previous momentum, several new altcoins have come into the spotlight, recording massive gains. This has somewhat surpassed leading altcoins such as Solana and Cardano as Bonk, Injective, and Celestia have been touching new highs each day.

Altcoin Season Index Touches High After 14 Months

The Altcoin Season Index, an important barometer in the market, has recently achieved a notable high after 14 months. This index serves as a tool for investors and analysts to evaluate the performance of various altcoins in comparison to Bitcoin.

Presently, the index trades at 59, with its notable rise occurring on December 7th. This increase was triggered due to the downturn in Bitcoin’s value, which forced investors to redirect their investments towards altcoins. However, in this case, the surge in capital investment favored newer altcoins displaying significant gains, rather than the more established ones. Additionally, a decline in inflation has strengthened buying activity in the market.

Bonk (BONK) Price Analysis

The Bonk price has faced resistance at the $0.000035 mark, as sellers defended further price increases, pushing it towards the 23.6% Fib level. Despite this, there is a noticeable intent among investors to buy more during this price dip as they defend the EMA20 level.

Should the price rebound notably from its 20-day EMA, it would suggest that investors are actively buying during these lower price trends. If this trend continues, the buyers might once again try to break through the $0.000035 threshold. A successful effort in this regard could potentially create a new high for BONK price next week.

Injective (INJ) Price Analysis

Injective price has broken its all-time high recently, settling above $30. However, the price is struggling to hold near EMA20 as bears recently rejected $35. As of writing, INJ price trades at $30.7, declining over 6.8% from yesterday’s rate.

If buyers maintain the upward momentum above EMA20, the INJ price could potentially surge to a high of $41-$42. The rising trend in moving averages suggests a favorable position for buyers despite increasing short-positions near resistance level.

Celestia (TIA) Price Analysis

Celestia recently rebounded from its 20-day Exponential Moving Average (EMA) priced at $13.2. However, the bulls are struggling to push the price above the $15 mark.

As of now, the bears are attempting to drive the price below the 20-day EMA. Should they succeed, there’s a possibility of a correction to balance demand and supply, potentially causing the price to consolidate above $10.

Currently, both moving averages are trending upwards, and the Relative Strength Index (RSI) is in positive territory, suggesting that buyers have the upper hand. A break above the channel’s pattern will send the price toward a new high next week.

Human Marketing vs. AI + Humans: Who Won?

No Comments

Imagine you receive this creative brief:

You are a creative content marketer. Develop a marketing campaign that you will pitch to clients for the launch of LuminaEdge – a fictional VR platform that provides immersive, multi-sensory experiences.

Your objective is to introduce the product and generate interest and adoption by showcasing its limitless possibilities as a medium for entertainment, education, and productivity.

Your target audiences are:

  • Gamers and entertainment enthusiasts
  • Educators and students
  • Professionals in remote collaboration and training.

Your campaign pitch should include a strategic idea, a concept for a video ad, and a social media content plan outline.

How would you develop this campaign? Could generative AI tools do it for you, or should your human team tackle the task?

CMI and its sister site Streamly recently created this exercise to see if AI could rival a human team in the creativity, strategic focus, and subject matter expertise it takes to produce unique content marketing worthy of the audience’s attention.

Here’s the experiment and a few teachable moments gathered from the experience.

AI vs. human: The content challenge

At Content Marketing World 2023, three content marketing leaders participated in a creative campaign challenge inspired by the British TV show Taskmaster. The exercise involved two teams – human and AI. Team Human included marketing leaders Mark Kats and Geoffrey Director from the agency Manifest. Team AI featured Marketing AI Institute’s Cathy McPhillips and her chosen AI tools (ChatGPT, Bard, and Claude).

Both teams had 45 minutes to fulfill the creative brief. In the video below, co-hosts Andrew Davis of Monumental Shift and Jordan Thorne of Streamly introduce the challenge and query the teams about their ideation and development processes. The teams then pitch their campaigns, which Streamly brought to life with motion capture graphics and AI-generated audio content.

I’ve summarized the campaign concepts, tag lines, and ideas the teams pitched for their hero videos and social media plans.

Several concepts, such as transcending reality, spanned both presentations. In a bit of irony, Team Human focused on LuminaEdge’s exciting technological capabilities, while Team AI locked in on the tech’s capacity to create stronger human connections.

Team Human

  • Strategic concept: Reality is limited and disappointing – why would you want technology that mimics or simulates it? Our strategy is to push against the realities of reality and remove its boundaries.
  • Tag line: LuminaEdge is Un-Real.
  • Hero video description: We open on a video of a man in a suit riding a dolphin. The camera slowly pans out to show that it’s a group of people in business clothes riding dolphins as they conduct a meeting (see image below).
  • Voiceover: “Remember real meetings? How much you loved them? Didn’t think so. So why does technology keep trying to replicate them? Why try to make online education like school in the 1950s? Forget the virtual reality. LuminaEdge is Un-Real.”
  • Social media plan: Different executions would compare the real and the unreal, showing a boring classroom where kids are sitting at desks and listening to a teacher talk at the blackboard versus showing kids climbing the Eiffel Tower and going inside the pyramids – the type of interactive activities that would transform the classroom experience.

Team AI:

  • Strategic concept: In this digital world, we’re all so disconnected. What could Lumina Edge do to bring people closer together?
  • Tag line: New reality, shared humanity: Creating a virtual world that brings people together for engaging experiences.
  • Hero video description: The video would highlight various activities at Intergalactic Game Jam – an immersive hybrid gaming event where the physical and virtual worlds collide.  
  • Voiceover: “Imagine a world where distance doesn’t divide but connects. Game with friends without boundaries, spanning states, countries, and worlds. Collaborate face-to-face with colleagues, no matter where they are in the world. Reconnect with loved ones, bridging the miles between you. LuminaEdge: the immersive new social universe that transcends reality, bringing humanity closer in the digital age.”
  • Social media plan: For TikTok, we would create clips of people in the VR gameplay moments. We’d package footage from the event as pre-roll ads for Instagram Stories, Facebook, and YouTube.

Who or what won?

The CMI team shared the presentation video in our daily newsletter and on social media, encouraging community members to vote for the team they felt came up with the best overall concept.

Team AI’s campaign came out ahead, earning 68% of the votes.

Don’t infer too much from that result. The experiment didn’t prove (or even assess) the campaigns’ real-world viability. The goal was to reveal and learn from the different approaches to the task and the strengths and limitations each team encountered.

Both teams talked about the experience in the video below. The takeaways they shared offer valuable lessons for all content marketers in the age of generative AI.  

Lesson 1: AI requires some assembly

As an experienced content marketer, you recognize the level of insight and strategic focus required to develop a successful campaign. AI lacks this innate understanding. Team AI took steps to enable the technology to provide a campaign-worthy output. To get responses that fit the brief, it crafted prompts that helped the AI engines understand what it asked them to do.

“Results received from each tool can be unpredictable, so it wasn’t clear at the start which tool would give me the best result,” Team AI’s Cathy says. She toggled back and forth across three platforms (Google’s Bard, OpenAI’s ChatGPT, and Anthropic’s Claude) before receiving properly focused responses.

Related: AI Can’t Imagine Distinctive Content (But It Can Help You Create It)

Educate the AI engine

Coming up with effective prompts took considerable thought – and quite a bit of trial and error – despite her significant experience with generative AI. “Sometimes it just didn’t understand what I was asking,” Cathy says. “It was a lot of, ‘Nope, not quite. Let me fix this.’”

Though prompt engineering is as much an art as a science, Cathy offers three best practices to improve the quality of the output:

  • Be specific. Explicitly describe your target audience, tone, copy style, and goals to achieve.
  • Don’t expect perfection in the first attempt. Aim to get a few useful nuggets from the initial prompt. Feed those insights to your AI platform to refine the output and get closer to the desired results.
  • Create a dialogue. AI doesn’t just learn from your prompts; it can teach you to improve them. Ask what information it needs to deliver more relevant responses to your query.  

These steps took time. But Team AI regained a partial advantage with the high volume of creative possibilities the tools generated – including ideas Team AI would never have thought of.

Team Human’s Mark Kats admits learning to craft more thoughtful and strategic prompts can help content marketers who typically don’t use AI. Sharpening those skills will make us much better at writing briefs and guiding our human counterparts to produce more effective ideas,” he says.

Lesson 2: Lean into human creative advantages

In contrast to Team AI’s process, Team Human jumped right into the ideation phase. They found it challenging to generate ideas by working only with each other. “Obviously, there’s value in leveraging AI as part of the process,” Mark says.

To find campaign inspiration, Mark and Geoff leaned into an AI limitation: It responds primarily based on data from its training set, which can result in generic and undifferentiated ideas. “To beat the AI, we knew we’d need to do the kind of disruptive, creative thinking AI isn’t capable of,” Mark says.

Disrupt dogmas to distinguish your ideas

Team Human focused on a content technique to exploit that weakness – dogma and heresy. Mark described the process:

  1. Identify the dogmas associated with the marketing challenge – the related beliefs accepted unconditionally and unquestionably as truth.
  2. Identify the heresies – the ideas at odds with the accepted beliefs and challenge their accuracy.

By pushing on those heretical ideas, novel insights can emerge, taking the campaign content in exciting or unexpected new directions.  

Team Human explored this dogma in their ideation process: “Virtual reality technology is the perfect vehicle for simulating in-person meetings for attendees working remotely.”

They followed with the heresy: “In-person meetings are pretty boring, and no one likes attending them. Instead of replicating them, we should rethink them altogether.”

That thinking led them to the central principle for their campaign: “Reality is disappointing. Don’t mimic it; push against it.” The catchy slogan became “LuminaEdge is Un-Real.”

Lesson 3: AI lacks strategic decision-making skills

Whether your brainstorming is AI-enhanced or human-generated, you won’t necessarily move forward with the initial ideas. They usually must be finessed and fine-tuned to fit the campaign brief and align with your brand’s content strategy.

Both teams recognized the need to narrow their ideas to select the best one to pitch. Mark said he had the advantage of working with Geoff – an experienced strategist. Cathy lamented the lack of a human partner to help with decision-making.

She says the high volume of information provided by the AI tools made it challenging to balance quantity and quality. She had to sift through the ideas manually and use her marketing knowledge to determine which ones were worth pursuing for a fully fleshed-out campaign.

Related: Don’t Waste AI and Human Potential – Push Them Both To Do Better

More minds, better content

This experiment surfaced significant advantages of incorporating AI tools into your campaign development processes. Yet, it’s clear the creativity and strategic capabilities brought to the table by marketers are just as critical.

As Mark points out, experienced creators can push ideas in exciting directions that machines struggle to reach. But as AI technology evolves, its ability to deliver interesting and effective results will likely grow in leaps and bounds.

This experiment doesn’t end the AI-vs.-human debate. But regardless of which creative tools and techniques your team pursues, remember these words of wisdom from Cathy: “We’re all reaching for the same goal – trying to do what’s best for our businesses and our customers.”

Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

Badruka Educational Society opens school of management near Hyderabad

No Comments

Badruka Educational Society has set up the Badruka School of Management (BSM) in Hyderabad. 

The new school was formally launched here on Wednesday by the Hyderabad-based 73-year-old society. 

“With a legacy of pioneering higher education in Hyderabad, we are dedicated to filling this void through BSM. Our institution will serve to meet the rising needs of Hyderabad, now the most sought-after destination for Indian and global businesses,” Srikishan Badruka, Secretary, Badruka Educational Society, said.

The inaugural batch of 120 students for the AICTE-approved 2-year Post Graduate Diploma in Management (PGDBM) will start attending classes in August at a 14-acre campus in Medchal district near Hyderabad. Admissions for the program have already commenced. 

Also read: How management education can integrate AI in curriculum

According to Prabhu Aggarwal, Dean, BSM, the fee for the fully residential two your programme is ₹19.50 lakh. 

“Our curriculum is dynamic, integrating real-world challenges, experiential learning, and the latest industry insights. Our objective is to nurture skilled professionals and ethical leaders capable of navigating complexities with integrity and foresight,’‘ he said. 

The multidisciplinary curriculum at BSM merges core management principles with modules tailored to emerging industry demands. These include courses in entrepreneurship, design thinking, artificial intelligence/machine learning, and sustainable business, ensuring students possess versatile skill sets for the contemporary workplace, the society said.

In addition to these foundational courses, BSM will offer specialised tracks such as finance, marketing, strategy, data analytics and digital technologies, and innovation and Entrepreneurship in the second year. These courses will be taught by leading domestic and international faculty members, allowing students to gain insights from both industry and academia, it added. 

Atari 2600 Plus Is Pure Nostalgia in HD – Video

No Comments

Speaker 1: This is the Atari 2,600 plus a smaller updated version of the original Atari 2,600 home console. It connects to modern TVs through HDMI, making it easy to play game cartridges, old and new. If you’re a fan of retro games, you’ll definitely be interested in this.

Speaker 1: The original Atari 2,600 came out back in 1977 with many [00:00:30] games that everyone’s heard of, Pac-Man, space, invaders, asteroids, just to name a few. Now, almost 50 years later, we have an updated version of that exact console with some small but worthwhile improvements. Here I have the original console and a handful of original games. I ordered this recently on eBay when I started working on this video. You can literally see the years of dirt and dust that this thing collected while stored in some random person’s garage. Probably getting this console to connect with a TV these days is very difficult. [00:01:00] I was lucky enough that one of my coworkers found this old CRT stored under a desk for who knows how long. Even then, hooking this up to that old TV sucked. I needed to purchase a tiny adapter online so that the RCA video cable would be able to screw into the coaxial port. And even with all that, the image still looks grainy and kind of bad, but at least I can play Pac-Man,

Speaker 1: There’s a pretty low chance you have a CRT lying around somewhere and who can blame you? These things take up a lot of space and are really heavy. [00:01:30] This is where the 2,600 plus comes in. It features HDMI support so that you can use modern high def TVs to play these classic games. It’s the exact same physical design down to the iconic wood grain, but measures 20% smaller. The original 2,600 weighs 4.6 pounds and sits 3.5 inches tall, 13.6 inches wide and just over nine inches deep. The 2,600 plus weighs 1.3 pounds and sits 2.8 inches tall, 10.6 [00:02:00] inches wide and seven inches deep.

Speaker 1: This smaller size makes the device much easier to fit on a shelf or entertainment center and puts it in a similar category to the Nintendo and Super Nintendo Classic consoles that came out a while ago. Unfortunately, it is about twice as large as those devices. It would’ve been nice to see the 2,600 plus get even smaller. Considering how light this device is, I can’t imagine there’s a ton of internal tech in here. One reason for the larger size may actually be because of one of my favorite features. Unlike the classic branded [00:02:30] consoles, this one doesn’t have games stored directly on the hardware. It still requires cartridges. Atari is producing some new cartridges for the system such as Mr. Run and Jump and Berserk like I have here. In fact, they actually did some work on Berserk, for example. There’s now a bizarre voice sample that plays every time you change screens.

Speaker 1: Your purchase will also include this 10 in one game cartridge, so you’ll have games to play right out of the box. This card has four switches on the back, and by setting them to different heights, you change which game [00:03:00] is playable When plugged in. For example, if you want to play adventure, you have to leave all four switches in the up position. But if you want to play missile command, you need to set switches one and three down. Oddly enough, some of these games don’t have single player modes like maze craze or combat, and you only get one controller. So some of the games are not fun by yourself. All the games come in these nice looking sleeves if you wanted to display them on a shelf or something. The best part, however, is that the 2,600 plus can play original Atari carts as well.

Speaker 1: It features the exact same cartridge [00:03:30] slot found on the original console and can read those same games. Even though Atari is releasing new copies of some of these classic games. Although the prices are super high, if you already have a collection or find some cheap games at a secondhand store, which isn’t hard to do, you can play them more easily than before. In addition, the 2,600 plus can also run Atari 7,800 games on it, giving you access to a larger library of titles. Atari says this console can run 99% of the two platforms titles [00:04:00] and has a list online for you to check. Similarly, the 2,600 plus uses the exact same controllers as before, and just like the games, you can use the old hardware on this new device, even though there’s only one CX 40 plus joystick controller bundled in the box. If you have an old one lying around, you can now play multiplayer meaning instead of solving mazes in maze craze alone while the other character sits there motionless, you can race each other through the maze as intended.

Speaker 1: It’s really great to see Atari making new [00:04:30] joysticks since controller hardware doesn’t often last terribly long. Even modern game console controllers tend to break down. Just imagine what almost 50 years can do. They’re also selling the CX 30 plus paddle controller bundle for $40. This comes with a four-in-one game card and two paddle controllers. One of the included games is breakout, a personal favorite of mine. The paddle controllers are notorious for losing traction over the years and becoming loose, so it’s great to see these getting manufactured again. The 2,600 plus features all the same ports [00:05:00] you’d expect with some updates to things like video out and power like the original. On the front you’ll find switches for power TV type game, select and reset, and the cartridge slot. The back has the same two controller ports and difficulty switches. New to the 2,600 plus are the HDMI port the USBC port for power and a switch to change the visuals between four by three and 16 by nine.

Speaker 1: I personally kept it set to four by three when playing since stretching the game into screen just looked bad. The console comes with A-U-S-B-C [00:05:30] cable for power, but doesn’t include a power brick to plug it into the wall. Lastly, the logo on the front now lights up when powered on. One thing that you’ll quickly notice is that just like in the seventies, these controllers are not wireless. This does add to the nostalgia factor, and we saw this with the Nintendo Classic consoles as well, but personally, I don’t want to sit only a few feet from my huge tv. The controller cables are a bit longer than the original ones, but not by enough to make a difference. With all the and physical games I’ve mentioned, you’re pretty quickly going to have [00:06:00] a big mess on your hands just like the old days nostalgia. So while the 2,600 plus is a more modern step for the system, it’s definitely still rooted in the past.

Speaker 1: The 2,600 plus is out now and retails for $130. It comes with one joystick controller and the 10 in one game cartridge Overall, what I like about the Atari 2,600 plus is that you no longer have to mod your original console to work with modern TVs, so these carts are much easier to enjoy. I also like how you can use your original collection of games [00:06:30] and controls with the new hardware. Support for 7,800 games is also nice to see, and I love that Atari is manufacturing these new controllers that are notorious for breaking down. What I don’t like is that the console is still pretty large considering how empty it feels inside, and I wish these controller cables were much longer or even wireless if you’re a fan of these classic games but didn’t have an easy way to play them, the 2,600 plus helps solve that. Not having to rely on an old bulky CRT means these games look sharper and are more accessible than before. [00:07:00] And if you’re new to Atari, this is a great way to experience some of gaming’s history, especially since picking up old carts from a used game store is very inexpensive. But what do you think? Isn’t Atari something you played in the past and still have nostalgia for? Let me know in the comments and thanks for watching.

Red wine headaches could be caused by this culprit, study finds

No Comments

For those who suffer from the dreaded “red wine headache,” experts are offering some insights into why it occurs and how to prevent it.

The festive holiday season often includes an increase in red wine consumption — but for some, enjoying even one or two glasses can leave them with a painful, pounding headache that usually begins within 30 minutes to three hours after drinking a glass of the beverage, according to experts.

A flavanol found in red wines could be the culprit behind the headaches, according to a study by University of California, Davis, which was published in the journal Scientific Reports last month.

BEST BUYS: 5 AFFORDABLE WINE PICKS FROM EXPERTS AS FALL GETS UNDERWAY

The flavanol, called quercetin, is found in grapes and other fruits and vegetables. 

It is 10 times more prevalent in red wines than in white wines, the researchers noted.

A flavanol found in red wines could be the culprit behind the headaches that some people suffer, according to a study by University of California, Davis. (iStock)

On its own, it’s considered a healthy antioxidant — but the trouble begins when it’s consumed with alcohol.

“When it gets in your bloodstream, your body converts it to a different form called quercetin glucuronide,” said wine chemist and corresponding author Andrew Waterhouse, professor emeritus with the UC Davis Department of Viticulture and Enology, in a press release from the university. 

“High levels of acetaldehyde can cause facial flushing, headache and nausea.”

“In that form, it blocks the metabolism of alcohol.”

In the study, the scientists used in-vitro laboratory tests to measure the impact of the flavonol on enzymes.

DRINKING ALCOHOL WEEKLY COULD BE CONNECTED TO 61 DIFFERENT DISEASES, STUDY FINDS

They found that quercetin blocks the function of ALDH2, the enzyme that metabolizes alcohol. When the alcohol isn’t metabolized, a toxin called acetaldehyde builds up in the system.

“Acetaldehyde is a well-known toxin, irritant and inflammatory substance,” said lead author Apramita Devi, postdoctoral researcher with the UC Davis Department of Viticulture and Enology, in the release. 

“Researchers know that high levels of acetaldehyde can cause facial flushing, headache and nausea.”

wine

The flavanol called quercetin is 10 times more prevalent in red wines than in white wines, noted the researchers behind a new study. (iStock)

So why do some people experience headaches and others don’t?

One of the study authors noted that people who get migraines or are more susceptible to headaches in general are more likely to experience them after drinking red wine. 

There is a possibility that some people have enzymes that are more easily inhibited by quercetin, and so are more affected by the buildup of acetaldehyde, the release noted.

DRINKING A LITTLE ALCOHOL EVERY DAY WON’T HELP YOU LIVE LONGER, SAYS NEW STUDY

Different red wines can also have different effects, they stated.

“Quercetin is produced by the grapes in response to sunlight,” Waterhouse said in the release. “If you grow grapes with the clusters exposed, such as they do in the Napa Valley for their cabernets, you get much higher levels of quercetin. In some cases, it can be four to five times higher.”

The levels of the flavonol can also vary depending on how the wine is made and the aging process.

Man with hangover

People who get migraines or are more susceptible to headaches in general are more likely to experience them after drinking red wine, experts say. (iStock)

To confirm this theory, the UC Davis researchers are planning a clinical trial with human participants to compare the effects of red wines that contain larger amounts of quercetin to those containing very little of the flavonol.

Fox News Digital reached out to the researchers for additional comment.

‘TOP 8′ FOOD CHALLENGE: WHAT IT MEANS, PLUS EXPERTS’ TIPS FOR NAVIGATING NUTRITIONAL NEEDS

Dr. Ellie Pierson, a scientific manager at food intolerance test specialist YorkTest in the U.K., believes that certain chemicals in red wines, called histamines, can trigger the headaches.

“Histamine is a chemical that occurs naturally in some foods,” Pierson said in a statement to Fox News Digital. 

“If after eating or drinking, you tend to notice swelling, rashes, sneezing or sickness within 30 minutes, be mindful it could be a histamine intolerance.”

A man and woman toast glasses of red wine.

Certain chemicals in red wines, called histamines, can trigger the headaches, said one scientific manager. (iStock)

In those with histamine sensitivities, consuming only a small amount of red wine can trigger symptoms of a hangover, including nausea, throat itchiness and flushing, she warned.

All alcohols contain some level of histamines, but they are significantly higher in red wine. 

Those with sensitivities might consider switching to clear spirits, Pierson recommended.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

Experts also suggested staying hydrated by drinking a glass of water between glasses of wine.

“Many people may be unaware that so many foods contain histamines and could be causing a reaction,” she told Fox News Digital. “This is why it’s so important to keep a food diary to track which foods trigger a reaction, as often this type of intolerance is misdiagnosed and is usually mistaken for seasonal or food allergies.”

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

For those who are having a reaction that’s worse than normal, Pierson suggested contacting a health care professional or a dietitian who can help create a diet plan around histamine intolerances.

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

Food Festivals And Restaurants Offers In November-December 2023 That Are Not To Be Missed

No Comments

Exploring diverse flavours and culinary experiences is an adventure for the senses. Food festivals and restaurant offers are the perfect gateways to immerse yourself in the world of gastronomy. These events allow you to sample a wide array of dishes and discover unique regional cuisines, all in one place. This month, we have some exciting food festivals that promise to tantalise your taste buds and offer an unforgettable culinary journey. Don’t forget to visit these festivals with your loved ones for a gastronomical experience like never before.

Mark Your Calendar For These Irresistible Food Festivals And Pop-Ups Happening In November-December 2023:

7th Konnichiwa Japan Festival at DLF Avenue Saket

Brimming with Japanese culture, Konnichiwa Japan Festival, now in its 7th edition, is all geared up to return at the DLF Avenue Saket in New Delhi. As the Venue Partner, DLF Avenue adds its unique charm to the festival, providing the perfect backdrop for this 2-day Japanese cultural extravaganza. Organized by World Heritage Academy (WHA) in collaboration with Konnichiwa Japan Club and title sponsor Asahi Japanese Destination Management Company, the festival is set to captivate Indian audiences with a myriad of authentic Japanese delicacies, captivating performances, and engaging talks.
Where: DLF Avenue Saket in New Delhi
When: 11:00 AM to 8:00 PM

A Flavourful Heritage: The Cuisine Of Kashmir at JW Marriott Aerocity New Delhi

Get ready for an exciting culinary journey as JW Marriott New Delhi Aerocity will be showcasing ‘A Flavourful Heritage: The Cuisine of Kashmir’ at K3, New Delhi’s Food Theatre. Experience the rich taste of Kashmiri hospitality and enjoy mouth-watering dishes like Nadru Kebabs, Rogan Josh, Chaman Qaliya, Subz Pulao, and more, all prepared in the authentic Kashmiri Pandit cooking style. Join us for an unforgettable dining experience right in the heart of Delhi. Don’t miss the chance to immerse yourself in the flavours of Kashmir – a treat for your taste buds awaits!
When: 17th – 26th November
Where: K3, JW Marriott Hotel, Aerocity, New Delhi 

Jazz Brunch at Qla

Qla, the popular European restaurant located in Mehrauli, recently hosted a Sunday program featuring the internationally acclaimed music collective led by Igor Burtman, a renowned jazz artist. The iconic venue, celebrated for its exquisite ambience and diverse culinary offerings, provided the perfect setting for this extraordinary musical experience. The jazz concert hosted by Mr. Ranjan Chopra,  an avid jazz enthusiast, the event drew over 150 attendees, including distinguished artists, social activists, and professionals from various fields. As guests savoured carefully curated wines and indulged in exquisite food pairings, the event unfolded as a symphony of flavours and melodies, creating a warm and soulful atmosphere. Be on the lookout for more such enticing events at Qla.
Where: Seven Style Mile, Kalka Das Marg, next to Qutab Minar, Mehrauli, New Delhi
When: December 3, 2023

Latest and Breaking News on NDTV

Photo Credit: Jazz Brunch at Qla

MKT X Neighbors Pop-Up

Delhi’s MKT at The Chanakya has collaborated with ‘Neighbors,’ a California-style cafe nestled in the vibrant city of Goa, for a 3-day pop-up, starting December 8th (until December 10th). The pop-up event will present the fusion of MKT, The Chanakya’s luxury dining experience, with Chef Konnark Sharma’s delightful assortment of classic and innovative dishes prepared with fresh and locally sourced ingredients.
The pop-up menu, curated by one of India’s most dynamic young chefs, Chef Konnark Sharma, promises the best of Neighbors’ eclectic coastal fare. The menu will be live for customers from 12:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. Diners can expect dishes straight out of Chef Konnark’s kitchen; explore the fusion of tastes with mouthwatering dishes such as Duck & Cherry Sambousek or the melt-in-your-mouth Butter-Basted Prawns; or heavily spiced dishes such as Moorish Pinchos or Lamb Albondigas; the menu has a variety of choices for all preferences
When: December 8th, 9th, and 10th, 2023
Timings: 12 p.m. to 1 a.m.

Nabe Festival at Sakura, The Metropolitan Hotel & Spa, New Delhi

Nabe is the most popular and classic winter food in Japan and Sakura brings a specially curated Nabe menu for this season to let you enjoy Japanese cuisine beyond sushi and sashimi. Nabe or hot pots are cooked on the paper on the table itself over a candle fire and diners get to experience myriad tastes and textures of meats, exotic seafood and vegetables soaked in a flavoursome stock.
Relish vegetarian and non-vegetarian Nabe served with classical brilliance. You can choose from Tori Kamisuki Nabe (Hot Pot with chicken and vegetables), Salmon Kamisuki Nabe (Hot Pot with salmon and vegetables), Buta Kamisuki Nabe (Hot pot with pork and vegetables), Ebi Kamisuki Nabe (Hot pot with prawn and vegetables), Kinoko Kamisuki Nabe (Hot pot with Japanese mushroom and vegetables), Yodufu (Hot pot with tofu and vegetables) and more from the menu.
When: On till  23rd Dec, 2023, 1800 hrs – 2230 hrs
Where: Sakura, The Metropolitan Hotel & Spa, Bangla Sahib Road, New Delhi 

 

The Autumn Festival

The second edition of the Autumn Festival, a prelude to the renowned Hornbill Festival, will be held at the Nagaland House. It is being organized by Nagaland Tourism and offers patrons an opportunity to explore the state’s rich cultural tapestry, showcasing the finest in food, textiles, handicrafts, art, and music. The festival will be celebrated over the course of two days. Here, you can enjoy authentic Naga dishes such as Athuma Kha, Machihan, Pumpkin Stew, Chicken in Axone Sauce, among many more. With such delightful culinary offerings and other cultural experiences, this festival is a must-visit. It’s the perfect opportunity to explore the culture in depth.
When: 3rd & 4th November, 2023
Where: Nagaland House, Dr APJ Abdul Kalam Road, New Delhi

Kashmiri Food Pop-Up At Diya

The Leela Ambience Gurugram Hotel & Residences, best known for its luxury and excellence, is hosting a ‘Kashmiri food pop-up’ at Diya. The signature Indian restaurant, Diya collaborated with Chef Rajni to bring to you, depth full cooking from Kashmiri Pandit Cuisine for over two weeks.
The special menu is prepared by home chef Rajni Jinsi, a homemaker who grew up in Anantnag and learned the art of cooking from her mother. Chef Rajni cooking and dishes are close to her heart, and she is excited to dish out traditional Kashmiri Pandit cuisine delicacies during this exclusive pop-up at Diya, The Leela Ambience Gurugram.
When: from November 17th to 26th, 2023 
Where: The Leela Ambience Gurugram

Kashmiri Pop Up At Diya

Kashmiri Food Pop-Up At Diya

Pizza Festival at Smoke House Deli

Pizza enthusiasts, get ready for a delightful experience as Smoke House Deli is gearing up to host an exclusive pizza festival just for you. The festival boasts a special menu featuring a diverse array of delectable pizzas, each offering unique flavours and tantalising toppings that will set your taste buds aflutter. Crafted with only the freshest ingredients, these pizzas guarantee a flawlessly baked, pillowy soft dough. Prepare to indulge in the goodness of fresh, house-made cheese, complemented by rich sauces and toppings that are simply irresistible. With a wide range of options to choose from, make sure to savour the flavours of ‘The Naked Pizza,’ ‘The Panuzzo,’ and ‘The Neo Neapolitan Pizza.’ This festival is a paradise for pizza lovers, an experience you shouldn’t miss.
When: 16th November onwards
Where: Outlets at Vasant Kunj, Saket, and Sector 66, Gurugram

Kolkata Food Festival at Radisson Blu Marina Hotel Connaught Place

Imagine relishing the best of Kolkata’s street food right in the heart of New Delhi. The Radisson Blu Marina Hotel Connaught Place brings you the Kolkata Street Food Festival, a celebration of Bengal’s culture and cuisine. Renowned chefs have meticulously curated a special selection of dishes, faithfully recreating the flavours and traditions of the region.
From beloved classics that everyone adores to hidden culinary gems representing Bengali traditions, this 12-day food festival at Fifty9 promises something for everyone. The extensive menu showcases a masterpiece of flavours from Bengal, featuring a rich variety of both vegetarian and non-vegetarian delights prepared using authentic traditional methods and ingredients. Don’t miss this opportunity to savour the authentic essence of Kolkata’s street food.
When: 1st November-12th November. 7:00 pm to 11: 00 pm
Where: Fifty9 at the Radisson Blu Marina Hotel in Connaught Place, New Delhi

Assamese Culinary Extravaganza at Shangri-La Eros New Delhi

Tamra, at Shangi-La Eros Hotels and Resorts, New Delhi, is hosting a week-long culinary extravaganza of Assamese food with Masterchef Season 7 top finalist, Chef Santa Sarmah. The week-long pop-up starting from December 11 will showcase the unique and vibrant flavours of Assam, with chef Sarmah preparing her signature dishes – Sungo Mangkho (chicken cooked in fresh bamboo), Patol Dia Mas (steamed fish in banana leaves), Mas Pura (roasted fish), Bahor Gaj Di Bhoja Mangkho (fried chicken with fermented bamboo shoots), Hah Kumura (duck with ash gourd), Masor Tenga (fish curry), Kukura Mangkho Jalukia (chicken curry with bhoot Jalukia chili), Amita Khar, Masor Mur Di Laor Khar and Ketli Mukhot Diya Pitha (steamed rice flour cake).
The menu will be live for customers during lunch and dinner hours at the hotel’s renowned multi-cuisine restaurant. Explore the richness of these Assamese dishes with Chef Sarmah representing a journey through tradition and innovation.

When: From December 11th to 17th (lunch and dinner)
Where: Tamra, Shangri-La Eros Hotel, New Delhi

Photo Credit: Assamese Food Extravaganza at Shangri-La Eros Hotel

Photo Credit: Assamese Food Extravaganza at Shangri-La Eros Hotel

Giants of Jazz  at The Piano Man

For music and food enthusiasts, The Piano Man is bringing back the highly anticipated Giants of Jazz festival, and it promises to be a soulful feast for all. This edition features not one, but two spectacular events, with the first edition taking place from 1st to 5th November 2023, and 2nd edition from 12th to 18th December 2023. The festival offers an incredible lineup with three venues, eight international bands, and a total of fifteen performances. The venues include The Piano Man Safdarjung, The Piano Man Gurugram, and The Piano Man New Delhi. The festival brings together the finest jazz musicians from around the world, making it a dream come true for jazz aficionados.
As you savour the mesmerising tunes of jazz, you can also relish delectable food and beverages provided by The Piano Man’s exquisite culinary offerings. With this musical and gastronomic extravaganza, you’re in for a delightful and harmonious experience.

 ‘World Italian Cuisine Week’ At MKT

In celebration of World Italian Cuisine Week, MKT at The Chanakya is hosting a ‘World Italian Cuisine Week’ The pop-up event will showcase the richness of Italian culinary heritage and reveal the hidden recipes behind some of Italy’s renowned spirits. MKT at The Chanakya strives to showcase regional culinary fare, including food and wine, as well as tourism experiences. The special menu is designed by Chef Rinki Saha, an Executive Sous Chef at MKT to create an unrivalled gourmet experience. The assortment features a tapestry of Italian curations, ranging from Fresh Burratini and Asparagus Risotto to Saffron & Lemon Shrimp risotto and Pistachio Crusted Grilled Lamb Chops and much more. 
 Celebrating the diversity of Italian culture, the experiential destination boasts a weeklong food menu along with a beverage menu curated with Campari’s portfolio. 
When: From November 13th until November 19th, 2023. 11 a.m. to 12:30 a.m.
Where: MKT, The Chanakya Delhi

A Greek Harmony Of Flavors at The Pavillion

A weeklong celebration of Greek authentic delights can be relished at The Pavilion at ITC Maurya. This culinary showcase is led by the Executive Chef of the Presidency of Greece, Vasilis Bekas, awarded Best Chef of Europe for 2022, together with his team, Chefs Christina Tzanoulinou and Vassiliki Beka are coming to fill your palates with the fascinating tastes of Greece! Savour authentic dishes such as Traditional Greek Fava, Kotopita, Moussaka and desserts including Karidopita, Galatopita and more. A real Greek treat for Delhi foodies.
When: 19th -25th November’23. Dinner Buffet, 7 pm – 11.30 pm. 

The Pavillion

The Pavillion

Bandra Born, Mumbai

Chef Gresham Fernandes has curated a splendid 12-week pop-up inspired by his memories of Bandra as well as his travels around the globe. Located in the space previously occupied by the popular Salt Water Cafe, Bandra Born is one of the season’s hottest openings that you can’t afford to miss. Behind many of the memorably named dishes are stories and references to Bandra culture, bearing Chef Gresham’s signature style. From the menu, we especially loved the melt-in-the-mouth ‘Like Fugias, But Not,’ the flavourful ‘Posh Hearsch Puff’ and the hearty ‘B.A.T.A. Pasta.’ The spirit-forward cocktails, curated by Pankaj Balachandran, are equally captivating. ‘Gresh’s Juice’ (tequila, mezcal, amaro and vermouth) is a bracing concoction we highly recommend. If you want to play it safe, opt for the refreshing ‘Patricia’s Pussycats’ (vodka, orgeat, aperol). As for the vibes and decor, you’ll have to visit to discover their buzzing wonders for yourself. 
Where: Annexe, 87, Rose Minar, Chapel Rd, Reclamation, Bandra West, Mumbai, Maharashtra 400050
When: 7.30/8 pm to 10 pm and then 10 pm till late (No kids under the age of 18 for second seating or weekend dinners)

Latest and Breaking News on NDTV

Photo Credit: Bandra Born

Global Street Food Festival at Nine Dine, Jio World Drive, Mumbai

The Global Street Food Festival at Nine Dine, Jio World Drive offers diners an incredible opportunity to explore the best of street food from around the world. Nine amazing restaurants are participating in this one-of-a-kind food festival you should not miss. Highlights include Indigo Deli’s Food Truck Menu, Neel’s and Spiceopedia’s street indulgences from various parts of India, Kofuku’s Japanese delicacies, Arbab’s grilled delights, Goan specialities by The Sassy Spoon, Grandmama’s Cafe’s Irani classics, Fried Chicken and Wraps by Legit and Flax’s healthy and wholesome offerings. 
When: 6th-19th November 2023
Where: Jio World Drive, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai.

Mumbai Coffee Festival, Jio World Drive, Mumbai

Are you a coffee lover? Then you need to check out the three-day extravaganza that is the Mumbai Coffee Festival at Jio World Drive. Explore a tantalizing range of coffee blends curated by 30+ Coffee Roasters, including renowned as well as up-and-coming roasters from across India. The Festival will also introduce its exclusive creation, the MCF 2.0 Blend, a unique concoction only available during the event. Attendees can learn the art of coffee brewing from experts in the field or participate in other types of workshops and masterclasses. They can catch the semi-finals and finals of the Latte Art Prodown as 25+ baristas compete against each other to showcase their niche talents. Attendees can also relish coffee cocktails and a wide range of savoury delights as part of their festival experience. 
When: October 24th – 26th, 2023. Timing for Friday: 4 pm to 10 pm; Timing for Saturday – Sunday: 2 pm to 10 pm
Where: South Sky, Jio World Drive
Tickets available on BookMyShow

Palate Fest 2023, Delhi

Palate Fest 2023, India’s premier culinary extravaganza, is back with a grand celebration this month. This eagerly awaited event serves as a showcase for the best in food and beverages, featuring renowned chefs, diverse cuisines, and passionate food enthusiasts. Supported by the Ministry of Tourism G20 and Delhi Tourism, Palate Fest 2023 promises a unique and accessible culinary experience.
The event boasts a diverse range of well-established and emerging food brands, offering a variety of flavours and culinary delights. Visitors can enjoy performances by celebrities, participate in masterclasses led by distinguished chefs, and explore a dedicated Kids Zone, an ice skating rink, a Gaming Truck, and more. Palate Fest 2023 is a must-visit for food lovers looking to indulge in an array of culinary experiences, making it a fantastic weekend getaway for the whole family.
When: 18th & 19th November, 2023
Where:  Major Dhyan Chand Stadium in Central Delhi
Price: Tickets start at INR 249

Thai Sojourn with Chef Nisa Yimthong, Shangri-La Eros, New Delhi

Embark on a culinary journey through the vibrant tapestry of authentic Thai flavours meticulously woven together by the talented Chef Nisa Yimthong at Tamra. Immerse yourself in a gastronomic adventure with a sumptuous traditional buffet, featuring highlights like the Sukhumvit Night Noodle Soup Cart, the exquisite Whole Steamed Fish with Lemongrass, the delectable Thai Fritto Mix Fried Seafood, and the tantalising Tub Tim Krob. Complementing this array of mouthwatering dishes are a selection of Thai-inspired beverages that will transport you to the bustling streets of Thailand. Experience the artistry of Thai cuisine and indulge your senses in an unforgettable dining experience at Tamra. 
Where: Tamra, Shangri-La Eros, New Delhi
When: 17th – 26th November, 2023, Lunch and Dinner

Sunday Alfresco Brunch, The Lodhi, New Delhi

Experience the ultimate open-air Sunday brunch at Elan, The Lodhi, New Delhi, starting November 5th. Amidst lush greens, talented chefs showcase their expertise at live cooking stations. Indulge in global cuisines, craft cocktails, and live music, with engaging activities for kids. Savour fresh delights from the Barbecue Live Counter, Antipasti on your Table, Teppanyaki, Weber Grills, Live Pasta, Pizza Counters, and a Sushi Bar. Explore flavours of Asian Stir Fry, Coastal, and Indian delicacies, concluding with delectable desserts meticulously crafted for an unforgettable dining experience.
Date: From November 5th onwards
Where: Elan – The Lodhi, New Delhi
Time: 12:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Price: Champagne – INR 6,600; Sparkling – INR 5,000; Non-Alcoholic – INR 4,000; Kids (6 to 12 years) – INR 1,500

(This content including advice provides generic information only. It is in no way a substitute for qualified medical opinion. Always consult a specialist or your own doctor for more information. NDTV does not claim responsibility for this information.)

Ex-South African President Zuma says will not vote ANC in 2024 polls

No Comments

Former South African President Jacob Zuma announced on Saturday that he will not campaign for the ruling African National Congress in national elections in 2024.

The former leader, who was forced out of office over corruption allegations, said he would vote for the Umkhonto We Sizwe MK party, which was registered with the Electoral Commission of South Africa with his blessing.

Quirks of Personality – The New York Times

No Comments

Have you ever admired a particularly stylish stranger at close range? Maybe the color of their overcoat popped out in a crowd, or you noticed the way they stacked fancy rings in a “What, these old things?” kind of way. Whatever draws your eye, and no matter how you think about good personal style, you probably know it when you see it.

I like to think of those kinds of details as “the exuberance of individual choices” — all the small decisions that go into getting dressed, coalescing into a unique package. These are the magic moments we try to capture in “Style Outside,” a column by the newest member of our team, photographer Simbarashe Cha.

Last February, Simbarashe and I sat down to dinner in Paris, after a long day spent covering fashion shows. He told me about his passion for portraiture and the joy of walking around and observing people; how the toss of a scarf, the fade of a haircut, or the way the cuff of a man’s pants hits his ankle was the manifestation of attitude.

Simbarashe said he appreciates the way someone looks, but also how they respond to being asked for a photograph, especially when they aren’t necessarily posing. He also told me of a fateful day, in early 2012, when he was walking in Riverside Park after a snowstorm. He stopped a woman and asked if he could take her picture. She said yes, then told him, “You’re like Bill Cunningham.” But Simbarashe, a self-taught photographer (and former banker) was not familiar with the legacy she was referring to; Cunningham was a New York Times photographer who chronicled people on the street and at parties for the paper for nearly 40 years. The woman insisted he go home and watch the documentary about Cunningham that night. He did, and decided then and there he’d devote his life to this medium.

Following in that tradition of fashion reportage, in which clothes come alive off the runways as much as on, Simbarashe is out and about, all over the world, snapping pics of whomever he finds interesting. It’s a hobby I share with him: forever noticing the tender quirks of personality on display all around me, though I’m not holding a camera.

I recently met a Milanese woman who wore a single long strand of cobalt beads over an orange dress covered in tiny monkeys, paired with New Balance sneakers. I would never have thought to combine those items! Her sensibility was so specific to her that it felt revelatory — she was the embodiment of “sprezzatura,” as the Italians call that type of studied casualness — and I was captivated. When I raved about her style, she told me the name of the shop in Sardinia where she had bought the dress (it’s called “Foresta G”). A compliment had turned into a tip for a reporting mission.

  • A lost work by Raymond Chandler, best remembered for his hard-boiled detective novels, was found. It’s a poem.

  • Four months after the British Museum fired a curator suspected of stealing​ from its Greek and Roman stores, the ​institution​ said about 1,500 objects were missing. Gold taken from some other items has probably been sold to scrap metal merchants.

  • The Brooklyn Academy of Music’s ​dance-heavy ​upcoming season will feature ​a rock opera by the performance artist Taylor Mac and a film retrospective of the actor Jeffrey Wright​.

  • The actor Andre Braugher died this week at 61. Stream seven of his memorable performances, including “The Tuskegee Airmen” and “Brooklyn Nine-Nine.”

  • Cardi B announced that she had separated from her husband, the rapper Offset, Billboard reports.

  • “Curb Your Enthusiasm” will officially end after season 12 next year, Variety reports.

  • A judge ruled that there was sufficient proof that Prince Harry’s phone was hacked by a U.K. tabloid.

  • In Miami, Kanye West previewed his first album since a string of antisemitic comments threatened to end his career last year. Onstage he wore a pointed black hood that resembled a Ku Klux Klan robe.

  • A jury ordered Rudy Giuliani to pay $148 million to two Georgia election workers, Ruby Freeman and Shaye Moss, whom he falsely accused of trying to steal votes from Donald Trump.

  • Israeli troops mistakenly killed three Israeli hostages during combat with Hamas in northern Gaza, the Israeli military said.

  • An autopsy found that the “Friends” star Matthew Perry died from the “acute effects of ketamine,” the Los Angeles County medical examiner’s office said.

  • Material from the investigation into 2016 Russian election interference went missing in the final days of Trump’s presidency, people familiar with the matter said.

  • Several women at the fast-growing real estate firm eXp said they had been drugged and assaulted by two star agents, and that the company long ignored their complaints.

  • “It’s a suicide mission.” For two months, Ukrainian marines have fought over a muddy patch of land along the Dnipro River. Soldiers say the combat is brutal, with little to show for it.

  • Sheikh Nawaf, the emir of Kuwait, who took power in the oil-rich state during political infighting in 2020, died. He was 86.

🎬 “American Fiction” (Out Now): Jeffrey Wright stars in this lacerating satire as Thelonious “Monk” Ellison, an underappreciated novelist who, under a pseudonym, releases a book stuffed with “deadbeat dads, rappers, crack” and other Black literary clichés that he has long resisted. To his amusement, then horror, it’s a hit. For bonus points, check out “Erasure,” by the great Percival Everett, which the movie is adapted from.

📺 “Maestro” (Wednesday): In the microgenre of classical-music dramas, last year we had Lydia, and this year we have Lenny. After a brief theatrical release, this biopic is now streaming on Netflix, with Bradley Cooper as a larger-than-life Leonard Bernstein (Cooper also directed and co-wrote the script) and Carey Mulligan as his wife, Felicia Montealegre Cohn Bernstein.

During the chaotic excess of the holiday season, it’s often the simplest dishes that hold the greatest appeal. Eric Kim’s brothy miso soup is just the thing to simultaneously satisfy your appetite and calm your spirit. It has the deep umami flavors of kombu and wakame, rounded out with a little bit of sake and mirin for complexity, and a dollop of soft tofu for texture and heft. Sip the soup as is, or use the recipe as a base for all kinds of additions. As Eric notes, sliced shiitakes, fried tofu, clams, chicken or even a tiny bit of butter can be delicious stirred into this gentle, warming soup.

Object by object: How Anderson Cooper deals with grief and memorializes his family at home.

What you get for $1.1 Million​: A circa 1720 stone house in Kerhonkson, ​N.Y., a 1912 Colonial Revival home in Wilmette​, Ill., and a 1926 Craftsman cottage in Seattle.

The hunt: Homing in on Lenox Hill, could a young couple find a one-bedroom on the Upper East Side for less than $1 million? Play our game.

Female renters: A new study puts a spotlight on the challenges faced by ​single women living alone​, who are more rent burdened than single men.

Genius loci: As travel boomed again this year, we offered new takes on classic destinations​ as well as surprising coverage of some lesser-known places. Here are some of your favorites.

Pain: Getting an IUD hurts. Why aren’t more women offered pain relief?

E-commerce: With retailers like Shopify rolling out chatbots, this holiday shopping season might be the first to be powered by A.I.

Losing hair, gaining followers: Hair-loss influencers say they are destigmatizing an insecurity. Critics say they are cashing in on a vulnerable audience.

Quiet superfood: Flaxseeds have many potential benefits, from boosting heart health to lowering inflammation. But they can’t do everything.

If you’ve got big holiday cookie plans this year (and how could you not, with this recipe lineup from NYT Cooking?), a couple handy little tools will make the messy, sugar-dusted operation go smoother. As the senior editor of Wirecutter’s kitchen coverage, I swear by a good bench scraper and nimble offset spatula from our guide to holiday cookie baking gear. Use the bench scraper to divide dough, scoop up a pile of chopped nuts, level a measuring cup or scrape your counter clean. The offset spatula can deftly smooth frosting, spread jam or pry a delicate cut-out cookie from the counter. — Marguerite Preston

Texas vs. Nebraska, N.C.A.A. volleyball championship: Early this season, Nebraska became the center of the volleyball universe when the team drew more than 92,000 fans to a match — setting a world record for attendance at a women’s sporting event. They have lived up to the hype since then, going 33-1 and earning the No. 1 overall seed in the N.C.A.A. tournament. After sweeping Pitt in the semifinals, Nebraska will face Texas, last year’s champions, in the finals. The teams have met in the championship twice before — in 2015 and 1995 — and Nebraska won both. Tomorrow at 3 p.m. Eastern on ABC.

Erasca’s Naporafenib Gets FDA Fast Track Designation for Metastatic Melanoma

No Comments

Erasca will initiate the pivotal SEACRAFT-2 trial in the first half of 2024 to evaluate naporafenib in combination with trametinib in adults with unresectable or metastatic melanoma with an NRAS mutation.

Erasca’s naporafenib (ERAS-254) has been granted FDA Fast Track Designation for the treatment of adults with unresectable or metastatic melanoma with an NRAS mutation who progressed on or who are intolerant to a programmed cell death protein 1 (PD-1)/programmed death ligand 1 (PD-L1)–based regimen.1 Naporafenib, a selective pan-RAF inhibitor, was found to produce early activity in a multicenter, open-label, Phase Ib trial (NCT02974725) for metastatic melanoma.2

“We are now rapidly advancing clinical development of naporafenib in combination with trametinib in the post-[immunotherapy] setting in patients with NRAS-mutant melanoma with initiation of our pivotal phase 3 SEACRAFT-2 trial expected in the first half of 2024,” said Jonathan E. Lim, MD, chairman, chief executive officer, and co-founder of Erasca, Inc., in a press release.1 “Receiving fast track designation further strengthens our ability to work closely with the FDA toward our goal of bringing this new therapy for difficult-to-treat melanoma to patients as soon as possible.”

As part of the Phase III SEACRAFT-2 trial, investigators will analyze the clinical efficacy of the doublet compared with physician’s choice of single-agent dacarbazine, temozolomide, or trametinib among patients with NRAS-mutated metastatic melanoma who received prior treatment with an immunotherapy.1

In the multicenter, open-label, Phase Ib trial, investigators enrolled patients with confirmed advanced or metastatic NRAS-mutated cutaneous melanoma and patients with locally advanced or metastatic KRAS– or BRAF-mutated non–small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) who progressed after standard treatment or who did not have standard therapy available.2 Enrollment criteria included being at least 18 years of age, an ECOG performance status of 0 to 2, and at least one measurable lesion by RECIST v1.1 criteria.

For the expansion phase of the trial, patients could not have received prior treatment with a RAF, MEK1/2, and/or ERK1/2 inhibitor. For the escalation phase, the treatment combination was administered under fasted condition until the maximum tolerated dose was reached or the recommended dose for expansion was identified. Thirty-six patients were treated in the escalation phase and 30 patients were treated in the expansion phase, with a median patient age of 66.3 years (range, 22-83).

The trial’s primary objective was to analyze the safety and tolerability of the combination, with secondary endpoints that included objective response rate (ORR), disease control rate, duration of response (DOR), and progression-free survival (PFS) by RECIST v1.1 criteria.

The doublet produced an ORR of 46.7% in the trial among patients administered naporafenib at 200 mg twice daily plus trametinib at 1 mg once daily. ORR was 13.3% among patients administered naporafenib at 400 mg twice daily plus trametinib at 0.5 mg once daily.

Median DOR was 3.75 months (1.97-not estimable [NE]) and median PFS was 5.52 months among patients administered naporafenib at 200 mg twice daily plus trametinib at 1 mg once daily. In the naporafenib at 400 mg twice daily plus trametinib at 0.5 mg once daily cohort, median DOR was 3.75 months (2.04-NE) and median PFS was 4.21 months. The overall median PFS across dosing groups was 5.03 months.

In terms of safety, all 30 patients experienced at least one adverse effect (AE) in the expansion phase, including rash (80%), diarrhea (40%), and anemia, increased blood creatine phosphokinase, and constipation (37%).

References

1. Erasca granted FDA fast track designation for PAN-RAF inhibitor naporafenib in patients with advanced NRAS-mutated melanoma. News release. Erasca, Inc. December 11, 2023. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://investors.erasca.com/news-releases/news-release-details/erasca-granted-fda-fast-track-designation-pan-raf-inhibitor

2. de Braud F, Dooms C, Heist RS, et al. Initial evidence for the efficacy of naporafenib in combination with trametinib in NRAS-mutant melanoma: results from the expansion arm of a phase Ib, open-label study. J Clin Oncol. 2018;41(14):2651-2660. doi:10.1200/JCO.22.02018. Accessed December 15, 2023.

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit Review 2023: Pros, Cons, & Our Verdict

No Comments

Our Final Verdict

We give Pet Remedy’s Kitten Calming Kit a rating of 4.75 out of 5 stars.

Effectiveness: 4.5/5

Uses: 5/5

Ingredients: 4.75/5

Scent: 5/5

If you’re looking for a natural way to bring more peace to your house that is safe and effective for all the furry and feathery inhabitants inside, I highly recommend looking into Pet Remedy.

This UK-based company has a long line of products made with natural essential oils that have been scientifically proven to help animals of all kinds relax. Their product line includes everything from plug-in diffusers and sprays to shampoos and leave-in conditioners. Each is made with only safe and natural essential oils like valerian and clary sage, which influence neurotransmitter function to increase a sense of peace and calm.

Pet Remedy also offers pre-bundled kits that include all the best products for your bird, horse, kitten, or puppy.

I had the opportunity to try their Kitten Calming Kit on my rambunctious and, often, naughty six-month-old rescue kitten, Makoa. Not only did these great-smelling products help him find some zen, but they also worked wonders to encourage more calm during his neuter recovery.

Keep reading to find out how Pet Remedy products work and what you can expect from their calming kits in my full Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit review, below.

Click to jump ahead: 

About Pet Remedy

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit

Pet Remedy is a natural pet product company that has been operating out of England for over a decade. Their products have won numerous awards and have thousands of positive reviews online.

All of their products are focused on helping cats, dogs, horses, reptiles, birds, and other pets live a happier, more stress-free life. Their flagship line includes sprays, diffusers, and wipes infused with powerful essential oils to help pets calm down.

Pet Remedy also has shampoos and other grooming supplies infused with their patented blend of essential oils to make bath time a more relaxing experience. In addition to these products, they have some fun toys and essentials to help keep boredom at bay and increase a sense of happiness.

Which Type of Pet Is Pet Remedy Best Suited For?

Pet Remedy’s extensive line includes products for just about every pet out there, including reptiles and birds. Their essential oil-based products are safe to use in multi-pet households and all contain the same base ingredients.

Pet Remedy is a great option for young pets who need help transitioning into a new home and forming healthy, happy attachments to new owners. They are also really well-suited for nervous or anxious pets, whether this behavior is related to a specific stressful event or is a chronic issue.

cat paw divider

Overview

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - product contents

Here’s an overview of the Kitten Calming Kit from Pet Remedy. We’ll discuss what’s included in this bundle, the active ingredients in the calming products, how it works, and how best to put it to use.

What’s Included

The Kitten Calming Kit includes three products all geared toward helping your kitten stay calm in different situations.

  • Calming Spray – Small spray bottle you can use on bedding, toys, kennels, and more.
  • Calming Wipes – Wet wipes infused with calming oils you can use to wipe down your pet or to place in their favorite bed or inside their cage or crate.
  • Plug-In Diffuser – Diffuses calming scents through your home to help promote an overall sense of relaxation.

These three products are chosen specifically for their usefulness for cats. But they can also be used to help other types of pets find some calm.

Ingredients

Each Pet Remedy product features four main essential oil ingredients that help your pet calm down without sedating them.

  • Valerian Oil – Sourced from Eastern Europe, this oil has long been used to promote better sleep and relaxation. This is the main ingredient and is included in higher quantities than the other oils
  • Vetiver – This oil is sourced from Indonesia and has long been used for its calming properties and as a fragrance.
  • Sweet Basil – Sourced from Europe, this oil is celebrated for its sweet fragrance and aromatic calming properties.
  • Clary Sage – This essential oil has many noted medicinal uses, including stress relief. It is sourced from France.

These ingredients are mixed in concentrations that are safe for pets and that help promote calm without sedation.

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - spraying the calming spray

How Does It Work?

While all the ingredients in Pet Remedy calming oil help pets relax, it’s the valerian oil that has the greatest effect. That’s because it contains a long list of compounds that are thought to affect the neurological pathways in the brain.

Valerenic acid, isovaleric acid, valerenal, and valerenol are all well-studied compounds for promoting relaxation. They have been shown to inhibit the breakdown of GABA, a neurotransmitter that helps slow down brain function to control stress reactions and calm the body.

Additionally, valerian oil contains GABA. This naturally occurring compound works alongside the brain’s own GABA to have an instant calming effect.

Unlike other pet calming products that contain valerian, this one has a lower concentration of this powerful ingredient. This allows it to have a noticeable calming effect without making the pet too tired or groggy. This also makes it safer for sensitive animals like cats and birds.

How to Use It

The great thing about the Kitten Calming Kit is that it comes with three products that are useful in different situations.

The diffuser is great for in-home use. I put mine next to Makoa’s cat tower where he typically sleeps. After his neuter surgery, I put it in the laundry room where he had to be locked up for the first few days.

The spray is highly useful in the house and on the road. I used mine to spray Makoa’s beds throughout the house and for his carrier when we went to the vet. The spray is so gentle and safe that you can even spray your pet with it so they can carry the calm with them.

This is also the idea behind the calming wipes. These wet wipes are made to wipe down your cat’s paws, chin, and chest. This is another great product to use to keep your pet calm when you are out of the house.

You can also place the wipes in the carrier or in bed with your cat for lasting calm.

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - plug-in diffuser

In Summary

Pros

  • Effective
  • Works fast
  • Easy to use
  • Very safe
  • Works in a variety of situations
  • Works for many different pets

Cons

  • Using more does not have a greater effect
  • Noticeable scent (though pleasant)
  • Spray bottle is small

cat paw divider

Key Features

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - cat sniffing the product box

Three Great Products

By opting for the Kitten Calming Kit, you get three great products in one discounted bundle. Having calming wipes, spray, and a diffuser on hand makes it easier to keep your kitty calm in the house, in the car, at the vet, and everywhere in between. Best of all, bundling this way will save you over $10 compared to buying each product separately.

Works Fast

This potent combination of essential oils works fast to help your kitty calm down. This makes it especially useful for stressful events that you may not have anticipated, such as fireworks, emergency trips to the vet, or unannounced visitors. In my experience, the spray had a noticeable effect within five minutes of using it.

Great Scent

Whether or not something smells good to a person obviously depends on the person. But I will say that I love the smell of these products. The combination of musky vetiver, sweet basil, and lemony clary sage has a very pleasant scent that isn’t overwhelming.

If you like earthy or musky colognes, you’ll probably appreciate the smell of these products. If you don’t, these products are still worth using, just be mindful about where you place the diffuser. It releases a noticeable scent that you can smell easily within about five feet of the outlet.

cat paw divider

Is the Kitten Calming Kit a Good Value?

Considering all you get in the Kitten Calming Kit, I believe it is worth the price. All these products are highly effective and highly useful. Plus, by bundling them together, you save over $10.

While the wipes and spray won’t last you too long if you use them often, the diffuser lasts two months. And refills for it are fairly well priced.

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - cat sitting next to the box

cat paw divider

FAQ

Does Pet Remedy help with travel?

Yes! Using Pet Remedy products when traveling in the car or by plane will help your pet stay relaxed. The spray and wipes are especially effective when you’re on the road.

Does Pet Remedy help with separation anxiety?

Pet Remedy products, especially the diffuser, can be very helpful for helping your pet cope with separation anxiety. Plug the diffuser in where your pet typically hangs out while you’re away or near their crate. The scent will help promote a sense of calm and slow nerve action in the brain to reduce stress reactions.

How much do I use?

It only takes a few sprays or a couple of wipes of the calming wipes to have an effect on your cat. The effects will be noticeable for 2 to 6 hours, depending on the individual pet. Reapply as needed.

cat paw divider

Our Experience With Pet Remedy’s Kitten Calming Kit

I have tested out a number of calming products recently in a bid to bring some calm to my crazy kitten, Makoa.

I found Makoa when he was just 5 weeks old. He was wandering down the center of a busy road blind because his eyes were caked over with infection. He was skin and bones and covered in fleas.

It took some time to nurse him back to health, but now that he is a strong, healthy six-month-old, he is all energy. It’s not that he is anxious or stressed, but he is certainly active. And that energy often ramps up to the point that he plays way too rough and gets destructive, especially around the furniture.

I was very excited about trying the Pet Remedy diffuser, especially, since it boasts consistent calming effects all day. I knew the other products in the bundle would also come in handy with his upcoming neuter.

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - makoa sitting in the pet carrier with calming wipes

Kitten Calming Kit Effects

The first thing I always do when I get a product is take some photos of it with my pet. For this review, that required using the spray and wipes on Makoa to demonstrate how they work. While he was less than cooperative with this at first, it wasn’t long before he started to get noticeably calmer.

By the time I had finished my photos, he was passed out in the bed I had used the spray on. I couldn’t believe how quickly the products seemed to take effect!

I continued using the diffuser in the outlet near that bed for a week or so afterward. Makoa seemed to gravitate to that spot to sleep more often than he did before. Those first few nights after plugging in the diffuser, he also seemed generally happier and more cuddly.

When it was time to bring him to the vet for his neuter, I used the spray in his career to keep him calm in the carrier. I also used the wipes on his face and paws so he could bring some calm with him when the vet took him back to his cage.

I can’t say how well they worked after the car ride, but he certainly seemed more chill than normal on the way to the vet.

Where the kit really came in handy, though, was after I picked him up.

He wasn’t groggy at all from the anesthesia. In fact, he was bouncing off the walls the second we got home. Not a good thing considering the vet didn’t even want him walking up stairs for a week after the procedure.

So it was straight to the laundry room with his Pet Remedy diffuser and a nice comfy bed. It wasn’t long until he started to calm down. It truly was a lifesaver!

Pet Remedy Kitten Calming Kit - natural calming spray on cat tree

cat paw divider

Conclusion

Overall, I was very impressed with how effective Pet Remedy’s Kitten Calming Kit was on my rowdy kitty.

All three products proved useful for keeping my cat calmer at home and in the car. And they really did make a difference in helping him stay quieter and more relaxed while he was recovering from his neuter. I was most impressed with how fast the products work and how easy they are to use.

For anxious or just plain crazy kittens, I highly recommend picking up this kit from Pet Remedy. Even for less anxious cats, you never know when it’s going to come in handy.

Year-end travel: Things you should know before planning year-end holiday in Goa | Travel

No Comments

Often touted as the party capital of India, Goa swarms with tourists during the Christmas/New Year holidays. Beaches get crowded, restaurants announce new menus, hotels hike their tariff, there is a nip in the air, a song in every heart and wait! There are cops everywhere to check hooligans and drunk drivers.

Things you should know before planning a year-end holiday in Goa. (Pexels)

Before packing the bags for a year-end holiday in Goa, pay heed to the ground rules.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Hotels: If you haven’t booked a hotel room yet, do compare the prices on various online travel platforms before booking accommodation. There could be a huge difference in price. For example, at the time of writing, Ibis Styles Goa Calangute was 11,258 a night on Skyscanner, 12,888 on Ibis official website, MakemyTrip & booking.com (all tariffs excluding taxes & fees) for 2 adults for December 30, 2023, to January 2, 2024.

When you have picked the hotel, check the price on the hotel’s official website. You might find it cheaper on the hotel website + hotels may offer perks (for example, free wifi, free breakfast, upgrade) that are not advertised/mentioned on the online platforms. Read the refund/cancellation policy carefully. If you are a hotel loyalty program member, do not forget to mention it during check-in.

Check check-in time: Several hotels in Goa now have a 3 pm check-in time. So, if you land early, you will have to wait a long time to access the room. If have already booked a flight, it would be a good idea to plan sightseeing and/or a brunch so that you do not reach the hotel much before the check-in time.

Pick the airport closer to your accommodation: Cabs (even pre-paid cabs from the airport) are very expensive. Hence, pick the airport (Dabolim or Manohar International Airport) closer to the accommodation, For example, if you are staying in South Goa, land in Dabolim because the distance between Margao & North Goa airport is around 65 kilometres. Similarly, if you are staying in Vagator, land at North Goa airport, Dabolim is more than 55 kilometres from Vagator.

Hire a car/two-wheeler: Public transport in Goa is infrequent and crowded, and private taxis are very expensive. Renting a car/two-wheeler is a much more economical and convenient option. Read the insurance fine print before signing the rent agreement.

Goa Miles: There is no Ola/Uber in Goa but you can opt for Goa Miles, a Goa government’s licensed app-based taxi service. It certainly isn’t as quick and efficient as Ola/Uber but it is cheaper than private cabs. Phone: +91 9607198989; Website: goamiles.com

Follow the one-way, no-two-wheeler entry rules: From Christmas up to the New Year, cops are deployed at every corner. Carry your vehicle registration papers, and photo ID, wear a helmet and pay heed to the rules about no two-wheeler entry on a few flyovers including the Porvorim-Panjim flyover. You’ll be fined for breaking these rules.

Crowded vs peaceful beaches: If you like being in a crowd, head to Calangute, Baga, Candolim, Colva, Anjuna & Miramar beaches. If a crowded beach is not your idea of yearend fun, go to Palolem, Agenda, Arambol, or Butterfly Beach. Avoid isolated corners/nooks of the beach.

Weather: Goa does not get cold in December but mornings and evenings are can be a little nippy, especially if you are on a two-wheeler. Carry a hoodie. Remember to pack sunscreen, flip-flops and a cap/hat.

Connectivity black holes: Depending on your service provider, Goa has quite a few network black holes wherein the phone has no signals and literally, dies.

Safety at beaches: Drishti Marine provides professional lifesaving services in the coastal state of Goa. The first lifesaving agency in India to incorporate Artificial Intelligence (AI) in beach safety efforts, it is in the process of raising a ‘Paw Squad’, a fleet of trained dogs to aid lifesavers in rescue efforts. It is present in several Goan beaches, for details, go to drishtimarine.com. Too-free: 1-800-833-1511

New Year’s Eve hotspots (price per person): Sinq Nightclub ( 2,000 onwards), LPK Waterfront ( 2,000 onwards), Club Tito’s ( 3,500 onwards), Cafe Mambos ( 4,000 onwards), Heineken Takeover at The Westin ( 44,250 onwards, includes stay), Flow, the Superclub ( 1,000 onwards), Purple Martini at Sunset ( 8,000 onwards), Sunburn Goa Enchanted Lounge ( 59,000 onwards), The Fern Habitat ( 999 onwards). You can book on bookmyshow.com

Rent a yacht: If you want to ring in the new year in absolute luxury, hire a yacht with Universal Adventures. A private yacht that can accommodate 6 individuals starts from Panjim as well as South Goa. One-hour cruising & one-hour anchorage is priced at 17,999. Timings can be customised between 8 am and 8 pm. A photo ID is essential and you must reach the location 20 minutes prior to departure.

If your phone is lost or stolen: The Central Equipment Identity Register (CEIR) helps you trace and block your stolen or lost mobile phone. Go to www.ceir.gov.in to block your stolen mobile. You can block it online and unblock it on the portal once you have found your phone. The CEIR service is pan-India.

Beach Vigil App: Launched in 2002, the Beach Vigil App keeps an eye on beaches. It enables people to report violations along Goa’s beaches directly to the state’s tourism department. Users can report violations like drinking/cooking on the beach, unattended litter, sound pollution, illegal hawking, touting for services like massages, tattoos as well as illegal services.

Keep these important phone numbers handy:

Goa Tourism Helpline: 1364

Police Control Room: 112

Women’s Police Helpline: 1091

Anti-Terror & Coastal Helpline: 1093

Panaji Women’s Police Station: 0832 2428992

Margao Women’s Police Station: 0832 2710762

Senior Citizen Helpline: 1090

Child Helpline: 1098

Ambulance Helpline: 108

Cyber Fraud Helpline: 1930

Goa Medical College (Bambolim): 0832 2458727, 0832 2458049

Manipal Hospital Panaji (Emergency): 8888702222

Apple to pay $25 million to settle lawsuit over Family Sharing feature

No Comments

Apple has agreed to pay $25 million to settle a class-action lawsuit over its Family Sharing feature.

The lawsuit, filed in 2019, alleged that “Apple misrepresented the ability to use its Family Sharing feature to share subscriptions to apps.”

“A settlement has been reached with Apple in a class-action lawsuit, alleging that Apple misrepresented the ability to use its Family Sharing feature to share subscriptions to apps,” according to the lawsuit.

Apple denied that it made any misleading misrepresentations and also denied all allegations of wrongdoing.

“The vast majority of subscription-based Apps, which is a growing percentage of Apple Apps, cannot be shared with designated family members,” the court document read.

“They are available only to the individual user who downloads the App and sets up a subscription. 

All or virtually all of these Apps, however, included the statement that they support Family Sharing on their landing pages through January 30, 2019,” it added.

The lawsuit alleged that Apple was aware that the subscription-based apps did not support Family Sharing, but still placed an ad for Family Sharing on them.

“The millions of consumers have downloaded subscription-based Apps believing that they are available for Family Sharing, only to learn after payment has been made that they are not so available,” it read.

Lincoln Riley and USC’s vaunted receiver depth is no more

No Comments

Dennis Simmons had spent the better part of the last two decades coaching college receivers, so it was no small thing last fall, when he suggested that USC’s receiving corps was the deepest he’d ever coached. With so much talent, it seemed the biggest task facing the team’s receivers coach would be managing all the egos involved.

“Now I understand why Dr. Phil gets paid the amount of money he gets paid,” Simmons joked in August.

Four months later, the depth Simmons once enjoyed has since disappeared, leaving USC with glaring questions at a position that not long ago seemed like a strong suit.

USC’s two top receivers, Brenden Rice and Tahj Washington, made their intentions clear to declare for the NFL draft over the last week after accepting invites to the Senior Bowl and East-West Shrine game, respectively. Then, on Friday, Mario Williams entered the NCAA transfer portal, leaving USC without three of its four starters from last season.

Williams was the third USC receiver in the past week to enter the portal, joining Raleek Brown and Michael Jackson III. Once a five-star recruit, Williams followed coach Lincoln Riley from Oklahoma, only to watch his production diminish over the course of his time at USC. Last season, Williams was plagued by drops but finished with 29 catches, tied for third on the team.

USC wide receiver Dorian Singer makes a one-handed catch against Nevada in September.

(Wally Skalij / Los Angeles Times)

In all, USC is now slated to lose at least 65% of its production at the receiver position.

That mass exodus leaves the Trojans with only two upperclassmen receivers entering the offseason, Dorian Singer and Kyron Hudson, neither of whom were able to establish a consistent role in 2023.

Singer arrived at USC as a top transfer last offseason from Arizona. But after leading the Pac-12 in receiving as a sophomore, he had only 276 yards receiving in his first year at USC.

It could mean USC is left next season with two sophomores as its top receivers, albeit both of them five-star talents. Zachariah Branch might very well step into the No. 1 receiver role, after the electric freshman became the first Trojan to be named an All-American in his first year. Duce Robinson, meanwhile, finished tops on the team in average yards per catch (20.47) and flashed plenty of big-play ability as a freshman.

USC should add two more four-star receivers to the fold next week on national signing day in Ryan Pellum (Millikan High) and Xavier Jordan (Sierra Canyon).

Regardless, USC’s passing attack is bound to look different next season. It’s not even clear yet who will be throwing to the Trojans’ suddenly thin group of receivers.

Miller Moss will start the Holiday Bowl, but other dominoes could fall at quarterback in the coming days and weeks. One of the nation’s most coveted transfer quarterbacks, Kansas State’s Will Howard, visited USC on Friday.

Jennifer Lopez objavila fotku svog ukrašenog božićnog drvca. Ljudi pišu: “Predivno”

No Comments

Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.

JEDAN od najpoznatijih parova Hollywooda, Jennifer Lopez i Ben Affleck, živi u vili vrijednoj čak 60.9 milijuna dolara, stoga je samo za očekivati da božićno uređenje njihova doma odražava taj luksuz i prestiž. Par se tako ove godine odlučio za zlatne ukrase kojima su dodatno istaknuli svoj elegantan dom. 

Prema fotografijama koje je J.Lo objavila na svom Instagram profilu, može se vidjeti božićno drvce ukrašeno od vrha do dna zlatnim ukrasima poput kuglica i lišća. Na dnu drvca mogu se vidjeti siluete poklona, jesu li pravi ili samo ukrasni, teško je za reći. Pjevačica je čak i vlastiti outfit uskladila s drvcem dok je ispred njega pozirala.

Fotografije su prikupile milijun lajkova i mnoštvo komentara, neki su komentirali nju, a neki drvce. “Tako divno”, “Volim ovo drvce”, “Lijepo”, “Te cipele”, “Savršena dama”, “Predivno, Sretan Božić!”, neki su od njih.

Elegantno i sofisticirano

Dizajnerica Keely Smith je za Homes & Gardens istaknula da će ova nijansa vjerojatno izgledati jednako moderno i za 100 godina. “Vidjela sam mnoštvo različitih božićnih stilova uređenja, ali zlatni mi je uvijek bio jedan od najdražih. Postoji nešto tako čarobno u načinu na koji zlato svjetluca i blista tijekom praznika”, komentirala je Smith.

“Zlatni božićni dekor doista se smatra bezvremenskim jer je to klasična boja koja se već godinama koristi u zimskom blagdanskom dekoru. Dodaje eleganciju i sofisticiranost.”

Ako i vi želite ukrasiti svoj dom ovih blagdana u zlatnim tonovima, izdvojili smo nekoliko detalja koje smo pronašli u trgovinama. Osim bora, detalje u zlatnoj boji možete iskoristiti i za druge kutke vašega doma. Također, zlatne dekoracije možete pomiješati s bijelim, srebrnim, crnim ili plavim detaljima ako ne želite baš sve u zlatu. 

Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?

First LeBron vs. Victor Wembanyama matchup ends in Lakers loss

No Comments

The Lakers’ banner for the NBA in-season tournament will be a permanent reminder of what they accomplished last weekend in Las Vegas.

As far as what happened Friday in San Antonio, the Lakers hope that’s a more temporary commemoration.

The bill for the energy the Lakers expended in the in-season tournament came due, the physical and mental costs on full display in a 129-115 loss to the Spurs.

Anthony Davis didn’t play because of a combination of problems — the nagging hip issues and a recently rolled ankle among them. D’Angelo Russell sat out his first game of the season because of illness and Cam Reddish, who has been beaten up as the Lakers’ primary perimeter defender, sat because of right knee soreness.

“Through it all, we just got to get healthy,” Lakers coach Darvin Ham said. “We’ve got a big week coming up and tomorrow we’ll be further updated. Guys will get treatment and hopefully come back ready to work on Sunday and start this big week out with New York on Monday.”

Privately, even some available Lakers admitted to dealing with fatigue, an effect of the brutal schedule that has had the Lakers mostly living out of a suitcase since Thanksgiving. Including two games in Las Vegas, the Lakers have played nine of their last 11 games on the road.

And after they host the Knicks on Monday, during which they will celebrate their in-season tournament championship, the Lakers play three more road games.

Lakers star LeBron James shoots over San Antonio Spurs forward Keldon Johnson during the first half.

(Eric Gay / Associated Press)

After falling behind by as many as 25 to the Spurs, LeBron James led a comeback in the second quarter, scoring 12 points and dishing out nine assists — tied for the most assists in a quarter during James’ career.

During that stretch, he had the Lakers’ biggest highlight play, a high-arcing step-back corner three-pointer over Victor Wembanyama.

“Just trying to get his hands to go down just a little bit, because I know his wingspan and I know he is able to block shots outside his comfort,” James said. “So, just tried to create a little bit more room, shoot it a little bit higher and I was able to knock it down.”

But the Lakers could never sustain that necessary energy, the Spurs ending a franchise-record 18-game losing streak with Wembanyama embracing his teammates on the sideline in the final minutes.

James scored 23 points to go with 14 assists, Austin Reaves had 22, Rui Hachimura had 20 and Christian Wood scored 17 in the loss.

Devin Vassell led the Spurs with 36 points, the Lakers’ defense failing to slow the Spurs, giving up 42 points in the first quarter after giving up 45 points in the fourth Wednesday in San Antonio.

Reaves, one of the Lakers playing through illness, moved back into the starting lineup for the first time since heading to the bench to play a Manu Ginobili-like role. Spurs coach Gregg Popovich noted Reaves’ ability to handle the switch the way Ginobili did years earlier.

“All you can say is guys like Austin and Manu, it’s about their character,” Popovich said before the game. “Everybody won’t go for that. So it’s to their credit to understand what’s best for the whole group and have that kind of selflessness.

“And it became obvious to Manu that we’d be a much better team if he was coming off the bench, he didn’t love it in the beginning. Probably to this day, he’ll tell you he didn’t love it totally. Because he’s a competitor, he wants to start, which is a typical human reaction. But he did the right thing because of his character.”

Reaves needed treatment postgame after leaving the court late because of cramping, another reminder of the Lakers paying a toll for their latest stretch.

“It’s tough. It’s definitely a grind,” James said. “I feel like we’ve been on the road pretty much all year. So, but like I said, health is wealth. It’s challenging going home for a couple days, just then head right back East, go back to the Midwest. … So that’s going to be challenging on us. We got to mentally and physically prepare ourselves.

“We got to take care of our bodies. We got to get our sleep. We got to get our nutrition. We got to hydrate. We got to, whatever we got to do to refuel because the games are going to continue to come.”

A personal note – Heart Hackers Club

No Comments

I thought I had this grief thing mastered. I’ve helped people with their heartbreak for almost a decade. I’ve rewired my patterns. I know the tools. I’m even in a healthy relationship.

I thought I was all good.

But I’ve been dealing with a different type of heartache.

My father has been very ill. The deterioration is happening rapidly.

I’ve never gone through this kind of grief. If you’ve followed my work, you might know I’ve had a tumultuous relationship with him.

My story of my dad is that he’s the root of my anxious attachment, the reason why I spent my entire life hunting for love in all the wrong places.

But seeing him become so frail, and his livelihood dependent on me and my family, has neutralized that emotional charge I’ve had towards him.

When I’m helping him walk, eat, or advocating for him in a messy medical system – there is no past. I’m completely present. An instinct kicks in, and I am there just to help him live a little longer, as comfortable as possible.

It’s bittersweet, yet at the same time, beautiful.

As much as my heart aches, I feel like my capacity for love has expanded. I feel everything – which means the lows are really hard, but I also find the most awe and joy in the smallest things. Like noticing the intricate details of a tree. Basking in awe watching the sun set. Feeling profound gratitude – for all of it.

What I’ve learned through all my training and tools of dealing with matters of the heart – grief is nothing to be afraid of, or ashamed of. It humbles you, it grounds you, it expands your emotional range.

I can feel myself changing, growing and while I don’t know where this journey is going to take me, I know it’s significant.

So what does this mean for me now? I will be hosting the next Breakup Bootcamp this November, and this will be the last one for a while. I’m going to take some time to focus on writing and seeing what the next thing I want to put out into the world is.

With love,

Amy

Meta Quest users can now use Microsoft Word, Excel & PowerPoint in Virtual Reality

No Comments

Microsoft has launched the basic Office suite, which includes Word, Excel and PowerPoint, for free on the Meta Quest store.

Now, users of Meta Quest headsets can use these apps for free in Virtual Reality. To begin, users will need a Microsoft account and any of the four available Meta Quest headsets (Oculus Quest, Meta Quest 2, Meta Quest Pro, and Meta Quest 3).

Now, all they need is to go to the Meta Quest store and download the Microsoft PowerPoint, Excel and Word apps for free, reports Android Central.

Users will only need to log into their Microsoft account one time to be able to use all three apps.

The company kept the size of the apps very small — around 1.3MB each, as all three apps are running on the cloud.

This is to keep the performance high on the Quest headset, allowing you to multitask between apps quickly by tapping the icons on the universal menu bar at the bottom of the Quest UI, the report said.

The report also added that users can even run all three apps simultaneously on the Meta Quest by tapping and holding each app’s icon on the universal home bar at the bottom, then moving it to one of the three accessible window positions.

Meanwhile, Microsoft-owned gaming console brand Xbox has announced that its Cloud Gaming service is now available on Meta Quest VR headset devices.”

You can play hundreds of games with a Meta Quest 2, 3, or Pro headset, the latest Quest software update, an Xbox Game Pass Ultimate membership, a supported controller, and a high-speed internet connection,” Microsoft said in a blogpost

District Cooling & Utility Tunnels excluded in ₹6,200 cr GIFT City expansion plan

No Comments

A capex of an estimated ₹6,200 crore will be spent on developing infrastructure in the expanded area of GIFT City in Gujarat. However some of the “smart” infrastructure that is currently part of the urban topography of GIFT City — like District Cooling System and Underground Utility Tunnels — are unlikely to be extended to the newer areas.

The draft development plan unveiled by the Gujarat government on Friday proposes to expand GIFT City in three phases over 15 years. A large portion of the ₹6,200 crore needed for this expansion is expected to be sourced as grants and loans from central and state governments.

Draft Plan

On Friday, the Gujarat government unveiled a draft plan to expand the limits of GIFT City by three times to 3,430 acres and opened it to public consultation for 60 days. As per this plan, Phase-1 of the GIFT City expansion is expected to cost ₹826 crore, while Phase-2 and Phase-3 will cost ₹2,765 crore and ₹2,596 crore respectively. The funds will be used for streets, water supply, sewerage, stormwater drainage, solid waste management, landscape, lake development and water channel development.

The Public Private Partnership (PPP) model has been proposed to quickly implement the development plan for future infrastructure development like roads, public transit systems, water supply, solid waste management and other developments like waterfront development and affordable housing.

However, the draft development plan does not recommend that existing smart infrastructure like the District Cooling System and Underground Utility Tunnels be extended into this new area of 2,441 acres, currently part of five villages surrounding GIFT City.

Cooling System and Utility Tunnels

GIFT City has India’s first District Cooling System, which eliminates using separate air-conditioners for office and residential spaces. However, the draft plan states,”In case of extended area, the proposed streets will have large tree cover along with green spaces within 200-400 meter radial distance, resulting in a cooler environment. Hence, DCS is not recommended for such area.”

Similarly, the Utility Tunnels — that carry water pipelines, Automated solid waste collection pipes, power cables, Fibre Optic Cables and chilled water pipelines — that make GIFT City “dig-free” are not expected to extend into the expanded areas. “Ownership of land, capital and operational expenses” has been cited as reasons.

As per the draft development plan, the expanded area of GIFT City is also likely to rely more on the door-to-door waste collection system as it exists in other municipal areas of Gujarat, rather than on the more modern Automatic Waste Collection and Segregation System, which connects all the high-rise buildings at GIFT City.

When asked why the unique smart infrastructure present in GIFT City has not been recommended for the area that will be expanded, a state government official told Business Line, “It is a draft plan which has been opened up for public consultation. If people insist on having similar infrastructure for the expanded area and are able to bear the cost, then the same can be included in the final development plan. The government will have the final say.”

However, other infrastructure facilities like electric supply, round-the-clock availability of Narmada water, water treatment infrastructure, and stormwater network, among others are expected to be similar to those existing in GIFT City.

The Perils of Working From Home with a Demanding Cat

No Comments
Dr. Karyn Kanowski, BVSc MRCVS (Vet)

Karyn comes from Queensland, Australia, and has lived in the UK for the past 10 years. In 2010, she graduated from The University of Queensland School of Veterinary Science and also has a Bachelor’s degree in Zoology. She is passionate about using evidence, experience, and owner collaboration to provide the best solutions for pets, and believes in making reliable information about animal health accessible to all. Dr. Karyn shares her home with five cats, four dogs, and one husband. When she is not practising as a veterinary surgeon, she spends her time writing, gardening, and cleaning up pet hair!

FDA Approves Padcev/Keytruda Combo for Locally Advanced, Metastatic Urothelial Cancer

No Comments

In clinical trials, Padcev (enfortumab vedotin-ejfv) plus Keytruda (pembrolizumab) produced a statistically significant improvement in survival compared to platinum-based chemotherapy alone in patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial cancer.

The FDA has approved Padcev (enfortumab vedotin-ejfv; Astellas Pharma and Seagen [now owned by Pfizer]) plus Keytruda (pembrolizumab; Merck) for patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial cancer (la/mUC).1 The FDA previously granted the application with priority review and breakthrough designation.

The efficacy of the combination was evaluated in the open-label, randomized EV-302/KN-A39 (NCT04223856) trial, which enrolled 886 patients with la/mUC who received no prior systemic therapy for advanced disease. Patients were randomly assigned 1:1 to receive either Padcev with Keytruda or platinum-based chemotherapy consisting of gemcitabine with either cisplatin or carboplatin.

The trial’s major efficacy outcomes were overall survival (OS) and progression-free survival (PFS) as assessed by blinded independent central review. The combination produced a statistically significant improvement in PFS and OS compared to platinum-based chemotherapy alone.1

Median OS was 31.5 months with the Padcev and Keytruda combination compared to 16.1 months with platinum-based chemotherapy. Median PFS was 12.5 months in the Padcev and Keytruda cohort compared with 6.3 months in the platinum-based chemotherapy arm.1

In the dose escalation patient cohorts A and K, the median follow-up time was 44.7 months and 14.8 months, respectively. In the combined analysis, the objective response rate was 68%, with complete and partial responses of 12% and 55%, respectively. The median DOR was 22.1 months in cohort A and not reached in cohort K.2

The most common adverse effects (AEs) reported in at least 20% of patients administered Padcev and Keytruda included laboratory abnormalities, increased aspartate aminotransferase, increased creatinine, rash, increased glucose, peripheral neuropathy, increased lipase, decreased lymphocytes, increased alanine aminotransferase, decreased hemoglobin, fatigue, decreased sodium, decreased phosphate, decreased albumin, pruritus, and diarrhea. Other common AEs observed in the trial were alopecia, decreased weight, decreased appetite, increased urate, decreased neutrophils, decreased potassium, dry eye, nausea, constipation, increased potassium, dysgeusia, urinary tract infection, and decreased platelets.1

Padcev is a first-in-class antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) directed against Nectin-4 with a microtubule disrupter, monomethyl auristatin. The FDA approved Padcev on December 18, 2019, for patients with previously treated la/mUC.

Approximately 81,108 US patients were diagnosed with bladder cancer in 2022. Urothelial cancer accounts for approximately 90% of all bladder cancers and can also be found in the renal pelvis, ureter, and urethra. Approximately 12% of cases are la/mUC at diagnosis.2

In April, the FDA granted accelerated approval to the combination for patients with la/mUC who are ineligible for cisplatin-containing chemotherapy. The action marked the first approval for an anti-PD-1 therapy in combination with an ADC in the United States for this patient population.2

“This approval is a major milestone in the treatment of patients with locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma because it is the first approved combination of an immunotherapy and an antibody-drug conjugate for these patients,” said Dr. Eliav Barr, senior vice president, head of global clinical development and chief medical officer, Merck Research Laboratories, in a press release.2 “This expands the use of Keytruda-based regimens to more patients with advanced urothelial carcinoma and demonstrates the value of collaboration in creating new combination approaches for patients in need of more options.”

References

1. FDA approves enfortumab vedotin-ejfv with pembrolizumab for locally advanced or metastatic urothelial cancer. FDA. News release. December 15, 2023. Accessed December 15, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-enfortumab-vedotin-ejfv-pembrolizumab-locally-advanced-or-metastatic-urothelial-cancer

2. FDA Approves Merck’s KEYTRUDA® (pembrolizumab) in Combination With Padcev® (enfortumab vedotin-ejfv) for First-Line Treatment of Certain Patients With Locally Advanced or Metastatic Urothelial Cancer. Merck. News release. April 3, 2023. https://www.merck.com/news/fda-approves-mercks-keytruda-pembrolizumab-in-combination-with-padcev-enfortumab-vedotin-ejfv-for-first-line-treatment-of-certain-patients-with-locally-advanced-or-metastatic/

Sam Smith, Mark Ronson and Cat Power Hit Holiday Parties in New York

No Comments

Holiday parties are a fixture in New York City, and there were plenty to choose from this week. Highlights included David Barton and Susanne Bartsch hosting a toy drive at Gym U NYC in Chelsea, and Gabriela Hearst and Yola Mezcal holding an event at Café Carlyle.

On Thursday night, around 9 p.m., revelers in silver sequins and knee-high boots walked into Gym U NYC, David Barton’s new gym in Chelsea, carrying toys like trucks, dinosaurs and board games, as the smell of exercise mats filled the air.

They had come for the holiday party and toy drive that Susanne Bartsch, a New York nightlife fixture, and Mr. Barton, a gym and fitness entrepreneur, have been hosting since the 1990s.

Just past the doors, Ms. Bartsch, dressed in a sparkling red jumpsuit and a wig with reindeer-like antlers made of hair, greeted guests. As in years past, she wanted to: “Give people a chance to feel the spirit,” she said. “I can’t believe it is already Christmas. I feel like I’m in a time warp.”

Mr. Barton, wearing a ripped Ramones T-shirt, said they also just wanted to collect a lot of toys, adding that the party is “always a reminder of what we’re supposed to think about this time of year.”

Throughout the gym, D.J.s blasted a pulsing beat to a crowd of several hundred guests, including the singer-songwriter Sam Smith, the actress and comedian Sandra Bernhard, a co-host of the event, and Christian Cowan, a designer known for feathered club-wear popular with celebrities like Lady Gaga, Cardi B and Lil Nas X.

Partygoers, some of whom had worked out in the space earlier that day, waited in line at a bar near a chest press machine for white wine and umami margaritas. Adding some extra holiday cheer, muscular men in Santa hats danced on the equipment.

Near a Christmas tree surrounded by toys, Mr. Cowan, a co-host of the event, said that during the holidays, when it comes to friends and family, he often tries to introduce humor with his presents.

“I love to give people hilarious taxidermy,” he said, “like a parrot dressed up as a pirate,” and recalled the time he gave someone a frog purse with a zipper.

He continued: “I think it is much more fun to invest in making everyone laugh at Christmas than to make them feel like they got the thing they really wanted.”


On Monday night at Café Carlyle, the storied Manhattan cabaret venue, Chan Marshall, the singer best known as Cat Power, slipped between the Steinway piano and a rack of guitars. She filched an oyster from Justin Theroux’s table, then was out the revolving door to Madison Avenue for a cigarette.

Ms. Marshall was on the Upper East Side to perform at a holiday party hosted by Gabriela Hearst, the former creative director of Chloé, and Yola Jimenez and Gina Correll Aglietti, founders of the spirit brand Yola Mezcal.

Minutes later, the producer Mark Ronson emerged from a black S.U.V. Ms. Marshall congratulated him on the two Golden Globe nominations he had earned earlier that day for songs from the “Barbie” soundtrack.

He said he had gotten the news while grocery shopping. “I didn’t want to be thinking about it, so I was like, let me just go and get some blueberries,” he said.

Inside the dim, mural-lined bar, more than a hundred attendees from the worlds of music, fashion and media did their best not to spill their mezcal martinis or dribble their crab tacos.

Guests included Katie Couric, who greeted Mr. Ronson warmly; Mel Ottenberg, the stylist and editor in chief of Interview Magazine; the actress Grace Gummer; and Tremaine Emory, the founder of Denim Tears and the former creative director of Supreme.

Once guests had settled, Ms. Hearst climbed onstage. “Thank God I’m dressed like a meringue,” she said, referencing a creamy one-shoulder dress of her own design.

Ms. Hearst announced that her namesake brand and Yola Mezcal would donate a portion of their sales from December to Save the Children, which provides humanitarian assistance to young people through its children’s emergency fund.

“The suffering out there is great,” Ms. Hearst said. “Just to celebrate how lucky we all are that we’re here, the most punk thing to do is to show joy, and to show awareness.”

On a tight stage, Cat Power performed “Georgia on My Mind” with Mr. Ronson beside her on guitar. The Swedish singer Lykke Li then asked the crowd to sing the chorus of her song “I Follow Rivers,” which Ms. Hearst filmed on her iPhone.

Mr. Ronson and the singer Andrew Wyatt took the microphone for a two-man arrangement of “I’m Just Ken,” a song from “Barbie.”

“I’m just Ken and I’m enough,” Mr. Wyatt declared, in the room once graced by the cabaret legends Bobby Short and Elaine Stritch. “And I’m great at doing stuff.”

ECOWAS court orders reinstatement of Niger President

No Comments

A West African court on Friday ruled that the ousted president of Niger, Mohamed Bazoum, and his family were arbitrarily detained and called for his reinstatement, Reuters reported. 

After being overthrown on July 26 in a military coup, Bazoum and his family have been detained.

The coup was widely condemned and resulted in sanctions imposed by West Africa’s primary political and economic bloc, the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS), amid strong calls for democratic government to be restored.

The ECOWAS Court of Justice has ordered Niger’s junta to restore constitutional order by reinstating Bazoum.

Bazoum assumed office in 2021 after winning the elections. Since gaining independence from France in 1960, Niger has witnessed four coups.

(With input from agencies)

(Cover: File photo of Niger’s President Mohamed Bazoum during the COP26 UN Climate Change Conference in Glasgow, Scotland on November 1, 2021. /CFP )

Xacutis Cool, But Have You Tried Goan Mushroom Curry? Step-By-Step Recipe Inside

No Comments

Have no plans this weekend? Are you bored at home? Fret not; we have the perfect solution for you. This weekend, you can enjoy a Goan vibe while sitting at home. Wonder how? All you need to do is prepare this Chef’s special Goan mushroom curry and set up a table for yourself and your loved ones. Sounds like a plan? Chef Kirti Bhoutika recently took to her Instagram to share this recipe, which, according to her, is inspired by the popular Xacuti dish of the region. Sounds perfect? So get all your kitchen arsenal handy and follow the recipe below.

What Is Xacuti? How Is Goan Mushroom Curry Similar To Xacuti?

Xacuti (pronounced: Shah-Kuti) is a traditional Goan curry prepared with a complex union of spices, including coconut, poppy seeds, red chillies, and onions. Usually, Xacuti is prepared with meat or seafood, but today, you can also find vegetarian versions of the dish, with mushroom xacuti being the most popular one.
Chef Kirti took her inspiration from the classic mushroom xacuti and made her version, excluding some basic spices from the recipe. While grated coconut, poppy seeds, and red chilli play a significant role in the flavors of xacuti, this particular dish eliminates the use of poppy seeds. Instead, it includes a generous amount of coconut, peppercorns, cloves, and enough onions to get the flavors right.
Also Read: How To Make Goan-Style Batata Bhaji And Puri For A Delicious Breakfast

Photo Credit: iStock

Step-By-Step Goan Mushroom Curry Recipe | How To Make Goan Mushroom Curry At Home

Step 1: To make this dish, you need to first grate coconuts, slice onions, crush garlic, and soak the tamarind.

Step 2: Fry the coconut to make it dry and add some spices like dry roasted red chillies, cinnamon, black peppercorn, and coriander seeds.

Step 3: Heat some oil, fry garlic and onion, and add to the coconut mix. Now, blend them all with some water for the gravy paste.

Step 4: Take the paste in a pan, add water, and prepare the gravy. To it, add sautéed mushroom.

Step 5: Adjust salt and sugar, garnish with some freshly chopped coriander leaves, and serve with rice.
Also Read: Pinagr: A Dark, Decadent And Delicately Sweet Goan Treat (Recipe Inside)

Watch the detailed recipe video of Goan mushroom curry:

Meanwhile, click here for the classic mushroom xacuti recipe.

Single night binge-drinking more likely to cause liver disease than few drinks a week: study

No Comments

A single night of binge-drinking is more likely to cause liver disease than a few drinks spread across the week, a study revealed.

According to a study done by the University College London, first reported by the London Standard, measuring the pattern of alcohol intake was more accurate than volume for predicting the risk of developing alcohol-related cirrhosis (ARC).

According to Johns Hopkins Medicine, ARC is a stage of liver disease where the liver has become significantly scarred and may cause the liver to stop working correctly.

The scientists analyzed data from 312,599 active alcoholic drinkers in the United Kingdom to assess the impact of the pattern of drinking, genetic predisposition and type-2 diabetes on the likelihood of developing ARC.

ONE FAMILY DONATES FOUR KIDNEYS TO SAVE A NEW YORK MAN’S LIFE: ‘DEFIED ALL ODDS’

Group of young people hands toasting and cheering aperitif beers (iStock)

Dr Linda Ng Fat, a first author of the study from UCL Epidemiology and Public Health, said that the study’s approach was a “better indicator of liver disease risk than volume alone.”

“We took a different approach by focusing on the pattern of drinking and found that this was a better indicator of liver disease risk than volume alone,” Dr. Fat told the London newspaper. “The other key finding was that the more risk factors involved, the higher the ‘excess risk’ due to the interaction of these factors.”

woman drinking glass of wine

A woman drinking a glass of wine (iStock)

Dr. Fat said the study revealed that those who engaged in heavy binge-drinking, which is defined as having 12 units of alcohol in a day, were three times as likely to develop ARC.

ARKANSAS MILITARY VETERAN RECEIVES WORLD’S FIRST WHOLE-EYE AND PARTIAL-FACE TRANSPLANT

The risk for those with a high genetic predisposition was four times higher and the risk for type-2 diabetics was two times higher.

People who engaged in binge-drinking while also having a genetic predisposition were six times more likely to develop ARC, the study found.

Man drinking beer

A man drink beer in a bar. (iStock)

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER

Pamela Healy, Chief Executive of the British Liver Trust told the London Standard that this study revealed that the way people drink alcohol is important and that excessively drinking can have “servious consequences.”

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

“This research is important because it reveals that it’s not just how much you drink overall but the way that you drink matters,” Healy said. “Drinking a lot, quickly, or drinking to get drunk can have serious consequences for your liver health.”

For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.

XLRI Delhi NCR draws up an ambitious roadmap

No Comments

Every mother is proud when the child outshines the parent,” says Father KS Casimir, with a twinkle in his eye. The Director of XLRI Delhi NCR feels that the young campus can, one day, be better known than its illustrious parent XLRI Jamshedpur, the oldest B-school in India, which is currently in the midst of its 75th anniversary celebrations.

Launched smack in the middle of the Covid year of 2020, the fledgling XLRI Delhi NCR campus at Jhajjhar, about 55 km from the Capital, is dreaming big. “We are not bound by the burdens of history which allows us to strike ahead in new directions,” says Fr Casimir, a PhD from NIT Warangal, who before taking over XLRI Delhi NCR was the Principal and head of Loyola Academy Junior, Degree and PG Colleges, Secunderabad.

The new directions, he says, are entrepreneurship, sustainability and design. If XLRI Jamshedpur is formidable in the area of HRM, and considered the best for the subject, then the NCR Campus wants to become known for its innovation, entrepreneurship and venture creation programme. “It is a two-year MBA programme and a chance for us to develop a new area of expertise. There is a little more technology in this course than normally would be in a business curriculum,” says Dean Academics Rajeev Roy.

Father KS Casimir, Director of XLRI Delhi NCR 

He describes how in the first year, 700 students applied for the 40 seats in the programme. In the second year, 12,000 applied. This year, the institute got over 20,000 applications. “And it has been driven by students themselves. XlRI does not advertise. The students talk about the programme and are the best ambassadors,” says Fr Casimir.

Of course, despite being a new campus, XLRI Delhi NCR does not have some of the challenges that brand new institutes face as it leverages highly on Jamshedpur. The admission process is the same, there is a faculty exchange programme and the placement process is also one. “It is one XLRI,” says Fr Casimir.

He says the institute is also starting online courses in entrepreneurship and in course of time will add a course on family business. “Besides regular programmes, we will be launching many certificate and short-term programmes in areas like business analytics,” he says.

The campus spread over 48 acres will also host various centres. “We have already set up the Centre for Gender Equality and Inclusive Leadership. We have plans for more centres,” says Fr Casimir. Coming up next will be a design centre of which one vertical will be automotive design and restoration. “One of our old students Vivek Chattopadhyaya is driving it. We want to give a new orientation to students and are roping in leading experts from across the world at the centre. Tata Motors will also be part of it,” says Fr Casimir.

The other centre will be around sustainability and climate leadership with focus on green finance. “We are going to have a big conference on the topic in the third week of February, which will pave the way for establishing of the centre,” reveals the director. The ambition is to roll out short programmes on sustainability for CEOs “because every leader today is grappling with actualisation of ESG,” he says.

Sweet Spot

When the Jesuits Society, that runs XLRI, first bought land in Jhajjar many years ago, the place was a barren landscape, and many questioned the wisdom of setting up the campus in the boondocks of Haryana. But fortune has smiled on the institute as the ambitious Reliance Model Economic Township (MET) has come up next door. The 8,000 acre integrated smart city has attracted a host of companies and real estate developers, giving the institute an opportunity for industry-academia collaborations, literally at its doorstep. XLRI has signed an MoU with Reliance MET, says Fr Casimir.

Pointing at the vast expanse of land that the entirely residential institute has, Fr Casimir says, another hostel is being set up as they want to encourage a student exchange programme with Jamshedpur campus. “For that we need to build more rooms. We just have 500 here now,” he says. “In course of time, we believe students from there will die to visit us,” he says, the twinkle in evidence again.

Landscaping is still going on at the campus and the gleaming glass façade buildings stands out a bit conspicuously without green relief though plenty of fruiting trees have been planted, and marigolds and begonias are beginning to peep their heads, adding much needed colour. The administrators are also trying to get private café operators to come in and set up shop to give students and faculty an alternative from the uniform hostel canteen menu.

Internationalising the campus

The other big plan for the institute, discloses Fr Casimir, is to internationalise its programmes. “We have 28 different universities managed by the Society of Jesuits in the US. We are in talks with some of them as we want to offer our students a global experience. We are exploring dual degree, research collaboration and faculty exchange,” he says. Already, an MoU has been signed with Saint Joseph’s University at Philadelphia, while talks are on with Georgetown University, Washington and University of Antwerp in Belgium. “Kids want to be global citizens today. While staying local also, you have to have a global mindset,” he says.

XLRI also hopes to branch out into other cities. “We want to be in Mumbai and the South,” says Fr Casimir, disclosing how they had been allotted land in Amaravati in Andhra Pradesh, but are choosing to wait and watch given the change in plans of the capital. In Mumbai, the society has a parcel of land in Narel and hope to set up something there. “But first we have to stabilise XLRI Delhi NCR. It’s not enough to build the physical infrastructure — creating intellectual infrastructure takes time,” says Fr Casimir.

Marketing in 2024: AI, Brand, and the End of Social Media?

No Comments

As that song from Rent says, “525,600 minutes. How do you measure, measure a year?”

It’s been a heck of a year in marketing. We’re not going to miss a lot about 2023. It started as disruptive and tough. Many colleagues, especially in tech, suddenly found themselves without work, mostly based on the perceived best practices of some numbskull billionaire who played around with his tech company to see how far he could break it down before it broke.

But 2023 did have its moments. The explosive idea that remains generative AI prompted some amazing new startups and innovations. And, of course, the appearance of the predicted recession never happened.

Maybe the biggest thing in 2023 centered on all the handwringing about what to start in marketing, what to innovate, and what to change. If you were in the business of marketing change in 2023, you spent the large part of the year like Notre Dame’s Rudy — on the sideline just hoping that coach would call your name.

Watch CMI’s chief strategy advisor Robert Rose delve into 2023 and his hopes for 2024, or keep reading for his thoughts:

Almost one year ago to the day, Robert covered this new thing called ChatGPT. Demand was so high that OpenAI turned off access requests for the app. He advocated for exploring how it would expand your capabilities and fit into your marketing process rather than how it would replace you. He predicted generative AI would extend your capabilities as writers and content creators and close the doors on the need to do other tasks.

What does he think now? He’s still wrestling with which door (registration required) is best to open and which to close.

Is it still a Web3 world?

In January, Robert talked about the precipitous decline of Web3 and the metaverse. He did so by discussing the evolution of Web 1.0 and Web 2.0 and pointing out Facebook’s brand name change to Meta at the end of 2022. He talked about how NFTs (non-fungible tokens) and the metaverse attracted eye-popping valuations and headlines. Then, he delved into the buzzwords dropping into the conversation even as some of the experimentations continued.

Starbucks got a mention for its new NFT-based loyalty program called Odyssey. It still seems to be doing just fine as the year closes, as is Web3 after the crypto winter. It’s just that thing called AI gets all the type.

Search engines meet AI

As winter ended and spring arrived, AI continued its rumble and started more noise in the search engine market. Microsoft and Google announced AI chatbots that would power their internet search. Google made a big error during its chatbot announcement demo, quickly putting trust as a top issue for generative AI. How many errors would it make? What about hallucinations in which AI just made up stuff?

Robert talked about how searching the internet and generative AI were different use cases, and you needed to explore both. And now, Google tried again with the launch of Gemini, and well, it seems to have failed again with its demo being called fake news.

Giving podcasts and purpose a listen

As spring sprung, we talked about podcasts because YouTube got into the podcasting business. They announced the ability to create and label podcasts on the platform, allowing people to listen or watch. They also offered up new measurement techniques.

YouTube podcasts didn’t shake up the world this year, but the platform has become THE most-used podcasting platform.

The summer saw a pushback on purpose-driven marketing. Contention arose as marketing programs focused on social issues, as exemplified by the trouble that Bud Light’s use of Dylan Mulvaney during Pride Month to promote its products on Instagram. The story wouldn’t go away.

First, the company tried to backtrack and apologize for offending people. Then, the company threw the marketing team under the bus and blamed declining sales at the feet of their missteps. By the end of the year, many articles had appeared on purpose-driven marketing that included mentions of the potential risks it brings.

Robert says he expects brands to double down in 2024 and get even more involved with social and cultural issues. Brand—and purpose-driven brands especially—will be an incredibly important factor in marketing next year.

Social takes up sewing and exploding

As summer hit the dog days, the slow implosion of X, formerly known as Twitter, continued, and it went official with its X designation. In July, Meta debuted Threads, which became the fastest platform to reach 100 million users since, well, ever. Excitement grew that it might become the new Twitter.

But that thinking dissipated quickly as people kind of gave up on social media full stop. Now, at the end of 2023, X can’t get any lower or less useful. Advertisers and users continue to flee. People who stopped using the app increased by more than 30% this year and the company’s revenue is down some 50%

But the much smaller X still commands the biggest headlines and ranks 12th in popularity of worldwide social networks. That’s less than Snapchat and Telegram and slightly more than Pinterest.

Running in 2024

As you get ready for 2024, let’s just all put our collective hearts and heads together for a much more productive year. Predictions are always fun but kind of useless. We’ll let Robert share what he believes should happen in the new year:

  • Marketing teams will understand that AI really is a content strategy challenge, not a tech challenge.
  • Renewed action on Web3, blockchain, and perhaps a renewal of Web3 co-created community-building will occur.
  • Brand marketing will take center stage as the source of information. Investments will continue in influencer and subject matter expertise as a function of brand alignment, especially in B2B.
  • Social media’s upheaval will continue, becoming just another form of media available for renting or organically distributing your content for consumption. A small percentage of content creators will thrive, leaving most people to consume their content. Communities will grow in the form of owned media, especially through events. Both digital and physical brand experiences will be the new social media.

Finally, change will be sexy again in 2024. From innovation in AI integration to content and owned media strategy to the focus on brand, activity will center around how you become the trusted source of interesting things.

It’s time to roll up your leaves and get to work. You have 525,600 minutes.

Like what you read here? Get yourself a subscription to daily or weekly updates.  It’s free – and you can change your preferences or unsubscribe anytime.

HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:

Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute

Top Crypto News of the Week: December 11th-16th, 2023

No Comments

The post Top Crypto News of the Week: December 11th-16th, 2023 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News

Bitcoin ETF Updates

  • Dec 15: The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), led by Chair Gary Gensler, is currently reviewing 8-12 Bitcoin ETF applications. While Gensler has expressed concerns about compliance issues in the crypto industry, a decision on these applications is expected in early 2024. This development continues to hold the attention of the market, as approval could significantly impact Bitcoin’s trajectory​​.
  • Dec 14: The SEC put the Invesco Galaxy Ethereum ETF on hold, delaying its decision until February 2024. This move reflects the cautious approach of the regulator towards integrating cryptocurrencies into mainstream finance​​.

Crypto Regulation

  • Dec 16: Coinbase has taken legal action against the SEC for what it perceives as a lack of clarity in crypto regulation. The company’s Chief Legal Officer announced intentions to approach the Third Circuit court following the SEC’s refusal to provide the requested regulatory guidance​​.
  • Dec 13: The Chairman of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) asserted that most cryptocurrencies are commodities, urging for clearer legal guidelines. This statement adds another layer to the ongoing debate about the nature and regulation of cryptocurrencies​​.
  • Dec 13: Binance and its former CEO, Changpeng Zhao, launched a counteroffensive against the SEC, challenging the authority of the commission and its jurisdictional reach in the crypto environment​​.

Market Trends and Predictions

  • Dec 14: XRP is nearing the end of a six-year symmetrical triangle pattern, with predictions suggesting a potential breakout. This could lead to a significant increase in its value, with targets reaching as high as $22 in the coming months​​.
  • Dec 12: CreditCoin (CTC) saw a remarkable surge in value, rising to $0.73 following its listing on South Korean exchange Upbit. This move highlights the continued interest and growth potential in various altcoins​​.
  • Dec 11: The Terra Luna Classic (LUNC) ecosystem achieved a major milestone by successfully burning 85 billion LUNC, with Binance contributing significantly to this effort​​.

Additional Notable Events

  • Dec 15: The cryptocurrency industry faced another security breach with the Ledger Connect hack, leading to a loss of $484,000. This event highlights ongoing challenges in blockchain security​​.
  • Dec 15: SafeMoon filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy amid allegations of fraud and mismanagement, causing its market value to plummet. This development raises concerns about the need for more robust regulations in the crypto market​​.
  • Dec 12: El Salvador announced the launch of the “Volcano Bond,” a Bitcoin-backed bond aimed at funding the development of Bitcoin City and reducing national debt. This move underscores the country’s commitment to leveraging cryptocurrencies in its economic strategy.

Jammu and Kashmir travel alert: Rain, snow likely in higher reaches over 2 days | Travel

No Comments

A western disturbance is likely to affect Jammu and Kashmir on Saturday with a possibility of light rain or snow in the higher reaches over two days, officials said.

Jammu and Kashmir travel alert: Rain, snow likely in higher reaches over 2 days (ANI)

Cold wave conditions improved in north and central Kashmir due to cloud cover but the mercury dropped in south Kashmir areas last night, they said.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Srinagar city — the summer capital of Jammu and Kashmir — recorded a low of minus 1.3 degrees Celsius on Friday night, which was higher than the previous night’s minus 3.5 degrees Celsius.

Pahalgam in south Kashmir’s Anantnag district, which serves as one of the base camps for the annual Amarnath Yatra, recorded a minimum temperature of minus 5.1 degrees Celsius, while the famous ski resort of Gulmarg in Baramulla district recorded a low of minus 2.8 degrees Celsius, the officials said.

Qazigund recorded a low of minus 3.8 degrees Celsius, Kokernag town minus 3.6 degrees Celsius and Kupwara minus 1.0 degrees Celsius.

According to the officials, a weak western disturbance is going to affect Jammu and Kashmir between Saturday afternoon and Sunday morning.

Under its influence, light rain or snow is expected at a few places, especially over higher reaches, they said.

Light snowfall is also expected in Gulmarg, Sonamarg, Gurez Valley, and Mughal Road, the officials said.

The meteorological department said there would be an improvement in the minimum temperature due to the feeble western disturbance till Sunday, after which the night temperature is again likely to fall by 1-3 degrees.

2024 Nissan Navara price and specs

No Comments

The Nissan Navara ute range remains unchanged in terms of pricing and standard specification for the 2024 model year.

The range opens at $33,050 before on-roads for the Navara SL 4×2 manual single-cab chassis, and extends to $70,765 before on-roads for the Navara Pro-4X Warrior 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup.

Both of the Navara Warrior variants, modified in Melbourne by Nissan’s engineering partner Premcar, are continuing for the 2024 model year.

The Navara SL Warrior starts at $58,750 before on-roads with the six-speed manual transmission, or $61,250 before on-roads with the seven-speed automatic transmission.

The Navara Pro-4X Warrior on other hand starts at $68,265 before on-roads with the six-speed manual transmission, or $70,765 before on-roads with the seven-speed automatic transmission.

Until the end of November this year, Nissan has sold a total of 7007 examples Navara 4×4 utes and 925 Navara 4×2 utes.

It’s a far cry from the segment leaders including the Toyota HiLux, Ford Ranger, and Isuzu D-Max.

The Navara is approaching the end of its lifecycle, with a new generation expected in 2025.

Pricing

Single cab

  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×2 manual single-cab chassis: $33,050
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic single-cab chassis: $35,550
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 manual single-cab chassis: $40,050
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic single-cab chassis: $42,550

King cab

  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×2 automatic king-cab chassis: $39,550
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic king-cab chassis: $46,550
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic king-cab chassis: $48,050
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic king-cab pickup: $48,350
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST-X 4×4 automatic king-cab pickup: $58,445

Dual cab

  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×2 manual dual-cab pickup: $40,350
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $42,850
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 manual dual-cab chassis: $45,550
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 manual dual-cab pickup: $47,350
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST 4×2 automatic dual-cab pickup: $47,955
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $49,850
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST-X 4×2 automatic dual-cab pickup: $51,445
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST 4×4 manual dual-cab pickup: $52,445
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST-X 4×4 manual dual-cab pickup: $55,945
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $54,955
  • 2024 Nissan Navara ST-X 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $58,445
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL Warrior 4×4 manual dual-cab pickup: $58,750
  • 2024 Nissan Navara Pro-4X 4×4 manual dual-cab pickup: $58,905
  • 2024 Nissan Navara SL Warrior 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $61,250
  • 2024 Nissan Navara Pro-4X 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $61,405
  • 2024 Nissan Navara Pro-4X Warrior 4×4 manual dual-cab pickup: $68,265
  • 2024 Nissan Navara Pro-4X Warrior 4×4 automatic dual-cab pickup: $70,765

All prices are before on-road costs

Drivetrains

The 2024 Nissan Navara is powered by a pair of 2.3-litre turbo-diesel four-cylinder engines.

The base, single-turbo in the SL manual produces 120kW of power and 403Nm of torque, while the twin-turbo version in all other variants produces 140kW and 450Nm.

The manual transmission is a six-speed unit, while the automatic is a seven-speed unit.

Four-wheel drive variants have a part-time four-wheel drive system with low-range and an electronically locking rear differential.

Efficiency

The 2024 Nissan Navara is claimed to consume between 7.2 and 8.1 litres per 100km according to ADR combined drive cycle testing.

Nissan doesn’t note any changes in claimed fuel economy for the Warrior models although they are heavier and have all-terrain tyres.

All models have an 80-litre fuel tank.

Dimensions

The 2024 Nissan Navara is available in single-cab, king-cab, and dual-cab body styles.

The single cab measures 5120mm long, 1850mm wide and up to 1770mm tall.

The king cab measures up to 5311mm long, 1850mm wide and up to 1815mm tall.

The dual cab measures up to 5350mm long, up to 1920mm wide and up to 1895mm tall.

Payload for the 2024 Nissan Navara ranges between 876kg and 1282kg, depending on the variant.

Gross vehicle mass (GVM) ranges between 2910kg and 3250kg, depending on the variant, and gross combined mass (GCM) is 5910kg.

All 2024 Nissan Navara models have a 3500kg braked towing capacity and a 750kg unbraked towing capacity.

Servicing and Warranty

The 2024 Nissan Navara is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty like the wider Nissan range.

Maintenance is required every 12 months or 20,000km, whichever comes first.

Nissan offers capped-price servicing for the first six visits. They are priced as follows:

Six-speed manual transmission Seven-speed automatic transmission
First service $579 $572
Second service $624 $616
Third service $813 $806
Fourth service $662 $654
Fifth service $652 $644
Sixth service $919 $911

Safety

The 2024 Nissan Navara had a five-star safety rating based on ANCAP testing conducted in 2015, though this has now expired.

That rating was based on a frontal offset score of 14.01 out of 16, a side impact score of 16 out of 16, and pedestrian and whiplash protection scores of Marginal and Good, respectively.

All 2024 Nissan Navara models come standard with the following safety equipment:

  • Seven airbags
  • Autonomous emergency braking
  • Forward collision warning
  • Driver attention monitoring
  • Reversing camera (pickup only)

Moving to the ST adds the following safety equipment:

  • Blind-spot monitoring and assist
  • Rear cross-traffic alert
  • Lane-keep assist
  • Lane departure warning
  • Surround-view camera
  • Rear parking sensors

Standard Equipment

The 2024 Nissan Navara SL has the following standard equipment:

  • 17-inch steel wheels
  • Full-size spare steel wheel
  • Automatic halogen headlights
  • Power-adjustable side mirrors
  • Tailgate assist (pickup only)
  • 8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
  • Wired Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
  • Bluetooth
  • 7.0-inch digital trip computer with digital speedometer
  • Vinyl floors (single cab and dual cab only)
  • Carpet floors (king cab only)
  • Cloth upholstery
  • Outboard rear seat ISOFIX points (dual cab only)
  • Trailer sway control
  • Hill descent control (4×4 only)
  • Hill start assist

The SL Warrior adds the following:

  • Winch-compatible hooped bullbar
  • Integrated LED lightbar
  • Branded underbody black bash plate
  • 275/70 R17 Cooper Discoverer All Terrain AT3 tyres
  • 40mm suspension lift
  • Tow bar
  • 100kg GVM upgrade (3250kg)
  • New springs, dampers and jounce bumpers
  • Fender flares and tub liner
  • All-weather floor mats

The ST adds the following on top of the base SL:

  • 17-inch alloy wheels
  • LED headlights
  • LED fog lights
  • LED tail lights
  • Automatic high-beam
  • Privacy glass
  • Power sliding rear window
  • Rain-sensing wipers
  • Heated side mirrors
  • Single tube sports bar in polished stainless steel
  • Drive mode selector (4×4 AT only)
  • Off-road monitor (4×4 only)
  • Satellite navigation
  • DAB+ digital radio
  • Leather-accented steering wheel
  • Leather-accented shifter
  • Carpet floors
  • Anti-dazzle rear-view mirror

The ST-X adds:

  • 18-inch alloy wheels
  • Full-size alloy spare wheel
  • Double tube sportsbar in polished stainless steel
  • Sliding in-tray tie-down hooks
  • Towbar
  • Tub liner
  • Proximity entry with push-button start
  • Dual-zone climate control
  • Tyre pressure monitoring
  • Carpet floor mats

The Pro-4X adds:

  • 17-inch black alloy wheels
  • All-terrain tyres
  • Full-size steel spare wheel
  • Black fender flares
  • Black roof rails
  • Black-painted side mirrors, side steps, grille and door handles
  • Black stainless steel double tube sports bar with sail panel
  • Leather-accented upholstery
  • Embroidered front seats with Pro-4X logos and red-accent stitching
  • Heated front seats
  • Power-adjustable front seats with lumbar support

The flagship Pro-4X Warrior adds:

  • Winch-compatible Nissan Genuine buillbar
  • Front light bar
  • Red bash plate and 3mm under-body plating
  • 275/70 R17 Cooper Discoverer AT3 tyres
  • Full-size alloy spare wheel and tyre
  • 100kg GVM upgrade (3250kg)
  • 40mm suspension lift
  • New springs, dampers and jounce bumpers
  • Warrior-specifc fender flares
  • Warrior decal pack
  • Warrior headrest embroidery

Optional Equipment

The ST-X is available with two different option packages.

Option Pack 1 costs $1500 and adds the following:

  • Leather-accented upholstery
  • Heated front seats
  • Eight-way power driver’s seat
  • Electric lumbar support

Option Pack 2 costs $2500 and adds the following over Option Pack 1:

  • Electrically tilting and sliding sunroof

Colours

The 2024 Nissan Navara range is available in the following exterior paint colours, depending on the variant.

  • Black Star
  • Brilliant Silver
  • Forged Copper
  • Twilight Grey
  • White Pearl
  • Solid White
  • Burning Red
  • Stealth Grey

Every colour apart from Black Star and Solid White costs an additional $650.

MORE: Nissan Navara PRO-4X Warrior review
MORE: Everything Nissan Navara

Tommy Lee named in lawsuit accusing Mötley Crüe drummer of sexual assault in a helicopter | Celebrity News | Showbiz & TV

No Comments

Tommy Lee has been accused of sexual assault by an unnamed woman in court documents obtained by TMZ.

The lawsuit names the Mötley Crüe drummer in a 2003 incident that took place on a helicopter ride from San Diego to Los Angeles.

In the court filings, the woman says she was invited to go on the trip by the pilot, who was a friend, and found Lee waiting when she reached the tarmac.

She did not confirm if she knew the drummer before the February 2003 incident.

Both Lee and the pilot allegedly drank, snorted cocaine and smoked marijuana during the flight, the woman claimed.

Read more: Pamela Anderson beams alongside proud sons at New York Fashion Week event

As the trip continued, she says that Lee grabbed her and forced her onto his lap, where he began to grope and kiss her.

She said she tried to pull away but he yanked her back to him.

Lee allegedly penetrated her with his fingers and groped her breasts.

He then pulled down his trousers and tried to pull her head towards his groin, she said, but the woman managed to wrestle free.

Once they landed in LA, the woman said she received a hug from Lee before he left, and she flew back silently with the pilot to San Diego.

She said she didn’t contact the police at the time as she felt she wouldn’t have been believed.

The alleged incident would have taken place roughly five years after Lee’s divorce from Baywatch star Pamela Anderson in 1998.

In a recent interview, the Mötley Crüe star, now 61, admitted he and his bandmates had no control over their drug and alcohol use.

He also served a six-month jail sentence for battering Anderson while she was looking after their two-month-old son Dylan, which led to their divorce.

Lee’s representatives did not immediately respond to Express.co.uk’s request for comment.

SEC Eyes Virtual Inspection of Binance.US Tech Systems

No Comments

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is gearing up for a virtual examination of Binance.US’s technology systems and software. This move comes as part of ongoing legal proceedings involving Binance, its U.S. counterpart Binance.US, and co-founder Changpeng Zhao.

The parties involved have recently submitted a joint status report to the court, detailing the ongoing document production and deposition process. A virtual inspection of Binance.US’s technology is proposed for the near future.

Previously, the court had denied an immediate request for inspection, advising the SEC to refine its requests and consult additional witnesses. Binance.US has expressed opposition to the increasing number of document discovery and deposition requests by the SEC.

Binance’s legal entanglements extend beyond this inspection. In September, the company sought to dismiss the SEC’s case, arguing that the agency was overstepping its regulatory boundaries in the crypto sector.

Binance.US operates as a separate entity from the global Binance platform, with its own management and board. Despite its licensing agreement with Binance for technology and branding use, Binance.US faces its own regulatory and operational challenges. 

Registered with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN), Binance.US lacks a federal banking charter or a New York State BitLicense, adding to its compliance complexities.

The exchange has faced scrutiny from multiple U.S. authorities, including the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the SEC, and the Department of Justice (DOJ), over alleged violations of securities laws and money laundering concerns.

Amid these challenges, Binance.US strives to cement its position in the U.S. market. Efforts include obtaining state licenses, partnering with local banks and payment processors, and enhancing its platform with more features and coins. 

However, restrictions in states like New York, Texas, and Florida limit its customer base and revenue potential. Additionally, the exchange grapples with issues of liquidity and trading volume, crucial for its growth and legitimacy in the competitive U.S. market. So, the SEC’s upcoming virtual inspection of Binance.US’s technology infrastructure marks a critical juncture in the ongoing legal saga.

Meticulous Embroideries by Cécile Davidovici Bring Objects to Life and Evoke the Passing of Time — Colossal

No Comments



Art
Craft

#Cécile Davidovici
#embroidery
#portraits
#still life

December 15, 2023

Jackie Andres

All images © Cécile Davidovici, shared with permission

Through densely embroidered still lifes and portraits, Cécile Davidovici stitches together a dialogue between time, objects, and nostalgia. Focusing on gesture and color, the Paris-based artist uses short, expressive stitches to render melons, wine glasses, hands, and faces that glow by candlelight and sunset.

Evolving quite a bit from her previous works, Davidovici explains, “I’ve always wanted to do portraits, and I finally succeeded in a way that spoke to me by working and experimenting a lot with embroidery. I love the idea of pushing the technique to places it’s never been before.” After completing the series, she applied her new embroidery methods to still lifes.

Placing both modern and classical subjects next to each other, La Vie Silencieuse, or The Silent Life, questions what it means to make still lifes today in contrast to their popularization centuries ago. Created as a joint effort, the artist worked with David Citborsky, who first created 3D models of each composition. Davidovici then used these images to render each scene through copious threads, converging textures, and jewel-toned hues.

See more work and process videos on Davidovici’s website and Instagram.

 

Propped up against mountains, a watermelon and a cantaloupe rest against each other. There is a warm light emitted from the left side.

“Jupiter”

A still life of a cup with a straw, figs, bread, and a cloth.

“Le Poids des Choses”

A classic still life table with a blue cloth, and a vase of flowers, watermelon, and a TV.

“La Vie Silencieuse”

A hand hovering over rippling water.

An orange orb, with a seemingly plastic of translucent shiny material around it.

“Pluton”

A pumpkin, artichokes, and a glass sculpture of an angel on a table.

“Marbre Vert”

Two feet stand on top of a rocky surface. In the background is a sky of pinks and blues.

A tube of unrolled tin foil with a rock resting upon it, a glass, and grapefruit on a table.

“Pierre Bleue”

Candles, a glass of wine, a fig, and blueberries on a table.

“Les Heures de Cire”

#Cécile Davidovici
#embroidery
#portraits
#still life

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

In a Neighborly Portrait Series, Ashraful Arefin Turns His Gaze Toward Four-Legged Passersby — Colossal

No Comments



Photography

#animals
#Ashraful Arefin
#portraits
#street photography

December 14, 2023

Grace Ebert

All images © Ashraful Arefin, shared with permission

In Animals from the streets, photographer Ashraful Arefin takes a moment to greet the furry creatures that join the hustle and bustle of the city. Taken during the last few years in cities like Kolkata, Delhi, Jaisalmer, Kathmandu, Dubai, and Dhaka, where Arefin is based, the portraits are dreamlike and neighborly, glimpsing the mundane goings on of cats, rhesus monkeys, and cows sunbathing or lumbering through small thoroughfares. Arefin takes a friendly approach to documenting his subjects, framing them like any other passerby wandering through the streets.

View the entire series on Behance, and follow Arefin on Instagram to keep up with his latest projects.

 

a cow licks its own face while walking down the street

a white cat looks at the camera

a monkey sits peacefully on a stone

a monkey sits on a concrete block

a cow with horns is in the center of the frame with blurred people in the background

a small cat sits in front of fringed textiles

two cows lie down in the street

#animals
#Ashraful Arefin
#portraits
#street photography

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

Uncanny Woven Portraits by Jason Chen Splice Two Moments in Time — Colossal

No Comments



Art
Photography

#Jason Chen
#portraits
#weaving

December 14, 2023

Grace Ebert

“Coming to an End.” All images © Jason Chen, shared with permission

Rather than capture a single moment, Jason Chen (previously) weaves together photographs taken just seconds apart, creating disjointed portraits that convey movement and the passage of time. The Philadelphia-based artist often splices snapshots of the same setting and subject with slight differences in the tilt of the head, gesture, or gaze. Laced into a grid or hypnotizing circle like a photographic tapestry, the resulting images are uncanny and disorienting, nodding to fragmented identities and skewed perceptions of the self and others.

In a note to Colossal, Chen shares that the process and outcome of each piece depend on the subject. “When I work with professionals, the initial photoshoots tend to be an exploration of movement whereas with my close friends, there is often an exploration of more subtle emotion in the process. Sometimes I’m most excited about the pieces that end up only having a subtle shift,” he says.

While Chen sometimes plans portraits, the weaving process is entirely intuitive. He often narrows his materials to two images, although he’s currently experimenting with adding more to the mix. “Unlike the initial act of photographing, the photoweaving process involves a lot of unknowns. I usually like to dive in without preplanning the effect the weaving is going to have on the two photos, and sometimes this leads to weavings that don’t quite work out, but it makes it that much more exciting when they do.”

Find more of Chen’s recent works at Paradigm Gallery + Studio in Philadelphia.

 

a woven photo of a girl wearing a white dress and standing in a meadow

“Familiar”

a woven photo of a man on a trolley

“He Stayed”

a woven photo of a woman dancing outdoors with a fan in her right hand

“La Éimi II”

a woven photo of a woman dancing in a black dress in a subway station

“Like Nobody’s Watching”

a woven photo of a woman tilting her head

Detail of “Coming to an End”

a woven photo of a woman wearing a black dress dancing in front of a rusted blue door

“La Éimi III”

a woven photo of a landscape and two people sitting on a rock

“Disguised Confidence”

a fragmented woven photo of a person on a rock, facing in both directions

Detail of “Disguised Confidence”

#Jason Chen
#portraits
#weaving

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

The Top Ten Colossal Stories Readers Loved Most in 2023 — Colossal

No Comments



Art
Colossal
Craft
Design
Photography

December 13, 2023

Colossal

Image © Laurent Ballesta

As we approach the end of 2023, we’re revisiting some of the top stories we wrote about this year. From enormous kinetic beach creatures to a trove of salvaged historic photographs, our readers’ most-loved projects illustrate a diverse array of mediums, ideas, and groundbreaking discoveries.

 

Image © Theo Jansen

A Wind-Powered Herd of Beach Animals Merge Into a Storm Defense System in Theo Jansen’s Latest ‘Strandbeest’

An 18-meter-long Strandbeest scuttles across the sands of a beach in The Netherlands in a short video by Dutch artist Theo Jansen, who has been releasing his otherworldly creatures into the world each year since 1990.

 

Photo by Diego Lourenço Gurgel, courtesy of Vinicius Peripato

More Than 10,000 Indigenous Earthworks Hidden in the Amazon Reveal Human Connections to the Forest Over Millennia

Researchers Vinicius Peripato and Luiz Aragão of Brazil’s National Institute for Space Research led surveys that identified 24 previously undocumented earthworks in the Amazon basin, with results suggesting that between 10,000 and 24,000 sites remain undiscovered across Amazonia’s 2.59 million square miles.

 

Image courtesy of Terri Cappucci

A Photo Preservationist Saved a Trove of 4,000 Glass Plate Negatives That Nearly Went Into the Trash

In 2019, Terri Cappucci, a photographer and preservationist based in Massachusetts, stumbled upon a veritable treasure trove of 4,000 glass plates spanning the 1860s to the 1930s that had been destined for the trash.

 

Photo by Shiinoki Shunsuke / AMKK. Image © Azuma Makoto

Azuma Makoto’s Temporary Sculptures Freeze Hundreds of Flowers on a Snow-Coated Lake

On a frozen lake in the Notsuke Peninsula, a tendril of land that juts out from Hokkaido’s east coast, acclaimed floral artist Azuma Makoto has constructed the third botanical sculpture in an ongoing series called Frozen Flowers.

 

Image courtesy of Robert van Embricqs

A Wooden Artwork Miraculously Unfurls into a Functional Desk Designed by Robert van Embricqs

The surge in remote work during the last few years prompted Amsterdam-based designer Robert van Embricqs to rethink how conventional desks would impact a home’s atmosphere.

 

Image © Laurent Ballesta

Laurent Ballesta’s Luminous Photographs Reveal the Astounding Diversity of Ocean Life

The earth’s oceans are mindbogglingly expansive, and less than 20 percent has been mapped, explored, or seen by humans. For Laurent Ballesta, the underwater world provides an endless stream of remarkable aquatic personalities.

 

Image © the artist, courtesy of Galleria Continua

In His Largest LEGO Work To Date, Ai Weiwei Recreates One of Claude Monet’s Most Famous Paintings

Ai Weiwei challenges our perceptions of natural beauty and reality, replacing brush strokes with plastic bricks redolent of digital pixels, using a more saturated color palette, and embedding shadows that evoke a hint of unease.

 

Image © Anthimos Ntagkas

Photos of Everyday Activities Reveal the Humor of Perspective and Serendipitous Alignments

One of the joys of street photography is that it reveals just how often unexpected, serendipitous juxtapositions are happening around us. Whether in Tel Aviv, New York, or Athens, Anthimos Ntagkas has a keen eye for these everyday alignments as he captures strange and amusing sights during his travels.

 

“Creación de las aves (Creation of the Birds)” (1957), Museo de Arte Moderno, INBAL/Secretaría de Cultura. Photo by Rodrigo Chapa. © 2023 Remedios Varo, Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York / VEGAP, Madrid, courtesy of the Art Institute of Chicago

A Major Exhibition Materializes Surrealist Artist Remedios Varo’s Alchemical Visions

More than 60 of Remedios Varo’s paintings, sketches, and sculptures went on view at a U.S. museum, the Art Institute of Chicago, for the first time in 23 years. The enchanting works evidence the artist’s esoteric affinities and are rife with unexpected magic.

 

Image © Mikko Lagerstedt

Mikko Lagerstedt Photographs the Quiet Grandeur of Snowy Nordic Landscapes

Underneath soft light from the moon or the early morning sun, Finnish photographer Mikko Lagerstedt captures the quiet magic and mystery of Nordic landscapes.

 

Colossal Releases Two New Limited-Edition Prints with Jon Ching — Colossal

No Comments

“Sanguines.” All images © Jon Ching, shared with permission

We’re thrilled to announce our next limited-edition print release with Jon Ching (previously). Longtime Colossal readers will recognize Ching’s fantastic hybrids, which seamlessly meld flora and fauna into otherworldly compositions. In “Sanguines,” blush-colored petals and feathers merge into a delicately layered crest, while “Adaptive Radiation” depicts two fluffy rabbits wearing a crown of pink gladiolus.

Both giclée prints are signed and numbered and available in editions of 40 from the Colossal Shop.